GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (1,1) Edition - 11/9/11

2012 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual M

In Brief ...... 1-1 Storage ...... 4-1 Phone ...... 7-39 Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Storage Compartments ...... 4-1 Trademarks and License Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Additional Storage Agreements ...... 7-46 Vehicle Features ...... 1-17 Features ...... 4-2 Performance and Roof Rack System ...... 4-3 Climate Controls ...... 8-1 Maintenance ...... 1-23 Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Air Vents ...... 8-8 Keys, Doors, and Controls ...... 5-2 Windows ...... 2-1 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Driving and Operating ...... 9-1 Keys and Locks ...... 2-2 Indicators ...... 5-10 Driving Information ...... 9-2 Doors ...... 2-9 Information Displays ...... 5-26 Starting and Operating ...... 9-19 Vehicle Security...... 2-13 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-35 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-27 Exterior Mirrors ...... 2-16 Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-45 Automatic Transmission ...... 9-28 Interior Mirrors ...... 2-18 Universal Remote System . . . . 5-53 Drive Systems ...... 9-32 Windows ...... 2-18 Brakes ...... 9-33 Roof ...... 2-21 Lighting ...... 6-1 Ride Control Systems ...... 9-35 Exterior Lighting ...... 6-1 Cruise Control ...... 9-39 Seats and Restraints ...... 3-1 Interior Lighting ...... 6-7 Object Detection Systems . . . . 9-42 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Lighting Features ...... 6-8 Fuel ...... 9-50 Front Seats ...... 3-3 Towing...... 9-55 Rear Seats ...... 3-8 Infotainment System ...... 7-1 Conversions and Safety Belts ...... 3-16 Introduction ...... 7-1 Add-Ons ...... 9-72 Airbag System ...... 3-26 Radio ...... 7-6 Child Restraints ...... 3-42 Audio Players ...... 7-13 Rear Seat Infotainment ...... 7-27 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (2,1) Edition - 11/9/11

2012 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual M

Vehicle Care ...... 10-1 Technical Data ...... 12-1 General Information ...... 10-2 Vehicle Identification ...... 12-1 Vehicle Checks ...... 10-4 Vehicle Data ...... 12-2 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-32 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-34 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Electrical System ...... 10-36 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Wheels and Tires ...... 10-44 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-17 Jump Starting ...... 10-80 Vehicle Data Recording and Towing...... 10-85 Privacy...... 13-19 Appearance Care ...... 10-88 OnStar ...... 14-1 Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 OnStar Overview...... 14-1 General Information ...... 11-1 OnStar Services ...... 14-2 Maintenance Schedule ...... 11-3 OnStar Additional Special Application Information ...... 14-5 Services ...... 11-8 Index ...... i-1 Additional Maintenance and Care ...... 11-8 Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts ...... 11-12 Maintenance Records ...... 11-15 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (3,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Introduction iii

This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners may or may not be on your specific vehicle either because they are Propriétaires Canadiens options that you did not purchase or A French language copy of this due to changes subsequent to the manual can be obtained from your printing of this owner manual. dealer or from: Please refer to the purchase The names, logos, emblems, documentation relating to your On peut obtenir un exemplaire de slogans, vehicle model names, and specific vehicle to confirm each of ce guide en français auprès du vehicle body designs appearing in the features found on your vehicle. concessionnaire ou à l'adresse this manual including, but not limited For vehicles first sold in Canada, suivante: to, GM, the GM logo, GMC, the substitute the name “General GMC Truck Emblem, YUKON, and Helm, Incorporated Motors of Canada Limited” for GMC Attention: Customer Service DENALI are trademarks and/or wherever it appears in this manual. service marks of General Motors 47911 Halyard Drive LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the Plymouth, MI 48170 or licensors. hybrid supplement for more information. Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick reference.

Litho in U.S.A. Part No. 20902919 B Second Printing © 2011 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (4,1) Edition - 11/9/11

iv Introduction

Using this Manual Symbols { WARNING To quickly locate information about The vehicle has components and the vehicle, use the Index in the These mean there is something labels that use symbols instead of back of the manual. It is an that could hurt you or other text. Symbols are shown along with alphabetical list of what is in the people. the text describing the operation or manual and the page number where information relating to a specific it can be found. component, control, message, Notice: This means there is gauge, or indicator. something that could result in Danger, Warnings, and property or vehicle damage. This M : This symbol is shown when Cautions would not be covered by the you need to see your owner manual vehicle's warranty. for additional instructions or Warning messages found on vehicle information. labels and in this manual describe hazards and what to do to avoid or * : This symbol is shown when reduce them. you need to see a service manual for additional instructions or Danger indicates a hazard with a information. high level of risk which will result in serious injury or death. Warning or Caution indicates a A circle with a slash through it is a hazard that could result in injury or safety symbol which means “Do death. Not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let this happen.” GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (5,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Introduction v

Vehicle Symbol Chart " : Charging System * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp Here are some additional symbols I : Cruise Control : : Oil Pressure that may be found on the vehicle g and what they mean. For more B : Engine Coolant Temperature : Outside Power Foldaway information on the symbol, refer to O : Exterior Lamps Mirrors the Index. O # : Fog Lamps : Power 0 : Adjustable Pedals / . : Fuel Gauge : Remote Vehicle Start : Airbag Readiness Light > 9 + : Fuses : Safety Belt Reminders : Air Conditioning # 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) Changer _ : Tow/Haul Mode % : Audio Steering Wheel Controls ( : Heated Steering Wheel d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak® or OnStar® j : LATCH System Child M : Windshield Washer Fluid $ : Brake System Warning Light Restraints GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (6,1) Edition - 11/9/11

vi Introduction

2 NOTES GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (1,1) Edition - 11/9/11

In Brief 1-1

Steering Wheel Performance and Maintenance In Brief Adjustment ...... 1-13 StabiliTrak® System ...... 1-23 Throttle and Brake Pedal Tire Pressure Monitor ...... 1-23 Instrument Panel Adjustment ...... 1-13 Engine Oil Life System ...... 1-24 Interior Lighting ...... 1-13 Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 1-24 Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Exterior Lighting ...... 1-14 Driving for Better Fuel Initial Drive Information Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-15 Economy ...... 1-24 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Climate Controls ...... 1-16 Roadside Assistance Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Transmission ...... 1-16 Program ...... 1-25 OnStar® ...... 1-25 System ...... 1-4 Vehicle Features Remote Vehicle Start ...... 1-4 Radio(s) ...... 1-17 Door Locks ...... 1-5 Satellite Radio ...... 1-18 Liftgate ...... 1-6 Portable Audio Devices ...... 1-19 Windows ...... 1-7 Bluetooth® ...... 1-19 Seat Adjustment ...... 1-7 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-19 Memory Features ...... 1-8 Cruise Control ...... 1-20 Second Row Seats ...... 1-9 Navigation System ...... 1-20 Third Row Seats ...... 1-9 Side Blind Zone Heated and Ventilated Alert (SBZA) ...... 1-20 Seats ...... 1-9 Rear Vision Head Restraint Camera (RVC) ...... 1-21 Adjustment ...... 1-10 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 1-21 Safety Belts ...... 1-10 Power Outlets ...... 1-21 Passenger Sensing Universal Remote System . . . 1-22 System ...... 1-11 Sunroof ...... 1-22 Mirror Adjustment ...... 1-11 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (2,1) Edition - 11/9/11

1-2 In Brief

Instrument Panel

English Version Shown; Metric Similar GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (3,1) Edition - 11/9/11

In Brief 1-3

A. Air Vents on page 8‑8. H. Exterior Lamp Controls on M. Horn on page 5‑4. page 6 1. B. Turn and Lane‐Change Lever. ‑ N. Steering Wheel Controls on See Turn and Lane-Change I. Dome Lamp Override. See page 5‑2. Signals on page 6‑5. Dome Lamps on page 6‑7. O. Dual Automatic Climate Control Windshield Wiper/Washer on Instrument Panel Illumination System on page 8‑1. page 5 5. Control on page 6 7. ‑ ‑ P. Power Outlets on page 5‑8. C. Instrument Cluster on Fog Lamps on page 6‑6. Q. StabiliTrak® System on page 5 11. ‑ J. Cruise Control on page 9‑39. page 9‑35. D. Shift Lever. See Automatic Heated Steering Wheel Button Ultrasonic Parking Assist on Transmission on page 9 28. ‑ (If Equipped). See Heated page 9‑42. E. Tow/Haul Mode on page 9‑31. Steering Wheel on page 5‑4. Power Assist Steps on F. Driver Information Center (DIC) K. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out page 2‑12 (If Equipped). Buttons. See Driver Information of View). See Malfunction R. Glove Box on page 4‑1. Center (DIC) on page 5‑26. Indicator Lamp on page 5‑19. G. Infotainment on page 7‑1. L. Steering Wheel Adjustment on page 5‑2. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (4,1) Edition - 11/9/11

1-4 In Brief

Initial Drive L : Press and release to locate Information the vehicle. Press L and hold for more than This section provides a brief two seconds to sound the panic overview about some of the alarm. important features that may or may not be on your specific vehicle. Press L again to cancel the panic For more detailed information, refer alarm. to each of the features which can be See Keys on page 2‑2 and Remote found later in this owner manual. Keyless Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑2. Remote Keyless Entry RKE Transmitter with Remote (RKE) System Start and Power Liftgate/Liftglass Remote Vehicle Start The RKE transmitter is used to K : Press to unlock the driver door. With this feature the engine can be remotely lock and unlock the doors Press K again within three seconds started from outside of the vehicle. from up to 60 m (195 ft) away from to unlock all remaining doors. Starting the Vehicle the vehicle. Q : Press to lock all doors. 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the Lock and unlock feedback can be vehicle. personalized. See Vehicle 2. Press and release Q. Personalization on page 5‑45. 3. Immediately after completing m : Press and hold to unlock the liftglass. Step 2, press and hold / until the turn signal lamps flash. 8 : Press and hold to open or close the power liftgate. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (5,1) Edition - 11/9/11

In Brief 1-5

When the vehicle starts, the parking Door Locks lamps will turn on and remain on as long as the engine is running. The There are several ways to lock and doors will be locked and the climate unlock the vehicle. control system may come on. From outside, use the Remote The engine will continue to run for Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or 10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a the key in the driver door. 10-minute time extension. Remote From inside, use the power door start can be extended only once. locks or the manual door locks. To Canceling a Remote Start lock or unlock the door with the manual locks, push down or pull up To cancel a remote start: on the manual lock knob. . Aim the RKE transmitter at the Power Door Locks Q : Press to lock the doors. vehicle and press and hold / K K : Press to unlock the doors. until the parking lamps turn off. Press Q or on the RKE transmitter. See Remote Keyless See Door Locks on page 2‑7. . Turn on the hazard warning Entry (RKE) System Operation on flashers. page 2‑3. . Turn the ignition on and then back off. See Remote Vehicle Start on page 2‑5. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (6,1) Edition - 11/9/11

1-6 In Brief

Liftgate Manual Liftgate Operation There are several ways to open and close the power liftgate: To unlock the liftgate, press " on the power door lock switch or press . Press and hold 8 on the RKE " on the Remote Keyless Entry transmitter until the liftgate starts (RKE) transmitter twice, see Remote moving. Keyless Entry (RKE) System . Press 8 on the overhead Operation on page 2‑3. console. Press the touch pad on the underside of the liftgate handle (B) . Press l on the bottom of the and lift up. liftgate next to the latch to close. Use the pull cup to lower and close Pressing a second time while the the liftgate. Do not press the touch liftgate is moving reverses the pad while closing the liftgate. This direction. The liftglass or liftgate cannot be will cause the liftgate to be To disable the power liftgate opened if the rear wiper is in motion. unlatched. function, press OFF on the liftgate Attempting to open the liftglass or Power Liftgate Operation switch, see Liftgate on page 2‑9. liftgate while the rear wiper is in motion will cause the release of the On vehicles with a power liftgate, Liftglass liftglass or liftgate to delay until the the switch is on the overhead If equipped, there are two ways to wipers are parked off the liftglass. console. open the liftglass: The vehicle must be in P (Park) to . Press the button on the use the power feature. The taillamps underside of the license plate will flash and a chime will sound applique (A). when the power liftgate moves. . Press m on the RKE transmitter. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (7,1) Edition - 11/9/11

In Brief 1-7

Windows For more information, see: . Raise or lower the entire seat by moving the entire control up . Windows on page 2‑18. or down. . Power Windows on page 2‑19. See Power Seat Adjustment on page 3‑3. Seat Adjustment Lumbar Adjustment

The driver door has switches that control all windows, the passengers door switch only control that window. The power windows work when the ignition is in ON/RUN or To adjust the seat: ACC/ACCESSORY, or in Retained To adjust the lumbar support: Accessory Power (RAP). See . Move the seat forward or Retained Accessory Power (RAP) rearward by sliding the control . Press and hold the front or rear on page 9‑24 for more information. forward or rearward. of the control to increase or decrease lumbar support. Press the switch to lower the . Raise or lower the front or rear window. Pull the switch up to part of the seat cushion by . Press and hold the top or bottom raise it. moving the front or rear of the of the control to raise or lower control up or down. the height of the support. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (8,1) Edition - 11/9/11

1-8 In Brief

See Lumbar Adjustment on Memory Features Storing Memory Positions page 3‑3. To save into memory: Reclining Seatbacks 1. Adjust the driver seat, including the seatback recliner and lumbar, both outside mirrors, power steering column, and the throttle and brake pedals. See Power Mirrors on page 2‑16 and Adjustable Throttle and Brake Pedal on page 9‑20. Not all mirrors and adjustable throttles and brake pedals will have the ability to save and The controls on the driver door are recall their positions. used to program and recall memory 2. Press and hold “1” until To adjust the seatback: settings for the driver seat, outside two beeps sound. mirrors, power steering column, and . Tilt the top of the control the adjustable throttle and brake 3. Repeat for a second driver rearward to recline. pedals. position using “2.” . Tilt the top of the control forward To recall, press and release “1” or to raise. “2.” The vehicle must be in P (Park). A single beep will sound. The seat, See Reclining Seatbacks on outside mirrors, steering column, page 3 4. ‑ and adjustable throttle and brake pedals will move to the positions previously stored for the identified driver. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (9,1) Edition - 11/9/11

In Brief 1-9

See Memory Seats on page 3‑5 and Second Row Seats Heated and Ventilated Vehicle Personalization on Seats page 5‑45. On vehicles with a 60/40 split bench or buckets seats, the seatbacks can Easy Exit Positions be folded for additional cargo space, Front Seats This feature can move the driver or the seats can be folded and seat rearward and the power tumbled for easy entry/exit to the steering column up and forward to third row seats, if equipped. On allow extra room to exit the vehicle. vehicles with bucket seats, the seatbacks also recline. B : Press to recall the easy exit positions. The vehicle must be in See Second Row Seats on P (Park). page 3‑8. See Memory Seats on page 3‑5 and Third Row Seats Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑45. On vehicles with third row seats, the seatbacks can be folded, and the entire seat can be tumbled or removed from the vehicle. The buttons are on the front doors. For detailed instructions, see Third H : Press to cool the seat. Row Seats on page 3 13. ‑ I : Press to heat the seatback only. J : Press to heat the seat and seatback. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (10,1) Edition - 11/9/11

1-10 In Brief

Press the button once for the Press M or L to heat the left Safety Belts highest setting. With each press of outboard or right outboard seat the button, the seat will change to cushion and to cycle through the the next lower setting, and then to temperature settings. the off setting. The lights indicate three for the highest setting and one See Heated Rear Seats on for the lowest. page 3‑8. See Heated and Ventilated Front Head Restraint Seats on page 3 6. ‑ Adjustment Rear Seats Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly. To achieve a comfortable seating position, change the seatback Refer to the following sections for recline angle as little as necessary important information on how to use while keeping the seat and the head safety belts properly. restraint height in the proper . Safety Belts on page 3‑16. position. . How to Wear Safety Belts See Head Restraints on page 3‑2 Properly on page 3‑17. and Power Seat Adjustment on . page 3‑3. Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑18. . Lower Anchors and Tethers for The buttons are on the Rear Sear Children (LATCH System) on Audio (RSA) panel on the rear of the page 3‑50. center console. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (11,1) Edition - 11/9/11

In Brief 1-11

Passenger Sensing Mirror Adjustment System Exterior Mirrors The passenger sensing system, if equipped, turns off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag under certain conditions. No other United States airbag is affected by the passenger sensing system. If the vehicle has one of the indicators pictured in the following illustrations, then the vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the right front passenger position. Canada and Mexico The passenger airbag status indicator, if equipped, will be visible See Passenger Sensing System on Mirror Adjustment on the overhead console when the page 3‑34 for important information. vehicle is started. 1. Press (A) or (B) to select the driver or passenger side mirror. 2. Press the arrows on the control pad to move the mirror up, down, right, or left. 3. Press the opposite side to get the control pad to a neutral position. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (12,1) Edition - 11/9/11

1-12 In Brief

Power Folding Mirrors Heated Mirrors Interior Mirror To fold the mirrors: The heated outside rearview mirrors Adjustment 1. Press (C) to fold the mirrors out turn on when the rear window defogger is on. Hold the rearview mirror in the to the driving position. center and move it to view the area 2. Press (D) to fold the mirrors in to Press 1 to heat the mirrors. behind the vehicle. the folded position. See “Rear Window Defogger” under Automatic Dimming Rearview See Power Mirrors on page 2‑16. Dual Automatic Climate Control Mirror System on page 8 1 for more ‑ The mirror will automatically reduce Automatic Dimming Mirror information. the glare from the headlamps from The driver outside mirror Park Tilt Mirrors behind. The dimming feature comes automatically dimes for the glare of on and the indicator light illuminates If the vehicle has the memory headlamps from behind. This each time the vehicle is started. feature is controlled by the on and package, the exterior mirrors tilt to a off setting on the inside rearview preselected position when the O : Press to turn the dimming mirror. See Automatic Dimming vehicle is in R (Reverse). This feature on or off. Rearview Mirror on page 2‑18 for feature lets the driver view the curb See Automatic Dimming Rearview when parallel parking. The mirrors more information. Mirror on page 2‑18 for more return to the original position when information. the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse), or the ignition is turned off or to OFF/LOCK. This feature can be programed through the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑45 for more information. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (13,1) Edition - 11/9/11

In Brief 1-13

Steering Wheel Throttle and Brake Pedal Interior Lighting Adjustment Adjustment Dome Lamps On vehicles with this feature, you The dome lamps come on when any can change the position of the door is opened. They turn off after throttle and brake pedals. all the doors are closed. The dome lamps can also be turned on by turning the instrument panel brightness knob, located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering column, clockwise to the farthest position. In this position, the dome lamps remain on whether a The control used to adjust the door is opened or closed. pedals is located on the instrument panel below the climate control Push the control up or down to tilt system. the steering wheel up or down. Press the bottom of the control to To set the memory position, see move the pedals closer. Press the Vehicle Personalization on top of the control to move the page 5‑45. pedals away. See Adjustable Throttle and Brake Pedal on page 9‑20. The dome lamp override button is located next to the exterior lamps control. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (14,1) Edition - 11/9/11

1-14 In Brief

k : Press the button in and the Exterior Lighting AUTO: Automatically turns on the dome lamps remain off when a door headlamps, parking lamps, is opened. Press the button again to taillamps, instrument panel lights, return it to the extended position so and license plate lamps. that the dome lamps come on when ; : Turns on the parking lamps, a door is opened. taillamps, instrument panel lights, Reading Lamps and license plate lamps. 5 The reading lamps are located in : Turns on the headlamps, the overhead console, press the parking lamps, taillamps, instrument button located next to the lamp to panel lights, and license plate lamps. turn it on or off. The exterior lamps control is located The vehicle may also have reading on the instrument panel to the left of For more information, see: lamps in other locations. the steering wheel. . Exterior Lamp Controls on For more information about interior O : Turns off the automatic page 6‑1. lamps, see: headlamps and Daytime Running . Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp . on page 6‑3. Dome Lamps on page 6‑7. control to the off position again to . Fog Lamps on page 6 6. . See “Front Reading Lamps” in turn the automatic headlamps or ‑ Reading Lamps on page 6‑8. DRL back on. . Instrument Panel Illumination For vehicles first sold in Canada, Control on page 6‑7. the off position will only work when the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (15,1) Edition - 11/9/11

In Brief 1-15

Windshield Wiper/Washer 8 : For a single wipe, turn to 8 , Rear Wiper Window Wiper/Washer then release. For several wipes, To turn the rear wiper on, slide the hold the band on 8 longer. lever to a wiper position. 9 : Turns the windshield 9 : Turns the wiper off. wipers off. 5 : Turns on the rear wiper delay. 6 : Turn the band up for more Z : Turns on the rear wiper. frequent wipes or down for less frequent wipes. = : Press the button on the end of The front wiper control is located on the lever to spray washer fluid on the turn and lane‐change lever. Turn 6 : Slow wipes. the rear window. the band with the wiper symbol to ? : Fast wipes. control the windshield wipers. See Windshield Wiper/Washer on L : Push this paddle to spray page 5‑5 and Rear Window Wiper/ washer fluid on the windshield. Washer on page 5‑5. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (16,1) Edition - 11/9/11

1-16 In Brief

Climate Controls See Dual Automatic Climate Control System on page 8‑1. For vehicles The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with with a rear air conditioning and this system. heating system, see Rear Climate Control System on page 8‑7. Transmission Range Selection Mode

The Range Selection Mode button A. Fan Control G. Driver Temperature Control is located on the shift lever. B. AUTO (Automatic Operation) H. Display To enable Range Selection: C. Defrost I. Power Button 1. Move the column shift lever to the M (Manual) position. The D. Air Recirculation J. Rear Window Defogger current range will appear next to E. REAR (Rear Climate Control K. Air Conditioning the M. This is the highest System) possible range with all lower L. PASS gears accessible. F. Air Delivery Mode Control M. Passenger Temperature Control GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (17,1) Edition - 11/9/11

In Brief 1-17

As an example, when 5 (Fifth) Vehicle Features gear is selected, 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are available. Radio(s) 2. Press the plus/minus buttons to select the range of gears for current driving conditions. See Manual Mode on page 9‑30. While using Range Selection Mode, cruise control and the Tow/Haul mode can be used. Grade Braking is not available when Range Selection Mode is active. See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9‑31.

Radio with USB, CD, and DVD (MP3)

O : Press to turn the system on BAND: Press to choose between and off. Turn to increase or FM, AM, or XM™, if equipped. decrease the volume. f : Select radio stations. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (18,1) Edition - 11/9/11

1-18 In Brief

© SEEK or ¨ SEEK: Seek or scan Storing Radio Stations 3. Press the softkey located under any one of the labels to be stations. A maximum of 36 stations can be changed. 4 : Press to switch the display stored as favorites using the six between the radio station frequency softkeys located below the radio 4. To increase or decrease the time and the time. While the ignition is station frequency tabs and by using or date, turn f clockwise or off, press this button to display the the radio FAV button. Press FAV to counter‐clockwise. time. Press to display additional text go through up to six pages of For detailed instructions on setting information related to the current favorites, each having six favorite the clock for the vehicle's specific FM-RDS or XM station; or CD, MP3, stations available per page. Each audio system, see Clock on or WMA song. If information is page of favorites can contain any page 5 8. available during XM, CD, MP3, combination of AM, FM, or XM ‑ stations. or WMA playback, the song title Satellite Radio information displays on the top line For more information, see “Storing of the display and artist information Radio Stations” in AM-FM Radio on XM is a satellite radio service based displays on the bottom line. When page 7‑6. in the 48 contiguous United States information is not available, “NO and 10 Canadian provinces. INFO” displays. Setting the Clock XM satellite radio has a wide variety For more information about these To set the time and date: of programming and and other radio features, see commercial-free music, coast to 1. Turn the ignition key to ACC/ coast, and in digital-quality sound. Operation on page 7‑3. ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, then A fee is required to receive the For vehicles with a Rear Seat press O , to turn the radio on. Entertainment System (RSE) and XM service. Rear Seat Audio System (RSA), see 2. Press H to display HR, MIN, For more information, refer to: Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) MM, DD, and YYYY (hour, . www.xmradio.com or call System on page 7‑27 and Rear minute, month, day, and year). Seat Audio (RSA) System on 1-800-929-2100 (U.S.) page 7‑37 for more information. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (19,1) Edition - 11/9/11

In Brief 1-19

. www.xmradio.ca or call The Bluetooth‐enabled cell phone : Press to go to the next favorite 1-877-438-9677 (Canada) w must be paired with the Bluetooth radio station, track on a CD, See Satellite Radio on page 7‑8. system before it can be used in the or folder on an iPod® or USB vehicle. Not all phones will support device. Portable Audio Devices all functions. For more information, visit www.gm.com/bluetooth. c / x : Press to go to the This vehicle has an auxiliary input, previous favorite radio station, track ® located on the audio faceplate, and For more information, see Bluetooth on a CD, or folder on an iPod or a USB port located on the on page 7‑39. USB device. Press to reject an instrument panel or in the center incoming call, or to end a call. console. External devices such as Steering Wheel Controls ® b / g : Press to silence the vehicle iPod , laptop computers, speakers only. Press again to turn MP3 players, CD changers, USB the sound on. Press and hold longer storage device, etc. can be than two seconds to interact with connected to the auxiliary port using OnStar® or Bluetooth systems, a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) input jack or the if equipped. USB port depending on the audio system. + e : Press to increase volume. See Auxiliary Devices on page 7‑23 − e : Press to decrease volume. for further information. SRCE: Press to switch between Bluetooth® the radio and CD, and for equipped vehicles, the DVD, front auxiliary, For vehicles with a Bluetooth and rear auxiliary. system, it allows users with a If available, some audio controls Bluetooth‐enabled cell phone to can be adjusted at the steering make and receive hands-free calls wheel. using the vehicle’s audio system and controls. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (20,1) Edition - 11/9/11

1-20 In Brief

¨ : Press to seek the next radio +RES: Press briefly to make the can help locate a variety of points of station, the next track or chapter vehicle resume to a previously set interest (POIs), such as banks, while sourced to the CD or DVD speed, or press and hold to airports, restaurants, and more. slot, or to select tracks and folders accelerate. See the navigation system manual on an iPod or USB device. SET−: Press to set the speed and for more information. For more information, see Steering activate cruise control or make the Wheel Controls on page 5‑2. vehicle decelerate. Side Blind Zone [ : Press to disengage cruise Alert (SBZA) Cruise Control control without erasing the set If available, this feature will alert you speed from memory. to vehicles located in the vehicle's See Cruise Control on page 9‑39. side blind zone. When the system detects a vehicle in the side blind Navigation System zone, the SBZA display will light up in the corresponding outside side If the vehicle has a navigation mirror. system, there is a separate navigation system manual that The system is enabled at every includes information on the radio, vehicle startup. It can be disabled audio players, and navigation through the Driver Information system. Center (DIC). The navigation system provides If the message SIDE BLIND ZONE detailed maps of most major SYSTEM UNAVAILABLE appears freeways and roads. After a on the DIC, the system has been I : Press to turn the system on destination has been set, the disabled because the sensor is and off. system provides turn-by-turn blocked and cannot detect vehicles instructions for reaching the in the blind zone. The sensor may destination. In addition, the system be blocked by mud, dirt, snow, ice, GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (21,1) Edition - 11/9/11

In Brief 1-21

slush, or even heavy rainstorms. Ultrasonic Parking Assist Power Outlets This message may also activate during heavy rain or due to road If available, the Ultrasonic Rear The accessory power outlets can be spray. The vehicle does not need Parking Assist (URPA) system uses used to plug in electrical equipment, service. sensors on the rear bumper to such as a cell phone or MP3 player. assist with parking and avoiding There are two under the climate See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) objects while in R (Reverse). on page 9‑43 for more information. controls, one inside the center floor It operates at speeds less than console, one on the rear of the 8 km/h (5 mph). URPA uses audible Rear Vision center floor console and one beeps to provide distance and accessory power outlet in the rear Camera (RVC) system information. cargo area on the passenger side. If available, the RVC displays a view Keep the sensors on the vehicle's The accessory power outlets are of the area behind the vehicle rear bumper clean to ensure proper powered, even with the ignition off. when the vehicle is shifted into operation. Continuing to use accessory power R (Reverse). The display will appear See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on outlets while the ignition is in LOCK/ on either the inside rearview mirror page 9‑42. OFF may cause the vehicle's or navigation screen, if equipped. battery to run down. To clean the camera lens, located See Power Outlets on page 5‑8. above the license plate, rinse it with water and wipe it with a soft cloth. See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) on page 9‑46. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (22,1) Edition - 11/9/11

1-22 In Brief

Universal Remote System Sunroof Vent: From the closed position, press the rear of switch (B) to vent the sunroof. Open/Close: To open the sunroof, press and hold switch (A) until the sunroof reaches the desired position. Press and hold the front of switch (A) to close it. Vehicles with the Universal Remote Express-Open/Express-Close: To System will have these buttons express-open the sunroof, fully located in the headliner. press and release the rear of switch (A) until the sunroof This system provides a way to reaches the desired position. To replace up to three remote control express-close the sunroof, fully transmitters used to activate A. Open or Close press and release the front of devices such as garage door switch (A). Press the switch again to openers, security systems, and B. Vent stop it. home automation devices. On vehicles with a sunroof, the When the sunroof is opened, an air Read the instructions completely sunroof only operates when the deflector will automatically raise. before attempting to program the ignition is in the ACC/ACCESSORY The air deflector will retract when transmitter. Because of the steps or ON/RUN, or when Retained the sunroof is closed. involved, it may be helpful to have Accessory Power (RAP) is active. another person assist with See Retained Accessory Power programming the transmitter. (RAP) on page 9‑24 for more information. See Universal Remote System on page 5‑53. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (23,1) Edition - 11/9/11

In Brief 1-23

The sunroof also has a sunshade Performance and . Press and release g again to which can be pulled forward to block turn on both systems. sun rays. The sunshade must be Maintenance For more information, see opened and closed manually. ® ® StabiliTrak System on page 9‑35. If an object is in the path of the StabiliTrak System sunroof while it is closing, the The vehicle has a traction control Tire Pressure Monitor anti-pinch feature will detect the system that limits wheel spin and object and stop the sunroof. This vehicle may have a Tire the StabiliTrak system that assists Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). See Sunroof on page 2‑21 for more with directional control of the vehicle information. in difficult driving conditions. Both systems turn on automatically every time the vehicle is started. . To turn off traction control, press and release g on the instrument panel. The appropriate DIC message displays. See Ride The TPMS warning light alerts you Control System Messages on to a significant loss in pressure of page 5‑41. one of the vehicle's tires. If the . To turn off both traction control warning light comes on, stop as and StabiliTrak, press and hold soon as possible and inflate the g until g illuminates and the tires to the recommended pressure appropriate DIC message shown on the Tire and Loading displays. See Ride Control Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits on page 9 15. The warning System Messages on page 5‑41. ‑ light will remain on until the tire pressure is corrected. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (24,1) Edition - 11/9/11

1-24 In Brief

During cooler conditions, the low tire Resetting the Oil Life System See Engine Oil Life System on pressure warning light may appear To reset the Engine Oil Life System page 10‑10. when the vehicle is first started and on most vehicles: then turn off. This may be an early Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) indicator that the tire pressures are 1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING getting low and the tires need to be on the DIC. If the vehicle does Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge inflated to the proper pressure. not have DIC buttons, the and a yellow fuel cap can use either vehicle must be in P (Park) to unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel The TPMS does not replace normal access this display. containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). monthly tire maintenance. It is the See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on 2. Press and hold the SET/RESET driver’s responsibility to maintain page 9‑52. For all other vehicles, correct tire pressures. button on the DIC, or the trip use only the unleaded gasoline odometer reset stem if the described under Recommended See Tire Pressure Monitor System vehicle does not have DIC Fuel on page 9‑50. on page 10‑52. buttons, for more than five seconds. The oil life will Engine Oil Life System change to 100%. Driving for Better Fuel Economy The engine oil life system calculates On all vehicles, the Engine Oil Life engine oil life based on vehicle use System can be reset as follows: Driving habits can affect fuel and, on most vehicles, displays a mileage. Here are some driving tips 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with DIC message when it is necessary to get the best fuel economy the engine off. to change the engine oil and filter. possible. The oil life system should be reset 2. Fully press the accelerator pedal . Avoid fast starts and accelerate to 100% only following an oil slowly three times within smoothly. change. five seconds. . Brake gradually and avoid 3. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING abrupt stops. on the DIC. If the display shows 100%, the system is reset. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (25,1) Edition - 11/9/11

In Brief 1-25

. Avoid idling the engine for long Roadside Assistance Online Owner Center (U.S. and periods of time. Program Canada) . When road and weather The Online Owner Center is a conditions are appropriate, use U.S.: 1-888-881-3302 complimentary service that includes cruise control. TTY Users (U.S.): 1-888-889-2438 online service reminders, vehicle . maintenance tips, online owner Always follow posted speed Canada: 1-800-268-6800 limits or drive more slowly when manual, special privileges, conditions require. Mexico: 01-800-466-0801 and more. . Keep vehicle tires properly As the owner of a new GMC, you Sign up today at: are automatically enrolled in the inflated. U.S.: gmc.com (click on Roadside Assistance program. . Combine several trips into a “Owners,” then “Manage My single trip. See Roadside Assistance Program GMC/Owners Login”) (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑7 or . Canada: gmcowner.ca Replace the vehicle's tires with Roadside Assistance Program the same TPC Spec number (Mexico) on page 13‑9. ® molded into the tire's sidewall OnStar near the size. Roadside Assistance and OnStar (U.S. and Canada) If equipped, this vehicle has a . Follow recommended scheduled comprehensive, in-vehicle system maintenance. If you have an active OnStar that can connect to a live Advisor subscription, press the Q button for Emergency, Security, Navigation, and the current GPS location will be Connection, and Diagnostic sent to an OnStar advisor who will Services. See OnStar Overview on assess your problem, contact page 14‑1. Roadside Assistance, and relay your exact location to get the help you need. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (26,1) Edition - 11/9/11

1-26 In Brief

2 NOTES GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (1,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1

Doors Interior Mirrors Keys, Doors, and Liftgate ...... 2-9 Automatic Dimming Rearview Windows Power Assist Steps ...... 2-12 Mirror ...... 2-18 Vehicle Security Windows Keys and Locks Vehicle Security ...... 2-13 Windows ...... 2-18 Anti-theft Alarm System ...... 2-13 Power Windows ...... 2-19 Keys ...... 2-2 Immobilizer ...... 2-14 Sun Visors ...... 2-21 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Immobilizer Operation ...... 2-14 System ...... 2-2 Roof Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Exterior Mirrors Sunroof ...... 2-21 System Operation ...... 2-3 Convex Mirrors ...... 2-16 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-5 Power Mirrors ...... 2-16 Door Locks ...... 2-7 Heated Mirrors ...... 2-17 Power Door Locks ...... 2-8 Park Tilt Mirrors ...... 2-17 Delayed Locking ...... 2-8 Automatic Door Locks ...... 2-8 Lockout Protection ...... 2-8 Safety Locks ...... 2-8 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (2,1) Edition - 11/9/11

2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys and Locks If you are locked out of the vehicle, call the Roadside Assistance Center. See Roadside Assistance Keys Program (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑7 or Roadside Assistance { WARNING Program (Mexico) on page 13‑9. Leaving children in a vehicle with With an active OnStar subscription, the ignition key is dangerous for an OnStar Advisor may remotely unlock the vehicle. See OnStar many reasons. Children or others Overview on page 14 1. could be badly injured or even ‑ killed. They could operate the power windows or other controls Remote Keyless Entry The key is used for the ignition and or even make the vehicle move. (RKE) System all door locks. The windows will function with the See Radio Frequency Statement on The key has a bar-coded key tag keys in the ignition and children page 13‑20 for information could be seriously injured or killed that the dealer or qualified locksmith regarding Part 15 of the Federal if caught in the path of a closing can use to make new keys. Store Communications Commission (FCC) window. Do not leave the keys in this information in a safe place, not rules and Industry Canada a vehicle with children. in the vehicle. Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. See your dealer if a replacement If there is a decrease in the RKE key or additional key is needed. operating range: Notice: If the keys get locked in . Check the distance. the vehicle, it may have to be The transmitter may be too far damaged to get them out. Always from the vehicle. carry a spare key. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (3,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3

. Check the location. Other The following functions may be vehicles or objects may be available if your vehicle has the blocking the signal. RKE system: . Check the transmitter's battery. / (Remote Vehicle Start): For See “Battery Replacement” later vehicles with this feature, press to in this section. start the engine from outside the . If the transmitter is still not vehicle using the RKE transmitter. working correctly, see your See Remote Vehicle Start on dealer or a qualified technician page 2‑5 for additional information. for service. Q (Lock): Press to lock all the doors. Remote Keyless Entry With Remote Start and Liftglass If enabled through the Driver (RKE) System Operation Information Center (DIC), the turn The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) signal lamps flash once to indicate transmitter functions work up to locking has occurred. If enabled 60 m (195 ft) away from the vehicle. through the DIC, the horn chirps when the lock button is pressed There are other conditions which again within three seconds. See can affect the performance of the Vehicle Personalization on transmitter. See Remote Keyless page 5‑45 for additional information. Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑2. Pressing Q arms the content theft‐deterrent system. See Anti-theft Alarm System on page 2‑13. With Remote Start and Power Liftgate and Liftglass GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (4,1) Edition - 11/9/11

2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows

K (Unlock): Press once to unlock 8 (Power Liftgate): Press and When the replacement transmitter is programmed to this vehicle, all only the driver door. If K is pressed hold to open and close the liftgate. remaining transmitters must also be again within three seconds, all The taillamps flash and a chime reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen remaining doors unlock. The interior sounds to indicate when the liftgate transmitters will no longer work lamps may come on and stay on for is opening and closing. once the new transmitter is 20 seconds or until the ignition is L (Vehicle Locator/Panic programmed. The vehicle can have turned on. Alarm): Press and release to a maximum of eight transmitters If enabled through the DIC, the turn locate the vehicle. The turn signal programmed to it. See your dealer signal lamps flash twice to indicate lamps flash and the horn sounds to program transmitters to the unlocking has occurred. See Vehicle three times. vehicle. Personalization on page 5‑45. Press and hold L for more than Battery Replacement If enabled through the DIC, the two seconds to activate the panic exterior lights turn on briefly if it is alarm. The turn signal lamps flash Replace the battery if the REPLACE dark enough outside. See and the horn sounds repeatedly for BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY “Approach Lighting” under Vehicle 30 seconds. The alarm turns off message displays in the DIC. See Personalization on page 5‑45. when the ignition is moved to ON/ “REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY under Key and Lock Pressing K on the RKE transmitter RUN or L is pressed again. The ” Messages on page 5‑39 for disarms the content theft‐deterrent ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for additional information. system. See Anti-theft Alarm the panic alarm to work. System on page 2‑13. Notice: When replacing the m Programming Transmitters to battery, do not touch any of the (Liftglass): Press and hold to the Vehicle circuitry on the transmitter. Static unlock the liftglass. Only RKE transmitters programmed from your body could damage the to this vehicle will work. If a transmitter. transmitter is lost or stolen, a replacement can be purchased and programmed through your dealer. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (5,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5

2. Remove the old battery. Do not will turn on at the setting the vehicle use a metal object. was set to when the vehicle was 3. Insert the new battery, positive last turned off. side facing down. Replace with a During a remote start, if your vehicle CR2032 or equivalent battery. has an automatic climate control 4. Snap the transmitter back system and heated seats, the together. heated seats will turn on during colder outside temperatures and will shut off when the key is turned to Remote Vehicle Start ON/RUN. If your vehicle does not Your vehicle may have a remote have an automatic climate control starting feature. This feature allows system, during remote start, you will To replace the battery: you to start the engine from outside need to manually turn the heated of the vehicle. It may also start up seats on and off. See Heated and 1. Separate the transmitter with a the vehicle's heating or air Ventilated Front Seats on page 3‑6 flat, thin object, such as a flat conditioning systems and rear for additional information. head screwdriver. window defogger. Normal operation Laws in some communities may . Carefully insert the tool into of the system will return after the restrict the use of remote starters. the notch located along key is turned to the ON/RUN For example, some laws may the parting line of the position. require a person using the remote transmitter. Do not insert If your vehicle has an automatic start to have the vehicle in view the tool too far. Stop as climate control system, the climate when doing so. Check local soon as resistance is felt. control system will default to a regulations for any requirements on . Twist the tool until the heating or cooling mode depending remote starting of vehicles. transmitter is separated. on the outside temperatures. If your Do not use the remote start feature vehicle does not have an automatic if your vehicle is low on fuel. Your climate control system, the system vehicle may run out of fuel. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (6,1) Edition - 11/9/11

2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows

If your vehicle has the remote start When the vehicle starts, the The vehicle can be remote started feature, the RKE transmitter parking lamps will turn on and two separate times between driving functions will have an increased remain on as long as the engine sequences. The engine will run for range of operation. However, the is running. The doors will be 10 minutes after each remote start. range may be less while the vehicle locked and the climate control Or, you can extend the engine run is running. system may come on. time by another 10 minutes within There are other conditions which The engine will continue to run the first 10 minute remote start time can affect the performance of the for 10 minutes. Repeat the steps frame, and before the engine stops. transmitter, see Remote Keyless for a 10-minute time extension. / Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑2 for Remote start can be extended For example, if Q and then are additional information. only once. pressed again after the vehicle has been running for five minutes, / (Remote Start): This button will After entering the vehicle during a 10 minutes are added, allowing the be on the RKE transmitter if you remote start, insert and turn the key engine to run for 15 minutes. have remote start. to ON/RUN to drive the vehicle. The additional 10 minutes are To start the vehicle using the remote To cancel a remote start: considered a second remote vehicle start feature: . Aim the RKE transmitter at the start. 1. Aim the transmitter at the vehicle and press / until the Once two remote starts, or a single vehicle. parking lamps turn off. remote start with one time extension has been done, the vehicle must be 2. Press and release Q. . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. started with the key. After the key is 3. Immediately press and hold / removed from the ignition, the until the turn signal lamps flash. . Turn the ignition on and then vehicle can be remote started again. If you cannot see the vehicle's back off. lamps, press and hold / for two to four seconds. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (7,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7

The vehicle cannot be remote Door Locks started if the key is in the ignition, WARNING (Continued) the hood is not closed, or if there is an emission control system { WARNING injuries or even death from heat stroke. Always lock the malfunction and the check engine Unlocked doors can be light is on. vehicle whenever leaving it. dangerous. . Also, the engine will turn off during a Outsiders can easily enter . Passengers, especially remote vehicle start if the coolant through an unlocked door children, can easily open the temperature gets too high or if the when you slow down or stop doors and fall out of a moving oil pressure gets low. the vehicle. Locking the doors vehicle. When a door is can help prevent this from Remote Start Ready locked, the handle will not happening. open it. The chance of being If your vehicle does not have the thrown out of the vehicle in a remote vehicle start feature, it may crash is increased if the There are several ways to lock and have the remote start ready feature. doors are not locked. So, all unlock the vehicle. This feature allows your dealer to passengers should wear From outside, use the Remote add the manufacturer's remote safety belts properly and the Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or vehicle start feature. doors should be locked the key in the driver door. See your dealer if you would like to whenever the vehicle is From inside, use the power door add the manufacturer's remote driven. locks or manual door locks. To lock vehicle start feature to your vehicle. . Young children who get into or unlock the door with the manual unlocked vehicles may be locks, push down or pull up on the unable to get out. A child can manual lock knob. be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (8,1) Edition - 11/9/11

2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Power Door Locks Delayed Locking See Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑45 for more information on Press Q or K on the Remote When locking the doors with the DIC programming. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. power lock switch and a door or the See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) liftgate is open, the doors will lock Lockout Protection System Operation on page 2‑3. five seconds after the last door is closed. You will hear three chimes If the driver side power door lock to signal that the delayed locking switch is pressed when the driver feature is in use. door is open and the key is in the ignition, all of the doors will lock and Pressing the power lock switch then the driver door will unlock. twice will override the delayed locking feature and immediately lock If the passenger side power door all the doors. lock switch is pressed when the front passenger door is open and This feature will not operate if the the key is in the ignition, all of the key is in the ignition. doors will lock and then the front You can program this feature using passenger door will unlock. the Driver Information Center (DIC). See “Delay Door Lock” under Safety Locks Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑45. The vehicle has rear door security Q (Lock): Press to lock the doors. locks to prevent passengers from K (Unlock): Press to unlock the Automatic Door Locks opening the rear doors from the doors. inside. The vehicle may have an automatic lock/unlock feature. This feature can be programmed using the Driver Information Center (DIC). GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (9,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9

Doors WARNING (Continued) Liftgate . Adjust the climate control system to a setting that { WARNING brings in only outside air and set the fan speed to the Exhaust gases can enter the highest setting. See “Climate vehicle if it is driven with the Control Systems” in the liftgate or trunk/hatch open, Index. or with any objects that pass . If the vehicle is equipped with through the seal between the a power liftgate, disable the body and the trunk/hatch or power liftgate function. Open the rear doors to access the liftgate. Engine exhaust contains security locks on the inside edge of For more information about each door. carbon monoxide (CO) which carbon monoxide, see Engine cannot be seen or smelled. It can Exhaust on page 9‑27. To set the locks, insert a key into cause unconsciousness and even the slot and turn it to the horizontal death. position. The door can only be Notice: If you open the liftgate opened from the outside with the If the vehicle must be driven with without checking for overhead door unlocked. To return the door to the liftgate or trunk/hatch open: obstructions such as a garage normal operation, turn the slot to the . Close all of the windows. door, you could damage the vertical position. liftgate or the liftgate glass. . Fully open the air outlets on Always check to make sure the or under the instrument area above and behind the liftgate panel. is clear before opening it. (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (10,1) Edition - 11/9/11

2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Press the touch pad on the underside of the liftgate handle (B) WARNING (Continued) and lift up. exhaust contains Carbon Use the pull cup to lower and close Monoxide (CO) which cannot be the liftgate. Do not press the touch seen or smelled. It can cause pad while closing the liftgate. This unconsciousness and even death. will cause the liftgate to be unlatched. If the vehicle must be driven with the liftgate, or trunk/hatch open: Power Liftgate Operation . Close all of the windows. On vehicles with a power liftgate, the switch is on the overhead . Fully open the air outlets on The liftglass or liftgate cannot be console. or under the instrument panel. opened if the rear wiper is in motion. The vehicle must be in P (Park) to Attempting to open the liftglass or use the power feature. The taillamps . Adjust the Climate Control liftgate while the rear wiper is in will flash and a chime will sound system to a setting that motion will cause the release of the when the power liftgate moves. brings in only outside air and liftglass or liftgate to delay until the set the fan speed to the wipers are parked off the liftglass. highest setting. See Climate { WARNING Control System in the Index. Manual Liftgate Operation Exhaust gases can enter the . If the vehicle is equipped with To unlock the liftgate, press " on vehicle if it is driven with the a power liftgate, disable the the power door lock switch or press liftgate, trunk/hatch open, or with power liftgate function. " on the Remote Keyless Entry any objects that pass through the For more information about (RKE) transmittertwice, see Remote seal between the body and the carbon monoxide, see Engine Keyless Entry (RKE) System trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine Exhaust on page 9 27. Operation on page 2‑3. ‑ (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (11,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11

There are several ways to open and If the transmission is shifted out of If the liftgate encounters multiple close the power liftgate: P (Park) and the vehicle accelerates obstacles on the same power cycle, before the power liftgate latches the power function will deactivate . 8 Press and hold on the closed, the liftgate may reverse to and a message will display in the RKEtransmitter until the liftgate the open position. Cargo could fall Driver Information Center (DIC), see starts moving. out of the vehicle. Always make Object Detection System Messages . Press 8 on the overhead sure the power liftgate is closed and on page 5‑40. After removing the console. latched before driving away. obstructions, the liftgate will resume If the liftgate is opened using power normal power operation. . l Press on the bottom of the operation and the liftgate support Pinch sensors are located on the liftgate next to the latch to close. struts have lost pressure, the turn side edges of the liftgate. If an Pressing a second time while the signals flash and a chime will object is caught between the liftgate liftgate is moving reverses the sound. The liftgate stays open and the vehicle and presses against direction. temporarily, and then slowly closes. this sensor, the liftgate will reverse See a dealer for service before direction and open fully. The liftgate To disable the power liftgate using the liftgate. will remain open until it is activated function, press OFF on the liftgate again or closed manually. switch. Obstacle Detection Features The power liftgate may be If the liftgate encounters an obstacle Manual Operation of Power temporarily disabled under extreme during a power open or close cycle, Liftgate temperatures, or under low battery a warning chime will sound and the To change the liftgate to manual conditions. If this occurs, the liftgate liftgate will automatically reverse operation, press OFF on the liftgate can still be operated manually. direction to the full closed or open switch. position. After removing the If the transmission is shifted out of With the power liftgate disabled and obstruction, the power liftgate P (Park) while the power function is all of the doors unlocked, the liftgate operation can be used again. in progress, the liftgate power can be manually opened and function will continue to completion. closed. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (12,1) Edition - 11/9/11

2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows

To open the liftgate, press the touch The liftgate has an electric latch. Power Assist Steps pad on the handle (B) and lift up. If the battery is disconnected or has Use the pull cup to lower and close low voltage, the liftgate will not the liftgate. Do not press the touch open. The liftgate will resume pad while closing the liftgate. This operation when the battery is will cause the liftgate to be reconnected and charged. unlatched. The liftgate latch will If the battery is properly connected power close. Always close the with adequate voltage, the switch is liftgate before driving. not disabled, and the liftgate still will If 8 on the RKE transmitter or not function, see a dealer for l on the liftgate is pressed while service. power operation is disabled, the Liftglass lamps will flash three times, but the liftgate will not move. If equipped, there are two ways to open the liftglass: It is not recommended to drive with The vehicle may have power assist the liftgate open, however, when . Press the button on the steps. To enable or disable the driving with the liftgate open; the underside of the license plate power assist steps push j. liftgate should be set to manual applique (A). operation by pressing OFF on the . Press m on the RKE liftgate switch on the center console. transmitter. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (13,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13

The power assist steps Vehicle Security arming. If a door is open when automatically extend from beneath the doors are locked, the the vehicle on the side in which the This vehicle has theft-deterrent security light will flash. features; however, they do not make door has been opened. Once the If the delayed locking feature is door is closed, the assist steps it impossible to steal. turned on, the theft‐deterrent automatically move back under the system will not start the arming vehicle after a brief delay. The Anti-theft Alarm System process until the last door is vehicle must not be moving for the closed and the delay timer has assist steps to extend or retract. Your vehicle has a content theft-deterrent alarm system. expired. See Delayed Locking The assist steps cannot be disabled on page 2‑8. in the extended position. 3. Close all doors. The security light should go off after about 30 seconds. The alarm is not armed until the security light goes off. If a locked driver door is opened This is the security light. without using the RKE transmitter, a To arm the theft-deterrent system: 10-second pre-alarm will occur. The horn will chirp and the lights will 1. Open the door. flash. If the key is not placed in the 2. Lock the door with the Remote ignition and turned to START or the Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter door is not unlocked by pressing or the power door lock switch. the unlock button on the RKE The security light will come on to transmitter during the 10-second inform the driver the system is pre-alarm, the alarm will go off. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (14,1) Edition - 11/9/11

2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Your vehicle's headlamps will flash If you set off the alarm by accident, While the alarm is set, the power and the horn will sound for about press unlock on the RKE transmitter door unlock switch will not work. 30 seconds, then will turn off to save or place the key in the ignition and If the alarm does not sound when it the battery power. turn it to START to turn off the should but the headlamps flash, The theft-deterrent system will not alarm. The alarm will not stop if you check to see if the horn works. The activate if the doors are locked with try to unlock a door any other way. horn fuse may be blown. To replace the vehicle's key or the manual door Testing the Alarm the fuse, see Fuses and Circuit lock. It activates only if you use the Breakers on page 10‑37. To test the alarm: power door lock switch with the door If the alarm does not sound or the open or the RKE transmitter. You 1. From inside the vehicle, lower headlamps do not flash, the vehicle should also remember that you can the driver window and open the should be serviced by your dealer. start your vehicle with the correct driver door. ignition key if the alarm has been 2. Activate the system by locking set off. Immobilizer the doors with the power door See Radio Frequency Statement on To avoid setting off the alarm by lock switch while the door is accident: open, or with the RKE page 13‑20 for information transmitter. regarding Part 15 of the Federal . If you do not want to activate the Communications Commission (FCC) theft-deterrent system, the 3. Get out of the vehicle, close the rules and Industry Canada vehicle should be locked with door and wait for the security Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. the door key after the doors are light to go out. closed. 4. Then reach in through the Immobilizer Operation . Always unlock the doors with the window, unlock the door with the This vehicle has PASS-Key® III+ RKE transmitter. Unlocking a manual door lock and open the (Personalized Automotive Security door any other way will set off door. This should set off the System) theft-deterrent system. the alarm if it is armed. alarm. PASS-Key III+ is a passive theft-deterrent system. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (15,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15

The system is automatically armed If the engine does not start and the additional keys only. If all the when the key is removed from the security light on the instrument currently programmed keys are lost ignition. panel cluster comes on when trying or do not operate, you must see The system is automatically to start the vehicle, there may be a your dealer or a locksmith who can disarmed when the key is turned to problem with the theft-deterrent service PASS-Key III+ to have keys ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY, system. Turn the ignition off and try made and programmed to the or START from the LOCK/OFF again. system. position. If the engine still does not start, and See your dealer or a locksmith who You do not have to manually arm or the key appears to be undamaged, can service PASS-Key III+ to get a disarm the system. try another ignition key. At this time, new key blank cut exactly as the you may also want to check the ignition key that operates the The security light will come on if fuse. See Fuses and Circuit system. there is a problem with arming or Breakers on page 10‑37. If the To program the new additional key: disarming the theft-deterrent engine still does not start with the system. other key, the vehicle needs service. 1. Verify that the new key has a 1 When the PASS-Key III+ system If the vehicle does start, the first key stamped on it. may be faulty. See your dealer who senses that someone is using the 2. Insert the original, already wrong key, it prevents the vehicle can service the PASS-Key III+ to have a new key made. programmed key in the ignition from starting. Anyone using a and start the engine. If the trial-and-error method to start the It is possible for the PASS-Key III+ engine will not start, see your vehicle will be discouraged because decoder to learn the transponder dealer for service. of the high number of electrical key value of a new or replacement key. codes. Up to 10 keys may be programmed 3. After the engine has started, turn for the vehicle. The following the key to LOCK/OFF, and procedure is for programming remove the key. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (16,1) Edition - 11/9/11

2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows

4. Insert the new key to be Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors programmed and turn it to the ON/RUN position within five seconds of turning the Convex Mirrors ignition to the LOCK/OFF position in Step 3. { WARNING

The security light will turn off A convex mirror can make things, once the key has been like other vehicles, look farther programmed. away than they really are. If you 5. Repeat Steps 1 through 4 if cut too sharply into the right lane, additional keys are to be you could hit a vehicle on the programmed. right. Check the inside mirror or If you lose or damage your glance over your shoulder before PASS-Key III+ key, see your dealer changing lanes. or a locksmith who can service Mirror Adjustment PASS-Key III+ to have a new The passenger side mirror is convex 1. Press (A) or (B) to select the key made. shaped. A convex mirror's surface is driver or passenger side mirror. Do not leave the key or device curved so more can be seen from 2. Press the arrows on the control that disarms or deactivates the the driver seat. pad to move the mirror up, theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. down, right, or left. 3. Press the opposite side to get the control pad to a neutral position. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (17,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-17

Power Folding Mirrors Fold and unfold the mirrors one time Park Tilt Mirrors using the mirror controls to reset To fold the mirrors: them to their normal position. If the vehicle has the memory 1. Press (C) to fold the mirrors out A popping noise may be heard package, the passenger and/or to the driving position. during the resetting of the power driver mirror tilts to a preselected position when the vehicle is in 2. Press (D) to fold the mirrors into folding mirrors. This sound is normal after a manual folding operation. R (Reverse). This feature lets the the folded position. driver view the curb when parallel See Power Mirrors on page 2 16. Resetting the Power Folding ‑ parking. The mirror(s) return to the Mirrors Turn Signal Indicator original position when the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse), or the Reset the power folding mirrors if: The vehicle has a turn signal ignition is turned off or to indicator on the mirror. An arrow on . The mirrors are accidentally OFF/LOCK. the mirror flashes in the direction of obstructed while folding. the turn or lane change. Turn this feature on or off through . They are accidentally manually the Driver Information Center (DIC). folded/unfolded. Heated Mirrors See Driver Information Center (DIC) on page 5‑26 for more information. . The mirrors will not stay in the The heated outside rearview mirrors unfolded position. turn on when the rear window . The mirrors vibrate at normal defogger is on. driving speeds. 1 (Rear Window Defogger): This button is on the climate control panel. See “Rear Window Defogger” under Dual Automatic Climate Control System on page 8‑1 for more information. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (18,1) Edition - 11/9/11

2-18 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Interior Mirrors O (On/Off): Press to turn the Windows dimming feature on or off. Automatic Dimming Vehicles with OnStar® have three { WARNING Rearview Mirror additional control buttons located at the bottom of the mirror. See your Leaving children, helpless adults, To adjust the inside rearview mirror, dealer for more information about or pets in a vehicle with the hold the rearview mirror in the OnStar and how to subscribe to it. windows closed is dangerous. center and move it to view the area See OnStar Overview on page 14‑1 They can be overcome by the behind the vehicle. for more information. extreme heat and suffer The automatic dimming rearview Cleaning the Mirror permanent injuries or even death mirror will automatically reduce the from heat stroke. Never leave a glare from the headlamps from Do not spray glass cleaner directly child, a helpless adult, or a pet behind. The dimming feature comes on the mirror. Use a soft towel alone in a vehicle, especially with on when the vehicle is started. dampened with water. the windows closed in warm or hot weather. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (19,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-19

Power Windows

{ WARNING

Leaving children in a vehicle with the keys is dangerous for many reasons. Children or others could be badly injured or even killed. They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move. The windows will function and they The vehicle aerodynamics are could be seriously injured or killed The driver door has switches that designed to improve fuel economy if caught in the path of a closing control all windows, the passengers performance. This may result in a window. Do not leave keys in a door switch only control that pulsing sound when a window is vehicle with children. window. The power windows work partially open. To reduce the sound, when the ignition is in ON/RUN or open another window or the sunroof When there are children in the ACC/ACCESSORY, or in Retained (if equipped). rear seat use the window lockout Accessory Power (RAP). See button to prevent unintentional Retained Accessory Power (RAP) operation of the windows. on page 9‑24 for more information. Press the switch to lower the window. Pull the switch up to raise it. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (20,1) Edition - 11/9/11

2-20 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Express-Down/Up Windows Express Window Anti-Pinch Programming the Power Windows with the express feature Override Windows allow the windows to be raised and If the battery on the vehicle has lowered all the way without holding { WARNING been recharged, disconnected, or is the switch. not working, you will need to If express override is activated, Press or pull the switch fully and reprogram each front power window the window will not reverse for the express-up feature to work. release it to activate the express automatically. You or others could feature. Before reprogramming, replace or be injured and the window could recharge the vehicle's battery. The express mode can be canceled be damaged. Before you use To program each front window, at any time by briefly pressing or express override, make sure that follow these steps: pulling the switch. all people and obstructions are clear of the window path. 1. With the ignition in ACC/ Express Window Anti-Pinch ACCESSORY, ON/RUN, Feature or when RAP is active, close all If any object is in the path of the In an emergency, the anti-pinch doors. feature can be overridden in a window when the express-up is 2. Press and hold the power active, the window will stop at the supervised mode. Hold the window switch all the way up to the second window switch until the window obstruction and auto-reverse to a is fully open. preset factory position. Weather position. The window will rise for as conditions such as severe icing long as the switch is held. Once the 3. Pull the power window switch up may also cause the window to switch is released, the express until the window is fully closed. mode is re-activated. auto-reverse. The window will return 4. Continue holding the switch up to normal operation once the In this mode, the window can still for approximately two seconds obstruction or condition is removed. close on an object in its path. Use after the window is completely care when using the override mode. closed. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (21,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-21

The window is now reprogrammed. Sun Visors Roof Repeat the process for the other windows. Sunroof Window Lockout

Pull the sun visor down to block glare. Detach the sun visor from the center mount to pivot to the side window, or to extend along the rod, if available. A. Open or Close This feature prevents the rear B. Vent passenger windows from operating, except from the driver position. On vehicles with a sunroof, the sunroof only operates when the . Press o to activate the rear ignition is in the ACC/ACCESSORY window locks. An indicator light or ON/RUN, or when Retained will illuminate when the feature Accessory Power (RAP) is active. is on. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9‑24 . Press o again to deactivate the rear window locks. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (22,1) Edition - 11/9/11

2-22 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Vent: From the closed position, When the sunroof is opened, an air press the rear of switch (B) to vent deflector will automatically raise. the sunroof. The air deflector will retract when Open/Close: To open the sunroof, the sunroof is closed. press and hold switch (A) until the The sunroof also has a sunshade sunroof reaches the desired which can be pulled forward to block position. Press and hold the front of sun rays. The sunshade must be switch (A) to close it. opened and closed manually. Express-Open/Express-Close: To If an object is in the path of the Dirt and debris may collect on the express-open the sunroof, fully sunroof while it is closing, the sunroof seal or in the track. This press and release the rear of anti-pinch feature will detect the could cause an issue with sunroof switch (A) until the sunroof reaches object and stop the sunroof. operation or noise. It could also plug the desired position. To the water drainage system. express-close the sunroof, fully Periodically open the sunroof and press and release the front of remove any obstacles or loose switch (A). Press the switch again to debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and stop it. roof sealing area using a clean cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not remove grease from the sunroof. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (1,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-1

Safety Belt Use During Airbag System Check ...... 3-41 Seats and Pregnancy ...... 3-24 Replacing Airbag System Restraints Lap Belt ...... 3-24 Parts after a Crash ...... 3-41 Safety Belt Extender ...... 3-25 Safety System Check ...... 3-25 Child Restraints Safety Belt Care ...... 3-25 Older Children ...... 3-42 Head Restraints Infants and Young Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Replacing Safety Belt System Parts after a Crash ...... 3-26 Children ...... 3-44 Front Seats Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-46 Power Seat Adjustment ...... 3-3 Airbag System Where to Put the Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-3 Airbag System ...... 3-26 Restraint ...... 3-48 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-4 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-29 Lower Anchors and Tethers Memory Seats ...... 3-5 When Should an Airbag for Children (LATCH Heated and Ventilated Front Inflate? ...... 3-31 System) ...... 3-50 Seats ...... 3-6 What Makes an Airbag Replacing LATCH System Inflate? ...... 3-32 Parts After a Crash ...... 3-57 Rear Seats How Does an Airbag Securing Child Restraints Heated Rear Seats ...... 3-8 Restrain? ...... 3-32 (Rear Seat Position) ...... 3-57 Second Row Seats ...... 3-8 What Will You See after an Securing Child Restraints Third Row Seats ...... 3-13 Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-33 (Center Front Seat Passenger Sensing Position) ...... 3-60 Safety Belts System ...... 3-34 Securing Child Restraints Safety Belts ...... 3-16 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped (Right Front Seat How to Wear Safety Belts Vehicle ...... 3-39 Position) ...... 3-60 Properly ...... 3-17 Adding Equipment to the Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-18 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-39 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (2,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-2 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints Front Seats The front seats have adjustable { WARNING head restraints in the outboard seating positions. With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/ spinal injury in a crash. Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly. Adjust the head restraint so that the top of the restraint is at the same height as the top of the occupant's head. This position reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash. The height of the head restraint can be adjusted. Pull the head restraint up to raise it. Try to move the head restraint to make sure that it is locked in place. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (3,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-3

To lower the head restraint, press Front Seats . Raise or lower the entire seat by the button, located on the top of the moving the entire control up or down. seatback, and push the head Power Seat Adjustment restraint down. Try to move the To adjust the seatback, see head restraint after the button is Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑4. released to make sure that it is locked in place. Lumbar Adjustment The front seat outboard head restraints are not designed to be removed. Rear Seats The vehicle's second-row seats have head restraints in the outboard seating positions that cannot be adjusted.

The vehicle's third-row seats, To adjust a power seat: if equipped, have adjustable headrests in the outboard seating . Move the seat forward or positions. rearward by sliding the control forward or rearward. The height of the headrest can be To adjust the lumbar support: adjusted. Pull the headrest up to . Raise or lower the front or rear . Press and hold the front or rear raise it. To lower the headrest, push part of the seat cushion by of the control to increase or down on the headrest. moving the front or rear of the decrease lumbar support. control up or down. Rear seat head restraints and . Press and hold the top or bottom headrests are not designed to be of the control to raise or lower removed. the height of the lumbar support. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (4,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-4 Seats and Restraints

Reclining Seatbacks { WARNING Power Reclining Seatbacks Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the safety belts cannot do their job. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. Instead, it will be in front of you. In a crash, you could go into it, receiving neck or other injuries. Do not have a seatback reclined if The lap belt could go up over the vehicle is moving. your abdomen. The belt forces would be there, not at your pelvic To adjust the seatback: bones. This could cause serious . Tilt the top of the control internal injuries. rearward to recline. For proper protection when the . Tilt the top of the control forward vehicle is in motion, have the to raise. seatback upright. Then sit well back in the seat and wear the safety belt properly. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (5,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-5

Memory Seats Storing Memory Positions To recall, press and release “1” or To save into memory: “2.” The vehicle must be in P (Park). A single beep will sound. The seat, 1. Adjust the driver seat, including outside mirrors, power steering the seatback recliner and column, and adjustable throttle and lumbar, both outside mirrors, brake pedals will move to the power steering column, and the positions previously stored for the throttle and brake pedals. identified driver. See Power Mirrors on page 2‑16 Memory Remote Recall and Adjustable Throttle and Brake Pedal on page 9‑20. The memory feature can recall the driver seat, outside mirrors, power Not all mirrors and adjustable steering column, and pedals to throttles and brake pedals will stored positions when entering the have the ability to save and vehicle. The controls on the driver door are recall their positions. To activate, unlock the driver door used to program and recall memory 2. Press and hold “1” until with the Remote Keyless settings for the driver seat, outside two beeps sound. Entry (RKE) transmitter. The driver mirrors, power steering column, and seat, outside mirrors, power steering the adjustable throttle and brake 3. Repeat for a second driver column, and adjustable pedals will pedals. position using “2.” move to the memory positions associated with the transmitter used to unlock the vehicle. This feature can be turned on or off using the vehicle personalization menu. See Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑45. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (6,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-6 Seats and Restraints

To stop recall movement, press one If the easy exit feature is Heated and Ventilated of the power seat controls, memory programmed on in the vehicle or power mirror buttons, power personalization menu, automatic Front Seats steering column control, or the driver seat and power steering adjustable pedal switch. column movement occur when the { WARNING ignition key is removed. If something has blocked the driver If you cannot feel temperature seat, power steering column, or the A single beep sounds. The driver change or pain to the skin, the adjustable pedals while recalling a seat moves back approximately seat heater may cause burns 8 cm (3 in) and the power steering memory position, the recall may even at low temperatures. To stop. Remove the obstruction; then column moves up and forward. To reduce the risk of burns, people press and hold the appropriate move the seat back farther, press with such a condition should use manual control for the memory item B again until the seat is all the that is not recalling for two seconds. way back. care when using the seat heater, especially for long periods of Try recalling the memory position If something has blocked the driver again by pressing the appropriate time. Do not place anything on seat while recalling the exit position, the seat that insulates against memory button. If the memory the recall may stop. Remove the position is still not recalling, see heat, such as a blanket, cushion, obstruction; then press and hold the cover, or similar item. This may your dealer for service. power seat control rearward for cause the seat heater to two seconds. Try recalling the exit Easy Exit Positions overheat. An overheated seat position again. If the exit position is This feature can move the driver still not recalling, see your dealer for heater may cause a burn or may seat rearward and the power service. damage the seat. steering column up and forward to allow extra room to exit the vehicle. See Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑45. B (Easy Exit Positions): Press to recall the easy exit positions. The vehicle must be in P (Park). GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (7,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-7

Press the button once for the Remote Start Heated Seats highest setting. With each press of When it is cold outside, the heated the button, the seat will change to seats may turn on automatically the next lower setting, and then to during a remote vehicle start. The the off setting. The lights indicate heated seats will be canceled when three for the highest setting and one the ignition is turned on. Press the for the lowest. desired button to use the heated The passenger seat may take seats after the vehicle is started. longer to heat up. The lights on the heated seat The heated and cooled seats are buttons do not turn on during a canceled when the ignition is turned remote start. off. To use this feature after The buttons are on the front doors. The temperature performance of an restarting the vehicle, press the unoccupied seat may be reduced. H (Cooled Seat): Press to cool desired button again. This is normal. the seat. See Remote Vehicle Start on I (Heated Seatback): Press to page 2‑5. heat the seatback only. J (Heated Seat and Seatback): Press to heat the seat and seatback. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (8,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-8 Seats and Restraints

Rear Seats the symbol show the setting: three for high, two for medium, and one Heated Rear Seats for low. The heated seats are canceled ten seconds after the ignition is { WARNING turned off. To use this feature after If you cannot feel temperature the vehicle is restarted, press the change or pain to the skin, the desired button. seat heater may cause burns even at low temperatures. See Second Row Seats the Warning under Heated and The second row seats can be folded Ventilated Front Seats on for additional cargo space or folded The buttons are on the Rear Seat page 3 6. and tumbled for easy entry and exit ‑ Audio (RSA) panel on the rear of the to the third row seat, if equipped. center console. The seat has either the manual fold Press M or L to heat the left and tumble feature or the automatic outboard or right outboard seat seat release fold and tumble cushion. An indicator on the RSA feature. display appears when this feature Reclining Seatbacks (Bucket is on. Seats Only) Press the button once for the On vehicles with second row bucket highest setting. With each press of seats, the seatbacks can be the button, the heated seat changes reclined. to the next lower setting, and then the off setting. Indicator bars next to GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (9,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-9

To recline the seatback: To return the seatback to the upright Manual Fold and Tumble position: Feature 1. Lift the lever fully without Folding and Tumbling the Seat applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will To fold and tumble the seat: return to the upright position. 1. Make sure that there is nothing under, in front of, or on the seat. { WARNING Notice: Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may If either seatback is not locked, it cause damage to the seat or the could move forward in a sudden safety belts. Always unbuckle the stop or crash. That could cause safety belts and return them to injury to the person sitting there. their normal stowed position Always push and pull on the before folding a rear seat. 1. Lift the lever on the outboard seatbacks to be sure they are side of the seat. locked. 2. Move the seatback to the desired position, and then 2. Push and pull on the seatback to release the lever to lock the make sure it is locked. seatback in place. 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (10,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-10 Seats and Restraints

2. Lift the lever, on the outboard The seatback will fold forward to 3. Lift the lever again to release the side of the seat, to release the create a flat load floor. rear of the seat from the floor. seatback. If the seatback cannot fold flat, The seat will tumble forward. try moving the front seat forward and/or put the front seatback in the upright position. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (11,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-11

Folding and Tumbling the Seat Automatic Fold and Tumble from the Third Row Seat Feature The transmission must be in { WARNING P (Park) for this feature to work. Using the third row seating position while the second row is { WARNING folded, or folded and tumbled, Automatically folding and could cause injury in a sudden tumbling the seat when someone stop or crash. Be sure to return is sitting in the seat, could cause the seat to the passenger seating injury to the person sitting there. position. Push and pull on the Always make sure there is no one seat to make sure it is locked into 60/40 Split-Bench Seat Shown, sitting in the seat before pressing place. Bucket Seat Similar the automatic seat release button. 2. Lift the lever, on the bottom rear To fold and tumble the seat from the of the second row seat on the third row seat, if equipped: inboard side, to release the seatback. The seatback will fold 1. Make sure that there is nothing forward. under, in front of, or on the seat. 3. Lift the same lever again to Notice: Folding a rear seat with release the rear of the seat from the safety belts still fastened may the floor. The seat will tumble cause damage to the seat or the forward. safety belts. Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (12,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-12 Seats and Restraints

Folding and Tumbling the Second Returning the Seat to the Row Seat from the Third Row Seat Sitting Position or Outside the Vehicle To return the seat to the sitting position from the tumbled position: { WARNING 1. Pull the seat down until it latches Using the third row seating to the floor. The seatback cannot position while the second row is be raised if the seat is not folded, or folded and tumbled, latched to the floor. could cause injury in a sudden stop or crash. Be sure to return { WARNING the seat to the passenger seating position. Push and pull on the Driver Side Rear Panel Button If either seatback is not locked, it seat to make sure it is locked into Shown could move forward in a sudden place. stop or crash. That could cause 2. Press the automatic seat release injury to the person sitting there. button on the panel behind the Always push and pull on the rear doors. To fold and tumble the seat from the seatbacks to be sure they are third row seat, if equipped: The seatback automatically folds locked. 1. Make sure that there is nothing flat and the seat tumbles under, in front of, or on the seat. forward. There will be a slight delay between the folding of the Notice: Folding a rear seat with seatback and the tumbling of the safety belts still fastened may the seat. cause damage to the seat or the safety belts. Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (13,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-13

2. Lift the seatback and push it Notice: Folding a rear seat with Returning the Seatback to the rearward. Push and pull on the the safety belts still fastened may Upright Position seatback to make sure it is cause damage to the seat or the locked. safety belts. Always unbuckle the To return the seatback to the upright position: 3. For the 60/40 split-bench seat, safety belts and return them to make sure the safety belt in the their normal stowed position 1. Open the liftgate to access the center seating position is not before folding a rear seat. controls for the seat. caught between the two seats 2. Raise the seatback to the and is not twisted. upright position.

Third Row Seats { WARNING If the vehicle has a third row seat, If either seatback is not locked, it the seatback can be folded, and the entire seat can be tumbled or could move forward in a sudden removed from the vehicle. stop or crash. That could cause injury to the person sitting there. Folding the Seatback Always push and pull on the To fold the seatback: seatbacks to be sure they are locked. 1. Open the liftgate to access the controls for the seat. 3. Lift the release lever “1,” on the bottom rear of the seatback on 3. Push and pull on the seatback to 2. Remove all items on the seat make sure it is locked. cushion. the outboard side of the seat, and the seatback folds forward. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (14,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-14 Seats and Restraints

Tumbling the Third Row Seat Returning the Third Row Seat To tumble the seat: from a Tumbled Position 1. Open the liftgate to access the To return the seat to the normal controls for the seat. seating position: 2. Make sure the headrests are 1. Open the liftgate to access the completely lowered and there is controls for the seat. nothing under, in front of, or on 2. Make sure there is nothing that the seat. could become trapped under 3. Fold the seatbacks forward the seat. using lever “1” and the 3. Release the seat from the instructions listed previously tumbled position by lifting lever under “Folding the Seatback.” 4. Unlatch the seat from the floor “2” next to the carrying handle at The seat cannot be unlatched by lifting lever “2” next to the the bottom rear of the seat. from the floor unless the carrying handle on the rear of 4. Pull the seat down until it latches seatback is folded. the seat, near the bottom. to the floor. The seatback cannot 5. Lift the rear of the seat up from be raised to the upright position the floor. unless the seat is latched to the 6. Tilt the seat fully forward to lock floor. it into place. 5. Raise the seatback to the 7. Push and pull on the seat to upright position. make sure it is locked. Put the seat in this position only when necessary for additional cargo space. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (15,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-15

Installing the Third Row Seat { WARNING To install the seat: If either seatback is not locked, it 1. Open the liftgate to access the could move forward in a sudden rear of the vehicle. stop or crash. That could cause injury to the person sitting there. 2. Slide the front outboard seat Always push and pull on the wheels into the track on the floor and roll the seat forward. The seatbacks to be sure they are front latches should lock into locked. place. If the latches do not lock, try tilting the rear of the seat 6. Push and pull on the seatback to upward slightly. make sure it is locked. 3. Unlatch the seat from the floor 3. Lower the rear of the seat and Removing the Third Row Seat by pulling the handle at the rear push down on the seat to of the seat “3 Removal Only” engage the rear floor latches. To remove the seat: toward the rear of the vehicle. 1. Open the liftgate to access the 4. Roll the seat out of the vehicle. { WARNING controls for the seat. There is a track in the floor to 2. Fold the seatbacks forward guide the seat wheels out of the A seat that is not locked into place properly can move around using lever “1” and the vehicle. instructions listed previously in a collision or sudden stop. under “Folding the Seatback.” People in the vehicle could be The seat cannot be unlatched injured. Be sure to lock the seat from the floor unless the into place properly when seatback is folded. installing it. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (16,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-16 Seats and Restraints

4. Push and pull on the seat to Safety Belts make sure it is locked into place. WARNING (Continued) The seatback cannot be raised This section of the manual to the upright position unless the describes how to use safety belts It is extremely dangerous to ride properly. It also describes some seat is latched to the floor. in a cargo area, inside or outside things not to do with safety belts. 5. Raise the seatback to the of a vehicle. In a collision, upright position. passengers riding in these areas { WARNING 6. Push and pull on the seatback to are more likely to be seriously make sure it is locked. Do not let anyone ride where a injured or killed. Do not allow safety belt cannot be worn passengers to ride in any area of 7. Make sure the safety belts are the vehicle that is not equipped returned to the original position properly. In a crash, if you or your with seats and safety belts. over the seatbacks. passenger(s) are not wearing safety belts, injuries can be much Always wear a safety belt, and worse than if you are wearing check that all passenger(s) are safety belts. You can be seriously restrained properly too. injured or killed by hitting things inside the vehicle harder or by This vehicle has indicators as a being ejected from the vehicle. In reminder to buckle the safety belts. addition, anyone who is not See Safety Belt Reminders on buckled up can strike other page 5‑16. passengers in the vehicle. (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (17,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-17

Why Safety Belts Work safety belts. That is why wearing Also, in nearly all states and in safety belts makes such good all Canadian provinces, the law sense. requires wearing safety belts. Questions and Answers About How to Wear Safety Belts Safety Belts Properly Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a crash if I am wearing a This section is only for people of safety belt? adult size. A: You could be — whether you are There are special things to know wearing a safety belt or not. about safety belts and children. And Your chance of being conscious there are different rules for smaller during and after a crash, so you children and infants. If a child will be can unbuckle and get out, is riding in the vehicle, see Older When riding in a vehicle, you travel much greater if you are belted. Children on page 3‑42 or Infants and Young Children on page 3‑44. as fast as the vehicle does. If the Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why vehicle stops suddenly, you keep Follow those rules for everyone's should I have to wear safety protection. going until something stops you. belts? It could be the windshield, the It is very important for all occupants instrument panel, or the safety belts! A: Airbags are supplemental to buckle up. Statistics show that systems only; so they work with unbelted people are hurt more often When you wear a safety belt, you safety belts — not instead of and the vehicle slow down together. in crashes than those who are them. Whether or not an airbag wearing safety belts. There is more time to stop because is provided, all occupants still you stop over a longer distance and, have to buckle up to get the There are important things to know when worn properly, your strongest most protection. about wearing a safety belt properly. bones take the forces from the GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (18,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-18 Seats and Restraints

. Wear the shoulder belt over the Lap-Shoulder Belt shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best All seating positions in the vehicle able to take belt restraining have a lap-shoulder belt except for forces. The shoulder belt locks if the center front passenger position, there is a sudden stop or crash. if equipped, which has a lap belt. See Lap Belt on page 3‑24 for more { WARNING information. The lap‐shoulder belts for the first You can be seriously injured, and second row seating positions or even killed, by not wearing are equipped with free‐falling latch your safety belt properly. plates. If the vehicle has a third row, . Sit up straight and always keep . Never allow the lap or the lap‐shoulder belts have either your feet on the floor in front shoulder belt to become free‐falling or cinching latch plates. of you. loose or twisted. . Always use the correct buckle . Never wear the shoulder belt for your seating position. under both arms or behind . Wear the lap part of the belt low your back. and snug on the hips, just . Never route the lap or touching the thighs. In a crash, shoulder belt over an this applies force to the strong armrest. pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the belt would apply force on your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (19,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-19

Use the following pictures to The lap-shoulder belt may lock if determine the latch plate style: you pull the belt across you very quickly. If this happens, let the belt go back slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across you more slowly. If the shoulder portion of a passenger belt with a free‐falling latch plate is pulled out all the way, the child restraint locking feature may be engaged. If this happens, let the belt go back all Cinching Latch Plate the way and start again. The following instructions explain Engaging the child restraint Free-Falling Latch Plate how to wear a lap-shoulder belt locking feature in the right front properly. seating position may affect the 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is passenger sensing system, adjustable, so you can sit up if equipped. See Passenger Sensing System on page 3 34 straight. To see how, see “Seats” ‑ in the Index. for more information. 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you. Do not let it get twisted. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (20,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-20 Seats and Restraints

4. If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster, move it to the height that is right for you. See “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” in this section for instructions on use and important safety information.

If the belt stops before it reaches 3. Push the latch plate into the the buckle, for lap‐shoulder belts buckle until it clicks. If you find with cinching latch plates, tilt the that the latch plate will not go latch plate and keep pulling the fully into the buckle, see if you safety belt until it can be are using the correct buckle. buckled. Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure. If the belt is not long enough, see Safety 5. To make the lap part tight, pull Belt Extender on page 3‑25. up on the shoulder belt. Position the release button on the buckle so that the safety belt It may be necessary to pull could be quickly unbuckled if stitching on the safety belt necessary. through the latch plate to fully tighten the lap belt on smaller occupants. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (21,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-21

To unlatch the belt, push the button Safety Belt Pretensioners on the buckle. The belt should This vehicle has safety belt return to its stowed position. pretensioners for front outboard Before a door is closed, be sure the occupants. Although the safety belt safety belt is out of the way. If a pretensioners cannot be seen, they door is slammed against a safety are part of the safety belt assembly. belt, damage can occur to both the They can help tighten the safety belt and the vehicle. belts during the early stages of a moderate to severe frontal, near Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster frontal, or rear crash if the threshold The vehicle has a shoulder belt conditions for pretensioner height adjuster for the driver and activation are met. And, if the right front passenger positions. Squeeze the buttons (A) on the vehicle has side impact airbags, Adjust the height so the shoulder sides of the height adjuster and safety belt pretensioners can help portion of the belt is on the shoulder move the height adjuster to the tighten the safety belts in a side and not falling off of it. The belt desired position. crash or a rollover event. should be close to, but not The adjuster can be moved up just Pretensioners work only once. If the contacting, the neck. Improper by pushing up on the shoulder belt pretensioners activate in a crash, shoulder belt height adjustment guide. the pretensioners and probably could reduce the effectiveness of other parts of the vehicle's safety After the adjuster is set to the the safety belt in a crash. See How belt system will need to be replaced. desired position, try to move it down to Wear Safety Belts Properly on See Replacing Safety Belt System without squeezing the buttons to page 3 17. Parts after a Crash on page 3 26. ‑ make sure it has locked into ‑ position. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (22,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-22 Seats and Restraints

Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides This vehicle may have rear shoulder belt comfort guides. If not, they are available through your dealer. The guides may provide added safety belt comfort for older children who have outgrown booster seats and for some adults. When installed and properly adjusted, the comfort guide positions the belt away from the neck and head. Here is how to install a comfort 2. Place the guide over the belt, There is one guide, if equipped, for guide to the safety belt: and insert the two edges of the each outside passenger position in belt into the slots of the guide. the second row seat. 1. Remove the guide from its storage clip on the interior body. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (23,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-23

{ WARNING

A safety belt that is not properly worn may not provide the protection needed in a crash. The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. 3. Be sure that the belt is not 4. Buckle, position, and release the twisted and it lies flat. The safety belt as described elastic cord must be under the previously in this section. Make belt and the guide on top. sure the shoulder portion of the belt is on the shoulder and not falling off of it. The belt should be close to, but not contacting, the neck. To remove and store the comfort guide, squeeze the belt edges together so that the safety belt can be removed from the guide. Slide the guide onto its storage clip on the interior body. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (24,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-24 Seats and Restraints

Safety Belt Use During The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother. When a safety Pregnancy belt is worn properly, it is more likely Safety belts work for everyone, that the fetus will not be hurt in a including pregnant women. Like all crash. For pregnant women, as for occupants, they are more likely to anyone, the key to making safety be seriously injured if they do not belts effective is wearing them wear safety belts. properly. Lap Belt This part is only for the lap belt. To learn how to wear a lap-shoulder belt, see Lap-Shoulder Belt on To make the belt longer, tilt the latch page 3‑18. plate and pull it along the belt. The vehicle may have a center Buckle, position and release it the seating position. When you sit in the same way as the lap part of a center front seating position, you lap-shoulder belt. have a lap safety belt, which has no retractor.

A pregnant woman should wear a lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible, below the rounding, throughout the pregnancy. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (25,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-25

Safety Belt Extender from doing its job. See your dealer to have it repaired. Torn or frayed If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten safety belts may not protect you in a around you, you should use it. crash. They can rip apart under But if a safety belt is not long impact forces. If a belt is torn or enough, your dealer will order you frayed, get a new one right away. an extender. When you go in to Make sure the safety belt reminder order it, take the heaviest coat you light is working. See Safety Belt will wear, so the extender will be Reminders on page 5‑16. long enough for you. To help avoid personal injury, do not let someone Keep safety belts clean and dry. else use it, and use it only for the See Safety Belt Care on page 3‑25. seat it is made to fit. The extender To make the belt shorter, pull its free Safety Belt Care end as shown until the belt is snug. has been designed for adults. Never use it for securing child seats. To Keep belts clean and dry. If the belt is not long enough, see wear it, attach it to the regular safety Safety Belt Extender on page 3‑25. belt. For more information, see the { WARNING Make sure the release button on the instruction sheet that comes with buckle is positioned so you would the extender. Do not bleach or dye safety belts. be able to unbuckle the safety belt It may severely weaken them. In quickly if necessary. Safety System Check a crash, they might not be able to If you find that the latch plate will Now and then, check that the safety provide adequate protection. not go fully into the buckle, see if belt reminder light, safety belts, Clean safety belts only with mild you are using the correct buckle. Be buckles, latch plates, retractors, and soap and lukewarm water. sure that the latch plate clicks when anchorages are all working properly. inserted into the buckle. Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts that might keep a safety belt system GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (26,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-26 Seats and Restraints

Replacing Safety Belt After a minor crash, replacement of Airbag System safety belts may not be necessary. System Parts after a But the safety belt assemblies that The vehicle has the following Crash were used during any crash may airbags: have been stressed or damaged. . A frontal airbag for the driver. { WARNING See your dealer to have the safety belt assemblies inspected or . A frontal airbag for the right front A crash can damage the safety replaced. passenger. belt system in the vehicle. New parts and repairs may be . A roof-rail airbag for the driver A damaged safety belt system necessary even if the safety belt and passenger directly behind may not properly protect the system was not being used at the the driver. person using it, resulting in time of the crash. . A roof-rail airbag for the right serious injury or even death in a Have the safety belt pretensioners front passenger and the person crash. To help make sure the checked if the vehicle has been in a seated directly behind that safety belt systems are working crash, or if the airbag readiness light passenger. properly after a crash, have them stays on after you start the vehicle inspected and any necessary or while you are driving. See Airbag replacements made as soon as Readiness Light on page 5‑16. possible. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (27,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-27

The vehicle may have the following With roof-rail airbags, the word airbags: AIRBAG will appear along the WARNING (Continued) headliner or trim. . A seat‐mounted side impact crashes safety belts are your only airbag for the driver. Airbags are designed to supplement restraint. See When Should an the protection provided by safety . A seat‐mounted side impact Airbag Inflate? on page 3‑31. belts. Even though today's airbags airbag for the right front Wearing your safety belt during a passenger. are also designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an crash helps reduce your chance . If the vehicle has a third row inflating bag, all airbags must inflate of hitting things inside the vehicle seat, it will have a third row very quickly to do their job. or being ejected from it. Airbags roof-rail airbag. are supplemental restraints to Here are the most important things “ ” All of the airbags in the vehicle will to know about the airbag system: the safety belts. Everyone in your have the word AIRBAG embossed vehicle should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is in the trim or on an attached label { WARNING — near the deployment opening. an airbag for that person. For frontal airbags, the word You can be severely injured or AIRBAG will appear on the middle killed in a crash if you are not part of the steering wheel for the wearing your safety belt — even if driver and on the instrument panel you have airbags. Airbags are for the right front passenger. designed to work with safety belts, but do not replace them. With seat‐mounted side impact airbags, the word AIRBAG will Also, airbags are not designed to appear on the side of the seatback deploy in every crash. In some closest to the door. (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (28,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-28 Seats and Restraints

{ WARNING { WARNING

Because airbags inflate with great Children who are up against, force and faster than the blink of or very close to, any airbag when an eye, anyone who is up it inflates can be seriously against, or very close to any injured or killed. Airbags plus There is an airbag readiness light airbag when it inflates can be lap-shoulder belts offer protection on the instrument panel cluster, seriously injured or killed. Do not for adults and older children, but which shows the airbag symbol. sit unnecessarily close to any not for young children and infants. The system checks the airbag airbag, as you would be if sitting Neither the vehicle safety belt electrical system for malfunctions. on the edge of the seat or leaning system nor its airbag system is The light tells you if there is an forward. Safety belts help keep designed for them. Young electrical problem. See Airbag you in position before and during children and infants need the Readiness Light on page 5‑16 for a crash. Always wear a safety protection that a child restraint more information. belt, even with airbags. The driver system can provide. Always should sit as far back as possible secure children properly in the while still maintaining control of vehicle. To read how, see Older the vehicle. Children on page 3‑42 or Infants Occupants should not lean on or and Young Children on sleep against the door or side page 3‑44. windows in seating positions with seat-mounted side impact airbags and/or roof-rail airbags. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (29,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-29

Where Are the Airbags?

The right front passenger frontal Driver Side Shown, Passenger airbag is in the instrument panel on Side Similar The driver frontal airbag is in the the passenger's side. If the vehicle has seat‐mounted side middle of the steering wheel. impact airbags for the driver and right front passenger, they are in the side of the seatbacks closest to the door. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (30,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-30 Seats and Restraints

{ WARNING

If something is between an occupant and an airbag, the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death. The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear. Do not put anything between an occupant and an Driver Side Shown, Passenger Driver Side Shown, Passenger airbag, and do not attach or put Side Similar Side Similar anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other The roof-rail airbags for the driver, If the vehicle has a third row airbag covering. right front passenger, and second passenger seat, the roof-rail airbags row outboard passengers are in the are located in the ceiling above the Do not use seat accessories that ceiling above the side windows. rear windows for the outboard block the inflation path of a passenger positions in the third row. seat-mounted side impact airbag. Never secure anything to the roof of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags by routing a rope or tie‐down through any door or window opening. If you do, the path of an inflating roof-rail airbag will be blocked. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (31,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-31

When Should an Airbag Frontal airbags may inflate at Frontal airbags are not intended to different crash speeds. For inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear Inflate? example: impacts, or in many side impacts. Frontal airbags are designed to . If the vehicle hits a stationary In addition, the vehicle has inflate in moderate to severe frontal object, the airbags could inflate dual-stage frontal airbags. or near-frontal crashes to help at a different crash speed than if Dual-stage airbags adjust the reduce the potential for severe the vehicle hits a moving object. restraint according to crash severity. injuries mainly to the driver's or right The vehicle has electronic frontal . If the vehicle hits an object that front passenger's head and chest. sensors, which help the sensing However, they are only designed to deforms, the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed system distinguish between a inflate if the impact exceeds a moderate frontal impact and a more predetermined deployment than if the vehicle hits an object does not deform. severe frontal impact. For moderate threshold. Deployment thresholds frontal impacts, dual-stage airbags are used to predict how severe a . If the vehicle hits a narrow object inflate at a level less than full crash is likely to be in time for the (like a pole), the airbags could deployment. For more severe frontal airbags to inflate and help restrain inflate at a different crash speed impacts, full deployment occurs. the occupants. than if the vehicle hits a wide object (like a wall). The vehicle has a seat position Whether the frontal airbags will or sensor. Vehicles with dual stage should deploy is not based on how . If the vehicle goes into an object airbags also have seat position fast the vehicle is traveling. at an angle, the airbags could sensors which enable the sensing It depends largely on what you hit, inflate at a different crash speed system to monitor the position of the the direction of the impact, and how than if the vehicle goes straight driver seat and may or may not quickly the vehicle slows down. into the object. monitor the position of the front Thresholds can also vary with passenger seat. specific vehicle design. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (32,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-32 Seats and Restraints

The seat position sensor provides if the sensing system predicts that of the cover and deploy. The inflator, information that is used to determine the vehicle is about to roll over, or in the airbag, and related hardware are if the airbags should deploy at a a severe frontal impact. all part of the airbag module. reduced level or at full deployment. In any particular crash, no one can Frontal airbag modules are located The vehicle may or may not have say whether an airbag should have inside the steering wheel and seat‐mounted side impact airbags. inflated simply because of the instrument panel. For vehicles with The vehicle has roof-rail airbags. damage to a vehicle or because of seat‐mounted side impact airbags, See Airbag System on page 3‑26. what the repair costs were. For there are airbags modules in the Seat‐mounted side impact airbags frontal airbags, inflation is side of the front seatbacks closest and roof-rail airbags are intended to determined by what the vehicle hits, to the door. For vehicles with inflate in moderate to severe side the angle of the impact, and how roof-rail airbags, there are airbag crashes. In addition, these roof-rail quickly the vehicle slows down. For modules in the ceiling of the vehicle, airbags are intended to inflate seat‐mounted side impact and near the side windows that have during a rollover or in a severe roof-rail airbags, deployment is occupant seating positions. frontal impact. Seat‐mounted side determined by the location and impact airbags and roof-rail airbags severity of the side impact. In a How Does an Airbag will inflate if the crash severity is rollover event, roof-rail airbag Restrain? above the system's designed deployment is determined by the threshold level. The threshold level direction of the roll. In moderate to severe frontal or can vary with specific vehicle near frontal collisions, even belted design. What Makes an Airbag occupants can contact the steering wheel or the instrument panel. In Roof-rail airbags are not Inflate? moderate to severe side collisions, intended to inflate in rear impacts. In a deployment event, the sensing even belted occupants can contact A seat mounted side impact airbag ‐ system sends an electrical signal the inside of the vehicle. is intended to deploy on the side of triggering a release of gas from the the vehicle that is struck. Both Airbags supplement the protection inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the roof-rail airbags will deploy when provided by safety belts. Frontal airbag causing the bag to break out either side of the vehicle is struck or airbags distribute the force of the GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (33,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-33

impact more evenly over the What Will You See after occupant's upper body, stopping { WARNING the occupant more gradually. an Airbag Inflates? When an airbag inflates, there Seat‐mounted side impact and After the frontal airbags and roof-rail airbags distribute the force seat-mounted side impact airbags may be dust in the air. This dust of the impact more evenly over the inflate, they quickly deflate, so could cause breathing problems occupant's upper body. quickly that some people may not for people with a history of even realize an airbag inflated. asthma or other breathing trouble. Rollover capable roof-rail airbags To avoid this, everyone in the are designed to help contain the Roof-rail airbags may still be at least vehicle should get out as soon as head and chest of occupants in the partially inflated for some time after it is safe to do so. If you have outboard seating positions in the they deploy. Some components of first, second, and third rows, the airbag module may be hot for breathing problems but cannot if equipped with a third row seat. several minutes. For location of the get out of the vehicle after an The rollover capable roof-rail airbag modules, see What Makes airbag inflates, then get fresh air airbags are designed to help reduce an Airbag Inflate? on page 3‑32. by opening a window or a door. the risk of full or partial ejection in The parts of the airbag that come If you experience breathing rollover events, although no system into contact with you may be warm, problems following an airbag can prevent all such ejections. but not too hot to touch. There may deployment, you should seek medical attention. But airbags would not help in many be some smoke and dust coming types of collisions, primarily from the vents in the deflated because the occupant's motion is airbags. Airbag inflation does not not toward those airbags. See When prevent the driver from seeing out of Should an Airbag Inflate? on the windshield or being able to steer the vehicle, nor does it prevent page 3‑31 for more information. people from leaving the vehicle. Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement to safety belts. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (34,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-34 Seats and Restraints

The vehicle may have a feature that In many crashes severe enough to . Let only qualified technicians may automatically unlock the doors, inflate the airbag, windshields are work on the airbag systems. turn on the interior lamps and broken by vehicle deformation. Improper service can mean that hazard warning flashers, and shut Additional windshield breakage may an airbag system will not work off the fuel system after the airbags also occur from the right front properly. See your dealer for inflate. You can lock the doors, turn passenger airbag. service. off the interior lamps and hazard . Airbags are designed to inflate Passenger Sensing warning flashers by using the only once. After an airbag controls for those features. inflates, you will need some new System { parts for the airbag system. If the vehicle has the passenger WARNING If you do not get them, the airbag status indicator pictured in airbag system will not be there the following illustration, then the A crash severe enough to inflate to help protect you in another the airbags may have also vehicle has a passenger sensing crash. A new system will include system for the right front passenger damaged important functions in airbag modules and possibly position. The passenger airbag the vehicle, such as the fuel other parts. The service manual status indicator, if equipped, is system, brake and steering for your vehicle covers the need visible on the overhead console systems, etc. Even if the vehicle to replace other parts. when the vehicle is started. appears to be drivable after a . The vehicle has a crash sensing In addition, if the vehicle has a moderate crash, there may be and diagnostic module which concealed damage that could passenger sensing system for the records information after a right front passenger position, the make it difficult to safely operate crash. See Vehicle Data the vehicle. label on the vehicle's sun visors Recording and Privacy on refers to “ADVANCED AIRBAGS”. Use caution if you should attempt page 13‑19 and Event Data to restart the engine after a crash Recorders on page 13‑19. has occurred. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (35,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-35

When the system check is According to accident statistics, complete, either the word ON or children are safer when properly OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will secured in a rear seat in the correct be visible. See Passenger Airbag child restraint for their weight Status Indicator on page 5‑17. and size. The passenger sensing system will We recommend that children be United States turn off the right front passenger secured in a rear seat, including: an frontal airbag under certain infant or a child riding in a conditions. The driver airbag, rear-facing child restraint; a child seat‐mounted side impact airbags riding in a forward-facing child seat; (if equipped) and the roof-rail an older child riding in a booster airbags are not affected by the seat; and children, who are large passenger sensing system. enough, using safety belts. Canada and Mexico The passenger sensing system A label on the sun visor says, works with sensors that are part of “Never put a rear-facing child seat in The words ON and OFF, or the the right front passenger seat and the front.” This is because the risk to symbols for on and off, will be safety belt. The sensors are the rear-facing child is so great, visible during the system check. designed to detect the presence of if the airbag deploys. If you are using remote start, a properly-seated occupant and if equipped, to start the vehicle from determine if the right front a distance, you may not see the passenger frontal airbag should be system check. enabled (may inflate) or not. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (36,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-36 Seats and Restraints

When the passenger sensing { WARNING WARNING (Continued) system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag, the off A child in a rear-facing child Secure rear-facing child restraints indicator will light and stay lit as a restraint can be seriously in a rear seat, even if the reminder that the airbag is off. See injured or killed if the right front airbag is off. If you secure a Passenger Airbag Status Indicator passenger airbag inflates. This forward-facing child restraint in on page 5‑17. is because the back of the the right front seat, always move rear-facing child restraint would The passenger sensing system is the front passenger seat as far designed to turn on (may inflate) the be very close to the inflating back as it will go. It is better to right front passenger frontal airbag airbag. A child in a forward-facing secure the child restraint in a anytime the system senses that a child restraint can be seriously rear seat. person of adult size is sitting injured or killed if the right front properly in the right front passenger airbag inflates and the passenger seat. passenger seat is in a forward The passenger sensing system is position. designed to turn off the right front When the passenger sensing passenger frontal airbag if: system has allowed the airbag to be Even if the passenger sensing enabled, the on indicator will light . The right front passenger seat is system has turned off the right and stay lit as a reminder that the unoccupied. front passenger frontal airbag, no airbag is active. system is fail-safe. No one can . The system determines an infant For some children, including is present in a child restraint. guarantee that an airbag will not children in child restraints, and for deploy under some unusual . A right front passenger takes very small adults, the passenger circumstance, even though the his/her weight off of the seat for sensing system may or may not turn airbag is turned off. a period of time. off the right front passenger frontal (Continued) . There is a critical problem with airbag, depending upon the the airbag system or the person's seating posture and body passenger sensing system. build. Everyone in the vehicle who GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (37,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-37

has outgrown child restraints If the On Indicator is Lit for a 5. If, after reinstalling the child should wear a safety belt Child Restraint restraint and restarting the properly — whether or not there is vehicle, the on indicator is still lit, an airbag for that person. If a child restraint has been installed turn the vehicle off. Then slightly and the on indicator is lit: recline the vehicle seatback and { WARNING 1. Turn the vehicle off. adjust the seat cushion, if adjustable, to make sure that 2. Remove the child restraint from the vehicle seatback is not If the airbag readiness light ever the vehicle. comes on and stays on, it means pushing the child restraint into that something may be wrong 3. Remove any additional items the seat cushion. from the seat such as blankets, with the airbag system. To help Also make sure the child cushions, seat covers, seat avoid injury to yourself or others, restraint is not trapped under the heaters, or seat massagers. have the vehicle serviced right vehicle head restraint. If this away. See Airbag Readiness 4. Reinstall the child restraint happens, adjust the head Light on page 5‑16 for more following the directions provided restraint. See Head Restraints information, including important by the child restraint on page 3‑2. manufacturer and refer to safety information. 6. Restart the vehicle. Securing Child Restraints (Rear Seat Position) on page 3‑57 or The passenger sensing system Securing Child Restraints (Right may or may not turn off the Front Seat Position) on airbag for a child in a child page 3‑60 or Securing Child restraint depending upon the Restraints (Center Front Seat child’s seating posture and body Position) on page 3‑60. build. It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (38,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-38 Seats and Restraints

If the Off Indicator is Lit for an 2. Remove any additional material See “Safety Belts” and “Child Adult-Size Occupant from the seat, such as blankets, Restraints” in the Index for cushions, seat covers, seat additional information about the heaters, or seat massagers. importance of proper restraint use. 3. Place the seatback in the fully If the shoulder portion of the belt is upright position. pulled out all the way, the child 4. Have the person sit upright in restraint locking feature will be the seat, centered on the seat engaged. This may unintentionally cushion, with legs comfortably cause the passenger sensing extended. system to turn the airbag off for some adult‐size occupants. If this 5. Restart the vehicle and have the happens, let the belt go back all the person remain in this position for way and start again. two to three minutes after the on indicator is lit. A thick layer of additional material, such as a blanket or cushion, If a person of adult size is sitting in Additional Factors Affecting or aftermarket equipment such as the right front passenger seat, but System Operation seat covers, seat heaters, and seat the off indicator is lit, it could be massagers, can affect how well the because that person is not sitting Safety belts help keep the passenger sensing system properly in the seat. If this happens, passenger in position on the seat operates. We recommend that you use the following steps to allow the during vehicle maneuvers and not use seat covers or other system to detect that person and braking, which helps the passenger aftermarket equipment except when enable the right front passenger sensing system maintain the approved by GM for your specific frontal airbag: passenger airbag status. vehicle. See Adding Equipment to 1. Turn the vehicle off. the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 3‑39 for more information about modifications that can affect how the system operates. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (39,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-39

The on indicator may be lit if an dealer and the service manual have Adding Equipment to the object, such as a briefcase, information about servicing the handbag, grocery bag, laptop, vehicle and the airbag system. To Airbag-Equipped Vehicle or other electronic device, is put on purchase a service manual, see Q: Is there anything I might add an unoccupied seat. If this is not Service Publications Ordering to or change about the vehicle desired, remove the object from Information on page 13‑16. that could keep the airbags the seat. from working properly? { WARNING A: Yes. If you add things that { WARNING change the vehicle's frame, For up to 10 seconds after the bumper system, height, front end Stowing of articles under the vehicle is turned off and the or side sheet metal, they may passenger seat or between the battery is disconnected, an airbag keep the airbag system from passenger seat cushion and can still inflate during improper working properly. Changing or seatback may interfere with the service. You can be injured if you moving any parts of the front proper operation of the passenger are close to an airbag when it seats, safety belts, the airbag sensing system. inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. sensing and diagnostic module, They are probably part of the steering wheel, instrument airbag system. Be sure to follow panel, roof-rail airbag modules, Servicing the proper service procedures, and ceiling headliner or pillar garnish Airbag-Equipped Vehicle make sure the person performing trim, overhead console, front Airbags affect how the vehicle work for you is qualified to do so. sensors, side impact sensors, should be serviced. There are parts or airbag wiring can affect the of the airbag system in several operation of the airbag system. places around the vehicle. Your GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (40,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-40 Seats and Restraints

In addition, the vehicle may have If you have any questions, call Q: Because I have a disability, a passenger sensing system for Customer Assistance. The I have to get my vehicle the right front passenger phone numbers and addresses modified. How can I find out position, which includes sensors for Customer Assistance are in whether this will affect my that are part of the passenger Step Two of the Customer airbag system? seat. The passenger sensing Satisfaction Procedure in this A: If you have questions, call system may not operate properly manual. See Customer Customer Assistance. The if the original seat trim is Satisfaction Procedure (U.S. and phone numbers and addresses replaced with non-GM covers, Canada) on page 13‑1 or for Customer Assistance are in upholstery or trim, or with GM Customer Satisfaction Step Two of the Customer covers, upholstery or trim Procedure (Mexico) on Satisfaction Procedure in this designed for a different vehicle. page 13‑3. manual. See Customer Any object, such as an If the vehicle has rollover Satisfaction Procedure (U.S. and aftermarket seat heater or a roof-rail airbags, see Different Canada) on page 13‑1 or comfort enhancing pad or Size Tires and Wheels on Customer Satisfaction device, installed under or on top page 10‑60 for additional Procedure (Mexico) on of the seat fabric, could also important information. page 13‑3. interfere with the operation of the passenger sensing system. In addition, your dealer and the This could either prevent proper service manual have information deployment of the passenger about the location of the airbag airbag(s) or prevent the sensors, sensing and diagnostic passenger sensing system from module and airbag wiring. properly turning off the passenger airbag(s). See Passenger Sensing System on page 3‑34. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (41,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-41

Airbag System Check Replacing Airbag System If an airbag inflates, you will need to replace airbag system parts. See The airbag system does not need Parts after a Crash your dealer for service. regularly scheduled maintenance or replacement. Make sure the airbag { WARNING If the airbag readiness light stays on readiness light is working. See after the vehicle is started or comes Airbag Readiness Light on A crash can damage the airbag on when you are driving, the airbag page 5‑16. systems in the vehicle. system may not work properly. Have A damaged airbag system the vehicle serviced right away. See Notice: If an airbag covering is Airbag Readiness Light on may not work properly and may damaged, opened, or broken, the page 5‑16. airbag may not work properly. Do not protect you and your not open or break the airbag passenger(s) in a crash, resulting coverings. If there are any in serious injury or even death. To opened or broken airbag covers, help make sure the airbag have the airbag covering and/or systems are working properly airbag module replaced. For the after a crash, have them location of the airbags, see inspected and any necessary Where Are the Airbags? on replacements made as soon as page 3‑29. See your dealer for possible. service. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (42,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-42 Seats and Restraints

Child Restraints The manufacturer's instructions that . Can proper safety belt fit be come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no, Older Children booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat. lap-shoulder belt until the child Q: What is the proper way to passes the fit test below: wear safety belts? . Sit all the way back on the seat. A: An older child should wear a Do the knees bend at the seat lap-shoulder belt and get the edge? If yes, continue. If no, additional restraint a shoulder return to the booster seat. belt can provide. The shoulder . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. belt should not cross the face or Does the shoulder belt rest on neck. The lap belt should fit the shoulder? If yes, continue. snugly below the hips, just If no, try using the rear safety touching the top of the thighs. belt comfort guide. See “Rear This applies belt force to the Safety Belt Comfort Guides” child's pelvic bones in a crash. under Lap-Shoulder Belt on It should never be worn over the Older children who have outgrown page 3 18 for more information. abdomen, which could cause booster seats should wear the ‑ If the shoulder belt still does not severe or even fatal internal vehicle safety belts. rest on the shoulder, then return injuries in a crash. to the booster seat. Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort . Does the lap belt fit low and Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on snug on the hips, touching the page 3‑18. thighs? If yes, continue. If no, return to the booster seat. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (43,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-43

According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when WARNING (Continued) properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint belt. The belt force would then be system secured in a rear seating applied right on the abdomen. position. That could cause serious or fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should In a crash, children who are not go over the shoulder and across buckled up can strike other people the chest. who are buckled up, or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older children need to use safety belts properly. { WARNING { WARNING Never allow a child to wear the Never allow more than one child safety belt with the shoulder belt to wear the same safety belt. The behind their back. A child can be safety belt cannot properly spread seriously injured by not wearing the impact forces. In a crash, they the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a can be crushed together and crash, the child would not be seriously injured. A safety belt restrained by the shoulder belt. must be used by only one person The child could move too far at a time. forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury. The child might also slide under the lap (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (44,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-44 Seats and Restraints

Infants and Young { WARNING { WARNING Children Everyone in a vehicle needs Children can be seriously injured Never hold an infant or a child protection! This includes infants and or strangled if a shoulder belt is while riding in a vehicle. Due to all other children. Neither the wrapped around their neck and crash forces, an infant or a child distance traveled nor the age and the safety belt continues to will become so heavy it is not size of the traveler changes the tighten. Never leave children possible to hold it during a crash. need, for everyone, to use safety unattended in a vehicle and never For example, in a crash at only restraints. In fact, the law in every allow children to play with the 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) state in the United States and in safety belts. infant will suddenly become a every Canadian province says 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's children up to some age must be arms. An infant should be Airbags plus lap‐shoulder belts offer restrained while in a vehicle. protection for adults and older secured in an appropriate children, but not for young children restraint. and infants. Neither the vehicle's safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them. Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles, they should have the protection provided by appropriate child restraints. Children who are not restrained properly can strike other people, or can be thrown out of the vehicle. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (45,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-45

Q: What are the different types of WARNING (Continued) add-on child restraints? A: Add-on child restraints, which If you must secure a are purchased by the vehicle forward-facing child restraint in owner, are available in four basic the right front seat, always move types. Selection of a particular the front passenger seat as far restraint should take into back as it will go. consideration not only the child's weight, height, and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used. { WARNING For most basic types of child restraints, there are many Children who are up against, different models available. When or very close to, any airbag when purchasing a child restraint, be it inflates can be seriously injured sure it is designed to be used in or killed. Never put a rear-facing a motor vehicle. If it is, the restraint will have a label saying child restraint in the right front that it meets federal motor seat. Secure a rear-facing child vehicle safety standards. restraint in a rear seat. It is also better to secure a forward-facing child restraint in a rear seat. (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (46,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-46 Seats and Restraints

The restraint manufacturer's Child Restraint Systems instructions that come with the { WARNING restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular A young child's hip bones are still child restraint. In addition, there so small that the vehicle's regular are many kinds of restraints safety belt may not remain low on available for children with the hip bones, as it should. special needs. Instead, it may settle up around the child's abdomen. In a crash, { WARNING the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by To reduce the risk of neck and any bony structure. This alone head injury during a crash, infants could cause serious or fatal need complete support. In a injuries. To reduce the risk of crash, if an infant is in a serious or fatal injuries during a Rear-Facing Infant Seat rear-facing child restraint, the crash, young children should A rear-facing infant seat provides crash forces can be distributed always be secured in appropriate restraint with the seating surface across the strongest part of an child restraints. against the back of the infant. infant's body, the back and The harness system holds the infant shoulders. Infants should always in place and, in a crash, acts to be secured in rear-facing child keep the infant positioned in the restraints. restraint. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (47,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-47

Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in the Vehicle

{ WARNING

A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. Secure the child restraint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle safety belt or LATCH system, following the Forward-Facing Child Seat Booster Seats instructions that came with that A forward-facing child seat provides A booster seat is a child restraint child restraint and the instructions restraint for the child's body with the designed to improve the fit of the in this manual. harness. vehicle's safety belt system. A booster seat can also help a child To help reduce the chance of injury, to see out the window. the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle. Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCH system. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (48,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-48 Seats and Restraints

See Lower Anchors and Tethers for In some areas of the United States Where to Put the Children (LATCH System) on and Canada, Certified Child Restraint page 3‑50. Children can be Passenger Safety Technicians endangered in a crash if the child (CPSTs) are available to inspect According to accident statistics, restraint is not properly secured in and demonstrate how to correctly children and infants are safer when the vehicle. use and install child restraints. properly restrained in a child When securing an add-on child In the U.S., refer to the restraint system or infant restraint restraint, refer to the instructions National Highway Traffic Safety system secured in a rear seating that come with the restraint which Administration (NHTSA) website to position. locate the nearest child safety seat may be on the restraint itself or in a We recommend that children and inspection station. For CPST booklet, or both, and to this manual. child restraints be secured in a rear availability in Canada, check with The child restraint instructions are seat, including: an infant or a child Transport Canada or the Provincial important, so if they are not riding in a rear-facing child restraint; Ministry of Transportation office. available, obtain a replacement a child riding in a forward-facing copy from the manufacturer. Securing the Child Within the child seat; an older child riding in a Keep in mind that an unsecured Child Restraint booster seat; and children, who are child restraint can move around in a large enough, using safety belts. collision or sudden stop and injure { WARNING A label on your sun visor says, people in the vehicle. Be sure to “Never put a rear-facing child seat in properly secure any child restraint in A child can be seriously injured or the front.” This is because the risk to the vehicle— even when no child is killed in a crash if the child is not the rear-facing child is so great, in it. properly secured in the child if the airbag deploys. restraint. Secure the child properly following the instructions that came with that child restraint. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (49,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-49

{ WARNING WARNING (Continued) { WARNING

A child in a rear-facing child fail-safe. No one can guarantee A child in a child restraint in the restraint can be seriously injured that an airbag will not deploy center front seat can be badly or killed if the right front under some unusual injured or killed by the frontal passenger airbag inflates. circumstance, even though it is airbags if they inflate. Never This is because the back of the turned off. secure a child restraint in the rear-facing child restraint would Secure rear-facing child restraints center front seat. It is always be very close to the inflating in a rear seat, even if the airbag better to secure a child restraint in airbag. A child in a forward-facing is off. If you secure a a rear seat. child restraint can be seriously forward-facing child restraint in injured or killed if the right front the right front seat, always move Do not use child restraints in the passenger airbag inflates and the the front passenger seat as far center front seat position. passenger seat is in a forward back as it will go. It is better to position. When securing a child restraint in a secure the child restraint in a rear seating position, study the The vehicle may have a rear seat. instructions that came with your passenger sensing system which See Passenger Sensing System child restraint to make sure it is is designed to turn off the right on page 3‑34 for additional compatible with this vehicle. front passenger frontal airbag information. Child restraints and booster seats under certain conditions. vary considerably in size, and some Even if the passenger sensing may fit in certain seating positions system, if equipped, has turned better than others. Always make off the right front passenger sure the child restraint is properly frontal airbag, no system is secured. (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (50,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-50 Seats and Restraints

Depending on where you place the Lower Anchors and When installing a child restraint with child restraint and the size of the a top tether, you must also use child restraint, you may not be able Tethers for Children either the lower anchors or the to access adjacent safety belt (LATCH System) safety belts to properly secure the assemblies or LATCH anchors for The LATCH system holds a child child restraint. A child restraint must additional passengers or child restraint during driving or in a crash. never be attached using only the top restraints. Adjacent seating This system is designed to make tether and anchor. positions should not be used if the installation of a child restraint easier. In order to use the LATCH system in child restraint prevents access to or The LATCH system uses anchors in your vehicle, you need a child interferes with the routing of the the vehicle and attachments on the restraint that has LATCH safety belt. child restraint that are made for use attachments. The child restraint Wherever a child restraint is with the LATCH system. manufacturer will provide you with installed, be sure to secure the child Make sure that a LATCH-compatible instructions on how to use the child restraint properly. child restraint is properly installed restraint and its attachments. The Keep in mind that an unsecured using the anchors, or use the following explains how to attach a child restraint can move around in a vehicle's safety belts to secure the child restraint with these collision or sudden stop and injure restraint, following the instructions attachments in your vehicle. people in the vehicle. Be sure to that came with that restraint, and Not all vehicle seating positions or properly secure any child restraint in also the instructions in this manual. child restraints have lower anchors your vehicle — even when no child and attachments or top tether is in it. anchors and attachments. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (51,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-51

Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor Your child restraint may have a single tether (A) or a dual tether (C). Either will have a single attachment (B) to secure the top tether to the anchor. Some child restraints with top tethers are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that Lower anchors (A) are metal bars A top tether (A, C) anchors the top forward-facing child restraints have built into the vehicle. There are two of the child restraint to the vehicle. a top tether, and that the tether be lower anchors for each LATCH A top tether anchor is built attached. Be sure to read and follow seating position that will into the vehicle. The top tether the instructions for your child accommodate a child restraint with attachment (B) on the child restraint restraint. lower attachments (B). connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (52,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-52 Seats and Restraints

Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations

Second Row — Bucket Third Row Seat H (Lower Anchor): Seating I (Top Tether Anchor): Seating Second Row — 60/40 positions with two lower anchors. positions with top tether anchors. There is one top tether anchor that H (Lower Anchor): Seating I (Top Tether Anchor): Seating positions with top tether anchors. can be used for either the third row positions with two lower anchors. center or driver side seating position I (Top Tether Anchor): Seating For models with second row bucket but not both at the same time. positions with top tether anchors. seats, both rear seating positions have exposed metal anchors in the For models with a third row seat, For models with 60/40 second row crease between the seatback and see the information following for seating, the rear right side the seat cushion. installing a child restraint with a top passenger and center seating tether in the third row. Never install positions have exposed metal two top tethers using the same top anchors in the crease between the tether anchor. seatback and the seat cushion. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (53,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-53

Be sure to use an anchor on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed.

To assist in locating the top tether anchors, the top tether anchor symbol appears near the anchors.

Third Row Seat For vehicles with a third row seat, there is one top tether anchor at the bottom rear of the seat cushion that Second Row Seat — 60/40 can be used for either the third row For models with 60/40 second row center or driver side seating seating, the top tether anchors are position. Never install two top at the bottom rear of the seat tethers using the same top tether cushion for each seating position in anchor. Second Row Seat — Bucket the second row. Be sure to use an For models with bucket second row anchor on the same side of the seating, the top tether anchors are vehicle as the seating position at the bottom rear of the seat where the child restraint will be cushion for each seating position in placed. the second row. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (54,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-54 Seats and Restraints

Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a top tether anchor WARNING (Continued) { WARNING if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached, or if child could be seriously injured or Children can be seriously injured the instructions that come with the killed. Install a LATCH-type child or strangled if a shoulder belt is child restraint say that the top tether restraint properly using the wrapped around their neck and must be attached. anchors, or use the vehicle safety the safety belt continues to belts to secure the restraint, tighten. Buckle any unused safety According to accident statistics, following the instructions that belts behind the child restraint so children and infants are safer when came with the child restraint and children cannot reach them. Pull properly restrained in a child the instructions in this manual. the shoulder belt all the way out restraint system or infant restraint system secured in a rear seating of the retractor to set the lock, position. See Where to Put the if the vehicle has one, after the child restraint has been installed. Restraint on page 3‑48 for { WARNING additional information. Securing a Child Restraint Do not attach more than one child Notice: Do not let the LATCH restraint to a single anchor. attachments rub against the Designed for the LATCH Attaching more than one child vehicle’s safety belts. This may System restraint to a single anchor could damage these parts. If necessary, cause the anchor or attachment move buckled safety belts to { WARNING to come loose or even break avoid rubbing the LATCH during a crash. A child or others attachments. If a LATCH-type child restraint is could be injured. To reduce the not attached to anchors, the child Do not fold the empty rear seat risk of serious or fatal injuries with a safety belt buckled. This restraint will not be able to protect during a crash, attach only one could damage the safety belt or the child correctly. In a crash, the child restraint per anchor. the seat. Unbuckle and return the (Continued) safety belt to its stowed position, before folding the seat. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (55,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-55

1. Attach and tighten the 2. If the child restraint manufacturer are using a single tether, lower attachments to the recommends that the top tether route the tether over the lower anchors. If the child be attached, attach and tighten seatback. restraint does not have lower the top tether to the top tether attachments or the desired anchor, if equipped. Refer to the seating position does not have child restraint instructions and lower anchors, secure the child the following steps: restraint with the top tether and 2.1. Find the top tether anchor. the safety belts. Refer to your child restraint manufacturer 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten instructions and the instructions the top tether according to in this manual. your child restraint instructions and the 1.1. Find the lower anchors for following instructions: the desired seating . If the position you are using position. does not have a headrest or head restraint and you 1.2. Put the child restraint on are using a dual tether, the seat. route the tether over the 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower seatback. attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors.

. If the position you are using does not have a headrest or head restraint and you GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (56,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-56 Seats and Restraints

. If the position you are using . If the position you are using has an adjustable headrest has a fixed or an adjustable or head restraint and you headrest or head restraint are using a single tether, and you are using a dual . If the position you are using raise the headrest or head has a fixed headrest or tether, route the tether restraint and route the head restraint and you are around the headrest or tether under the headrest or using a single tether, route head restraint. head restraint and in the tether around the 3. Before placing a child in the between the headrest or inboard or outboard side of child restraint, make sure it is head restraint posts. the headrest or head securely held in place. To check, restraint. grasp the child restraint at the LATCH path and attempt to move it side‐to‐side and back‐and‐forth. There should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement, for proper installation. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (57,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-57

Replacing LATCH System Securing Child Restraints In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have Parts After a Crash (Rear Seat Position) a top tether, and that the tether be When securing a child restraint in a attached. { WARNING rear seating position, study the If the child restraint does not have instructions that came with the child A crash can damage the LATCH the LATCH system, you will be restraint to make sure it is using the safety belt to secure the system in the vehicle. A damaged compatible with this vehicle. LATCH system may not child restraint in this position. Be sure to follow the instructions that properly secure the child restraint, If the child restraint has the LATCH came with the child restraint. Secure resulting in serious injury or even system, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH the child in the child restraint when death in a crash. To help make System) on page 3 50 for how and and as the instructions say. sure the LATCH system is ‑ where to install the child restraint If more than one child restraint working properly after a crash, using LATCH. If a child restraint is see your dealer to have the needs to be installed in the rear secured in the vehicle using a seat, be sure to read Where to Put system inspected and any safety belt and it uses a top tether, the Restraint on page 3‑48. necessary replacements made see Lower Anchors and Tethers for as soon as possible. Children (LATCH System) on The vehicle's lap‐shoulder belts for page 3‑50 for top tether anchor the first and second row seating positions are equipped with If the vehicle has the LATCH system locations. free falling latch plates. If the and it was being used during a ‐ Do not secure a child seat in a vehicle has a third row, the crash, new LATCH system parts position without a top tether anchor lap‐shoulder belts have either may be needed. if a national or local law requires free‐falling or cinching latch plates. New parts and repairs may be that the top tether be anchored, or if necessary even if the LATCH the instructions that come with the system was not being used at the child restraint say that the top strap time of the crash. must be anchored. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (58,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-58 Seats and Restraints

Use the following pictures to determine the latch plate style:

Cinching Latch Plate For third row seating positions, 1. Put the child restraint on with cinching latch plates, tilt the Free‐Falling Latch Plate the seat. latch plate to adjust the belt if needed. 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle's safety belt through or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (59,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-59

3. Push the latch plate into the 4. For passenger seating positions 5. To tighten the belt, push down buckle until it clicks. with a lap‐shoulder belt and a on the child restraint, pull the Position the release button on free‐falling latch plate, pull the shoulder portion of the belt to the buckle so that the safety belt rest of the shoulder belt all the tighten the lap portion of the belt could be quickly unbuckled if way out of the retractor to set and feed the shoulder belt back necessary. the lock. When installing a child into the retractor. When installing restraint using a lap‐shoulder a forward-facing child restraint, it belt and a cinching latch plate, may be helpful to use your knee skip Step 4 and proceed to to push down on the child Step 5. restraint as you tighten the belt. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 4 and 5. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (60,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-60 Seats and Restraints

6. If the child restraint has a top Securing Child Restraints Securing Child Restraints tether, follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions (Center Front Seat (Right Front Seat regarding the use of the top Position) Position) tether. See Lower Anchors and This vehicle has airbags. A rear Tethers for Children (LATCH { WARNING seat is a safer place to secure a System) on page 3‑50 for more forward-facing child restraint. See information. A child in a child restraint in the Where to Put the Restraint on 7. Before placing a child in the center front seat can be badly page 3‑48. injured or killed by the frontal child restraint, make sure it is In addition, the vehicle may have a securely held in place. To check, airbags if they inflate. Never secure a child restraint in the passenger sensing system which is grasp the child restraint at the designed to turn off the right front center front seat. It is always safety belt path and attempt to passenger frontal airbag under better to secure a child restraint in move it side‐to‐side and certain conditions. See Passenger back and forth. When the child a rear seat. ‐ ‐ Sensing System on page 3‑34 and restraint is properly installed, Passenger Airbag Status Indicator there should be no more than Do not use child restraints in the on page 5‑17 for more information, 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. center front seat position. including important safety To remove the child restraint, information. unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and A label on the sun visor says, let it return to the stowed position. “Never put a rear-facing child seat in If the top tether is attached to a top the front.” This is because the risk to tether anchor, disconnect it. the rear-facing child is so great if the airbag deploys. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (61,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-61

If the child restraint has the LATCH { WARNING WARNING (Continued) system, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH A child in a rear-facing child fail-safe. No one can guarantee System) on page 3‑50 for how and restraint can be seriously injured that an airbag will not deploy where to install the child restraint or killed if the right front under some unusual using LATCH. If a child restraint is passenger airbag inflates. circumstance, even though it is secured using a safety belt and it This is because the back of the turned off. uses a top tether, see Lower rear-facing child restraint would Secure rear-facing child Anchors and Tethers for Children be very close to the inflating restraints in a rear seat, even if (LATCH System) on page 3‑50 for airbag. A child in a forward-facing the airbag is off. If you secure a top tether anchor locations. child restraint can be seriously forward-facing child restraint in Do not secure a child seat in a injured or killed if the right front the right front seat, always move position without a top tether anchor passenger airbag inflates and the the front passenger seat as far if a national or local law requires passenger seat is in a forward back as it will go. It is better to that the top tether be anchored, or if position. secure the child restraint in a the instructions that come with the The vehicle may have a rear seat. child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored. passenger sensing system which See Passenger Sensing System is designed to turn off the right In Canada, the law requires that on page 3‑34 for additional front passenger frontal airbag information. forward-facing child restraints have under certain conditions. a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Even if the passenger sensing system, if equipped, has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag, no system is (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (62,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-62 Seats and Restraints

You will be using the lap-shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position. Follow the instructions that came with the child restraint. 1. Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward-facing child restraint. 2. Put the child restraint on the seat. 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle's safety belt through 4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way or around the restraint. The child buckle until it clicks. out of the retractor to set the restraint instructions will show lock. When the retractor lock is you how. Position the release button on the buckle so that the safety belt set, the belt can be tightened but could be quickly unbuckled if not pulled out of the retractor. necessary. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (63,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Seats and Restraints 3-63

Try to pull the belt out of the If the vehicle is equipped with the retractor to make sure the passenger sensing system, and retractor is locked. If the when the passenger sensing system retractor is not locked, repeat has turned off the right front Steps 5 and 6. passenger frontal airbag, the off 7. Before placing a child in the indicator in the passenger airbag child restraint, make sure it is status indicator should light and stay securely held in place. To check, lit when you start the vehicle. See grasp the child restraint at the Passenger Airbag Status Indicator safety belt path and attempt to on page 5‑17. move it side‐to‐side and If a child restraint has been installed back‐and‐forth. When the child and the on indicator is lit, see “If the 6. To tighten the belt, push down restraint is properly installed, On Indicator is Lit for a Child on the child restraint, pull the there should be no more than Restraint” under Passenger Sensing shoulder portion of the belt to 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. System on page 3‑34 for more tighten the lap portion of the belt, information. and feed the shoulder belt back To remove the child restraint, into the retractor. When installing unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and a forward-facing child restraint, it let it return to the stowed position. may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (64,1) Edition - 11/10/11

3-64 Seats and Restraints

2 NOTES GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (1,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Storage 4-1

Storage Press the door latch button to open Storage the front cupholder. Compartments To remove the cupholder for Storage Compartments cleaning, press together the front Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . 4-1 Instrument Panel Storage top center of the cupholder and pull Glove Box ...... 4-1 For vehicles with a storage area out from the chrome ring. Cupholders ...... 4-1 above the CD changer, open by Rear Storage ...... 4-2 pressing the bottom edge of the Center Console Storage ...... 4-2 cover. Additional Storage Features Cargo Cover ...... 4-2 Glove Box Cargo Tie-Downs ...... 4-3 Lift up the glove box handle to open Convenience Net ...... 4-3 it. Use the key to lock and unlock Roof Rack System the glove box. Roof Rack System ...... 4-3 Cupholders Cupholders may be located in the front and rear of the console or in the fold down armrest. Cupholders Pull downward on the cover, in the may also be located in the second rear floor console to access the and third row seat armrest areas. cupholders. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (2,1) Edition - 11/9/11

4-2 Storage

Rear Storage Additional Storage 2. Let the cover move forward to the full retracted position. For vehicles with a rear storage Features area, it is located in the rear cargo To remove the cover from a regular wheelbase model: area of the vehicle on the Cargo Cover driver side. 1. Let the cover go all the way into the holder. Turn the knobs and pull the storage { WARNING door to access. The door can be 2. Then, grasping the driver side removed. An unsecured cargo cover could cover end cap, push the cover strike people in a sudden stop or end cap toward the passenger Center Console Storage turn, or in a crash. Store the side of the vehicle. A console compartment is located cargo cover securely or remove it 3. Swing the cover rearward and between the bucket seats. from the vehicle. take it out of the vehicle. Press the button on the front of the To put the cover in the vehicle: To use the cargo cover, if equipped: console and pull the console cover 1. Make sure the cover slot in the to open it. 1. Pull the cover handle toward the holder faces rearward with the An accessory power outlet may be rear of the vehicle. round surface facing down. located inside the console. See 2. Latch the cover posts into the 2. Then, hold the cover at an angle Power Outlets on page 5‑8. retaining sockets on the cargo and place the cover end cap into The rear of the console also has a area trim panels. the slot in the passenger side cupholder that folds down for the To return the cover to the retracted trim panel. rear seat passengers. position: 3. Move the other end of the cover 1. Pull up on the cover handle to forward and hold it next to the release the cover posts from the driver side trim panel slot. retaining sockets. 4. Press the end caps in, to allow the cover to fit into the trim slot. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (3,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Storage 4-3

5. Pull lightly on the cover holder to Roof Rack System Notice: Loading cargo on the make sure it is secure. roof rack that weighs more than 91 kg (200 lbs) or hangs over the On extended wheelbase models { WARNING there are two cover positions. rear or sides of the vehicle may The slots furthest forward allow damage the vehicle. Load cargo If something is carried on top of so that it rests evenly between the cover to be used if the third the vehicle that is longer or wider seat is removed or folded down. the crossrails, making sure to than the roof rack — like paneling, fasten cargo securely. The cover can be installed and plywood, or a mattress — the removed from either side. wind can catch it while the vehicle To prevent damage or loss of cargo is being driven. The item being when driving, check to make sure crossrails and cargo are securely Cargo Tie-Downs carried could be violently torn off, fastened. Loading cargo on the roof If the vehicle has cargo tie downs and this could cause a collision rack will make the vehicle’s center located in the rear cargo area, these and damage the vehicle. Never of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, can be used to strap cargo down carry something longer or wider sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden and keep it from moving inside the than the roof rack on top of the braking or abrupt maneuvers, vehicle. vehicle unless using a GM otherwise it may result in loss of certified accessory carrier. control. If driving for a long distance, Convenience Net on rough roads, or at high speeds, Use the convenience net, located in For vehicles with a roof rack, the occasionally stop the vehicle to the rear, to store small loads as far rack can be used to load items. For make sure the cargo remains in its forward as possible. The net should roof racks that do not have place. not be used to store heavy loads. crossrails included, GM Certified Don't exceed the maximum vehicle crossrails can be purchased as an capacity when loading the vehicle. accessory. See your dealer for For more information on vehicle additional information. capacity and loading, see Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑15. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (4,1) Edition - 11/9/11

4-4 Storage

Be sure the cargo is properly back into the latched position A Center High-Mounted loaded. and slide the crossrail back and Stoplamp (CHMSL) is located above forth slightly to be sure the latch the rear window. Make sure items . If small heavy objects are placed on the roof, place the load in the snaps securely into place. are loaded on the roof of the vehicle, do not block or damage the area over the rear wheels . If needed to carry long items, (behind the rear side door on move the crossrails as far apart CHMSL. Yukon XL Denali models). as possible. Tie the load to the To prevent damage or loss of cargo If needed, cut a piece of 1 cm crossrails and the siderails or while driving, periodically stop and (3/8 in) plywood to fit inside the siderail supports. Also tie the check to make sure the luggage and crossrails and siderails to spread load to the bumpers, but do not cargo is still securely fastened. the load. If plywood is used, tie it tie the load so tightly that the to the siderail supports. crossrails or siderails are damaged. . Tie the load to the crossrails or the siderail supports. Use the . To reduce wind noise, put the crossrails only to keep the load front crossrail approximately from sliding. To move the 46 to 58 cm (18 to 24 inches) to crossrails, pull out on the latch the front supports. release handle at each end. . After moving a crossrail, be sure Slide the crossrail to the desired it is securely locked into the position balancing the force side siderail. to side. Push the release handle GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (1,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Instruments and Controls 5-1

Trip Odometer ...... 5-12 Tire Pressure Light ...... 5-23 Instruments and Tachometer ...... 5-12 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-24 Controls Fuel Gauge ...... 5-12 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-24 Engine Oil Pressure Security Light ...... 5-25 Gauge ...... 5-13 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-25 Controls Engine Coolant Temperature Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 5-25 Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Gauge ...... 5-14 Cruise Control Light ...... 5-26 Voltmeter Gauge ...... 5-15 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Information Displays Heated Steering Wheel ...... 5-4 Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-16 Airbag Readiness Light ...... 5-16 Driver Information Horn ...... 5-4 Center (DIC) ...... 5-26 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-5 Passenger Airbag Status Rear Window Wiper/ Indicator ...... 5-17 Vehicle Messages Washer ...... 5-5 Charging System Light ...... 5-18 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-35 Compass ...... 5-6 Malfunction Battery Voltage and Charging Clock ...... 5-8 Indicator Lamp ...... 5-19 Messages ...... 5-35 Power Outlets ...... 5-8 Brake System Warning Brake System Messages . . . . 5-36 Light ...... 5-21 Door Ajar Messages ...... 5-36 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Antilock Brake System (ABS) Engine Cooling System Indicators Warning Light ...... 5-22 Messages ...... 5-37 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 5-22 ® Engine Oil Messages ...... 5-38 Indicators ...... 5-10 StabiliTrak OFF Light ...... 5-23 Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-39 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-11 Traction Control System ® Fuel System Messages ...... 5-39 Speedometer ...... 5-12 (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light . . . . 5-23 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-39 Odometer ...... 5-12 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (2,1) Edition - 11/9/11

5-2 Instruments and Controls

Lamp Messages ...... 5-39 Controls Steering Wheel Controls Object Detection System Messages ...... 5-40 Ride Control System Steering Wheel Messages ...... 5-41 Adjustment Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-42 Anti-theft Alarm System Messages ...... 5-42 Tire Messages ...... 5-42 Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-43 Vehicle Reminder Messages ...... 5-43 Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . 5-44 Vehicle Personalization Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-45 If equipped, some audio controls Universal Remote System can be adjusted at the steering Universal Remote System . . . 5-53 wheel. Universal Remote System Push the control up or down to tilt w (Next): Press to go to the next Programming ...... 5-53 the steering wheel up or down. favorite radio station, track on a CD, Universal Remote System or folder on an iPod® or USB Operation ...... 5-58 To set the memory position, see device. Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑45. c / x (Previous/End): Press to go to the previous favorite radio station, track on a CD, or folder on an iPod® or USB device. Press to reject an incoming call, or end a current call. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (3,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Instruments and Controls 5-3

Radio Navigating Folders on an iPod or Navigating an iPod or USB Device To select preset or favorite radio USB Device (Vehicles without a on the Main Audio Screen stations: Navigation System): (Vehicles with a Navigation System) 1. Press and hold or / Press and release or / to w c x w c x 1. Press and release or / go to the next or previous radio while listening to a song until the w c x to select the next or previous station stored as a preset or contents of the current folder track within the selected favorite. display on the radio display. category. CD/DVD 2. Press and hold c / x to go back to the previous folder list. 2. Press and hold w or c / x to To select tracks on a CD/DVD: move quickly through the tracks. 3. Press and release w or c / x Press and release w or c / x to to scroll up or down the list. 3. Press and release ¨ to move up go to the next or previous track. one track within the selected . To select a folder, press category. Selecting Tracks on an iPod or and hold w , or press ¨ USB Device (Vehicles without a when the folder is Navigating an iPod or USB Device Navigation System) highlighted. on the Music Navigator Screen (Vehicles with a Navigation 1. Press and hold w or c / x . To go back further in the System) while listening to a song until the folder list, press and hold contents of the current folder c / x. 1. Press and release w or c / x display on the radio display. to select the next or previous 2. Press and release w or c / x track within the selected category. to scroll up or down the list, then press and hold w , or press ¨ to 2. Press and hold w or c / x to play the highlighted track. move quickly through the tracks within the selected category. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (4,1) Edition - 11/9/11

5-4 Instruments and Controls

3. Press and release ¨ to move up ¨ (Seek): Press to go to the next While listening to a CD/DVD, press one track within the selected radio station while in AM, and hold ¨ to quickly move forward category. FM, or XM™. through the tracks. Release to stop b / g (Mute/Push to Talk): Press For vehicles with or without a on the desired track. to silence the vehicle speakers only. navigation system: + e : Press to increase volume. Press again to turn the sound on. Press ¨ to go to the next track or − e : Press to decrease volume. For vehicles with Bluetooth or chapter while sourced to the CD or OnStar systems, press and hold for DVD slot. longer than two seconds to interact Heated Steering Wheel with those systems. See Bluetooth Press ¨ to select a track or a folder For vehicles with a heated steering on page 7‑39 and OnStar Overview when navigating folders on an iPod wheel, the button for this feature is on page 14‑1 for more information. or USB device. located on the steering wheel. SRCE (Source/Voice For vehicles with a navigation ( : Press to turn the heated Recognition): Press to switch system: steering wheel on or off. A light on between the radio and CD, and for 1. Press and hold ¨ until a beep is the button displays when the feature equipped vehicles, the DVD, front is turned on. auxiliary, and rear auxiliary. heard, to place the radio into SCAN mode. A station will play The steering wheel takes about For vehicles with the navigation for five seconds before moving three minutes to start heating. system, press and hold this button to the next station. for longer than one second to Horn initiate voice recognition. See “Voice 2. To stop the SCAN function, Recognition” in the Navigation press ¨ again. To sound the horn, press the center System manual for more pad on the steering wheel. information. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (5,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Instruments and Controls 5-5

Windshield Wiper/Washer Clear ice and snow from the wiper Rear Window blades before using them. If frozen to the windshield, carefully loosen or Wiper/Washer thaw them. Damaged wiper blades The rear wiper control is located on should be replaced. See Wiper the turn and lane‐change lever. Blade Replacement on page 10 31. ‑ To turn the rear wiper on, slide the Heavy snow or ice can overload the lever to a wiper position. wiper motor. A circuit breaker will 9 (Off): Turns the wiper off. stop the motor until it cools down. The front wiper control is located on 5 (Rear Wiper Delay): Turns on the turn and lane‐change lever. Turn Windshield Washer the rear wiper delay. the band with the wiper symbol to Z (Rear Wiper): Turns on the rear control the windshield wipers. { WARNING 8 wiper. (Mist): For a single wipe, turn = to 8 , then release. For several In freezing weather, do not use (Rear Wiper Wash): Press this 8 the washer until the windshield is button on the end of the lever to wipes, hold the band on longer. warmed. Otherwise the washer spray washer fluid on the rear 9 (Off): Turns the windshield fluid can form ice on the window. The wipers will clear the wipers off. windshield, blocking your vision. rear window and either stop or 6 return to your preset speed. For (Adjustable Interval Wipes): more washer cycles, press and hold Turn the band up for more frequent L (Washer Fluid): Push this the button. wipes or down for less frequent paddle to spray washer fluid on the wipes. windshield. The wipers clear the The rear window wiper/washer will not operate if the liftgate or liftglass 6 (Low Speed): Slow wipes. window and then either stop or return to the preset speed. is open or ajar. If the liftgate or ? (High Speed): Fast wipes. liftglass is opened while the rear wiper is on, the wiper returns to the parked position and stops. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (6,1) Edition - 11/9/11

5-6 Instruments and Controls

Compass The compass must be set to the variance zone in which the vehicle The vehicle may have a compass in is traveling. the Driver Information Center (DIC). To adjust for compass variance, use Compass Zone the following procedure: The zone is set to zone eight upon Compass Variance (Zone) leaving the factory. Your dealer will Procedure set the correct zone for your location. 1. Do not set the compass zone when the vehicle is moving. Only Under certain circumstances, such set it when the vehicle is in as during a long-distance, P (Park). cross-country trip or moving to a 2. Find the vehicle's current new state or province, it will be Press the vehicle information location and variance zone button until PRESS V TO necessary to compensate for number on the map. compass variance by resetting the CHANGE COMPASS ZONE zone through the DIC if the zone is displays. Or, if the vehicle does Zones 1 through 15 are not set correctly. not have DIC buttons, press the available. Compass variance is the difference trip odometer reset stem until 3. Press the set/reset button to between the earth's magnetic north CHANGE COMPASS ZONE scroll through and select the and true geographic north. If the displays. appropriate variance zone. compass is not set to the zone 4. Press the trip/fuel button until where you live, the compass may the vehicle heading, for give false readings. example, N for North, is displayed in the DIC. Or, if the vehicle does not have DIC buttons, press and hold the trip GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (7,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Instruments and Controls 5-7

odometer reset stem for after making turns, there may be a 2. Press the vehicle information two seconds to select the next strong magnetic field interfering with button until PRESS V TO available variance zone. Repeat the compass. Such interference CALIBRATE COMPASS this step until the appropriate may be caused by a magnetic CB or displays. Or, if the vehicle does variance zone is displayed. cell phone antenna mount, a not have DIC buttons, press the 5. If calibration is necessary, magnetic emergency light, magnetic trip odometer reset stem until calibrate the compass. See note pad holder, or any other CALIBRATE COMPASS magnetic item. Turn off the vehicle, “Compass Calibration displays. move the magnetic item, then turn Procedure” following. on the vehicle and calibrate the 3. Press the set/reset button to Compass Calibration compass. start the compass calibration. Or, if the vehicle does not have DIC The compass can be manually To calibrate the compass, use the buttons, press and hold the trip calibrated. Only calibrate the following procedure: odometer reset stem for compass in a magnetically clean Compass Calibration Procedure two seconds to start the and safe location, such as an open compass calibration. parking lot, where driving the 1. Before calibrating the compass, vehicle in circles is not a danger. make sure the compass zone is 4. The DIC will display It is suggested to calibrate away set to the variance zone in which CALIBRATING: DRIVE IN from tall buildings, utility wires, the vehicle is located. See CIRCLES. Drive the vehicle in manhole covers, or other industrial “Compass Variance (Zone) tight circles at less than 8 km/h structures, if possible. Procedure” earlier in this (5 mph) to complete the section. calibration. The DIC will display If CAL should ever appear in the CALIBRATION COMPLETE DIC display, the compass should be Do not operate any switches for a few seconds when the calibrated. such as window, sunroof, calibration is complete. The DIC If the DIC display does not show a climate controls, or seats during display will then return to the heading, for example, N for North, the calibration procedure. previous menu. or the heading does not change GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (8,1) Edition - 11/9/11

5-8 Instruments and Controls

Clock 5. To decrease the time or date, do Power Outlets one of the following: To set the time and date: The accessory power outlets can be . Press the SEEK button. 1. Turn the ignition key to ACC/ © used to plug in electrical equipment, such as a cell phone or MP3 player. ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, then . Press the s REV button. press the O button to turn the There are two under the climate . f radio on. Turn the knob controls, one inside the center floor counterclockwise. console, one on the rear of the 2. Press the H button to display center floor console and one To change the time default setting accessory power outlet in the rear HR, MIN, MM, DD, YYYY (hour, from 12 hour to 24 hour or to change cargo area on the passenger side. minute, month, day, and year). the date default setting from month/ 3. Press the softkey located under day/year to day/month/year: Remove the cover to access and any one of the tabs to change H replace when not in use. that setting. 1. Press the button and then the softkey located below the The accessory power outlets are 4. To increase the time or date, do forward arrow tab. 12H, 24H, the powered, even with the ignition off. one of the following: date MM/DD (month and day), Continuing to use accessory power outlets while the ignition is in LOCK/ . Press the softkey below the and DD/MM/ (day and month) OFF may cause the vehicle's selected tab. displays. battery to run down. . Press the ¨ SEEK button. 2. Press the softkey located below the desired option. . Press the \ FWD button. 3. Press the H button again to . Turn the f knob clockwise. apply the desired option, or let the screen time out. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (9,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Instruments and Controls 5-9

When adding electrical equipment, { WARNING be sure to follow the proper installation instructions included Power is always supplied to the with the equipment. Do not use outlets. Do not leave electrical equipment exceeding the equipment plugged in when the maximum amperage rating of vehicle is not in use because the 20 amperes. See Add-On Electrical vehicle could catch fire and cause Equipment on page 9‑72. injury or death. Notice: Hanging heavy equipment from the power outlet Notice: Leaving electrical can cause damage not covered equipment plugged in for an by the vehicle warranty. The extended period of time while power outlets are designed for The power outlet is located on the the vehicle is off will drain the accessory power plugs only, such rear of the center console. battery. Always unplug electrical as cell phone charge cords. equipment when not in use and An indicator light on the outlet turns do not plug in equipment that Power Outlet 110 Volt on to show it is in use. The light exceeds the maximum 20 ampere Alternative Current comes on when the ignition is in rating. ON/RUN and equipment requiring The vehicle may have a power less than 150 watts is plugged into Certain accessory plugs may not be outlet that can be used to plug in the outlet, and no system fault is compatible with the accessory electrical equipment that uses a detected. power outlet and could overload maximum limit of 150 watts. adapter or vehicle fuses. If a problem is experienced, see your dealer. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (10,1) Edition - 11/9/11

5-10 Instruments and Controls

If equipment is connected using Warning Lights, Gauges can indicate when there more than 150 watts or a system could be a problem with a vehicle fault is detected, a protection circuit Gauges, and function. Often gauges and warning shuts off the power supply and the lights work together to indicate a indicator light turns off. To reset the Indicators problem with the vehicle. circuit, unplug the item and plug it Warning lights and gauges can When one of the warning lights back in or turn the Remote signal that something is wrong comes on and stays on while Accessory Power (RAP) off and before it becomes serious enough driving, or when one of the gauges then back on. See Retained to cause an expensive repair or shows there may be a problem, Accessory Power (RAP) on replacement. Paying attention to the check the section that explains what page 9‑24 warning lights and gauges could to do. Follow this manual's advice. The power outlet is not designed for prevent injury. Waiting to do repairs can be costly and may not work properly, if the Warning lights come on when there and even dangerous. following are plugged in: could be a problem with a vehicle function. Some warning lights come . Equipment with high initial peak wattage such as: on briefly when the engine is started compressor-driven refrigerators to indicate they are working. and electric power tools. . Other equipment requiring an extremely stable power supply such as: microcomputer-controlled electric blankets, touch sensor lamps, etc. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (11,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Instruments and Controls 5-11

Instrument Cluster

English 6‐Speed Shown, Metric Similar GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (12,1) Edition - 11/9/11

5-12 Instruments and Controls

For vehicles with a Hybrid, see the Trip Odometer Fuel Gauge Hybrid Supplement for more information. The trip odometer can show how far the vehicle has been driven since Speedometer the trip odometer was last set to zero. The speedometer shows the Press the reset button, located on vehicle's speed in either kilometers the instrument panel cluster next to per hour (km/h) or miles per the trip odometer display, to toggle hour (mph). between the trip odometer and the regular odometer. Holding the reset Odometer button for approximately one second The odometer mileage can be while the trip odometer is displayed checked without the vehicle running. resets it. Metric Simply press the trip stem on the To display the odometer reading instrument panel cluster. with the ignition off, press the reset If the vehicle ever needs a new button. odometer installed, the new one is set to the correct mileage total of Tachometer the old odometer. The tachometer displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute (rpm). If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the hybrid supplement for more information.

English GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (13,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Instruments and Controls 5-13

The fuel gauge, when the ignition is Here are some situations customers Engine Oil Pressure on, shows how much fuel the experience with the fuel gauge. vehicle has left in the fuel tank. None of these indicate a problem Gauge An arrow on the fuel gauge with the fuel gauge. indicates the side of the vehicle the . At the gas station, the fuel pump fuel door is on. shuts off before the gauge The gauge first indicates empty reads full. before the vehicle is out of fuel. The . It takes a little more or less fuel vehicle's fuel tank should be to fill up than the fuel gauge filled soon. indicated. For example, the When the fuel tank is low, the FUEL gauge may have indicated the LEVEL LOW message will appear. fuel tank was half full, but it See Fuel System Messages on actually took a little more or less than half the fuel tank's capacity page 5‑39. to fill it. Metric . The gauge goes back to empty when the ignition is turned off. For vehicles with a Hybrid, see the Hybrid Supplement for more information. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (14,1) Edition - 11/9/11

5-14 Instruments and Controls

Information Center. See Engine Oil Engine Coolant Messages on page 5‑38 and Engine Temperature Gauge Oil on page 10‑8 for more information. A reading in the low pressure zone can be caused by a dangerously low oil level or some other problem causing low oil pressure. Notice: Lack of proper engine oil maintenance can damage the engine. Driving with the engine oil low can also damage the English engine. The repairs would not be The oil pressure gauge shows the covered by the vehicle warranty. engine oil pressure Check the oil level as soon as Metric in kPa (kilopascals) or psi (pounds possible. Add oil if required, but per square inch) when the engine is if the oil level is within the running. operating range and the oil Oil pressure can vary with engine pressure is still low, have the speed, outside temperature and oil vehicle serviced. Always follow viscosity, but readings above the the maintenance schedule for low pressure zone indicate the changing engine oil. normal operating range. When the For vehicles with a Hybrid, see the oil pressure reaches the low Hybrid Supplement for more pressure zone, the “OIL information. PRESSURE LOW STOP ENGINE” message will appear in the Driver GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (15,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Instruments and Controls 5-15

See Engine Overheating on transition from a higher to lower or a page 10‑20. lower to higher reading. This is If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the normal. Readings between the low hybrid supplement for more and high warning zones indicate the information. normal operating range. The voltmeter gauge can also read Voltmeter Gauge lower when in fuel economy mode. This is normal. Readings in the low warning zone can occur when a large number of electrical accessories are operating in the vehicle and the engine is left English at an idle for an extended period. This gauge shows the engine This condition is normal since the coolant temperature. charging system is not able to It also provides an indicator of how provide full power at engine idle. As hard your vehicle is working. During engine speeds are increased, this a majority of the operation, the condition should correct itself as gauge will read 100°C (210°F) or higher engine speeds allow the less. If you are pulling a load or charging system to create maximum going up hills, it is normal for the When the engine is not running, but power. temperature to fluctuate and the ignition is on, this gauge shows The vehicle can only be driven for a approach the 122°C (250°F) mark. the battery's state of charge in short time with the reading in either If the gauge reaches the 125°C DC volts. warning zone. If the vehicle must be (260°F) mark, it indicates that the When the engine is running, the driven, turn off all unnecessary cooling system is working beyond gauge shows the condition of the accessories. its capacity. charging system. The gauge can GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (16,1) Edition - 11/9/11

5-16 Instruments and Controls

Readings in either warning zone This cycle may continue several This cycle continues several times if indicate a possible problem in the times if the driver remains or the front passenger remains or electrical system. Have the vehicle becomes unbuckled while the becomes unbuckled while the serviced as soon as possible. vehicle is moving. vehicle is moving. If the driver safety belt is buckled, If the front passenger safety belt is Safety Belt Reminders neither the light nor the chime buckled, neither the chime nor the Driver Safety Belt Reminder comes on. light comes on. Light Passenger Safety Belt The front passenger safety belt Reminder Light reminder light and chime may turn There is a driver safety belt on if an object is put on the seat reminder light on the instrument such as a briefcase, handbag, panel cluster. grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic device. To turn off the reminder light and/or chime, remove the object from the seat or buckle the safety belt. When the vehicle is started, this Airbag Readiness Light light flashes and a chime may come When the vehicle is started, this on to remind front passengers to The system checks the airbag's light flashes and a chime may come fasten their safety belt. Then the electrical system for possible on to remind the driver to fasten light stays on solid until the belt is malfunctions. If the light stays on it their safety belt. Then the light stays buckled. indicates there is an electrical problem. The system check includes on solid until the belt is buckled. See Passenger Airbag Status the airbag sensor(s), passenger Indicator on page 5 17. ‑ sensing system, the pretensioners, the airbag modules, the wiring, and the crash sensing and diagnostic GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (17,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Instruments and Controls 5-17

module. For more information on the In addition, if the vehicle has a airbag system, see Airbag System WARNING (Continued) passenger sensing system for the on page 3‑26. right front passenger position, the without a crash. To help avoid label on the vehicle's sun visors injury, have the vehicle serviced refers to “ADVANCED AIRBAGS.” right away.

If there is a problem with the airbag system, a Driver Information Center (DIC) message can also come on. The airbag readiness light comes on See Airbag System Messages on page 5 42 for more information. solid for a few seconds when the ‑ United States engine is started. If the light does not come on then, have it fixed Passenger Airbag Status immediately. Indicator { WARNING If the vehicle has the airbag status indicator pictured in the following If the airbag readiness light stays illustration, then the vehicle has a on after the vehicle is started or passenger sensing system for the Canada and Mexico right front passenger position. The comes on while driving, it means When the vehicle is started, the the airbag system might not be passenger airbag status indicator is on the overhead console. See passenger airbag status indicator working properly. The airbags in Passenger Sensing System on will light ON and OFF, or the the vehicle might not inflate in a page 3‑34 for important safety symbols for on and off, for several crash, or they could even inflate information. seconds as a system check. If you (Continued) are using remote start, if equipped, to start the vehicle from a distance, you may not see the system check. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (18,1) Edition - 11/9/11

5-18 Instruments and Controls

Then, after several more seconds, If it does not, have the vehicle the status indicator will light either { WARNING serviced by your dealer. ON or OFF, or either the on or off The light should go out once the symbol to let you know the status of If the airbag readiness light ever comes on and stays on, it means engine starts. If it stays on, the right front passenger frontal or comes on while driving, there airbag. that something may be wrong with the airbag system. To help could be a problem with the If the word ON or the on symbol is avoid injury to yourself or others, charging system. A charging system lit on the passenger airbag status have the vehicle serviced right message in the Driver Information indicator, it means that the right Center (DIC) can also appear. See away. See Airbag Readiness front passenger frontal airbag is Battery Voltage and Charging Light on page 5‑16 for more enabled (may inflate). Messages on page 5‑35 for more information, including important information. This light could indicate If the word OFF or the off symbol is safety information. lit on the airbag status indicator, it that there are problems with a means that the passenger sensing generator drive belt, or that there is system has turned off the right front Charging System Light an electrical problem. Have it passenger frontal airbag. checked right away. If the vehicle must be driven a short distance with If, after several seconds, both status the light on, turn off accessories, indicator lights remain on, or if there such as the radio and air are no lights at all, there may be a conditioner. problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system. See If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the your dealer for service. hybrid supplement for more This light comes on briefly when the information. ignition key is turned to START, but the engine is not running, as a check to show it is working. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (19,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Instruments and Controls 5-19

Malfunction Malfunctions often are indicated by vehicle warranty. This could also the system before any problem is result in a failure to pass a Indicator Lamp apparent. Being aware of the light required Emission Inspection/ A computer system called OBD II can prevent more serious damage Maintenance test. See (On-Board Diagnostics-Second to the vehicle. This system assists Accessories and Modifications on Generation) monitors the operation the service technician in correctly page 10‑3. of the vehicle to ensure emissions diagnosing any malfunction. This light comes on during a are at acceptable levels, to produce Notice: If the vehicle is malfunction in one of two ways: a cleaner environment. This light continually driven with this light comes on when the vehicle is Light Flashing: A misfire condition on, the emission controls might has been detected. A misfire placed in ON/RUN, as a check to not work as well, the vehicle fuel show it is working. If it does not, increases vehicle emissions and economy might not be as good, could damage the emission control have the vehicle serviced by your and the engine might not run as dealer. See Ignition Positions on system on the vehicle. Diagnosis smoothly. This could lead to and service might be required. page 9‑20. costly repairs that might not be covered by the vehicle warranty. To prevent more serious damage to the vehicle: Notice: Modifications made to the engine, transmission, exhaust, . Reduce vehicle speed. intake, or fuel system of the . Avoid hard accelerations. vehicle or the replacement of the original tires with other than . Avoid steep uphill grades. those of the same Tire . If towing a trailer, reduce the If the malfunction indicator lamp Performance Criteria (TPC) can comes on and stays on while the amount of cargo being hauled as affect the vehicle's emission soon as it is possible. engine is running, this indicates that controls and can cause this light there is an OBD II problem and to come on. Modifications to service is required. these systems could lead to costly repairs not covered by the GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (20,1) Edition - 11/9/11

5-20 Instruments and Controls

If the light continues to flash, stop . Check that good quality fuel is Emissions Inspection and and park the vehicle. Turn the used. Poor fuel quality causes Maintenance Programs vehicle off, wait at least 10 seconds, the engine not to run as and restart the engine. If the light is efficiently as designed and may Some local governments may have still flashing, follow the previous cause stalling after start-up, programs to inspect the on-vehicle steps and see your dealer for stalling when the vehicle is emission control equipment. For the service as soon as possible. changed into gear, misfiring, inspection, the emission system test hesitation on acceleration, equipment is connected to the Light On Steady: An emission or stumbling on acceleration. vehicle’s Data Link control system malfunction has These conditions might go away Connector (DLC). been detected on the vehicle. once the engine is warmed up. Diagnosis and service might be required. If one or more of these conditions occurs, change the fuel brand used. The following may correct an It will require at least one full tank of emission system malfunction: the proper fuel to turn the light off. . Check that the fuel cap is fully See Recommended Fuel on installed. See Filling the Tank on page 9‑50. page 9‑53. The diagnostic The DLC is under the instrument system can determine if the If none of the above have made the panel to the left of the steering fuel cap has been left off or light turn off, your dealer can check wheel. See your dealer if assistance improperly installed. A loose or the vehicle. The dealer has the is needed. missing fuel cap allows fuel to proper test equipment and diagnostic tools to fix any The vehicle may not pass evaporate into the atmosphere. inspection if: A few driving trips with the cap mechanical or electrical problems properly installed should turn the that might have developed. . The malfunction indicator lamp is light off. on with the engine running, or if the light does not come on when the ignition is turned to ON/RUN GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (21,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Instruments and Controls 5-21

while the engine is off. See your Brake System Warning dealer for assistance in verifying proper operation of the Light malfunction indicator lamp. With the ignition on, the brake . The OBD II (On-Board system warning light comes on Diagnostics) system determines when the parking brake is set. If the that critical emission control vehicle is driven with the parking Metric English systems have not been brake engaged, a chime sounds This light comes on briefly when the completely diagnosed. The when the vehicle speed is greater ignition key is turned to ON/RUN. vehicle would be considered not than 8 km/h (5 mph). If it does not come on then, have it ready for inspection. This can The vehicle brake system consists fixed so it is ready to warn if there is happen if the 12-volt battery has of two hydraulic circuits. If one a problem. recently been replaced or run circuit is not working, the remaining down. The diagnostic system is circuit can still work to stop the designed to evaluate critical vehicle. For normal braking { WARNING emission control systems during performance, both circuits need to normal driving. This can take be working. The brake system might not be several days of routine driving. working properly if the brake If the warning light comes on and a If this has been done and the system warning light is on. chime sounds there could be a vehicle still does not pass the Driving with the brake system brake problem. Have the brake inspection for lack of OBD II warning light on can lead to a system inspected right away. system readiness, your dealer crash. If the light is still on after can prepare the vehicle for This light can also come on due to the vehicle has been pulled off inspection. low brake fluid. See Brake Fluid on the road and carefully stopped, page 10‑25 for more information. have the vehicle towed for service. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (22,1) Edition - 11/9/11

5-22 Instruments and Controls

If the light comes on while driving, If it does not, have the vehicle If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the pull off the road and stop carefully. serviced by your dealer. If the hybrid supplement for more The pedal might be harder to push system is working normally the information. or might go closer to the floor. It can indicator light then goes off. take longer to stop. If the light is still If the ABS light stays on, turn the Tow/Haul Mode Light on, have the vehicle towed for ignition off. If the light comes on service. See Towing the Vehicle on while driving, stop as soon as it is page 10‑85. safely possible and turn the ignition If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the off. Then start the engine again to hybrid supplement for more reset the system. If the ABS light information. stays on, or comes on again while driving, the vehicle needs service. Antilock Brake System If the regular brake system warning For vehicles with the Tow/Haul (ABS) Warning Light light is not on, the vehicle still has Mode feature, this light comes on brakes, but not antilock brakes. when the Tow/Haul Mode has been If the regular brake system warning activated. light is also on, the vehicle does not have antilock brakes and there is a For more information, see Tow/Haul problem with the regular brakes. Mode on page 9‑31. See Brake System Warning Light on page 5‑21. For vehicles with a Driver For vehicles with the Antilock Brake Information Center (DIC), see Brake System (ABS), this light comes on System Messages on page 5 36 for briefly when the engine is started. ‑ all brake‐related DIC messages. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (23,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Instruments and Controls 5-23

StabiliTrak® OFF Light If the StabiliTrak/TCS system is off, If the light comes on and stays on the system does not assist in while driving, and a message controlling the vehicle. Turn on the displays in the Driver Information StabiliTrak/TCS system and the Center (DIC), have the vehicle indicator light turns off. serviced by the dealer. See Ride See StabiliTrak® System on Control System Messages on page 5 41 for more information. page 9‑35, and Ride Control System ‑ Messages on page 5‑41 for more If the light flashes while driving, this This light comes on briefly while information. means that StabiliTrak or TCS is starting the engine. assisting in controlling the vehicle. Traction Control System See StabiliTrak® System on If it does not, have the vehicle ® page 9‑35 for more information. serviced by your dealer. If the (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light system is working normally, the Tire Pressure Light indicator light then goes off. Press and release the Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak button to turn off TCS, and a message displays in the DIC.

Press and briefly hold the TCS/ The TCS/StabiliTrak light comes on StabiliTrak button to turn off the briefly when the engine is started. StabiliTrak system; the StabiliTrak For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Off light comes on and a message If the light does not come on or Monitor System (TPMS), this light appears in the Driver Information stays on, have the vehicle serviced comes on briefly when the engine is Center (DIC). by the dealer. If the system is started. It provides information working normally, the indicator light about tire pressures and the TPMS. turns off. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (24,1) Edition - 11/9/11

5-24 Instruments and Controls

When the Light Is On Steady Engine Oil Pressure Light If the light comes on and stays on, it This indicates that one or more of means that oil is not flowing through the tires are significantly the engine properly. The vehicle underinflated. could be low on oil and it might have some other system problem. A Driver Information Center (DIC) tire pressure message may also If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the display. See Tire Messages on hybrid supplement for more page 5 42. Stop as soon as information. ‑ Notice: Lack of proper engine oil possible, and inflate the tires to the maintenance can damage the pressure value shown on the Tire Low Fuel Warning Light engine. Driving with the engine and Loading Information label. See oil low can also damage the Tire Pressure on page 10 51. ‑ engine. The repairs would not be When the Light Flashes First and covered by the vehicle warranty. Then Is On Steady Check the oil level as soon as If the light flashes for about a minute possible. Add oil if required, but if the oil level is within the and then stays on, there may be a problem with the TPMS. If the operating range and the oil pressure is still low, have the This light, under the fuel gauge, problem is not corrected, the light comes on briefly while the engine is will come on at every ignition cycle. vehicle serviced. Always follow the maintenance schedule for being started. See Tire Pressure Monitor changing engine oil. This light and a chime come on Operation on page 10‑54. This light comes on briefly while when the fuel tank is low on fuel. starting the engine. If it does not, The Driver Information Center also have the vehicle serviced by your displays a FUEL LEVEL LOW dealer. If the system is working message. See Fuel System normally the indicator light then Messages on page 5‑39 for more goes off. information. When fuel is added this GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (25,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Instruments and Controls 5-25

light and message should go off. of the monitored entry points is not Front Fog Lamp Light If they do not, have the vehicle closed. The light will stay on if the serviced by your dealer. alarm is arming and all entry points are closed. Security Light For information regarding this light and the vehicle's security system, see Anti-theft Alarm System on page 2‑13. The fog lamp light comes on when High-Beam On Light the fog lamps are in use. The light goes out when the fog lamps are turned off. See Fog The security light should come on Lamps on page 6 6 for more briefly as the engine is started. If the ‑ information. system is working normally, the indicator light turns off. If it does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. This light comes on when the If the light stays on and the engine high-beam headlamps are in use. does not start, there could be a See Headlamp High/Low-Beam problem with the theft-deterrent Changer on page 6‑2. system. This light is also used to indicate the status of the anti-theft alarm system when the ignition is turned off. The light will flash rapidly if the alarm system is arming and one or more GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (26,1) Edition - 11/9/11

5-26 Instruments and Controls

Cruise Control Light Information Displays The DIC has different displays which can be accessed by pressing the DIC buttons located on the Driver Information instrument panel, next to the Center (DIC) steering wheel. If the vehicle does not have DIC buttons, the trip Your vehicle has a Driver odometer reset stem can be used to Information Center (DIC). access some of the menu items. The DIC displays information about The DIC displays trip, fuel, and The cruise control light comes on your vehicle. It also displays vehicle system information, and whenever the cruise control is set. warning messages if a system warning messages if a system problem is detected. The light goes out when the cruise problem is detected. control is turned off. See Cruise All messages will appear in the DIC The DIC also allows some features Control on page 9‑39 for more display located below the to be customized. See Vehicle information. tachometer in the instrument panel Personalization on page 5 45 for cluster. ‑ more information. The DIC comes on when the ignition is on. After a short delay, the DIC will display the information that was last displayed before the engine was turned off. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (27,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Instruments and Controls 5-27

DIC Buttons the display. The temperature will be Trip/Fuel Menu Items (With DIC shown in °C or °F depending on the Buttons) units selected. 3 (Trip/Fuel): Press to scroll T (Vehicle Information): Press through the following menu items: to display the oil life, units, side blind zone system on/off, tire Odometer pressure readings for vehicles with Press the trip/fuel button until the Tire Pressure Monitor ODOMETER displays. This display System (TPMS), trailer brake gain shows the distance the vehicle has and output information for vehicles been driven in either kilometers (km) with the Integrated Trailer Brake or miles (mi). Pressing the trip Control (ITBC) system, engine odometer reset stem will also hours, compass zone setting, and display the odometer. compass recalibration. The buttons are the trip/fuel, vehicle To switch between English and U (Customization): Press to information, customization, and set/ metric measurements, see “Units” customize the feature settings on reset buttons. The button functions later in this section. your vehicle. See Vehicle are detailed in the following pages. Personalization on page 5‑45 for Trip Odometer 3 (Trip/Fuel): Press to display more information. Press the trip/fuel button until TRIP the odometer, trip odometer, fuel V (Set/Reset): Press to set or displays. This display shows the range, average economy, fuel used, reset certain functions and to turn current distance traveled in either timer, transmission temperature, and off or acknowledge messages on kilometers (km) or miles (mi) since instantaneous economy. The the DIC. the last reset for the trip odometer. compass and outside air Pressing the trip odometer reset temperature will also be shown in stem will also display the trip odometer. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (28,1) Edition - 11/9/11

5-28 Instruments and Controls

The trip odometer can be reset to For example, if the vehicle was vehicle is driven on a freeway, the zero by pressing the set/reset driven 8 km (5 mi) before it is started number may change even though button while the trip odometer is again, and then the retro-active the same amount of fuel is in the displayed. You can also reset the reset feature is activated, the fuel tank. This is because different trip odometer while it is displayed by display will show 8 km (5 mi). As the driving conditions produce different pressing and holding the trip vehicle begins moving, the display fuel economies. Generally, freeway odometer reset stem. will then increase to 8.2 km (5.1 mi), driving produces better fuel The trip odometer has a feature 8.4 km (5.2 mi), etc. economy than city driving. Fuel range cannot be reset. called the retro-active reset. This Fuel Range can be used to set the trip odometer Average Economy to the number of kilometers (miles) Press the trip/fuel button until FUEL driven since the ignition was last RANGE displays. This display Press the trip/fuel button until AVG turned on. This can be used if the shows the approximate number of ECONOMY displays. This display trip odometer is not reset at the remaining kilometers (km) or shows the approximate average beginning of the trip. miles (mi) the vehicle can be driven liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) without refueling. The display will or miles per gallon (mpg). This To use the retro-active reset feature, show LOW if the fuel level is low. number is calculated based on the press and hold the set/reset button number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded for at least four seconds. The trip The fuel range estimate is based on an average of the vehicle's fuel since the last time this menu item odometer will display the number of was reset. To reset AVG kilometers (km) or miles (mi) driven economy over recent driving history and the amount of fuel remaining in ECONOMY, press and hold the set/ since the ignition was last turned on reset button. and the vehicle was moving. Once the fuel tank. This estimate will the vehicle begins moving, the trip change if driving conditions change. Fuel Used odometer will accumulate mileage. For example, if driving in traffic and making frequent stops, this display Press the trip/fuel button until may read one number, but if the FUEL USED displays. This display shows the number of liters (L) or gallons (gal) of fuel used since the last reset of this menu item. To reset GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (29,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Instruments and Controls 5-29

the fuel used information, press and To stop the timer, press the set/reset instantaneous fuel economy in liters hold the set/reset button while FUEL button briefly while TIMER is per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or USED is displayed. displayed. miles per gallon (mpg). Unlike average economy, this screen Speedometer To reset the timer to zero, press and hold the set/reset button while cannot be reset. The speedometer shows how fast TIMER is displayed. An Active Fuel Management the vehicle is moving in either indicator will display on the right kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles Transmission Temperature side of the DIC, while INST ECON per hour (mph). The speedometer Press the trip/fuel button until displays on the left side. Active Fuel cannot be reset. TRANS TEMP displays. This Management allows the engine to Timer display shows the temperature of operate on either four or eight the automatic transmission fluid in cylinders, depending on your driving Press the trip/fuel button until either degrees Celsius (°C) or demands. When Active Fuel TIMER displays. This display can be degrees Fahrenheit (°F). Management is active, V4 will used as a timer. display on the DIC. When Active Instantaneous Economy and To start the timer, press the set/ Fuel Management is inactive, V8 Active Fuel Management reset button while TIMER is ™ will display. See Active Fuel Indicator displayed. The display will show the Management® on page 9‑26 for amount of time that has passed If your vehicle has this display, more information. since the timer was last reset, not press the trip/fuel button until INST including time the ignition is off. ECON V8 displays. This display Blank Display Time will continue to be counted as shows the current fuel economy at a This display shows no information. long as the ignition is on, even if particular moment and will change another display is being shown on frequently as driving conditions the DIC. The timer will record change. This display shows the up to 99 hours, 59 minutes and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after which the display will return to zero. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (30,1) Edition - 11/9/11

5-30 Instruments and Controls

Vehicle Information Menu recommended in the Maintenance ALERT SYSTEM OFF message as Items (With DIC Buttons) Schedule in this manual. See a reminder that the system has Maintenance Schedule on been turned off. See Object T (Vehicle Information): Press page 11‑3 for more information. Detection System Messages on to scroll through the following menu page 5‑40 and Side Blind Zone Alert items: Remember, you must reset the OIL LIFE display yourself after each oil (SBZA) on page 9‑43 for more Oil Life change. It will not reset itself. Also, information. Press the vehicle information button be careful not to reset the OIL LIFE Units until OIL LIFE REMAINING display accidentally at any time other than when the oil has just Press the vehicle information button displays. This display shows an until UNITS displays. This display estimate of the oil's remaining useful been changed. It cannot be reset accurately until the next oil change. allows you to select between metric life. If you see 99% OIL LIFE or English units of measurement. REMAINING on the display, that To reset the engine oil life system, see Engine Oil Life System on Once in this display, press the means 99% of the current oil life set/reset button to select between page 10‑10. remains. The engine oil life system METRIC or units ENGLISH. All of will alert you to change the oil on a Side Blind Zone Alert the vehicle information will then be schedule consistent with your displayed in the unit of driving conditions. If your vehicle has the Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) system, this measurement selected. When the remaining oil life is low, display allows the system to be Tire Pressure the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON turned on or off. Once in this message will appear on the display. display, press the set/reset button to On vehicles with the Tire Pressure See “CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON” select between ON or OFF. If you Monitor System (TPMS), the under Engine Oil Messages on choose ON, the system will be pressure for each tire can be viewed page 5‑38. You should change the turned on. If you choose OFF, the in the DIC. The tire pressure will be oil as soon as you can. See Engine system will be turned off. When the shown in either kilopascals (kPa) or Oil on page 10‑8. In addition to the SBZA system is turned off, the DIC pounds per square inch (psi). Press engine oil life system monitoring the will display the SIDE BLIND ZONE the vehicle information button until oil life, additional maintenance is GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (31,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Instruments and Controls 5-31

the DIC displays FRONT TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer Compass Recalibration TIRES kPa (PSI) LEFT ## gain setting. This setting can be This display allows for calibrating RIGHT ##. Press the vehicle adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either the compass. See Compass on information button again until the a trailer connected or disconnected. page 5‑6 for more information. DIC displays REAR TIRES kPa To adjust this setting, see (PSI) LEFT ## RIGHT ##. “Integrated Trailer Brake Control Blank Display If a low tire pressure condition is System” under Towing Equipment This display shows no information. detected by the system while on page 9‑63 for more information. driving, a message advising you to OUTPUT shows the power output to Trip Odometer Reset Stem add pressure in a specific tire will the trailer anytime a trailer with Menu Items (With DIC Buttons) appear in the display. See Tire electric brakes is connected. Output Use the trip odometer reset stem to Pressure on page 10‑51 and Tire is displayed in 0 to 10 bars. Dashes view the odometer and trip Messages on page 5‑42 for more may appear in the OUTPUT display. odometer. The Language selection information. See “Integrated Trailer Brake and Engine Hours display can also If the tire pressure display shows Control System” under Towing be accessed with the trip odometer dashes instead of a value, there Equipment on page 9‑63 for more reset stem. information. may be a problem with your vehicle. Odometer If this consistently occurs, see your Engine Hours dealer for service. Press the trip odometer reset stem Press the vehicle information button until ODOMETER displays. This Trailer Gain and Output until ENGINE HOURS displays. This display shows the distance the On vehicles with the Integrated display shows the total number of vehicle has been driven in either Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, hours the engine has run. kilometers (km) or miles (mi). the trailer brake display appears in Compass Zone Setting the DIC. Press the vehicle information button until TRAILER This display allows for setting the GAIN and OUTPUT display. compass zone. See Compass on page 5‑6 for more information. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (32,1) Edition - 11/9/11

5-32 Instruments and Controls

Trip Odometer was last turned on and the vehicle 3. Continue to press and hold the Press the trip odometer reset stem was moving. Once the vehicle trip odometer reset stem to scroll until TRIP displays. This display begins moving, the trip odometer through all of the available shows the current distance traveled will accumulate mileage. For languages. in either kilometers (km) or example, if the vehicle was driven The available selections are miles (mi) since the last reset for the 8 km (5 mi) before it is started again, ENGLISH (default), trip odometer. and then the retro-active reset FRANCAIS (French), feature is activated, the display will The trip odometer can be reset to ESPANOL (Spanish), and NO show 8 km (5 mi). As the vehicle CHANGE. zero by pressing and holding the trip begins moving, the display will then odometer reset stem while the trip increase to 8.2 km (5.1 mi), 8.4 km 4. Once the desired language is odometer is displayed. (5.2 mi), etc. displayed, release the trip odometer reset stem to set your The trip odometer has a feature Language called the retro-active reset. This choice. can be used to set the trip odometer This display allows you to select the Engine Hours to the number of kilometers (miles) language in which the DIC driven since the ignition was last messages will appear. To select a To display the ENGINE HOURS, turned on. This can be used if the language: place the ignition in LOCK/OFF or ACC/ACCESSORY, then press and trip odometer is not reset at the 1. Press the trip odometer reset beginning of the trip. hold the trip odometer reset stem for stem until ODOMETER displays. four seconds while viewing the To use the retro-active reset feature, 2. While in the ODOMETER ODOMETER. This display shows press and hold the trip odometer display, press and hold the trip the total number of hours the engine reset stem for at least four seconds. odometer reset stem for has run. The trip odometer will display the 3 seconds until the currently set number of kilometers (km) or language displays. miles (mi) driven since the ignition GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (33,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Instruments and Controls 5-33

Trip Odometer Reset Stem 4. Once the desired language is To use the retro-active reset feature, Menu Items (Without DIC displayed, release the trip press and hold the trip odometer Buttons) odometer reset stem to set your reset stem for at least four seconds. choice. The trip odometer will display the Language number of kilometers (km) or Trip Odometer This display allows you to select miles (mi) driven since the ignition the language in which the DIC Press the trip odometer reset stem was last turned on and the vehicle messages will appear. To select a until TRIP displays. This display was moving. Once the vehicle language: shows the current distance traveled begins moving, the trip odometer in either kilometers (km) or will accumulate mileage. For 1. Press the trip odometer reset miles (mi) since the last reset for example, if the vehicle was driven stem until ODOMETER displays. the trip odometer. 8 km (5 mi) before it is started again, 2. While in the ODOMETER The trip odometer can be reset to and then the retro-active reset display, press and hold the trip zero by pressing and holding the trip feature is activated, the display will odometer reset stem for odometer reset stem while the trip show 8 km (5 mi). As the vehicle three seconds until the currently odometer is displayed. begins moving, the display will then set language displays. increase to 8.2 km (5.1 mi), 8.4 km The trip odometer has a feature (5.2 mi), etc. 3. Continue to press and hold the called the retro-active reset. This trip odometer reset stem to scroll can be used to set the trip odometer Transmission Temperature through all of the available to the number of kilometers (miles) Press the trip odometer reset stem languages. driven since the ignition was last until TRANS TEMP displays. This The available languages turned on. This can be used if the display shows the temperature of are ENGLISH (default), trip odometer is not reset at the the automatic transmission fluid in FRANCAIS (French), beginning of the trip. either degrees Celsius (°C) or ESPANOL (Spanish), and degrees Fahrenheit (°F). NO CHANGE. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (34,1) Edition - 11/9/11

5-34 Instruments and Controls

Trailer Gain and Output Speedometer change the oil on a schedule On vehicles with the Integrated The speedometer shows how fast consistent with your driving Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, the vehicle is moving in either conditions. the trailer brake display appears in kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles When the remaining oil life is low, the DIC. Press the trip odometer per hour (mph). The speedometer the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON reset stem until TRAILER GAIN and cannot be reset. message will appear on the display. OUTPUT display. See "CHANGE ENGINE OIL Compass Zone Setting TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer SOON" under Engine Oil Messages gain setting. This setting can be This display allows for setting the on page 5‑38. You should change adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either compass zone. See Compass on the oil as soon as you can. See a trailer connected or disconnected. page 5‑6 for more information. Engine Oil on page 10‑8. In addition to the engine oil life system To adjust this setting, see Compass Recalibration monitoring the oil life, additional “Integrated Trailer Brake Control This display allows for calibrating maintenance is recommended in the System” under Towing Equipment the compass. See Compass on Maintenance Schedule in this on page 9‑63 for more information. page 5‑6 for more information. manual. See Maintenance Schedule OUTPUT shows the power output to on page 11‑3 for more information. the trailer anytime a trailer with Oil Life Remember, you must reset the OIL electric brakes is connected. Output To access this display, the vehicle LIFE display yourself after each oil is displayed in 0 to 10 bars. Dashes must be in P (Park). Press the trip change. It will not reset itself. Also, may appear in the OUTPUT display. odometer reset stem until OIL LIFE be careful not to reset the OIL LIFE See “Integrated Trailer Brake REMAINING displays. This display display accidentally at any time Control System” under Towing shows an estimate of the oil's other than when the oil has just Equipment on page 9‑63 for more remaining useful life. If you see been changed. It cannot be reset information. 99% OIL LIFE REMAINING on the accurately until the next oil change. display, that means 99% of the To reset the engine oil life system, current oil life remains. The engine see Engine Oil Life System on oil life system will alert you to page 10‑10. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (35,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Instruments and Controls 5-35

Relearn Tire Positions Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and Your vehicle may have this display. Messages displayed on the DIC Charging Messages To access this display, the vehicle indicate the status of the vehicle or must be in P (Park). If your vehicle BATTERY LOW START some action may be needed to has the Tire Pressure Monitor VEHICLE correct a condition. Multiple System (TPMS), after rotating the messages may appear one after When the vehicle’s battery is tires or after replacing a tire or another. severely discharged, this message sensor, the system must re-learn the will display and four chimes will The messages that do not require tire positions. To re-learn the tire sound. Start the vehicle immediate action can be positions, see Tire Pressure Monitor immediately. If the vehicle is not acknowledged and cleared by System on page 10‑52. See Tire started and the battery continues to Inspection on page 10‑56, Tire pressing V (Set/Reset) or the trip discharge, the climate controls, Rotation on page 10‑57 and Tire odometer reset stem. heated seats, and audio systems Messages on page 5‑42 for more will shut off and the vehicle may information. The messages that require immediate action cannot be cleared require a jump start. These systems until that action is performed. will function again after the vehicle is started. All messages should be taken seriously and clearing the message SERVICE BATTERY does not correct the problem. CHARGING SYSTEM The following are the possible On some vehicles, this message messages and some information displays if there is a problem with about them. the battery charging system. Under certain conditions, the charging system light may also turn on in the instrument panel cluster. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (36,1) Edition - 11/9/11

5-36 Instruments and Controls

See Charging System Light on SERVICE BRAKES SOON connection to the trailer and turn the page 5 18. Driving with this problem ignition back on. If this message still ‑ This message displays if there is a could drain the battery. Turn off all displays, either your vehicle or the problem with the brake system. unnecessary accessories. Have the trailer needs service. See your If this message appears, stop as electrical system checked as soon dealer. soon as possible and turn off the as possible. See your dealer. vehicle. Restart the vehicle and See “Integrated Trailer Brake check for the message on the DIC Control System” under Towing Brake System Messages display. If the message is still Equipment on page 9‑63 for more SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM displayed or appears again when information. you begin driving, the brake system This message displays along with needs service. See your dealer. Door Ajar Messages the brake system warning light if there is a problem with the brake SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE DRIVER DOOR OPEN system. See Brake System Warning SYSTEM This message displays and a chime Light on page 5‑21. If this message On vehicles with the Integrated sounds if the driver door is not fully appears, stop as soon as possible Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, closed and the vehicle is shifted out and turn off the vehicle. Restart the this message displays and a chime of P (Park). Stop and turn off the vehicle and check for the message sounds when there is a problem vehicle, check the door for on the DIC display. If the message with the ITBC system. obstructions, and close the door is still displayed or appears again When this message displays, power again. Check to see if the message when you begin driving, the brake still appears on the DIC. system needs service as soon as is no longer available to the trailer possible. See your dealer. brakes. HOOD OPEN As soon as it is safe to do so, This message displays and a chime carefully pull your vehicle over to sounds if the hood is not fully the side of the road and turn the closed. Stop and turn off the ignition off. Check the wiring vehicle, check the hood for GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (37,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Instruments and Controls 5-37

obstructions, and close the hood REAR ACCESS OPEN Engine Cooling System again. Check to see if the message This message displays and a chime still appears on the DIC. Messages sounds if the liftgate or liftglass is Notice: If you drive the vehicle open while the ignition is in ON/ LEFT REAR DOOR OPEN while the engine is overheating, RUN. Turn off the vehicle and check severe engine damage may This message displays and a chime the liftgate and liftglass. Restart the occur. If an overheat warning sounds if the driver side rear door is vehicle and check for the message appears on the instrument panel not fully closed and the vehicle is on the DIC display. shifted out of P (Park). Stop and turn cluster and/or DIC, stop the off the vehicle, check the door for RIGHT REAR DOOR OPEN vehicle as soon as possible. See obstructions, and close the door Engine Overheating on This message displays and a chime again. Check to see if the message page 10 20 for more information. sounds if the passenger side rear ‑ still appears on the DIC. door is not fully closed and the ENGINE HOT A/C (Air PASSENGER DOOR OPEN vehicle is shifted out of P (Park). Conditioning) TURNED OFF Stop and turn off the vehicle, check This message displays and a chime the door for obstructions, and close This message displays when the sounds if the front passenger door the door again. Check to see if the engine coolant becomes hotter than is not fully closed and the vehicle is message still appears on the DIC. the normal operating temperature. shifted out of P (Park). Stop and turn See Engine Coolant Temperature off the vehicle, check the door for Gauge on page 5‑14. To avoid obstructions, and close the door added strain on a hot engine, the air again. Check to see if the message conditioning compressor still appears on the DIC. automatically turns off. When the coolant temperature returns to normal, the air conditioning compressor turns back on. You can continue to drive your vehicle. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (38,1) Edition - 11/9/11

5-38 Instruments and Controls

If this message continues to appear, message clears when the engine OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP have the system repaired by your has cooled to a safe operating ENGINE dealer as soon as possible to avoid temperature. damage to the engine. Notice: If you drive the vehicle Engine Oil Messages while the engine oil pressure is ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE low, severe engine damage may ENGINE CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON occur. If a low oil pressure warning appears on the Driver This message displays when the This message displays when the Information Center (DIC), stop the engine coolant temperature is too engine oil needs to be changed. vehicle as soon as possible. Do hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to When you change the engine oil, be not drive the vehicle until the idle until it cools down. See Engine sure to reset the CHANGE ENGINE cause of the low oil pressure is Coolant Temperature Gauge on OIL SOON message. See Engine corrected. See Engine Oil on page 5‑14. Oil Life System on page 10 10 for ‑ page 10‑8 for more information. information on how to reset the See Overheated Engine Protection This message displays if low oil Operating Mode on page 10‑22 for message. See Engine Oil on page 10‑8 and pressure levels occur. Stop the information on driving to a safe vehicle as soon as safely possible place in an emergency. Maintenance Schedule on page 11‑3 for more information. and do not operate it until the cause ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP of the low oil pressure has been ENGINE ENGINE OIL HOT IDLE corrected. Check the oil as soon as ENGINE possible and have the vehicle This message displays and a chime serviced by your dealer. See Engine This message displays when the sounds if the engine cooling system Oil on page 10‑8. reaches unsafe temperatures for engine oil becomes hotter than the operation. Stop and turn off the normal operating temperature. Stop vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and allow the vehicle to idle until it to avoid severe damage. This cools down. See Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge on page 5‑14. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (39,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Instruments and Controls 5-39

Engine Power Messages Fuel System Messages Key and Lock Messages ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED FUEL LEVEL LOW REPLACE BATTERY IN This message displays and a chime This message displays and a chime REMOTE KEY sounds when the cooling system sounds if the fuel level is low. Refuel This message displays if a Remote temperature gets too hot and the as soon as possible. See Fuel Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter engine further enters the engine Gauge on page 5‑12 and Fuel on battery is low. The battery needs to coolant protection mode. See page 9‑50 for more information. be replaced in the transmitter. See Engine Overheating on page 10‑20 “Battery Replacement” under for further information. TIGHTEN GAS CAP Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) This message also displays when This message may display along System Operation on page 2‑3. the engine power is reduced. with the check engine light on the Reduced engine power can affect instrument panel cluster if the fuel Lamp Messages the vehicle's ability to accelerate. cap is not tightened properly. See If this message is on, but there is no Malfunction Indicator Lamp on TURN SIGNAL ON reduction in performance, proceed page 5‑19. Reinstall the fuel cap This message displays and a chime to your destination. The fully. See Filling the Tank on sounds if a turn signal is left on for performance may be reduced the page 9‑53. The diagnostic system 1.2 km (0.75 mi). Move the turn next time the vehicle is driven. The can determine if the fuel cap has signal/multifunction lever to the off vehicle may be driven at a reduced been left off or improperly installed. position. speed while this message is on, but A loose or missing fuel cap allows acceleration and speed may be fuel to evaporate into the reduced. Anytime this message atmosphere. A few driving trips with stays on, the vehicle should be the cap properly installed should taken to your dealer for service as turn this light and message off. soon as possible. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (40,1) Edition - 11/9/11

5-40 Instruments and Controls

Object Detection System park. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist SIDE BLIND ZONE SYSTEM on page 9‑42 for more information. UNAVAILABLE Messages See your dealer for service. If your vehicle has the Side Blind PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE SERVICE SIDE BLIND ZONE Zone Alert (SBZA) system, this OWNERS MANUAL ALERT SYSTEM message displays when the SBZA This message displays if there is system is disabled because the If your vehicle has the Side Blind sensor is blocked and cannot detect something interfering with the park Zone Alert (SBZA) system and this assist system. See Ultrasonic vehicles in your blind zone. The message displays, both SBZA sensor may be blocked by mud, dirt, Parking Assist on page 9‑42 for displays will remain on indicating more information. snow, ice, or slush. This message there is a problem with the SBZA may also display during heavy rain PARK ASSIST OFF system. If these displays remain on or due to road spray. It may also after continued driving, the system come on when driving in isolated After the vehicle has been started, needs service. See your dealer. See this message displays to remind the areas with no guardrails, trees, Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) on or road signs and light traffic. Your driver that the URPA system has page 9‑43 for more information. been turned off. Press the set/reset vehicle does not need service. For button or the trip odometer reset SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT cleaning instructions, see “Washing stem to acknowledge this message SYSTEM OFF Your Vehicle” in Exterior Care on and clear it from the DIC display. To page 10‑88. See Side Blind Zone If your vehicle has the Side Blind turn the URPA system back on, see Alert (SBZA) on page 9‑43 for more Zone Alert (SBZA) system, this Ultrasonic Parking Assist on information. message displays when the SBZA page 9 42. ‑ system has been turned off. See SERVICE PARK ASSIST Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) on page 9‑43 and Driver Information This message displays if there is a Center (DIC) on page 5‑26 for more problem with the Ultrasonic Rear information. Parking Assist (URPA) system. Do not use this system to help you GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (41,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Instruments and Controls 5-41

Ride Control System SERVICE TRACTION TRACTION XX Messages CONTROL STABILITRAK XX If your vehicle has StabiliTrak, this This message displays when the SERVICE STABILITRAK message displays when there is a traction control and/or StabiliTrak If your vehicle has StabiliTrak® and problem with the Traction Control systems have been turned on or off. this message displays, it means System (TCS). When this message Adjust your driving accordingly. To there may be a problem with the displays, the system will not limit limit wheel spin and realize the full StabiliTrak system. If you see this wheel spin. Adjust your driving benefits of the stability message, try to reset the system. accordingly. See your dealer for enhancement system, you should Stop; turn off the engine for at least service. See StabiliTrak® System on normally leave StabiliTrak on. 15 seconds; then start the engine page 9‑35 for more information. However, you should turn again. If this message still comes StabiliTrak off if the vehicle gets on, it means there is a problem. You STABILITRAK INITIALIZING stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow should see your dealer for service. If the vehicle has StabiliTrak, this and you want to rock the vehicle to The vehicle is safe to drive, message may come on if the attempt to free it, or if you are however, you do not have the StabiliTrak system has not fully driving in extreme off-road benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce initialized because of road conditions and require more wheel your speed and drive accordingly. conditions or the incorrect tire size. spin. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck on When the StabiliTrak system is fully page 9‑14. To turn the StabiliTrak SERVICE SUSPENSION initialized, the message will turn off. system on or off, see StabiliTrak® SYSTEM See StabiliTrak® System on System on page 9‑35. If your vehicle has the Autoride® page 9‑35 for more information. suspension system, this message If this message continues to be displays when the Autoride displayed for multiple ignition cycles suspension system is not operating and on different road surfaces, see properly. Have your vehicle serviced your dealer for service. by your dealer. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (42,1) Edition - 11/9/11

5-42 Instruments and Controls

STABILITRAK OFF may also The message turns off as soon as off the engine. See Immobilizer display when the stability control the conditions that caused the Operation on page 2‑14 for more has been automatically disabled. message to be displayed are no information. There are several conditions that longer present. can cause this message to appear. Tire Messages . Airbag System Messages One condition is overheating, SERVICE TIRE MONITOR which could occur if StabiliTrak SERVICE AIR BAG activates continuously for an SYSTEM extended period of time. This message displays if there is a On vehicles with the Tire Pressure problem with the airbag system. Monitor System (TPMS), this . The message also displays if the Have your dealer inspect the brake system warning light is on. message displays if a part on the system for problems. See Airbag See Brake System Warning TPMS is not working properly. The Readiness Light on page 5‑16 and tire pressure light also flashes and Light on page 5‑21. Airbag System on page 3‑26 for then remains on during the same . The message could display if the more information. ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure stability system takes longer Light on page 5‑23. Several than usual to complete its Anti-theft Alarm System conditions may cause this message diagnostic checks due to driving Messages to appear. See Tire Pressure conditions. Monitor Operation on page 10‑54 for . The message displays if an SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT more information. If the warning engine or vehicle related SYSTEM comes on and stays on, there may problem has been detected and be a problem with the TPMS. See This message displays when there your dealer. the vehicle needs service. See is a problem with the theft-deterrent your dealer. system. The vehicle may or may not TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE restart so you may want to take the On vehicles with the Tire Pressure vehicle to your dealer before turning Monitor System (TPMS), this message displays when the TPMS GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (43,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Instruments and Controls 5-43

is re-learning the tire positions on button or the trip odometer reset This message displays along with a your vehicle. The tire positions must stem. If a tire pressure message sound if the transmission fluid in the be re-learned after rotating the tires appears on the DIC, stop as soon vehicle gets hot. Driving with the or after replacing a tire or sensor. as you can. Have the tire pressures transmission fluid temperature high See Tire Inspection on page 10‑56, checked and set to those shown on can cause damage to the vehicle. Tire Rotation on page 10‑57, Tire the Tire Loading Information label. Stop the vehicle and let it idle to Pressure Monitor System on See Tires on page 10‑44, Vehicle allow the transmission to cool. This page 10‑52, and Tire Pressure on Load Limits on page 9‑15, and Tire message clears and the chime page 10‑51 for more information. Pressure on page 10‑51. The DIC stops when the fluid temperature also shows the tire pressure values. reaches a safe level. TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE See “DIC Operation and Displays On vehicles with the Tire Pressure (With DIC Buttons)” earlier in this Vehicle Reminder Monitor System (TPMS), this section. Messages message displays when the pressure in one or more of the Transmission Messages CHECK TRAILER WIRING vehicle's tires needs to be checked. On vehicles with the Integrated This message also displays LEFT TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, FRT (left front), RIGHT FRT (right ENGINE this message may display and a front), LEFT RR (left rear), Notice: Do not drive the vehicle chime may sound when one of the or RIGHT RR (right rear) to indicate while the transmission fluid is following conditions exists: the location of the low tire. The low overheating and the transmission tire pressure warning light will also temperature warning is displayed . A trailer with electric brakes come on. See Tire Pressure Light on the instrument panel cluster becomes disconnected from the on page 5‑23. You can receive more and/or DIC, or the transmission vehicle. than one tire pressure message at a can be damaged. This could lead ‐ If the disconnect occurs while time. To read the other messages to costly repairs that would not the vehicle is stopped, this that may have been sent at the be covered by the warranty. message clears itself after a same time, press the set/reset short time. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (44,1) Edition - 11/9/11

5-44 Instruments and Controls

‐ If the disconnect occurs while ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE Washer Fluid Messages the vehicle is moving, this WITH CARE message stays on until the WASHER FLUID LOW ADD ignition is turned off. This message displays when ice FLUID conditions are possible. . There is a short in the wiring to This message displays when the the electric trailer brakes. TRAILER CONNECTED windshield washer fluid is low. Fill When this message displays, power On vehicles with the Integrated the windshield washer fluid reservoir is no longer available to the trailer Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, as soon as possible. See Engine brakes. this message displays briefly when Compartment Overview on a trailer with electric brakes is first page 10‑6 for the location of the As soon as it is safe to do so, connected to the vehicle. windshield washer fluid reservoir. carefully pull the vehicle over to the Also, see Washer Fluid on side of the road and turn the ignition This message clears itself after page 10‑23 for more information. off. Check the wiring connection to several seconds. This message also the trailer and turn the ignition back clears if you acknowledge it. After on. This message clears if the trailer this message clears, the TRAILER is reconnected. This message also GAIN/OUTPUT display appears in clears if you acknowledge it. If this the DIC. message still displays, either the See “TRAILER GAIN/OUTPUT” vehicle or the trailer needs service. under Driver Information Center See your dealer. (DIC) on page 5‑26 and “Integrated See “Integrated Trailer Brake Trailer Brake Control System” under Control System” under Towing Towing Equipment on page 9‑63 for Equipment on page 9‑63 for more more information. information. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (45,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Instruments and Controls 5-45

Vehicle Entering the Feature DIC display. Press the set/reset Settings Menu button once to display all DIC Personalization messages in English. 1. Turn the ignition on and place Your vehicle may have the vehicle in P (Park). DISPLAY LANGUAGE customization capabilities that allow This feature allows you to select the you to program certain features to To avoid excessive drain on the language in which the DIC one preferred setting. Customization battery, it is recommended that messages will appear. features can only be programmed to the headlamps are turned off. one setting on the vehicle and 2. Press the customization button Press the customization button until cannot be programmed to a to scroll through the available the DISPLAY LANGUAGE screen preferred setting for two different customizable options. appears on the DIC display. Press drivers. the set/reset button once to access Feature Settings Menu Items the settings for this feature. Then All of the customization options may press the customization button to not be available on your vehicle. The following are customization scroll through the following settings: Only the options available will be features that allow you to program displayed on the DIC. settings to the vehicle: ENGLISH (default): All messages will appear in English. The default settings for the DISPLAY IN ENGLISH customization features were set This feature will only display if a FRANCAIS: All messages will when your vehicle left the factory, language other than English has appear in French. but may have been changed from been set. This feature allows you to ESPANOL: All messages will their default state since then. change the language in which the appear in Spanish. DIC messages appear to English. The customization preferences are NO CHANGE: No change will be automatically recalled. Press the customization button until made to this feature. The current To change customization the PRESS V TO DISPLAY IN setting will remain. preferences, use the following ENGLISH screen appears on the procedure. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (46,1) Edition - 11/9/11

5-46 Instruments and Controls

To select a setting, press the set/ AT VEHICLE SPEED: The doors for this feature. Then press the reset button while the desired will automatically lock when the customization button to scroll setting is displayed on the DIC. vehicle speed is above 13 km/h through the following settings: You can also change the language (8 mph) for 3 seconds. OFF: None of the doors will by pressing the trip odometer reset NO CHANGE: No change will be automatically unlock. stem. See “Language” under DIC made to this feature. The current DRIVER AT KEY OUT: Only the Operation and Displays (Without setting will remain. driver door will unlock when the key DIC Buttons) earlier in this section To select a setting, press the set/ is taken out of the ignition. for more information. reset button while the desired DRIVER IN PARK: Only the driver AUTO DOOR LOCK setting is displayed on the DIC. door will unlock when the vehicle is This feature allows you to select AUTO DOOR UNLOCK shifted into P (Park). when the vehicle's doors will This feature allows you to select ALL AT KEY OUT: All of the doors automatically lock. See Automatic whether or not to turn off the will unlock when the key is taken Door Locks on page 2‑8 for more automatic door unlocking feature. out of the ignition. information. It also allows you to select which ALL IN PARK (default): All of the Press the customization button until doors and when the doors will doors will unlock when the vehicle is AUTO DOOR LOCK appears on the automatically unlock. See Automatic shifted into P (Park). DIC display. Press the set/reset Door Locks on page 2‑8 for more button once to access the settings information. NO CHANGE: No change will be for this feature. Then press the made to this feature. The current Press the customization button until setting will remain. customization button to scroll AUTO DOOR UNLOCK appears on through the following settings: the DIC display. Press the set/reset To select a setting, press the SHIFT OUT OF PARK (default): button once to access the settings set/reset button while the desired The doors will automatically lock setting is displayed on the DIC. when the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park). GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (47,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Instruments and Controls 5-47

REMOTE DOOR LOCK HORN ONLY: The horn will sound Keyless Entry (RKE) System This feature allows you to select the on the second press of the lock Operation on page 2‑3 for more type of feedback you will receive button on the RKE transmitter. information. when locking the vehicle with the HORN & LIGHTS (default): The Press the customization button until Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) exterior lamps will flash when you REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK appears transmitter. You will not receive press the lock button on the RKE on the DIC display. Press the feedback when locking the vehicle transmitter, and the horn will sound set/reset button once to access the with the RKE transmitter if the doors when the lock button is pressed settings for this feature. Then press are open. See Remote Keyless again within five seconds of the the customization button to scroll Entry (RKE) System Operation on previous command. through the following settings: page 2‑3 for more information. NO CHANGE: No change will be LIGHTS OFF: The exterior lamps Press the customization button until made to this feature. The current will not flash when you press the REMOTE DOOR LOCK appears on setting will remain. unlock button on the RKE the DIC display. Press the set/reset To select a setting, press the transmitter. button once to access the settings set/reset button while the desired LIGHTS ON (default): The exterior for this feature. Then press the setting is displayed on the DIC. lamps will flash when you press the customization button to scroll unlock button on the RKE through the following settings: REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK transmitter. OFF: There will be no feedback This feature allows you to select the NO CHANGE: No change will be when you press the lock button on type of feedback you will receive made to this feature. The current the RKE transmitter. when unlocking the vehicle with the setting will remain. LIGHTS ONLY: The exterior lamps Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. You will not receive To select a setting, press the will flash when you press the lock set/reset button while the desired button on the RKE transmitter. feedback when unlocking the vehicle with the RKE transmitter if setting is displayed on the DIC. the doors are open. See Remote GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (48,1) Edition - 11/9/11

5-48 Instruments and Controls

DELAY DOOR LOCK for this feature. Then press the Press the customization button until This feature allows you to select customization button to scroll EXIT LIGHTING appears on the DIC whether or not the locking of the through the following settings: display. Press the set/reset button vehicle's doors and liftgate will be OFF: There will be no delayed once to access the settings for this delayed. When locking the doors locking of the vehicle's doors. feature. Then press the and liftgate with the power door lock customization button to scroll ON (default): The doors will not through the following settings: switch and a door or the liftgate is lock until 5 seconds after the last open, this feature will delay locking door or the liftgate is closed. OFF: The exterior lamps will not the doors and liftgate until turn on. NO CHANGE: No change will be five seconds after the last door is 30 SECONDS (default): The closed. You will hear three chimes made to this feature. The current setting will remain. exterior lamps will stay on for to signal that the delayed locking 30 seconds. feature is in use. The key must be To select a setting, press the set/ out of the ignition for this feature to reset button while the desired 1 MINUTE: The exterior lamps will work. You can temporarily override setting is displayed on the DIC. stay on for 1 minute. delayed locking by pressing the 2 MINUTES: The exterior lamps will power door lock switch twice. See EXIT LIGHTING stay on for 2 minutes. Delayed Locking on page 2‑8 for This feature allows you to select the more information. NO CHANGE: No change will be amount of time you want the made to this feature. The current Press the customization button until exterior lamps to remain on when it setting will remain. DELAY DOOR LOCK appears on is dark enough outside. This the DIC display. Press the set/reset happens after the key is turned from To select a setting, press the button once to access the settings ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF. set/reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (49,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Instruments and Controls 5-49

APPROACH LIGHTING See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) NO CHANGE: No change will be This feature allows you to select System Operation on page 2‑3 for made to this feature. The current whether or not to have the exterior more information. setting will remain. lights turn on briefly during low light NO CHANGE: No change will be There is no default for chime periods after unlocking the vehicle made to this feature. The current volume. The volume will stay at the using the Remote Keyless setting will remain. last known setting. Entry (RKE) transmitter. To select a setting, press the To select a setting, press the Press the customization button until set/reset button while the desired set/reset button while the desired APPROACH LIGHTING appears on setting is displayed on the DIC. setting is displayed on the DIC. the DIC display. Press the set/reset button once to access the settings CHIME VOLUME PARK TILT MIRRORS for this feature. Then press the This feature allows you to select the If your vehicle has this feature, it customization button to scroll volume level of the chime. allows you to select whether or not through the following settings: Press the customization button until the outside mirror(s) will OFF: The exterior lights will not CHIME VOLUME appears on the automatically tilt down when the turn on when you unlock the vehicle DIC display. Press the set/reset vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). with the RKE transmitter. button once to access the settings See Power Mirrors on page 2‑16 for more information. ON (default): If it is dark enough for this feature. Then press the outside, the exterior lights will turn customization button to scroll on briefly when you unlock the through the following settings: vehicle with the RKE transmitter. NORMAL: The chime volume will The lights will remain on for be set to a normal level. 20 seconds or until the lock button LOUD: The chime volume will be on the RKE transmitter is pressed, set to a loud level. or the vehicle is no longer off. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (50,1) Edition - 11/9/11

5-50 Instruments and Controls

Press the customization button until To select a setting, press the set/ when the key is removed from the PARK TILT MIRRORS appears on reset button while the desired ignition or after pressing the easy the DIC display. Press the set/reset setting is displayed on the DIC. exit seat button. button once to access the settings EASY EXIT RECALL The automatic easy exit seat for this feature. Then press the movement will only occur one time customization button to scroll If your vehicle has this feature, it after the key is removed from the through the following settings: allows you to select your preference ignition. If the automatic movement OFF (default): Neither outside for the automatic easy exit seat has already occurred, and you put mirror will be tilted down when the feature. See Memory Seats on the key back in the ignition and vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). page 3‑5 for more information. remove it again, the seat and DRIVER MIRROR: The driver Press the customization button until steering column will stay in the outside mirror will be tilted down EASY EXIT RECALL appears on original exit position, unless a when the vehicle is shifted into the DIC display. Press the set/reset memory recall took place prior to R (Reverse). button once to access the settings removing the key again. for this feature. Then press the PASSENGER MIRROR: The NO CHANGE: No change will be customization button to scroll made to this feature. The current passenger outside mirror will be through the following settings: tilted down when the vehicle is setting will remain. shifted into R (Reverse). DOOR BUTTON ONLY: No To select a setting, press the set/ automatic seat exit recall will occur. BOTH MIRRORS: The driver and reset button while the desired The recall will only occur after setting is displayed on the DIC. passenger outside mirrors will be pressing the easy exit seat button. tilted down when the vehicle is EASY EXIT SETUP shifted into R (Reverse). BUTTON & KEY OUT (default): If the features are enabled through the If your vehicle has this feature, it NO CHANGE: No change will be EASY EXIT SETUP menu, the allows you to select which areas will made to this feature. The current driver seat will move back, and the recall with the automatic easy exit setting will remain. power steering column will move up seat feature. It also allows you to turn off the automatic easy exit GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (51,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Instruments and Controls 5-51

feature. See Memory Seats on MEMORY SEAT RECALL NO CHANGE: No change will be page 3‑5 and EASY EXIT RECALL If your vehicle has this feature, it made to this feature. The current earlier for more information. allows you to select your preference setting will remain. Press the customization button until for the remote memory seat recall To select a setting, press the EASY EXIT SETUP appears on the feature. See Memory Seats on set/reset button while the desired DIC display. Press the set/reset page 3‑5 for more information. setting is displayed on the DIC. button once to access the settings Press the customization button until REMOTE START for this feature. Then press the MEMORY SEAT RECALL appears menu up/down button to scroll on the DIC display. Press the If your vehicle has this feature, it through the following settings: set/reset button once to access the allows you to turn the remote start OFF: No automatic seat exit will settings for this feature. Then press off or on. The remote start feature recall. the customization button to scroll allows you to start the engine from through the following settings: outside of the vehicle using the SEAT ONLY: The driver seat will Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) recall. OFF (default): No remote memory transmitter. See Remote Vehicle TILT ONLY: The steering wheel tilt seat recall will occur. Start on page 2‑5 for more feature will recall. ON: The driver seat and, on some information. SEAT & TILT (default): The driver vehicles, the outside mirrors will Press the customization button until seat and the steering wheel tilt will automatically move to the stored REMOTE START appears on the recall. driving position when the unlock DIC display. Press the set/reset button on the Remote Keyless button once to access the settings NO CHANGE: No change will be Entry (RKE) transmitter is pressed. for this feature. Then press the made to this feature. The current On some vehicles with the customization button to scroll setting will remain. adjustable throttle and brake pedal through the following settings: To select a setting, press the set/ feature, the pedals will also automatically move. OFF: The remote start feature will reset button while the desired be disabled. setting is displayed on the DIC. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (52,1) Edition - 11/9/11

5-52 Instruments and Controls

ON (default): The remote start DO NOT RESTORE: The Exiting the Feature feature will be enabled. customization features will not be Settings Menu set to their factory default settings. NO CHANGE: No change will be The feature settings menu will be made to this feature. The current To select a setting, press the exited when any of the following setting will remain. set/reset button while the desired occurs: setting is displayed on the DIC. To select a setting, press the . The vehicle is no longer in set/reset button while the desired EXIT FEATURE SETTINGS ON/RUN. setting is displayed on the DIC. This feature allows you to exit the . The trip/fuel or vehicle FACTORY SETTINGS feature settings menu. information DIC buttons are This feature allows you to set all of Press the customization button until pressed. the customization features back to PRESS V TO EXIT FEATURE . The end of the feature settings their factory default settings. SETTINGS appears in the DIC menu is reached and exited. Press the customization button until display. Press the set/reset button . A 40 second time period has FACTORY SETTINGS appears on once to exit the menu. elapsed with no selection made. the DIC display. Press the set/reset If you do not exit, pressing the button once to access the settings customization button again will for this feature. Then press the return you to the beginning of the customization button to scroll feature settings menu. through the following settings: RESTORE ALL (default): The customization features will be set to their factory default settings. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (53,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Instruments and Controls 5-53

Universal Remote This system provides a way to the lease ends. See “Erasing replace up to three remote control Universal Home Remote Buttons” in System transmitters used to activate this section. devices such as garage door See Radio Frequency Statement on Park the vehicle outside of the openers, security systems, and page 13 20 for information garage when programming a garage ‑ home automation devices. regarding Part 15 of the Federal door. Be sure that people and Communications Commission (FCC) Do not use this system with any objects are clear of the garage door rules and Industry Canada garage door opener that does not or gate that is being programmed. Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. have the stop and reverse feature. This includes any garage door Programming Universal Home Universal Remote System opener model manufactured before Remote — Rolling Code Programming April 1, 1982. For questions or help programming Read the instructions completely the Universal Home Remote before attempting to program the System, call 1-866-572-2728 or go transmitter. Because of the steps to www.learcar2u.com. involved, it may be helpful to have Most garage door openers sold another person assist with after 1996 are Rolling Code units. programming the transmitter. Programming a garage door opener Be sure to keep the original remote involves time-sensitive actions, so Vehicles with the Universal Remote control transmitter for use in other read the entire procedure before System will have these buttons vehicles, as well as for future starting. Otherwise, the device will located in the headliner. programming. Only the original time out and the procedure will have remote control transmitter is needed to be repeated. for Fixed Code programming. The programmed buttons should be erased when the vehicle is sold or GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (54,1) Edition - 11/9/11

5-54 Instruments and Controls

hanging antenna wire is To program another Rolling Code attached to the motor-head unit device such as an additional garage and may be a colored button. door opener, a security device, Press this button. After pressing or home automation device, repeat this button, complete the Steps 1 through 5, choosing a following steps in less than different function button in Step 3 30 seconds. than what was used for the garage To program up to three devices: 3. Immediately return to the door opener. 1. From inside the vehicle, press vehicle. Press and hold the If these instructions do not work, the the two outside buttons at the Universal Home Remote button garage door opener is probably a same time for one to that will be used to control the Fixed Code unit. Follow the two seconds, and immediately garage door until the garage programming instructions that follow release them. door moves. The indicator light, for a Fixed Code garage door above the selected button, opener. should slowly blink. This button may need to be held for up to Programming Universal Home 20 seconds. Remote — Fixed Code 4. Immediately, within one second, For questions or help programming release the button when the the Universal Home Remote garage door moves. The System, call 1-866-572-2728 or go indicator light will blink rapidly to www.learcar2u.com. until programming is complete. Most garage door openers sold 2. In the garage, locate the garage 5. Press and release the same before 1996 are Fixed Code units. door opener receiver button again. The garage door Programming a garage door opener (motor-head unit). Find the should move, confirming that involves time-sensitive actions, so “Learn” or “Smart” button. It can programming is successful and read the entire procedure before usually be found where the complete. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (55,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Instruments and Controls 5-55

starting. Otherwise, the device will Code unit. If you do not see a time out and the procedure will have row of dip switches, return to the to be repeated. previous section for Programming Universal Home Remote — Rolling Code. Your hand-held transmitter can have between 8 to 12 dip Example of Eight Dip Switches switches depending on the with Two Positions brand of transmitter. The garage door opener receiver (motor head unit) could also have a row of dip switches that can be used when programming the Universal Home Remote. If the total number of switches Example of Eight Dip Switches on the motor head and with Three Positions To program up to three devices: hand-held transmitter are 1. To verify that the garage door different, or if the dip switch The panel of switches might not opener is a Fixed Code unit, settings are different, use the dip appear exactly as they do in the remove the battery cover on the switch settings on the motor examples above, but they hand-held transmitter supplied head unit to program the should be similar. by the manufacturer of the Universal Home Remote. The garage door opener motor. motor head dip switch settings If there is a row of dip switches can also be used when the similar to the graphic above, the original hand-held transmitter is garage door opener is a Fixed not available. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (56,1) Edition - 11/9/11

5-56 Instruments and Controls

The switch positions on the The switch settings written hand-held transmitter could be down in Step 2 now labeled as follows: become the button strokes to be entered into the . A switch in the up position could be labeled as Up, Universal Home Remote in +, or On. Step 4. Be sure to enter the switch settings written down . A switch in the down in Step 2, in order from left position could be labeled as to right, into the Universal Down, −, or Off. Home Remote, when . A switch in the middle completing Step 4. position could be labeled as 3. From inside your vehicle, first Middle, 0, or Neutral. firmly press all three buttons at A. Left Button (Up, +, or On) 2. Write down the 8 to 12 switch the same time for about B. Middle Button settings from left to right as three seconds. Release the (Middle, 0, or Neutral) follows: buttons to put the Universal Home Remote into C. Right Button . When a switch is in the up programming mode. (Down, −, or Off) position, write “Left.” . When a switch is in the down position, write “Right.” . If a switch is set between the up and down position, write “Middle.” GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (57,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Instruments and Controls 5-57

4. The indicator lights will blink 5. After entering all of the switch 7. Immediately release the button slowly. Enter each switch setting positions, once again firmly when the garage door moves. from Step 2 into your vehicle's press and release all three The indicator light will blink Universal Home Remote. You buttons at the same time. The rapidly until programming is will have two and one-half indicator lights will turn on. complete. minutes to complete Step 4. Now 6. Press and hold the button that 8. Press and release the same press one button on the will be used to control the button again. The garage door Universal Home Remote for garage door until the garage should move, confirming that each switch setting as follows: door moves. The indicator light programming is successful and . If you wrote “Left,” press above the selected button complete. the left button (A) in the should slowly blink. This button To program another Fixed Code vehicle. may need to be held for up to device such as an additional garage 55 seconds. . If you wrote “Right,” press door opener, a security device, the right button (C) in the or home automation device, repeat vehicle. Steps 1-8, choosing a different button in Step 6 than what was used . If you wrote “Middle,” press the middle button (B) in the for the garage door opener. vehicle. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (58,1) Edition - 11/9/11

5-58 Instruments and Controls

Universal Remote System Erasing Universal Home 2. Once the indicator lights begin to Remote Buttons blink, release both buttons. The Operation codes from all buttons will be Press and hold the appropriate The programmed buttons should be erased. button for at least half of a second. erased when the vehicle is sold or the lease ends. For help or information on the The indicator light will come on Universal Home Remote System, while the signal is being transmitted. To erase either Rolling Code or call the customer assistance phone Fixed Code settings on the number under Customer Assistance Reprogramming Universal Universal Home Remote device: Home Remote Buttons Offices (U.S. and Canada) on 1. Press and hold the two outside page 13‑4 or Customer Assistance Any of the three buttons can be buttons at the same time for Offices (Mexico) on page 13‑5. reprogrammed by repeating the approximately 20 seconds, until instructions. the indicator lights, located directly above the buttons, begin to blink rapidly. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (1,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Lighting 6-1

Interior Lighting Exterior Lighting Lighting Instrument Panel Illumination Control ...... 6-7 Exterior Lamp Controls Exterior Lighting Dome Lamps ...... 6-7 Reading Lamps ...... 6-8 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 Exterior Lamps Off Lighting Features Reminder ...... 6-2 Entry Lighting ...... 6-8 Headlamp High/Low-Beam Exit Lighting ...... 6-8 Changer ...... 6-2 Battery Load Management . . . . 6-8 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-3 Battery Power Protection ...... 6-9 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-3 Automatic Headlamp System ...... 6-3 The exterior lamps control is located Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-5 on the instrument panel to the left of Turn and Lane-Change the steering wheel. Signals ...... 6-5 Fog Lamps ...... 6-6 It controls the following systems: . Headlamps . Taillamps . Parking Lamps . License Plate Lamps . Instrument Panel Lights GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (2,1) Edition - 11/9/11

6-2 Lighting

The exterior lamps control has four ; (Parking Lamps): Turns on the from being drained. Turn the positions: parking lamps together with the headlamp control to off and then O (Off): Turns off the automatic following: back to the headlamp on position to make the headlamps stay on for an headlamps and Daytime Running . Instrument Panel Lights Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp additional 10 minutes. control to the off position again to . Taillamps turn the automatic headlamps or . License Plate Lamps Exterior Lamps Off DRL back on. 2 (Headlamps): Turns on the Reminder For vehicles first sold in Canada, headlamps together with the A reminder chime will sound when the off position will only work when following lamps listed below. the headlamps or parking lamps are the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). . Parking Lamps manually turned on and the ignition AUTO (Automatic): Automatically is off and a door is open. To disable . Instrument Panel Lights turns on the headlamps at normal the chime, turn the light off. brightness, together with the . Taillamps Headlamp High/ following: . License Plate Lamps . Low-Beam Changer Parking Lamps When the headlamps are turned . Instrument Panel Lights on while the vehicle is on, the 5 3 (Headlamp High/Low Beam headlamps will turn off automatically Changer): To change the . Taillamps 10 minutes after the ignition is headlamps from low to high beam, . License Plate Lamps turned off. When the headlamps are push the lever toward the instrument turned on while the vehicle is off, panel. To return to low-beam the headlamps will stay on for headlamps, pull the multifunction 10 minutes before automatically lever toward you. Then release it. turning off to prevent the battery GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (3,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Lighting 6-3

instrument panel cluster will come When it begins to get dark, the on. Release the lever to return to automatic headlamp system normal operation. switches from DRL to the headlamps. Daytime Running To turn off the DRL lamps, turn the Lamps (DRL) exterior lamps control to the OFF When the high beams are on, this position and then release. For Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can indicator light on the instrument vehicles first sold in Canada, the make it easier for others to see the panel cluster will also be on. transmission must be in the P (Park) front of your vehicle during the day. position before the DRL lamps can Fully functional daytime running be turned off. Flash-to-Pass lamps are required on all vehicles This feature lets you use the first sold in Canada. Automatic Headlamp high-beam headlamps to signal a The DRL system comes on when driver in front of you that you want the following conditions are met: System to pass. It works even if the When it is dark enough outside, the . The ignition is on. headlamps are in the automatic automatic headlamp system turns position. . The exterior lamps control is on the headlamps at the normal To use it, pull the turn signal lever in AUTO. brightness, along with the taillamps, toward you, then release it. . The transmission is not in Park. sidemarker, parking lamps, and the If the headlamps are in the instrument panel lights. The radio . The light sensor determines it is lights will also be dim. automatic position or on low beam, daytime. the high-beam headlamps will turn To turn off the automatic headlamp on. They will stay on as long as you When the DRL system is on, only system, turn the exterior lamps hold the lever toward you. The the DRL lamps are on. The switch to the off position and then high-beam indicator on the taillamps, sidemarker, instrument release it. panel lights, and other lamps will not be on. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (4,1) Edition - 11/9/11

6-4 Lighting

For vehicles first sold in Canada, The system may also turn on the If the vehicle is started in a dark the transmission must be in the headlamps when driving through a garage, the automatic headlamp P (Park) position before the parking garage or heavy overcast system comes on immediately. automatic headlamp system can be weather. This is normal. Once the vehicle leaves the garage, turned off. There is a delay in the transition it takes approximately one minute between the daytime and nighttime for the automatic headlamp system operation of the Daytime Running to change to DRL if it is bright Lamps (DRL) and the automatic enough outside. During that delay, headlamp systems so that driving the instrument panel cluster may not under bridges or bright overhead be as bright as usual. Make sure the street lights does not affect the instrument panel brightness control system. The DRL and automatic is in the full bright position. See headlamp system are only affected Instrument Panel Illumination when the light sensor detects a Control on page 6‑7. change in lighting lasting longer To idle the vehicle with the The vehicle has a light sensor than the delay. automatic headlamp system off, turn located on the top of the instrument the control to the off position. panel which regulates when the automatic headlamps turn on. Do not cover the sensor, otherwise the headlamps will come on whenever the ignition is on. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (5,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Lighting 6-5

The headlamps will also stay on Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change after you exit the vehicle. This feature can be programmed using Signals the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑45. If the vehicle is not equipped with DIC buttons, exit lighting is automatic. When it is dark enough outside, the exterior lamps remain on for 30 seconds after the ignition is moved from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF. An arrow on the instrument panel For vehicles without a radio, the cluster flashes in the direction of the instrument panel light remains on for turn or lane change. 30 seconds with the driver door | (Hazard Warning Flashers): Press this button located on top of Move the lever all the way up or closed. For vehicles with a radio, down to signal a turn. the instrument panel light remains the steering column, to make the on for 10 minutes with the driver front and rear turn signal lamps Raise or lower the lever for less door closed. See Retained flash on and off. This warns others than one second until the arrow Accessory Power (RAP) on that you are having trouble. Press starts to flash to signal a lane page 9‑24. again to turn the flashers off. change. This causes the turn When the hazard warning flashers signals to automatically flash three The regular headlamp system can times. It will flash six times if be turned on when needed. are on, the vehicle's turn signals will not work. tow-haul mode is active. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (6,1) Edition - 11/9/11

6-6 Lighting

Holding the turn signal lever for Fog Lamps When the fog lamps are turned on, more than one second will cause the headlamps automatically the turn signals to flash until you turn on. release the lever. When the headlamps are changed The lever returns to its starting to high-beam, the fog lamps also go position whenever it is released. off. When the high-beam headlamps If after signaling a turn or a lane go off, the fog lamps will come on change the arrows flash rapidly or again. do not come on, a signal bulb could Some localities have laws that be burned out. require the headlamps to be on along with the fog lamps. Have the bulbs replaced. If the bulb For vehicles with fog lamps, the is not burned out, check the fuse. control is located next to the exterior See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on lamps control on the instrument page 10‑37. panel to the left of the steering Turn Signal On Chime column. If the turn signal is left on for more # (Fog Lamps): Press the button than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime will to turn the fog lamps on or off. sound at each flash of the turn A indicator light comes on in the signal and the message TURN instrument panel cluster. The SIGNAL ON will also appear in the ignition must be in the ON/RUN Driver Information Control (DIC). To position for the fog lamps to turn the chime and message off, come on. move the turn signal lever to the off position. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (7,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Lighting 6-7

Interior Lighting Dome Lamps The dome lamps are located in the Instrument Panel overhead console. Illumination Control They come on when any door is opened and turn off after all the doors are closed. Turn the instrument panel brightness knob located below the dome lamp override button, k (Dome Off): Press the button clockwise to the farthest position to in and the dome lamps remain off manually turn on the dome lamps. when a door is opened. Press the The dome lamps remain on until the button again to return it to the knob is turned counterclockwise. extended position so that the dome Dome Lamp Override lamps come on when a door is D (Instrument Panel opened. Brightness): This feature controls The dome lamp override button is the brightness of the instrument located next to the exterior lamps panel lights and is located next to control. the exterior lamps control. Push the knob to extend out and then it can be turned. Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to brighten or dim the instrument panel lights. Turning the knob to the farthest clockwise position turns on the dome lamps. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (8,1) Edition - 11/9/11

6-8 Lighting

Reading Lamps Lighting Features Battery Load The reading lamps are located on Management the overhead console. Entry Lighting The vehicle has Electric Power To turn the reading lamps on or off, The vehicle has an illuminated entry Management (EPM) that estimates press the button located next to feature. the battery's temperature and state of charge. It then adjusts the voltage each lamp. When the doors are opened, the for best performance and extended The lamps can be adjusted to a dome lamps will come on if the life of the battery. desired direction. dome override button is in the When the battery's state of charge The vehicle may also have reading extended position. If the dome is low, the voltage is raised slightly lamps in other locations. To turn the override button is pressed in, the to quickly bring the charge back up. lamps on or off, press the button lamps will not come on. When the state of charge is high, located next to the lamp. These the voltage is lowered slightly to lamps are fixed and cannot be Exit Lighting prevent overcharging. If the vehicle adjusted. The interior lamps come on when has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage the key is removed from the ignition. display on the Driver Information They turn off automatically in Center (DIC), you may see the 20 seconds. The lights do not come voltage move up or down. This is on if the dome override button is normal. If there is a problem, an pressed in. alert will be displayed. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (9,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Lighting 6-9

The battery can be discharged at Normally, these actions occur in Battery Power Protection idle if the electrical loads are very steps or levels, without being high. This is true for all vehicles. noticeable. In rare cases at the This feature shuts off the dome, and This is because the generator highest levels of corrective action, reading lamps if they are left on for (alternator) may not be spinning fast this action may be noticeable to the more than 10 minutes when the enough at idle to produce all the driver. If so, a Driver Information ignition is off. This will keep the power that is needed for very high Center (DIC) message might be battery from running down. electrical loads. displayed, such as BATTERY LOW A high electrical load occurs when START VEHICLE . If this message several of the following are on, such displays, it is recommended that the as: headlamps, high beams, fog driver reduce the electrical loads as lamps, rear window defogger, much as possible and restart the climate control fan at high speed, vehicle. See Battery Voltage and heated seats, engine cooling fans, Charging Messages on page 5‑35. trailer loads, and loads plugged into accessory power outlets. EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of the battery. It does this by balancing the generator's output and the vehicle's electrical needs. It can increase engine idle speed to generate more power, whenever needed. It can temporarily reduce the power demands of some accessories. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (10,1) Edition - 11/9/11

6-10 Lighting

2 NOTES GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (1,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Infotainment System 7-1

Audio Players Introduction Infotainment CD/DVD Player ...... 7-13 System Auxiliary Devices ...... 7-23 Infotainment Rear Seat Infotainment Read the following pages to Introduction Rear Seat Entertainment become familiar with the audio (RSE) System ...... 7-27 system's features. Infotainment ...... 7-1 Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 System ...... 7-37 Operation ...... 7-3 { WARNING Phone Radio Bluetooth ...... 7-39 Taking your eyes off the road for AM-FM Radio ...... 7-6 extended periods could cause a Satellite Radio ...... 7-8 Trademarks and License crash resulting in injury or death Radio Reception ...... 7-11 Agreements to you or others. Do not give Rear Side Window Trademarks and License extended attention to infotainment Antenna ...... 7-12 Agreements ...... 7-46 Satellite Radio Antenna ...... 7-12 tasks while driving.

This system provides access to many audio and non audio listings. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (2,1) Edition - 11/9/11

7-2 Infotainment System

To minimize taking your eyes off the Notice: Contact your dealer Navigation/Radio System road while driving, do the following before adding any equipment. For vehicles with a navigation radio while the vehicle is parked: Adding audio or communication system, see the separate Navigation . Become familiar with the equipment could interfere with System manual. operation and controls of the the operation of the engine, radio, audio system. or other systems, and could Theft-Deterrent Feature damage them. Follow federal . Set up the tone, speaker TheftLock® is designed to adjustments, and preset radio rules covering mobile radio and telephone equipment. discourage theft of the vehicle's stations. radio by learning a portion of the For more information, see Defensive The vehicle has Retained Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP, Driving on page 9‑3. The radio does not operate if it is the audio system can be played stolen or moved to a different This vehicle's audio system may be even after the ignition is turned off. vehicle. equipped with a noise reduction See Retained Accessory Power system which can work improperly (RAP) on page 9‑24 for more if the audio amplifier, engine information. calibrations, exhaust system, microphones, radio, or speakers are modified or replaced. This could result in more noticeable engine noise at certain speeds. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (3,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Infotainment System 7-3

Operation are explained later in this section under, “Adjusting the Speakers (Balance/Fade).” Vehicles with a USB, CD, and DVD radio may have a Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) system. See Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) System on page 7‑27 for more information on the vehicle's RSE system. The DVD player is the top slot on the radio faceplate. The player is capable of reading the DTS programmed DVD Audio or DVD Video media, (DTS and DTS Digital Surround are registered trademarks of Digital Theater Systems, Inc.). Manufactured under license from Radio with USB, CD, and DVD (MP3) Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the double-D symbol are trademarks of If the vehicle does not have this Radios with CD and DVD Dolby Laboratories. radio as its audio system, see the Vehicles with a USB, CD, and DVD seperate Navagation System radio have a Bose® Surround Manual. Sound System. Some of its features GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (4,1) Edition - 11/9/11

7-4 Infotainment System

Using the Radio audio system equalization, to Setting the Tone compensate for background noise, O (Power/Volume): Press to turn (Bass/Midrange/Treble) so that music always sounds the the system on and off. same at the set volume level. BASS/MID/TREB (Bass, Midrange, Turn clockwise or counterclockwise or Treble): To adjust the bass, This feature is most effective at to increase or decrease the volume. midrange, or treble: lower radio volume settings where 4 (Information) (If available): background noise can affect how 1. Press the f knob until the tone Press to switch the display between well the music is heard. At higher control tabs display. the radio station frequency and the volume settings, where the music is 2. Highlight the desired tone time. While the ignition is off, press much louder than the background control tab by doing one of the this button to display the time. Press noise, there might be little or no following: to display additional text information adjustments by AudioPilot. related to the current FM-RDS or . f To activate: Pressing the knob. XM station; or CD, MP3, or WMA . song. If information is available 1. Set the radio volume to the Press the softkey under the during XM, CD, MP3, or WMA desired level. desired tab. playback, the song title information 2. Press the MENU button to 3. Adjust the setting by doing one displays on the top line of the display the radio setup menu. of the following: display and artist information . f displays on the bottom line. When 3. Press the softkey under the Turn the knob clockwise information is not available, “NO AUTO VOLUM tab on the radio or counterclockwise. display. INFO” displays. . Press the ¨ SEEK, or 4. Press the softkey under the ON Noise Compensation © SEEK button. Technology: Vehicles with a Bose tab. The display times out after Audio System include the Bose approximately 10 seconds. . Press the \ FWD, or ® AudioPilot noise compensation For additional information on s REV button. technology. When turned on, AudioPilot, please visit AudioPilot continuously adjusts the www.bose.com/audiopilot. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (5,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Infotainment System 7-5

® If a station's frequency is weak or if If the radio has a Bose audio . Surround (Centerpoint ) — there is static, decrease the treble. system, the EQ settings are either Select this setting to enable MANUAL or TALK. Bose Centerpoint. Centerpoint To quickly adjust bass, midrange, signal processing produces a or treble to the middle position, Digital Signal Processing (DSP): surround sound listening press the softkey positioned under Press the EQ button to change the experience from a CD or XM the BASS, MID, or TREB tab for DSP settings (only available on stereo digital audio source. more than 2 seconds. A beep Bose systems). DSP settings Centerpoint delivers five sounds and the level adjusts to the provide a choice of different independent audio channels middle position. listening experiences. from conventional two channel To quickly adjust all tone and The following DSP settings are stereo recordings. (Not available speaker controls to the middle available: for AM or FM.) f position, press the knob for more . Normal — Select this setting to Adjusting the Speakers than 2 seconds until a beep sounds. adjust the audio for normal (Balance/Fade) EQ (Equalization): Press this mode. This provides the best sound quality for all seating BAL/FADE (Balance/Fade): To button to choose bass and treble adjust the balance or fade: equalization settings designed for positions. different types of music. Selecting . Driver — Select this setting to 1. Press the f knob until the MANUAL or changing bass or adjust the audio for the driver to speaker control tabs display. treble, returns the EQ to the manual receive the best possible sound 2. Highlight the desired speaker bass and treble settings. quality. control tab by doing one of the Unique EQ settings can be saved . Rear — Select this setting to following: for each source. adjust the audio for the rear seat . f passengers to receive the best Pressing the knob. possible sound quality. . Press the softkey under the desired tab. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (6,1) Edition - 11/9/11

7-6 Infotainment System

3. Adjust the setting by doing one Radio Messages Radio of the following: Calibration Error: The audio . Turn the f knob clockwise system has been calibrated for the AM-FM Radio or counterclockwise. vehicle from the factory. If Calibration Error displays, it Radio Data System (RDS) . Press the ¨ SEEK, means that the radio has not been For radios with the Radio Data or © SEEK button. configured properly for the vehicle System (RDS) feature, it only works and it must be returned to your with FM stations that broadcast . \ Press the FWD, dealer for service. RDS information. This system relies or s REV button. Locked or Loc: One of these upon receiving specific information messages will display when the from these stations and only works To quickly adjust all speaker and ® tone controls to the middle position, THEFTLOCK system has locked when the information is available. up the radio. Take the vehicle to While the radio is tuned to an press the f knob for more than your dealer for service. FM-RDS station, the station name 2 seconds. or call letters displays. In rare If any error occurs repeatedly or if cases, a radio station could If the Rear Seat Audio (RSA) is an error cannot be corrected, turned on, the radio disables FADE broadcast incorrect information that contact your dealer. and mutes the rear speakers. causes the radio features to work improperly. If this happens, contact the radio station. 4 (Information) (RDS Features): For vehicles with RDS features, press 4 to display additional text information related to the current FM-RDS station. If information is available, the song title information displays on the top line of the GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (7,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Infotainment System 7-7

display and artist information stations. The radio only seeks and Each page of favorites can contain displays on the bottom line. When scans stations with a strong signal any combination of AM, FM, or XM, information is not available, “NO that are in the selected band. if equipped, stations. INFO” displays. s REV: Press to manually tune to Storing a Radio Station as a Finding a Station a radio station in descending order. Favorite BAND: Press to switch between \ FWD: Press to manually tune to To store a station as a favorite: a radio station in ascending order. AM, FM, or XM™, if equipped. 1. Tune to a radio station. f FAV (Favorites): Press to select (Tune): Turn to manually select 2. Press the FAV button to display radio stations. different favorite pages for stored radio stations. the page where the station will © SEEK: Press to seek the be stored. previous radio station. Press and Storing Radio Stations 3. Press and hold one of the hold for a few seconds until a beep Drivers are encouraged to store six softkeys until a beep sounds. sounds to scan for radio stations in radio station while the vehicle is 4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 to descending order, press the parked, see Defensive Driving on SEEK button again to stop store additional radio stations. © page 9‑3. Tune to stored radio scanning radio stations. The radio stations using the presets, favorites The number of favorites pages can only seeks and scans stations with button, and steering wheel controls, be setup using the MENU button. To a strong signal that are in the if the vehicle has this feature. setup the number of favorites selected band. pages: Up to 36 stations can be ¨ SEEK: Press to seek the next programmed as favorites using the 1. Press the MENU button. radio station. Press and hold for a sixbutton. Press the FAV button to few seconds until a beep sounds to 2. Press the softkey located below go through up to six pages of the FAV 1-6 tab. scan for radio stations in ascending favorites, each having six favorite order, press the ¨ SEEK button stations available per page. again to stop scanning radio GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (8,1) Edition - 11/9/11

7-8 Infotainment System

3. Select the number of favorites For more information, contact s REV: Press to go to the pages by pressing the softkey XM at www.xmradio.com or previous XM category. located below the displayed 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S., and page numbers. www.xmradio.ca or \ FWD: Press to go to the next XM category. 4. Press the FAV button, or let the 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. menu time out, to return to the 4 (Information) (XM Satellite Radio FAV (Favorites): Press to select original main radio screen Service): For vehicles with XM, different favorites pages for stored radio stations. showing the radio station press 4 to display additional text frequency tabs and to begin the information related to the current CAT (Category): The CAT button is process of programming XM channel. If information is used to find XM channels when the favorites. available, the song title information radio is in the XM mode. displays on the top line of the Satellite Radio Finding a Category (CAT) display and artist information Station displays on the bottom line. When XM Satellite Radio Service ™ information is not available, “NO To find XM channels in a category: XM is a satellite radio service based INFO” displays. 1. Press the CAT button to display in the 48 contiguous United States Finding a Channel the category tabs. Continue and 10 Canadian provinces. XM pressing the CAT button until the Satellite Radio has a wide variety of BAND: Press to switch between desired category name displays. programming and commercial-free AM, FM, or XM™, if equipped. music, coast to coast, and in . Radios with CD and DVD f (Tune): Turn to manually select digital-quality sound. A service fee can also navigate the an XM channel. is required to receive the XM category list by pressing the service. If the service needs to be © SEEK: Press to go to the \ FWD or the s REV reactivated, the radio will display previous XM channel. buttons. “No Subscription Please Renew on ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next channel XM1.” XM channel. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (9,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Infotainment System 7-9

2. Press either of the two softkeys 3. Turn the f knob to display the page of favorites can contain any below the desired category tab category to add or remove. combination of AM, FM, or XM, to immediately tune to the first if equipped, stations. XM station in that category. 4. Press the softkey located under the Add or Remove tab. Storing an XM Channel as a To go to the previous or next XM Favorite station in the selected category, To restore all removed do one of the following: categories, press the softkey To store a station as a favorite: under the Restore All tab. 1. Tune to an XM channel. . Turn the f knob. 5. Repeat the steps to remove 2. Press the FAV button to display . Press the softkey below the more categories. the page where the station will right or left arrows in the be stored. category tab. Storing XM Channels Drivers are encouraged to store XM 3. Press and hold one of the six . Press © SEEK or ¨ SEEK. channels while the vehicle is softkeys until a beep sounds. 3. To exit the category search parked; see Defensive Driving on 4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 to mode, press the FAV button or page 9‑3. Tune to stored radio store additional radio stations. BAND button to display the stations using the presets, favorites The number of favorites pages can favorites again. button, and steering wheel controls, be set up using the MENU button. if the vehicle has this feature. Adding and Removing Categories To set up the number of favorites Up to 36 stations can be pages: Categories cannot be added or programmed as favorites using the 1. Press the MENU button. removed while the vehicle is moving six softkeys below the radio station faster than 8 km/h (5 mph). frequency tabs and by using the 2. Press the softkey located below To add or remove a category: FAV button. Press the FAV button to the FAV 1-6 tab. go through up to six pages of 1. Press the MENU button. favorites, each having six favorite 2. Press the softkey located below stations available per page. Each the XM CAT tab. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (10,1) Edition - 11/9/11

7-10 Infotainment System

3. Select the number of favorites No XM Signal: The system is No Title Info: No song title pages by pressing the softkey functioning correctly, but the vehicle information is available at this time located below the displayed is in a location that is blocking the on this channel. The system is page numbers. XM signal. When the vehicle is working properly. 4. Press the FAV button, or let the moved into an open area, the signal No CAT Info: No category menu time out, to return to the should return. information is available at this time original main radio screen Loading XM: The audio system is on this channel. The system is showing the radio station acquiring and processing audio and working properly. frequency tabs and to begin the text data. No action is needed. This No Information: No text or process of programming message should disappear shortly. informational messages are favorites. Channel Off Air: This channel is available at this time on this XM Radio Messages not currently in service. Tune in to channel. The system is working another channel. properly. XL (Explicit Language Channels): These channels, or any Channel Unauth: This channel is No Subscription Please Renew: others, can be blocked at a blocked or cannot be received with The XM subscription needs to be customer's request, by calling your XM subscription package. reactivated. Contact XM at 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and Channel Unavail: This previously www.xmradio.com or call 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. assigned channel is no longer 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and assigned. Tune to another station. www.xmradio.ca or call XM Updating: The encryption code 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. in the receiver is being updated, and If this station was one of the no action is required. This process presets, choose another station for CAT Not Found: There are no should take no longer than that preset button. channels available for the selected 30 seconds. No Artist Info: No artist category. The system is working information is available at this time properly. on this channel. The system is working properly. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (11,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Infotainment System 7-11

XM Theftlocked: The XM receiver XM Not Available: If this message power lines interfere with radio in the vehicle could have previously does not clear within a short period reception. When this happens, try been in another vehicle. For security of time, the receiver could have a reducing the treble on the radio. purposes, XM receivers cannot be fault. Consult with your dealer. swapped between vehicles. If this FM Stereo message is received after having Radio Reception FM signals only reach about the vehicle serviced, check with 16 to 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although Frequency interference and static your dealer. the radio has a built-in electronic can occur during normal radio circuit that automatically works to XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0, reception if items such as cell phone reduce interference, some static this message alternates with the XM chargers, vehicle convenience can occur, especially around tall Radio eight‐digit radio ID label. This accessories, and external electronic label is needed to activate the buildings or hills, causing the sound devices are plugged into the to fade in and out. service. accessory power outlet. If there is Unknown: If this message is interference or static, unplug the XM™ Satellite Radio Service item from the accessory power received when tuned to channel 0, XM Satellite Radio Service gives outlet. there could be a receiver fault. digital radio reception from coast to Consult with your dealer. AM coast in the 48 contiguous United Check Antenna: If this message States, and in Canada. Just as with The range for most AM stations is does not clear within a short period FM, tall buildings or hills can greater than for FM, especially at of time, the receiver or antenna interfere with satellite radio signals, night. The longer range can cause could have a fault. Consult with your causing the sound to fade in and station frequencies to interfere with dealer. out. In addition, traveling or each other. For better radio standing under heavy foliage, Check XM Receivr: If this reception, most AM radio stations bridges, garages, or tunnels may message does not clear within a boost the power levels during the cause loss of the XM signal for a short period of time, the receiver day, and then reduce these levels period of time. could have a fault. Consult with your during the night. Static can also dealer. occur when things like storms and GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (12,1) Edition - 11/9/11

7-12 Infotainment System

Cellular Phone Usage If a cellular telephone antenna Satellite Radio Antenna needs to be attached to the glass, Cellular phone usage may cause make sure that the grid lines for the The XM Satellite Radio antenna is interference with the vehicle's radio. AM-FM antenna are not damaged. located on the roof of the vehicle. This interference may occur when There is enough space between the Keep the antenna clear of making or receiving phone calls, grid lines to attach a cellular obstructions for clear radio charging the phone's battery, telephone antenna without reception. or simply having the phone on. This interfering with radio reception. interference causes an increased If the vehicle has a sunroof, the level of static while listening to the Notice: Using a razor blade or performance of the XM system (if radio. If static is received while sharp object to clear the inside of equipped) may be affected if the listening to the radio, unplug the the rear side windows may affect sunroof is open. cellular phone and turn it off. radio reception or damage the rear side window antenna. Rear Side Window Repairs would not be covered by the warranty. Do not clear the Antenna inside of the rear side windows The AM-FM antenna is located in with sharp objects. the passenger rear side windows. Notice: Do not apply aftermarket Make sure the inside surfaces of the glass tinting with metallic film. rear side windows are not scratched The metallic film in some tinting and that the lines on the glass are materials will interfere with or not damaged. If the inside surfaces distort the incoming radio are damaged, they could interfere reception. Any damage caused to with radio reception. the antenna due to metallic tinting materials will not be covered by the warranty. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (13,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Infotainment System 7-13

Audio Players the CD player and the loading slot If the surface of a disc is soiled, free of foreign materials, liquids, clean it with a soft, lint‐free cloth or and debris. dampen a clean, soft cloth in a mild, CD/DVD Player neutral detergent solution mixed If an error displays, see “CD with water. Make sure the wiping Care of the CD and DVD Player Messages” later in this section. process starts from the center to Do not add any label to a disc. Care of CDs and DVDs the edge. It could get caught in the CD or DVD player. If a disc is recorded on If playing a CD-R or CD-RW, the Audio Output sound quality can be reduced due to a personal computer and a Only one audio source can be heard description label is needed, try CD-R or CD-RW quality, the method of recording, the quality of the music through the speakers at one time. labeling the top of the recorded disc An audio source is defined as DVD with a marking pen. that has been recorded, and the way the CD-R or CD-RW has been slot, CD slot, XM, FM‐AM, front The use of CD/DVD lens cleaners is handled. Handle them carefully. auxiliary jack, USB port, or rear not advised, due to the risk of Store CD-Rs or CD-RWs in their auxiliary jack. contaminating the lens of the optics original cases or other protective Press the O button to turn the radio with lubricants internal to the CD cases and away from direct sunlight and DVD player mechanism. on. The radio can be heard through and dust. The CD or DVD player all of the vehicle speakers. Notice: If a label is added to a scans the bottom surface of the CD, more than one CD is inserted disc. If the surface of a disc is Front seat passengers can listen to into the slot at a time, or an damaged, such as cracked, broken, the radio (AM, FM, or XM if attempt is made to play scratched or scratched, the disc does not play equipped) by pressing the BAND or damaged CDs, the CD player properly or not at all. Do not touch button or the DVD/CD AUX button to could be damaged. While using the bottom side of a disc while select CD slot, DVD slot, front the CD player, use only CDs in handling it; this could damage the auxiliary input, USB port, or rear good condition without any label, surface. Pick up discs by grasping auxiliary input (if available). load one CD at a time, and keep the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (14,1) Edition - 11/9/11

7-14 Infotainment System

If a playback device is plugged into Ejecting a Disc Playing a CD (in Either the the radio s front auxiliary input jack, ’ Z CD (Eject): Press and release DVD or CD Slot) USB port, or the rear auxiliary jack, to eject the disc that is currently the front seat passengers are able If the ignition or radio is turned off playing. The CD ejects from the to listen to playback from this with a CD in the player, it stays in bottom slot. A beep sounds and source through the vehicle the player. When the ignition or Ejecting Disc displays. Once the speakers. See Using the Auxiliary radio is turned on, the CD starts “ disc is ejected, Remove Disc Input Jack in Auxiliary Devices on playing where it stopped, if it was ” displays. The disc can be removed. page 7 23, or Audio/Video (A/V) the last selected audio source. The ‑ “ If the disc is not removed, after Jacks under Rear Seat CD is controlled by the buttons on ” several seconds the disc Entertainment (RSE) System on the radio faceplate or by the RSA automatically pulls back into the unit. See Rear Seat Audio (RSA) page 7‑27 for more information. player. System on page 7‑37 for more In some vehicles, depending on Z DVD (Eject): Press and information. The DVD/CD decks audio options, the rear speakers release to eject the disc that is (the upper slot is the DVD deck and can be muted when the RSA power currently playing in the top slot. the lower slot is the CD deck) of the is turned on. See Rear Seat Audio A beep sounds and Ejecting Disc radio are compatible with most (RSA) System on page 7 37 for ‑ displays. audio CDs, CD-Rs, CD-RWs, more information. and MP3s. If loading and reading of a disc Inserting a Disc cannot be completed, due to When a CD is inserted, the text tab DVD or CD symbol displays on the Insert a disc partway into either slot, unknown format, etc., and the disc left side of the radio display. As label side up. The player pulls it in fails to eject, press and hold for each new track starts to play, the and the disc should begin playing. more than five seconds to force the track number displays. (Loading a disc into the system, disc to eject. depending on media type and format, ranges from 5 to 20 seconds for a CD, and up to 30 seconds for a DVD to begin playing.) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (15,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Infotainment System 7-15

The CD player can play the smaller (if available). See “Using the Press to go to the previous track if 8 cm (3 in) single CDs with an Auxiliary Input Jack” in Auxiliary less than five seconds on the CD adapter ring. Full-size CDs and the Devices on page 7‑23 or “Audio/ have played. smaller CDs are loaded in the same Video (A/V) Jacks” under Rear Seat Press and hold, or press multiple manner. Entertainment (RSE) System on times, to continue moving backward DVD/CD AUX (Auxiliary): Press to page 7‑27 for more information. through the tracks on the CD. cycle through DVD, CD, or Auxiliary If a disc is inserted into the top DVD ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next when listening to the radio. The slot, the rear seat operator can turn track. DVD/CD text tab and a message on the video screen and use the showing the track or chapter remote control to navigate the CD Press and hold, or press multiple number will display when a disc is in (tracks only) through the remote times, to continue moving forward either slot. Press the DVD/CD AUX control. through the tracks on the CD. button again and the system 4 (Information): Press to display s REV (Fast Reverse): Press automatically searches for an additional text information related to and hold to reverse playback quickly auxiliary input device; see Auxiliary the current song. If information is within a track. Devices on page 7‑23 for more available, the song title information \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press information. If a portable audio displays on the top line of the player is not connected, “No Aux and hold to advance playback display and artist information quickly within a track. Input Device” displays. If a disc is in displays on the bottom line. When both the DVD slot and the CD slot, information is not available, “NO RDM (Random): Press to listen to the DVD/CD AUX button cycles INFO” displays. tracks in random, rather than between the two sources and does sequential order. To use random: not indicate “No Aux Input Device.” f (Tune): Turn to select tracks on If a front auxiliary device is the disc that is currently playing. 1. Press the softkey under the connected, the DVD/CD AUX button RDM tab until Random Current © SEEK: Press to go to the start of Disc displays. cycles through all available options, the current track, if more than such as: DVD slot, CD slot, Front five seconds on the CD have 2. Press the softkey again to turn Auxiliary, and Rear Auxiliary played. off random play. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (16,1) Edition - 11/9/11

7-16 Infotainment System

MP3 and WMA Supported Files CD‐R or CD‐RW Supported File Root Directory and Folder Structure Format The root directory of the disc is The DVD player supports: treated as a folder. If the root The radio can play.mp3 or .wma directory has compressed audio . Up to 255 folders. files that were recorded onto a files, the directory displays as F1 CD-R or CD-RW disc. . Up to eight folders in depth. ROOT on the radio. Compressed Audio or Mixed Mode . Up to 15 playlists. If a disc contains both Discs . Up to 40 sessions. uncompressed CD audio and MP3/ The radio plays discs that contain WMA files, a folder under the root . Playlists with an .m3u or .wpl both uncompressed CD audio and directory called CD accesses all of extension. MP3/WMA files depending on which the CD audio tracks on the disc. . slot the disc is loaded into. Files with an .mp3, .wma, or .cda Empty Folder file extension. The DVD player only reads Folders that do not contain files are uncompressed audio and ignores The CD player supports: skipped, and the player advances to MP3/WMA files on a mixed . Up to 512 files and folders. the next folder that contains files. mode disc. . Up to 8 folders in depth. No Folder The CD player reads both uncompressed audio and MP3/ . Playlists with an .m3u or .wpl When the disc contains only WMA files on a mixed mode disc. extension. compressed files, the files are Uncompressd audio is played . Files with an .mp3, .wma, or .cda located under the root folder. The before MP3/WMA files. Press the file extension. next and previous folder function CAT (category) button to toggle does not function on a disc that was between uncompressed audio and recorded without folders or playlists. MP3/WMA files. When displaying the name of the folder, the radio displays ROOT. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (17,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Infotainment System 7-17

When the disc contains only . Play begins from the first track in Preprogrammed Playlists the first folder and continues playlists and compressed audio Preprogrammed playlists that were files, but no folders, all files are sequentially through all tracks in created using WinAmp™, located under the root folder. The each folder. When the last track of the last folder has played, MusicMatch™, or Real Jukebox™ folder down and the folder up software can be accessed; however, buttons search playlists first and play continues from the first track of the first folder. they cannot be edited using the then go to the root folder. When the radio. These playlists are treated as radio displays the name of the When play enters a new folder, the special folders containing folder, the radio displays ROOT. display does not automatically show compressed audio song files. Order of Play the new folder name unless the folder mode has been chosen as Playlists that have an .m3u or .pls Compressed audio files are the default display. The new track file extension and are stored on a accessed in the following order: name displays. USB device may be supported by the radio with a USB port. . Playlists (Px). File System and Naming . Files stored in the root directory. Playing an MP3 or WMA (in The song name that displays is the Either the DVD or CD Slot) . Files stored in folders in the root song name that is contained in the directory. ID3 tag. If the song name is not If a disc is inserted into the top DVD present in the ID3 tag, then the slot, the rear seat operator can turn Tracks are played in the following radio displays the file name without on the video screen and use the order: the extension (such as .mp3) as the remote control to navigate the CD . Play begins from the first track in track name. (tracks only). the first playlist and continues Track names longer than f (Tune): Turn to select MP3/WMA sequentially through all tracks in 32 characters or 4 pages are files. each playlist. When the last shortened. Parts of words on the track of the last playlist has last page of text and the extension played, play continues from the of the file name do not display. first track of the first playlist. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (18,1) Edition - 11/9/11

7-18 Infotainment System

© SEEK: Press to go to the start of RDM (Random): Press to listen to are played, the player moves to the the track, if more than five seconds tracks in random, rather than next artist in alphabetical order and have played. Press and hold or sequential order. begins playing files by that artist. press multiple times, if less than To use random: To listen to files by another artist, five seconds have played, to 1. Press the softkey under the press the softkey located below continue moving backward through either arrow tab. The disc goes to tracks. RDM tab until Random Current Disc displays the next or previous artist in ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next alphabetical order. Continue track. 2. Press the same softkey again to pressing either softkey below the turn off random play. arrow tab until the artist displays. Press and hold, or press multiple h times, to continue moving forward (Music Navigator): Press the To change from playback by artist to through tracks. softkey below the h tab to play playback by album: files in order by artist or album. s REV (Reverse): Press and hold 1. Press the softkey below the Sort to reverse playback quickly. The player scans the disc to sort the By tab. files by artist and album ID3 tag \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press 2. Press one of the softkeys below information. It can take several and hold to advance playback the Album tab from the sort minutes to scan the disc depending quickly. screen. on the number of files on the disc. S c (Previous Folder): Press The radio may begin playing while it 3. Press the softkey below the Back tab to return to the main the softkey below the S c tab to is scanning in the background. music navigator screen. go to the first track in the previous When the scan is finished, the disc folder. begins playing files in order by The album name displays on the second line between the arrows, c T (Next Folder): Press the artist. The current artist playing is shown on the second line of the and songs from the current album softkey below the c T tab to go to display. Once all songs by that artist begin to play. Once all songs from the first track in the next folder. that album have played, the player moves to the next album in GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (19,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Infotainment System 7-19

alphabetical order on the CD and If an error message displays on the Ejecting a Disc begins playing MP3 files from that video screen or the radio, see DVD “ Z DVD (Eject): Press and album. Display Error Messages under ” release to eject the disc currently Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) To exit music navigator mode, press playing in the top slot. A beep System on page 7 27, and CD/DVD the softkey below the Back tab to ‑ “ sounds and Ejecting Disc displays. return to normal MP3 playback. Player Messages” later in this section for more information. If loading and reading of a disc Using the DVD Player cannot be completed, due to Inserting a Disc unknown format, etc., and the disc The DVD player can be controlled fails to eject, press and hold for by the buttons on the remote Insert a disc partway into the top slot, label side up. The player pulls more than five seconds to force the control, the RSA system, or by the disc to eject. buttons on the radio faceplate. See it in and the disc should begin playing. Loading Disc shows on “Remote Control” under Rear Seat “ ” Playing a DVD Entertainment (RSE) System on the radio display. At the same time, DVD/CD AUX (Auxiliary): Press to page 7 27 and Rear Seat Audio the radio displays a softkey menu of ‑ cycle through DVD, CD, or Auxiliary (RSA) System on page 7 37 for option(s). Some discs automatically ‑ when listening to the radio. The more information. play the movie while others default to the softkey menu display, which DVD/CD text tab and a message The DVD player is only compatible requires the Play, Enter, showing the track or chapter with DVDs of the appropriate region or Navigation softkeys to be number will display when a disc is in code printed on the jacket of pressed, either by softkey or by the either slot. Press the DVD/CD AUX most DVDs. rear seat passenger using the button again and the system The DVD slot of the radio is remote control. automatically searches for an auxiliary input device; see Auxiliary compatible with most audio CDs Loading a disc into the system, Devices on page 7 23 for more and CD-R/RW, DVD-Video, depending on media type and ‑ information. If a portable audio DVD-Audio, DVD-R/RW, and format, ranges from 5 to 20 seconds player is not connected, No Aux DVD+R/RW media, along with for a CD, and up to 30 seconds for “ Input Device displays. MP3 and WMA formats. a DVD. ” GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (20,1) Edition - 11/9/11

7-20 Infotainment System

If a disc is in both the DVD slot and and to start the Parental Control s REV (Fast Reverse): Press to the CD slot, the DVD/CD AUX feature. Parental Control prevents quickly reverse the CD or DVD at button cycles between the two the rear seat occupant from five times the normal speed. To stop sources and does not indicate “No operating the Rear Seat Audio fast reversing, press again. This Aux Input Device.” If a front auxiliary (RSA) system or remote control. button might not work when the device is connected, the DVD/ A lock symbol displays next to the DVD is playing the copyright CD AUX button cycles through all clock display. The Parental Control information or the previews. available options, such as: DVD feature remains on until the knob is slot, CD slot, front auxiliary, and rear \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press to pressed and held for more than fast forward the CD or DVD at auxiliary (if available). See “Using two seconds again, or until the the Auxiliary Input Jack” in Auxiliary five times the normal speed. To stop driver turns the ignition off and exits fast forwarding, press again. This Devices on page 7‑23 or “Audio/ the vehicle. Video (A/V) Jacks” under Rear Seat button might not work when the Entertainment (RSE) System on f (Tune): Turn to select tracks on DVD is playing the copyright page 7‑27 for more information. a CD or DVD. information or the previews. If a disc is inserted into the top DVD © SEEK: Press to return to the start Using Softkeys to Play a DVD-V slot, the rear seat operator can turn of the current track or chapter. (Video) on the video screen and use the Press again to go to the previous Once a DVD-V is inserted, the radio remote control to navigate the CD track or chapter. This button might display menu shows several tab (tracks only) through the remote not work when the DVD is playing options for playback. Press the control. the copyright information or the softkey located under any tab option previews. O (Power): Press to turn the radio during DVD-V playback. on or off. Turn clockwise or ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next r / j (Play/Pause): Press either counterclockwise to increase or track or chapter. This button might the Play or Pause tab displayed on decrease the volume. Press and not work when the DVD is playing the radio, to toggle between pausing hold for more than two seconds to the copyright information or the or restarting playback of a DVD. turn off the entire radio and Rear previews. If the forward arrow is showing on Seat Entertainment (RSE) system the display, the system is in pause GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (21,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Infotainment System 7-21

mode. If the Pause tab is showing After making a selection press this Using Softkeys to Play a DVD-A on the display, the system is in button. This button only operates (Audio) playback mode. If the DVD screen when using a DVD. Once a DVD-A is inserted, the radio is off, press the play button to turn Nav (Navigate): Press to display display menu shows several tab the screen on. directional arrows for navigating options for playback. Press the Some DVDs begin playing after the through the menus. softkey located under any tab option previews have finished, although q (Return): Press to exit the during DVD-A playback. there could be a delay of up to current active menu and return to r / j (Play/Pause): Press either 30 seconds. If the DVD does not the previous menu. This button the play or pause icon displayed on begin playing the movie operates only when a DVD is the radio, to toggle between pausing automatically, press the softkey playing and a menu is active. or restarting playback of a DVD. located under the play/pause The rear seat passenger can If the forward arrow is showing on symbol tag displayed on the radio. the display, the system is in pause If the DVD still does not play, refer navigate the DVD-V and DVD-A menus and controls through the mode. If the pause tab is showing to the on-screen instructions, on the display, the system is in remote control. See “Remote if available. playback mode. c Control” under Rear Seat (Stop): Press to stop playing, Entertainment (RSE) System on Group : Press to cycle rewinding, or fast forwarding a DVD. q r page 7‑27 for more information. through musical groupings on the r (Enter): Press to select the The video screen automatically DVD-A disc. choices that are highlighted in turns on when the DVD-V is Nav (Navigate): Press to display any menu. inserted into the DVD slot, and does directional arrows for navigating y (Menu): Press to access the not automatically power on when through the menus. DVD menu. The DVD menu is the DVD-A is inserted into the DVD different on every DVD. Use the slot. It must be manually turned on softkeys located under the by the rear seat occupant through navigation arrows to navigate the the remote control power button. cursor through the DVD menu. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (22,1) Edition - 11/9/11

7-22 Infotainment System

e (Audio Stream): Press to cycle the c or the r / j tabs displayed No Disc Inserted: This message through audio stream formats on the radio. If the radio is sourced displays if no disc is present when located on the DVD-A disc. The to something other than DVD-V, the Z or DVD/CD AUX button is video screen shows the audio press the DVD/CD AUX button to pressed on the radio. stream changing. make DVD-V the active source. Optical Error: This message The rear seat passenger can To resume DVD playback, press the displays if the disc was inserted navigate the DVD-V and DVD-A r / j button on the remote control, upside down. menus and controls through the or press the softkey located under Disk Read Error: This message remote control. See Remote “ the r / j tab on the radio. The DVD displays if a disc was inserted with Control under Rear Seat ” should resume play from where it an invalid or unknown format. Entertainment (RSE) System on last stopped if the disc has not been page 7‑27 for more information. ejected and the stop button has not Player Error: This message The video screen automatically been pressed twice on the remote displays if there are disc load or turns on when the DVD-V is control. If the disc has been ejected disc eject problems. inserted into the DVD slot, and does or the stop button has been pressed . It is very hot. When the not automatically power on when twice on the remote control, the disc temperature returns to normal, the DVD-A is inserted into the DVD resumes playing at the beginning of the disc should play. slot. It must be manually turned on the disc. by the rear seat occupant through . The road is very rough. When the remote control power button. CD/DVD Player Messages the road becomes smoother, the disc should play. Stopping and Resuming Disc Format Error: This message . The disc is dirty, scratched, wet, Playback displays if the disc is inserted with the disc label wrong side up, or if or upside down. To stop playing a DVD without the disc is damaged. . The air is very humid. If so, wait turning off the system, press the about an hour and try again. c button on the remote control, Disc Region Error: This message or press the softkey located under displays if the disc is not from a . There was a problem while correct region. burning the disc. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (23,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Infotainment System 7-23

. The label is caught in the CD/ Drivers are encouraged to set up BAND: Press to listen to the radio DVD player. any auxiliary device while the when a portable audio device is If the disc is not playing correctly, for vehicle is in P (Park). See playing. The portable audio device any other reason, try a known Defensive Driving on page 9‑3 for continues playing. good disc. more information on driver CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to distraction. If any error occurs repeatedly or if play a CD when a portable audio an error cannot be corrected, To use a portable audio player, device is playing. Press again and contact your dealer. If the radio connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to the system begins playing audio displays an error message, write it the radio's front auxiliary input jack. from the connected portable audio down and provide it to your dealer When a device is connected, press player. If a portable audio player is when reporting the problem. the radio CD/AUX button to begin not connected, “No Input Device playing audio from the device over Found” displays. Auxiliary Devices the vehicle speakers. DVD/CD AUX (CD/Auxiliary): For optimal sound quality, increase Press to cycle through DVD, CD, Using the Auxiliary Input Jack the portable audio device's volume or Auxiliary when listening to the Radios with an auxiliary input jack to the loudest level. radio. The DVD/CD text tab and a located on the lower right side of the It is always best to power the message showing track or chapter faceplate can connect to an external number displays when a disc is in ® portable audio device through its audio device such as an iPod , own battery while playing. either slot. Press again and the MP3 player, CD player, for use as system automatically searches for another source for audio listening. O (Power/Volume): Turn clockwise an auxiliary input device, such as a This input jack is not an audio or counterclockwise to increase or portable audio player. If a portable output; do not plug headphones into decrease the volume of the portable audio player is not connected, “No the front auxiliary input jack. player. Additional volume Aux Input Device” displays. If a disc adjustments might have to be made is in both the DVD slot and the CD from the portable device if the slot the DVD/CD AUX button cycles volume is not loud or soft enough. between the two sources and not indicate “No Aux Input Device”. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (24,1) Edition - 11/9/11

7-24 Infotainment System

If a front auxiliary device is . iPod nanos . Folder and file names up to 64 bytes. connected, the DVD/CD AUX button . iPod touch cycles through all available options, . Files with an .mp3 or .wma file . iPod classic such as: DVD slot, CD slot, Front extension. Auxiliary, and Rear Auxiliary (if Not all iPods and USB Drives are . AAC files stored on an iPod. available). See “Using the Auxiliary compatible with the USB port. Input Jack(s) in this section, . ” Make sure the iPod has the latest FAT16 or Audio/Video (A/V) Jacks under, “ ” firmware from Apple® for proper . FAT32 Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) operation. iPod firmware can be System on page 7 27 for more ‑ updated using the latest iTunes® Connecting a USB Storage information. application. See www.apple.com/ Device or iPod Using the USB Port itunes. The USB Port can be used to Radios with a USB port can control For help with identifying your iPod, control an iPod or a USB storage a USB storage device or an iPod go to www.apple.com/support. device. using the radio buttons and knobs. Radios that have a USB port can To connect a USB storage device, connect the device to the USB port USB Support play.mp3 and .wma files that are stored on a USB storage device as located in the center console or on The USB connector is located on well as AAC files that are stored on the instrument panel. the instrument panel or in the center an iPod. To connect an iPod, connect one console, and uses the USB 2.0 end of the USB cable that came standard. USB Supported File and Folder Structure with the iPod to the iPod’s dock USB Supported Devices connector and connect the other The radio supports: end to the USB port located in the . USB Flash Drives . Up to 700 folders. center console or on the instrument . Portable USB Hard Drives panel. If the vehicle is on and the . Up to 8 folders in depth. . Fifth generation or later iPod USB connection works, “OK to . Up to 65,535 files. disconnect” and a GM logo may GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (25,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Infotainment System 7-25

appear on the iPod and iPod f (Tune): Turn to select files. Using Softkeys to Control a appears on the radio display. The USB Storage Device or iPod iPod music appears on the radio’s © SEEK: Press to go to the start of display and begins playing. the track, if more than ten seconds The five softkeys below the radio have played. Press and hold or display are used to control the The iPod charges while it is press multiple times to continue functions listed below. connected to the vehicle if the moving backward through tracks. vehicle is in the ACC/ACCESSORY To use the softkeys: or ON/RUN position. When the ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next 1. Press the first or fifth softkey vehicle is turned off, the iPod track. Press and hold or press below the radio display to automatically powers off and will not multiple times to continue moving display the functions listed charge or draw power from the forward through tracks. below, or press the softkey vehicle's battery. s REV (Reverse): Press and hold below the function if it is If you have an older iPod model that to reverse playback quickly. Sound currently displayed. is not supported, it can still be used is heard at a reduced volume. 2. Press the softkey below the tab by connecting it to the Auxiliary Release s REV to resume playing. with the function on it to use that Input Jack using a standard 3.5 mm The elapsed time of the file function. (1/8 in) stereo cable. See Using the displays. “ j (Pause): Press the softkey below Auxiliary Input Jack earlier for more ” \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press j to pause the track. The tab information. and hold to advance playback appears raised when pause is being Using the Radio to Control a quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced used. Press the softkey below j USB Storage Device or iPod volume. Release \ FWD to again to resume playback. resume playing. The elapsed time of The radio can control a USB Back: Press the softkey below the the file displays. storage device or an iPod using the back tab to go back to the main radio buttons and knobs and display 4 (Information): Press to display display screen on an iPod, or the song information on the radio’s additional information about the root directory on a USB storage display. selected track. device. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (26,1) Edition - 11/9/11

7-26 Infotainment System

. Third softkey, 5% through the list c (Folder View): Press the 3. Press f to select the each time the softkey is pressed. softkey below c to view the desired menu. . Fourth softkey, 10% through the contents of the current folder on the 4. Turn f to scroll through the USB drive. To browse and select list each time the softkey is folders or files in the files: pressed. selected menu. . Fifth softkey, end of the list. 1. Press the softkey below c. f h (Music Navigator): Press the 5. Press to select the desired file f to be played. 2. Turn to scroll through the list softkey below h to view and of folders. select a file on an iPod, using the To skip through large lists, the five 3. Press f to select the desired iPod's menu system. Files are softkeys can be used to navigate in the following order: folder. If there is more then one sorted by: folder, repeat Steps 1 and 2 until . Playlists . First softkey, first item in the list. the desired folder is reached. . Artists . Second softkey, 1% through the f list each time the softkey is 4. Turn to scroll through the files . Albums in the selected folder. pressed. . Genres f . Third softkey, 5% through the list 5. Press to select the desired file . Songs each time the softkey is pressed. to be played. . Composers . Fourth softkey, 10% through the To skip through large lists, the five To select files: list each time the softkey is softkeys can be used to navigate in pressed. the following order: h 1. Press the softkey below . . Fifth softkey, end of the list. . First softkey, first item in the list. 2. Turn f to scroll through the list . Second softkey, 1% through the of menus. list each time the softkey is pressed. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (27,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Infotainment System 7-27

Repeat Functionality > (Shuffle Off): Press the Rear Seat To use Repeat: softkey below 2 to turn shuffle Infotainment off. This is the default mode when a Press the softkey below " or ' USB storage device or iPod is first to select between Repeat All and connected. Rear Seat Entertainment Repeat Track. (RSE) System 2 (Shuffle All Songs / Shuffle " (Repeat All): Press the softkey Songs): Press the softkey below The vehicle may have an below " to repeat all tracks. The = or C to shuffle all songs on Overhead DVD Rear Seat tab appears lowered when Repeat the USB storage device or iPod. Entertainment (RSE) system. The All is being used. This is the default C (Shuffle Album): Press the RSE system works with the mode when a USB storage device vehicle's audio system. The DVD or iPod is first connected. softkey below > to shuffle all player is part of the front radio. The songs in the current album on ' (Repeat Track): Press the RSE system includes a radio with a an iPod. DVD player, a video display screen, softkey below ' to repeat one = (Shuffle Folder): Press the and if the vehicle has a third row track. The tab appears raised when seat, it could have a second video Repeat Track is being used. softkey below > to shuffle all songs in the current folder on a USB display screen, audio/video jacks, Shuffle Functionality storage device. two wireless headphones, and a remote control. See CD/DVD Player To use Shuffle: on page 7‑13 for more information Press the softkey below >, 2, on the vehicle's DVD system. C or = to select between Shuffle Off, Shuffle All Songs/ Shuffle Songs, Shuffle Album, or Shuffle Folder. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (28,1) Edition - 11/9/11

7-28 Infotainment System

Before Driving To start Parental Control, press and Headphones hold the radio power button for more The RSE is designed for rear seat than two seconds to stop all system passengers only. The driver cannot features such as: radio, video safely view the video screen while screen, Rear Seat Audio (RSA), driving and should not try to do so. DVD, and/or CD. While Parental In severe or extreme weather Control is on, a padlock icon conditions, the RSE system might displays. not work until the temperature is The radio can be turned back on within the operating range. The with a single press of the power operating range for the RSE system button, but the RSE system will is above −20°C (−4°F) or below remain under Parental Control. 60°C (140°F). If the temperature of the vehicle is outside this range, To turn Parental Control off, press heat or cool the vehicle until the and hold the radio power button for A. Battery cover temperature is within the operating more than two seconds. The RSE range of the RSE system. returns from where it was previously B. Channel 1 or 2 switch left and the padlock icon disappears C. Power button Parental Control from the radio display. D. Volume control The RSE system may have a Parental Control can also be turned Parental Control feature, depending off by inserting or ejecting any disc, E. Power indicator light on which radio the vehicle has. pressing the play icon on the radio The RSE includes two 2-channel DVD display menu, or changing an wireless headphones that are ignition position. dedicated to this system. Channel 1 is dedicated to the video screen, while Channel 2 is dedicated to Rear Seat Audio (RSA) selections. These headphones can be used to GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (29,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Infotainment System 7-29

listen to the radio, CDs, DVDs, power if the RSE system and RSA Storage in extreme cold can MP3s, DVD‐As, or any auxiliary are shut off, or if the headphones weaken the batteries. Keep the source connected to A/V jacks or are out of range of the transmitters headphones stored in a cool, dry the auxiliary input jack, if the vehicle for more than three minutes. If you place. has this feature. The wireless move too far forward or step out of If the foam ear pads attached to the headphones have a power button, the vehicle, the headphones lose headphones become worn or channel 1 or 2 switch, and a volume the audio signal. damaged, the pads can be replaced control. To adjust the volume on the separately from the headphone set. If the vehicle has a third row video headphones, use the volume control To purchase replacement ear pads, screen display, it has two additional located on the right side. call 1‐888‐293‐3332, then prompt headphones. For optimal audio performance, the zero (0), or contact your dealer. Push the power button to turn on headphones must be worn correctly. Battery Replacement the headphones. An indicator light Headphones should be worn with located on the headphones comes the headband over the top of the To change the batteries on the on. If the light comes on, but there head for best audio reception. The headphones: is intermittent sound and/or static on symbol L (Left) appears on the 1. Turn the screw to loosen the the headphones, or if the indicator outside bottom edge of the ear cup battery door located on the left light does not come on, the batteries and should be positioned on the left side of the headphones. Slide might need to be replaced. See ear. The symbol R (Right) appears the battery door open. “Battery Replacement” later in this on the outside bottom edge of the 2. Replace the two batteries in the section for more information. Switch ear cup and should be positioned on compartment. Make sure that the headphones to Off when not the right ear. they are installed correctly, using in use. Notice: Do not store the the diagram on the inside of the Infrared transmitters are located at headphones in heat or direct battery compartment. the rear of the overhead console. sunlight. This could damage the 3. Replace the battery door and The headphones shut off headphones and repairs will not tighten the door screw. automatically to save the battery be covered by the warranty. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (30,1) Edition - 11/17/11

7-30 Infotainment System

If the headphones are to be stored The A/V jacks, located on the rear and listening with the wireless for a long period of time, remove the of the floor console, allow audio or headphones on Channel 2 or with batteries and keep them in a cool, video signals to be connected from the wired headphones. See “Using dry place. an auxiliary device such as a the Auxiliary Input Jack” under camcorder or a video game unit Auxiliary Devices on page 7‑23 for Audio/Video (A/V) Jacks to the RSE system. Adapter more information about changing connectors or cables (not included) the source. may be required to connect the auxiliary device to the A/V jacks. How to Change the RSE Video Screen Settings Refer to the manufacturer’s instructions for proper usage. The screen display mode (normal, full, and zoom), screen brightness, Power for auxiliary devices is not and setup menu language can be supplied by the radio system. changed from the on screen setup To use the auxiliary inputs of the menu. To change any feature: RSE system, connect an external auxiliary device to the color-coded 1. Press the z (display menu) A/V jacks and turn both the auxiliary button on the remote control. device and the video screen power 2. Use the remote control n, q, Yellow : Video Input on. If the video screen is in the DVD p o player mode, pressing the AUX , (navigation) arrows and White : Left Audio Input (auxiliary) button on the remote the r (enter) button to use the Red : Right Audio Input control switches the video screen setup menu. from the DVD player mode to the The A/V jacks are color coded to 3. Press the z button again to auxiliary device. The audio of the match typical home entertainment remove the setup menu from the system equipment. connected source can be listened to over the speakers by sourcing the screen. radio to the auxiliary device or by sourcing the RSA to the Rear Aux GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (31,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Infotainment System 7-31

Audio Output When a device is connected to the If a DVD is playing and the screen A/V jacks, or the radio's auxiliary is raised to its locked position, the Audio from the DVD player or input jack if the vehicle has this screen remains on. This is normal, auxiliary inputs can be heard feature, the rear seat passengers and the DVD continues to play through the following possible are able to hear audio from the through the previous audio source. sources: auxiliary device through the wireless Use the remote control power button . Wireless headphones or wired headphones. The front seat or eject the disc to turn off the . Vehicle speakers passengers are able to listen to screen. playback from this device through The overhead console contains the . Vehicle‐wired headphone jacks the vehicle speakers by selecting infrared transmitters for the wireless on the RSA system, if the AUX as the source on the radio. vehicle has this feature. headphones and the infrared Video Screen(s) receivers for the remote control. The RSE system always transmits They are located at the rear of the the audio signal to the wireless The video screen(s) are located in console. headphones, if there is audio the overhead console. Notice: Avoid directly touching available. See “Headphones” earlier To use the video screen(s): in this section for more information. the video screen, as damage may 1. Push the release button located occur. See “Cleaning the Video The DVD player is capable of on the overhead console. Screens” later in this section for outputting audio to the wired more information. headphone jacks on the RSA 2. Move the screen to the desired system, if the vehicle has this position. feature. The DVD player can be When the video screen is not in selected as an audio source on the use, push it up into its locked RSA system. See Rear Seat Audio position. (RSA) System on page 7‑37 for more information. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (32,1) Edition - 11/9/11

7-32 Infotainment System

Remote Control Objects blocking the line of sight Remote Control Buttons could also affect the function of the O (Power): Press this button to remote control. turn the video screen on and off. If a CD or DVD is in the Radio DVD P (Illumination): Press this button slot, the remote control O (power) to turn the remote control backlight button can be used to turn on the on. The backlight automatically video screen display and start the times out after 7 to 10 seconds if no disc. The radio can also turn on the other button is pressed while the video screen display. See CD/DVD backlight is on. Player on page 7‑13 for more v information. (Title): Press this button to return the DVD to the main menu of Notice: Storing the remote the DVD. This function could vary control in a hot area or in direct for each disc. sunlight can damage it, and the y (Main Menu): Press this button To use the remote control, aim it at repairs will not be covered by the to access the DVD menu. The DVD the transmitter window at the rear of warranty. Storage in extreme cold menu is different on every DVD. the RSE overhead console and can weaken the batteries. Keep Use the navigation arrows to move press the desired button. Direct the remote control stored in a sunlight or very bright light could cool, dry place. the cursor around the DVD menu. affect the ability of the RSE After making a selection press the transmitter to receive signals from If the remote control becomes lost enter button. This button only the remote control. If the remote or damaged, a new universal operates when using a DVD. control does not seem to be remote control can be purchased. n q p o If this happens, make sure the , , , (Menu Navigation working, the batteries might need to Arrows): Use the arrow buttons to be replaced. See “Battery universal remote control uses a ® navigate through a menu. Replacement” later in this section. code set of Toshiba . GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (33,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Infotainment System 7-33

r (Enter): Press this button to While the DVD is playing, the DVD r (Fast Reverse): Press this select the choice that is highlighted can be played slowly by pressing button to quickly reverse the DVD or in any menu. the play/pause button then pressing CD. To stop fast reversing a DVD the fast forward button. The DVD z (Display Menu): Press this video, press the play/pause button. continues playing in a slow play To stop fast reversing a DVD audio button to adjust the brightness, mode. Also, reverse can be played screen display mode (normal, full, or CD, release the fast reverse slowly by pressing the play/pause button. This button might not work or zoom), and display the button and then pressing the fast language menu. when the DVD is playing the reverse button. To cancel slow play copyright information or the q (Return): Press this button to mode, press the play/pause button. previews. exit the current active menu and t (Previous Track/Chapter): [ (Fast Forward): Press this return to the previous menu. This Press this button to return to the button operates only when the button to fast forward the DVD or start of the current track or chapter. CD. To stop fast forwarding a DVD display menu or a DVD menu is Press this button again to go to the active. video, press the play/pause button. previous track or chapter. This To stop fast forwarding a DVD audio c (Stop): Press this button to stop button might not work when the or CD, release the fast forward playing, fast reversing, or fast DVD is playing the copyright button. This button might not work forwarding a DVD. Press this button information or the previews. while the DVD is playing the twice to return to the beginning of u (Next Track/Chapter): Press copyright information or the the DVD. this button to go to the beginning of previews. s (Play/Pause): Press this the next chapter or track. This e (Audio): Press this button to button to start playing a DVD. Press button might not work while the change audio tracks on DVDs that this button while a DVD is playing to DVD is playing the copyright have this feature when the DVD is pause it. Press it again to continue information or the previews. playing. The format and content of playing the DVD. this function vary for each disc. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (34,1) Edition - 11/9/11

7-34 Infotainment System

{ (Subtitles): Press this button to Aux Second Third Row } 10 (Double Digit Entries): Press turn on or off subtitles and to move Button Row Screen this button to select chapter or track through subtitle options when a Press Screen numbers greater than nine. Press DVD is playing. The format and this button before entering the content of this function vary for Third Aux Video DVD number. each disc. Press Source Media Battery Replacement Return to Return to AUX (Auxiliary): Press this button Fourth Default Default To change the remote control to switch the system between the Press DVD player and an auxiliary source. State State batteries: If the vehicle has a third row video 1. Slide the rear cover back on the 2 (Camera): Press this button to remote control. screen, the AUX button controls the change camera angles on DVDs source display on the second row that have this feature while a DVD is 2. Replace the two batteries in the video screen, and the third row playing. The format and content of compartment. Make sure they video screen as described in the this function vary for each disc. are installed correctly using the table below: diagram on the inside of the 1 through 0 (Numeric Keypad): remote control. Aux Second Third Row The numeric keypad provides the Button Row Screen capability of direct chapter or track 3. Replace the battery cover. Press Screen number selection. If the remote control is to be stored Default for a long period of time, remove the DVD DVD \ (Clear): Press this button within State (No batteries and keep them in a cool, Media Media three seconds after entering a Press) numeric selection, to clear all dry place. First Aux Video Aux Video numerical inputs. Press Source Source Second DVD Aux Video Press Media Source GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (35,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Infotainment System 7-35

Tips and Troubleshooting Chart Problem Recommended Action There is no power. The ignition might not be turned to ON/RUN or ACC/ ACCESSORY. The picture does not fill the screen. There are black Check the display mode settings in the setup menu by borders on the top and bottom or on both sides, or the pressing the display menu button on the remote control. picture looks stretched out. In auxiliary mode, the picture moves or scrolls. Check the auxiliary input connections at both devices. The remote control does not work. Check to make sure there is no obstruction between the remote control and the transmitter window. Check the batteries to make sure they are not dead or installed incorrectly. After stopping the player, and pushing Play, sometimes If the stop button was pressed one time, the DVD player the DVD starts where it left off and sometimes at the resumes playing where the DVD was stopped. If the beginning. stop button was pressed two times, the DVD player begins to play from the beginning of the DVD. The auxiliary source is running, but there is no picture or Check that the RSE video screen is in the auxiliary sound. source mode. Check the auxiliary input connections at both devices. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (36,1) Edition - 11/9/11

7-36 Infotainment System

Tips and Troubleshooting Chart (cont'd) Problem Recommended Action Sometimes the wireless headphone audio cuts out or Check for obstructions, low batteries, reception range, buzzes. and interference from cellular telephone towers, or use a cellular telephone in the vehicle. Check that the headphones are on correctly using the L (left) and R (right) on the headphones. The remote and/or the headphones are lost. See your dealer for assistance. The DVD is playing, but there is no picture or sound. Check that the RSE video screen is sourced to the DVD player.

DVD Display Error Messages Disc Region Error: This message It might be necessary to turn off the displays if the disc is not from a DVD player when operating one of The DVD display error message correct region. these devices in or near the vehicle. depends on the radio that is in the vehicle. The video screen can No Disc Inserted: This message *Excludes the OnStar® System. display one of the following: displays if no disc is present when Z or DVD AUX is pressed on the Cleaning the RSE Overhead Disc Load/Eject Error: This radio. Console message displays when there are disc load or eject problems. DVD Distortion When cleaning the RSE overhead console surface, use only a clean Disc Format Error: This message Video distortion can occur when cloth dampened with clean water. displays if the disc is inserted with operating cellular phones, scanners, the disc label wrong side up, or if CB radios, Global Position Systems the disc is damaged. (GPS)*, two-way radios, mobile fax machines, or walkie talkies. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (37,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Infotainment System 7-37

Cleaning the Video Screen The radio functionality is controlled by both the RSA and the front radio. When cleaning the video screen, Only one band can be tuned to at use only a clean cloth dampened one time. Changing the band on the with clean water. Use care when RSA or the front radio will change directly touching or cleaning the the band on the other system, screen, as damage could result. if they are both sourced to the radio. Rear Seat Audio with Rear Climate Rear Seat Audio (RSA) The RSA functions operate even Control shown when the main radio is off. The front P (Power): Press the P button to System audio system will display the turn RSA on and off. Vehicles with this feature allow the headphone icon when the RSA is rear seat passengers to listen to on, and will disappear from the Volume: To increase or decrease and control any of the music display when it is off. headphone volume, turn the knobs located next to the SRCE or PROG sources: radio, CDs, DVDs, or other Audio can be heard through wired buttons. The left knob controls the auxiliary sources. However, the rear headphones (not included) plugged left headphones and the right knob seat passengers can only control into the jacks on the RSA. If the controls the right headphones. the music sources the front seat vehicle has this feature, audio can passengers are not listening to also be heard on Channel 2 of the SRCE (Source): Press this button (except on some radios where dual wireless headphones. to switch between the radio (AM/ control is allowed). For example, FM), XM (if equipped), CD, and if To listen to an iPod or portable ™ rear seat passengers can control the vehicle has these features, audio device through the RSA, and listen to a CD through the DVD, front auxiliary, and rear attach the iPod or portable audio headphones, while the driver listens auxiliary. to the radio through the speakers. device to the front auxiliary input (if The rear seat passengers have available), on the front audio control of the volume for each set of system. Turn the iPod on, then wired headphones. choose the front auxiliary input with the RSA SRCE button. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (38,1) Edition - 11/9/11

7-38 Infotainment System

© ¨ (Seek): When listening to FM, arrow to go to the next track or When a CD or DVD audio disc is AM, or XM™ (if equipped), press chapter on the disc. This function is playing, press this button to go to the beginning of the CD or DVD the left or right seek arrow to go inactive, with some radios, if the © ¨ front seat passengers are listening audio. This function is inactive, with to the next or the previous station or to the radio. some radios, if the front seat channels and stay there. This passengers are listening to the disc. function is inactive, with some When a DVD video menu is being radios, if the front seat passengers displayed, press either the left © or When a disc is playing in the CD or DVD changer, press this button to are listening to the radio. right seek arrow to perform a ¨ select the next disc, if multiple discs Press and hold either the left © or cursor up or down on the menu. are loaded. This function is inactive, right ¨ seek arrow until the display Hold either the left © or right ¨ seek with some radios, if the front seat flashes, to tune to an individual arrow to perform a cursor left or passengers are listening to the disc. right on the menu. station. The display stops flashing When a DVD video menu is being after the buttons have not been PROG (Program): Press this displayed, press the PROG button pushed for more than two seconds. button to go to the next preset radio to perform the menu function, Enter. This function is inactive, with some station or channel set on the main radios, if the front seat passengers radio. This function is inactive, with are listening to the radio. some radios, if the front seat While listening to a disc, press the passengers are listening to the © seek arrow to go back to the start radio. of the current track or chapter (if more than ten seconds have played). Press the right ¨ seek GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (39,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Infotainment System 7-39

Phone . Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. A Bluetooth system can use a The system may not work with Bluetooth‐capable cell phone with a all cell phones. See “Pairing” in Hands‐Free Profile to make and Bluetooth this section for more information. receive phone calls. The system For vehicles equipped with . If the cell phone has voice can be used while the key is in the Bluetooth capability, the system can dialing capability, learn to use ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY interact with many cell phones, that feature to access the position. The range of the Bluetooth allowing: address book or contact list. See system can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all phones support all functions, . Placement and receipt of calls in “Voice Pass-Thru” in this section for more information. and not all phones work with the a hands-free mode. in-vehicle Bluetooth system. See . See Storing and Deleting Phone . Sharing of the cell phone’s “ www.gm.com/bluetooth for more address book or contact list with Numbers” in this section for information on compatible phones. the vehicle. more information. Voice Recognition To minimize driver distraction, { WARNING before driving, and with the vehicle The Bluetooth system uses voice parked: recognition to interpret voice When using a cell phone, it can commands to dial phone numbers . Become familiar with the be distracting to look too long or and name tags. features of the cell phone. too often at the screen of the Organize the phone book and phone or the infotainment For additional information, say contact lists clearly and delete (navigation) system. Taking your “Help” while you are in a voice duplicate or rarely used entries. eyes off the road too long or too recognition menu. If possible, program speed dial often could cause a crash Noise: Keep interior noise levels to or other shortcuts. resulting in injury or death. Focus a minimum. The system may not . Review the controls and your attention on driving. recognize voice commands if there operation of the infotainment is too much background noise. system. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (40,1) Edition - 11/9/11

7-40 Infotainment System

. Up to five cell phones can be When to Speak: A short tone / (Push To Talk): Press to b g paired to the Bluetooth system. sounds after the system responds answer incoming calls, confirm indicating when it is waiting for a system information, and start . The pairing process is disabled voice command. Wait until the tone speech recognition. when the vehicle is moving. and then speak. c / x (End): Press to end a call, . Pairing only needs to be How to Speak: Speak clearly in a reject a call, or cancel an operation. completed once, unless the calm and natural voice. pairing information on the cell Pairing Audio System phone changes or the cell phone A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is deleted from the system. When using the in‐vehicle Bluetooth must be paired to the Bluetooth . Only one paired cell phone can system, sound comes through the system and then connected to the be connected to the Bluetooth vehicle's front audio system vehicle before it can be used. See system at a time. speakers and overrides the audio the cell phone manufacturer's user system. Use the audio system guide for Bluetooth functions before . If multiple paired cell phones are volume knob, during a call, to pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth within range of the system, the change the volume level. The phone is not connected, calls will be system connects to the first adjusted volume level remains in made using OnStar Hands‐Free available paired cell phone in the memory for later calls. To prevent Calling, if equipped. See OnStar order that they were first paired missed calls, a minimum volume Overview on page 14‑1 for more to the system. To connect to a level is used if the volume is turned information. different paired phone, see down too low. “Connecting to a Different Pairing Information Phone” later in this section. Bluetooth Controls . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 Use the buttons located on the capability cannot be paired to steering wheel to operate the the vehicle as a phone and an in‐vehicle Bluetooth system. See MP3 player at the same time. Steering Wheel Controls on page 5‑2 for more information. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (41,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Infotainment System 7-41

Pairing a Phone with “ has been 3. Say “Delete.” The system asks successfully paired” after the which phone to delete. 1. Press and hold b / g for pairing process is complete. two seconds. 4. Say the name of the phone you 6. Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to pair want to delete. 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command additional phones. can be skipped. Connecting to a Different Phone Listing All Paired and Connected To connect to a different cell phone, 3. Say “Pair.” The system responds Phones with instructions and a four‐digit the Bluetooth system looks for the Personal Identification Number The system can list all cell phones next available cell phone in the (PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5. paired to it. If a paired cell phone is order in which all the available cell also connected to the vehicle, the phones were paired. Depending on 4. Start the pairing process on the system responds with “is connected” which cell phone you want to cell phone that you want to pair. after that phone name. connect to, you may have to use For help with this process, see this command several times. the cell phone manufacturer's 1. Press and hold b / g for user guide. two seconds. 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. 5. Locate the device named “Your 2. Say “Bluetooth.” Vehicle” in the list on the cell 2. Say “Bluetooth.” phone. Follow the instructions 3. Say “List.” 3. Say Change phone. on the cell phone to enter the Deleting a Paired Phone “ ” PIN provided in Step 3. After the . If another cell phone is If the phone name you want to PIN is successfully entered, the found, the response will be delete is unknown, see Listing All system prompts you to provide a “ is now Paired and Connected Phones. “ name for the paired cell phone. ” connected.” This name will be used to 1. Press and hold b / g for . If another cell phone is not indicate which phones are two seconds. found, the original phone paired and connected to the remains connected. vehicle. The system responds 2. Say “Bluetooth.” GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (42,1) Edition - 11/9/11

7-42 Infotainment System

Storing and Deleting Phone Using the “Store” Command repeats back the digit it heard Numbers followed by a tone. After the last 1. Press and hold b / g for digit has been entered, say The system can store up to two seconds. “Store,” and then follow the 30 phone numbers as name tags in 2. Say “Store.” directions given by the system to the Hands‐Free Directory that is save a name tag for this number. shared between the Bluetooth and 3. Say the phone number or group OnStar systems, if equipped. of numbers you want to store all Using the “Delete” Command at once with no pauses, then The following commands are used follow the directions given by the 1. Press and hold b / g for to delete and store phone numbers. system to save a name tag for two seconds. Store: This command will store a this number. 2. Say “Delete.” phone number, or a group of numbers as a name tag. Using the “Digit Store” Command 3. Say the name tag you want to delete. Digit Store: This command allows If an unwanted number is a phone number to be stored as a recognized by the system, say Using the “Delete All Name Tags” name tag by entering the digits one “Clear” at any time to clear the last Command number. at a time. This command deletes all stored Delete: This command is used to To hear all of the numbers name tags in the Hands‐Free delete individual name tags. recognized by the system, say Calling Directory and the OnStar “Verify” at any time. Turn‐by‐Turn Destinations Directory, Delete All Name Tags: This if equipped. command deletes all stored name 1. Press and hold b / g for tags in the Hands‐Free Calling two seconds. To delete all name tags: Directory and the OnStar 2. Say “Digit Store.” 1. Press and hold / for Turn by Turn Destinations b g ‐ ‐ two seconds. Directory, if equipped. 3. Say each digit, one at a time, that you want to store. After 2. Say “Delete all name tags.” each digit is entered, the system GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (43,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Infotainment System 7-43

Listing Stored Numbers Using the “Dial” or “Call” To hear all of the numbers Command recognized by the system, say The list command will list all stored “Verify” at any time. numbers and name tags. 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. 1. Press and hold b / g for Using the “List” Command two seconds. 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” 1. Press and hold / for b g 2. Say “Digit Dial.” two seconds. 3. Say the entire number without pausing, or say the name tag. 3. Say each digit, one at a time, 2. Say “Directory.” Once connected, the person called that you want to dial. After each 3. Say “Hands‐Free Calling.” will be heard through the audio digit is entered, the system repeats back the digit it heard 4. Say List. speakers. “ ” followed by a tone. After the last Making a Call Using the “Digit Dial” Command digit has been entered, say “Dial.” Calls can be made using the The digit dial command allows a following commands. phone number to be dialed by Once connected, the person called entering the digits one at a time. will be heard through the audio Dial or Call: The dial or call After each digit is entered, the speakers. command can be used system repeats back the digit it interchangeably to dial a phone heard followed by a tone. Using the “Re‐dial” Command number or a stored name tag. If an unwanted number is 1. Press and hold b / g for Digit Dial: This command allows a recognized by the system, say two seconds. phone number to be dialed by “Clear” at any time to clear the last 2. After the tone, say “Re‐dial.” entering the digits one at a time. number. Once connected, the person called Re‐dial: This command is used to dial the last number used on the cell will be heard through the audio phone. speakers. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (44,1) Edition - 11/9/11

7-44 Infotainment System

Receiving a Call Three‐Way Calling . To cancel mute, press b / g , and then say “Un‐mute call.” When an incoming call is received, Three‐way calling must be the audio system mutes and a ring supported on the cell phone and Transferring a Call tone is heard in the vehicle. enabled by the wireless service carrier. Audio can be transferred between . Press b / g to answer the call. the Bluetooth system and the cell 1. While on a call, press b / g. phone. . Press c / x to ignore a call. 2. Say “Three‐way call.” The cell phone must be paired and Call Waiting connected with the Bluetooth 3. Use the dial or call command to system before a call can be Call waiting must be supported on dial the number of the third party transferred. The connection process the cell phone and enabled by the to be called. can take up to two minutes after the wireless service carrier. 4. Once the call is connected, ignition is turned to ON/RUN. . Press b / g to answer an press b / g to link all callers Transferring Audio from the incoming call when another call together. Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone is active. The original call is placed on hold. Ending a Call During a call with the audio in the vehicle: . Press b / g again to return to Press c / x to end a call. 1. Press b / g. the original call. Muting a Call . 2. Say “Transfer Call.” To ignore the incoming call, no During a call, all sounds from inside action is required. the vehicle can be muted so that the . Press c / x to disconnect the person on the other end of the call current call and switch to the call cannot hear them. on hold. . To mute a call, press b / g , and then say “Mute call.” GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (45,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Infotainment System 7-45

Transferring Audio to the 3. Say “Voice.” The system Clearing the System Bluetooth System from a Cell responds OK, accessing “ Unless information is deleted out of Phone .” the in‐vehicle Bluetooth system, it During a call with the audio on the The cell phone's normal prompt will be retained indefinitely. This cell phone, press b / g. The audio messages will go through their cycle includes all saved name tags in the transfers to the vehicle. If the audio according to the phone's operating phone book and phone pairing does not transfer to the vehicle, use instructions. information. For information on how to delete this information, see the the audio transfer feature on the cell Dual Tone Multi-Frequency previous section “Deleting a Paired phone. See your cell phone (DTMF) Tones manufacturer's user guide for more Phone” and the previous sections information. The Bluetooth system can send on deleting name tags. numbers and the numbers stored as Voice Pass-Thru name tags during a call. You can Other Information ® Voice pass thru allows access to the use this feature when calling a The Bluetooth word mark and ‐ ® voice recognition commands on the menu‐driven phone system. logos are owned by the Bluetooth cell phone. See your cell phone Account numbers can also be SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks manufacturer's user guide to see if stored for use. by General Motors is under license. the cell phone supports this feature. Other trademarks and trade names Sending a Number or Name Tag are those of their respective owners. To access contacts stored in the cell During a Call phone: See Radio Frequency Statement on 1. Press b / g. The system page 13‑20 for information 1. Press and hold b / g for responds “Ready,” followed by regarding Part 15 of the Federal two seconds. a tone. Communications Commission (FCC) 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command 2. Say “Dial.” rules and Industry Canada Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. can be skipped. 3. Say the number or name tag to send. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (46,1) Edition - 11/9/11

7-46 Infotainment System

Trademarks and License Agreements

Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. Manufactured under license under U.S. Patent #'s: 5,451,942; 5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762; 6,487,535 & other U.S. and worldwide patents issued & pending. DTS and the Symbol are registered trademarks and DTS Digital Surround and the DTS logos are trademarks of DTS Inc. All Rights Reserved. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (1,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Climate Controls 8-1

Climate Controls Climate Control Systems Dual Automatic Climate Control System Climate Control Systems The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with Dual Automatic Climate Control this system. The vehicle also has a flow-through ventilation system System ...... 8-1 described later in this section. Rear Climate Control System ...... 8-7 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 8-8

A. Fan Control F. Air Delivery Mode Control B. AUTO (Automatic Operation) G. Driver Temperature Control C. Defrost H. Display D. Recirculation I. Power Button E. REAR (Rear Climate Control J. Rear Window Defogger System) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (2,1) Edition - 11/9/11

8-2 Climate Controls

K. Air Conditioning coming through the system on the When in defrost mode the L. PASS driver or passenger side of the passenger temperature setting vehicle. The temperature can be cannot be changed. M. Passenger Temperature Control adjusted even if the system is Automatic Operation O (On/Off): Press to turn the turned off. This is possible since climate control system on or off. outside air always flows through the AUTO (Automatic): When Outside air still enters the vehicle, system as the vehicle is moving automatic operation is active the and is directed to the floor. This forward unless it is set to system will control the inside direction can be changed by recirculation mode. See temperature, the air delivery, and pressing the mode button. “Recirculation” later in this section. the fan speed. Recirculation can be selected once Press the + or − buttons to increase Use the steps below to place the you have selected vent or bi-level or decrease the cabin temperature. entire system in automatic mode: mode. The temperature can also be The driver side or passenger side 1. Press the AUTO button. adjusted using either temperature temperature display shows the button. If the air delivery mode or temperature setting decreasing or When AUTO is selected, the temperature settings are adjusted increasing. display will change to show the with the system off, the display current temperature(s) and The passenger's temperature illuminates briefly to show the AUTO will be lit on the display. setting can be set to match the settings and then returns to off. The The current delivery mode and driver's temperature setting by system can be turned back on by fan speed will also be displayed pressing the PASS button and D C for approximately 5 seconds. pressing either O, , , # , the turning off the PASS indicator. When defrost or the AUTO button. the passenger's temperature setting When AUTO is selected, the air Driver and Passenger Side is set different than the driver's conditioning operation and air Temperature Control setting, the indicator on the PASS inlet will be automatically button illuminates and both the controlled. The air conditioning The driver and passenger side driver side and passenger side compressor will run when the temperature buttons are used to temperature displays are shown. outside temperature is over adjust the temperature of the air about 4°C (40°F). The air inlet GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (3,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Climate Controls 8-3

will normally be set to outside Do not to cover the solar sensor HG (Air Delivery Mode Control): air. If it is hot outside, the air located on the top of the instrument Press these buttons to change the inlet may automatically switch to panel near the windshield. This direction of the airflow in the vehicle. recirculate inside air to help sensor regulates air temperature Repeatedly press either button until quickly cool down the vehicle. based on sun load and also turns the desired mode appears on the The light on the button comes on on the headlamps. For more display. Pressing either mode button in recirculation. information on the solar sensor, see while the system is off changes the 2. Set the driver and passenger “Sensors” later in this section. air delivery mode without turning the temperatures. To avoid blowing cold air in cold system on. Pressing either mode button while in automatic control To find your comfort setting, start weather, the system will delay turning on the fan until warm air is places the mode under manual with a 23°C (74°F) temperature control. setting and allow about available. The length of delay 20 minutes for the system to depends on the engine coolant The air delivery mode setting is regulate. Use the driver or temperature. Pressing the fan displayed and the AUTO light turns passenger temperature buttons switch will override this delay and off. The fan remains under to adjust the temperature setting change the fan to a selected speed. automatic control. as necessary. If a temperature Manual Operation H (Vent): Air is directed to the setting of 15°C (60°F) is chosen, DC instrument panel outlets. the system remains at the (Fan Control): Press these maximum cooling setting. If a buttons to increase or decrease the ) (Bi-Level): Air is divided temperature setting of 32°C fan speed. between the instrument panel and (90°F) is chosen, the system Pressing either fan button while in floor outlets. Some air is directed remains at the maximum automatic control places the fan towards the windshield and side heat setting. Choosing either under manual control. The fan window outlets. maximum setting will not cause setting remains displayed and the the vehicle to heat or cool any AUTO light turns off. The air faster. delivery mode remains under automatic control. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (4,1) Edition - 11/9/11

8-4 Climate Controls

6 (Floor): Air is directed to the freezing. The recirculation mode If this button is pressed when the floor outlets, with some to the cannot be selected while in the air conditioning compressor is windshield, side window outlets, and defrost mode. unavailable, the indicator flashes second row floor outlets. In this The passenger temperature control three times and then turns off. If the mode, the system automatically cannot be activated while in defrost air conditioning is on and the selects outside air. mode. If the PASS button is outside temperature drops below a temperature which is too cool for air - (Defog): This mode clears the pressed, the button indicator flashes three times and will not work. If the conditioning to be effective, the air windows of fog or moisture. Air is conditioning light turns off to show directed to the windshield, floor passenger temperature buttons are adjusted, the driver temperature that the air conditioning mode has outlets, and side window vents. In been canceled. this mode, the system turns off indicator changes. The passenger recirculation and runs the air temperature will not be displayed. On hot days, open the windows long conditioning compressor unless the If vent, bi-level, or floor mode is enough to let hot inside air escape. outside temperature is close to selected again, the climate control This helps to reduce the time it freezing. The recirculation mode system displays the previous takes for the vehicle to cool down. cannot be selected while in the temperature settings. It also helps the system to operate defog mode. more efficiently. Do not drive the vehicle until all the 0 (Defrost): This mode removes windows are clear. The air conditioning system fog or frost from the windshield removes moisture from the air, so a more quickly. Air is directed to the # (Air Conditioning): Press to small amount of water might drip windshield and side window vents, turn the air conditioning (A/C) under the vehicle while idling or with some directed to the floor compressor on and off. An indicator after turning off the engine. This is vents. In this mode, the system light comes on to show that the air normal. automatically forces outside air into conditioning is on. the vehicle and runs the air conditioning compressor unless the outside temperature is close to GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (5,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Climate Controls 8-5

@ (Recirculation): Press to turn REAR: For vehicles with the rear Notice: Do not use a razor blade the recirculation mode on or off. An heat and air conditioning controls. or sharp object to clear the inside indicator light comes on to show Press to turn the rear climate control rear window. Do not adhere that the recirculation is on. system on or off. See Rear Climate anything to the defogger grid Control System on page 8‑7. lines in the rear glass. These This mode recirculates and helps to actions may damage the rear quickly cool the air inside the Rear Window Defogger defogger. Repairs would not be vehicle. It can be used to help The rear window defogger uses a covered by your warranty. prevent outside air and odors from warming grid to remove fog from the entering the vehicle. Heated Mirrors: For vehicles with rear window. heated outside rearview mirrors, the The recirculation mode cannot be 1 (Rear Window Defogger): mirrors heat to help clear fog or frost used with floor, defog, or defrost Press to turn the rear window from the surface of the mirror when modes. If recirculation is selected defogger on or off. It automatically the rear window defog button is with one of those modes, the turns off several minutes after it has pressed. See “Outside Heated indicator light flashes three times been activated. The defogger can Mirrors” in Power Mirrors on and then turns off. The air also be turned off by turning off the page 2‑16. conditioning compressor also comes engine. Do not drive the vehicle until on when this mode is activated. all the windows are clear. While in recirculation mode the windows may fog when the weather is cold and damp. To clear the fog, select either the defog or defrost mode and increase the fan speed. The recirculation mode can also be turned off by turning off the ignition. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (6,1) Edition - 11/9/11

8-6 Climate Controls

Sensors There is also an exterior temperature sensor located behind the front grille. This sensor reads the outside air temperature and helps maintain the temperature inside the vehicle. Any cover on the front of the vehicle could cause a false reading in the displayed temperature. The interior temperature sensors The climate control system uses the located in the headliner above the information from these sensors to driver side seat and if equipped, in maintain your comfort setting by the headliner above the second row adjusting the outlet temperature, fan seats measure the temperature of speed, and the air delivery mode. the air inside the vehicle. The solar sensor, located in the The system may also supply cooler defrost grille in the middle of the air to the side of the vehicle facing instrument panel, monitors the solar the sun. The recirculation mode will heat. Do not cover the solar sensor also be used as needed to maintain or the system will not work properly. cool outlet temperatures. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (7,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Climate Controls 8-7

Rear Climate Control System The rear climate control system can also be turned off by pressing and For vehicles with the rear heat and air conditioning controls, they are holding the C button. To turn the integrated with the rear seat audio controls located in the center console. system on from the rear seats, The system can be controlled from the front controls as well as the rear press any rear climate control controls. button, except the C button. Mimic Mode: This mode matches the rear climate control to the front climate control airflow settings. It comes on when REAR is pressed the first time. Independent Mode: This mode directs rear seating airflow according to the settings of the rear controls. To turn the system on from the rear, press any rear climate control Rear Climate Control with Rear Seat Audio Controls button, except the C button.

A. Fan Control REAR: Press the REAR button on B. Air Delivery Mode Control the front climate control system to turn the rear climate control system C. Temperature Control on or off. An indicator comes on when the rear system is on. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (8,1) Edition - 11/9/11

8-8 Climate Controls

Automatic Operation, If Manual Operation Air Vents Equipped DC (Fan Control): Press these Use the air outlets located in the AUTO: Press the air delivery mode buttons on the rear seat audio center and on the side of the button until this setting is selected to control panel to increase or instrument panel to direct the control the inside temperature, air decrease the airflow. Pressing the airflow. Use the thumbwheels near delivery, and fan speed. AUTO fan up button when the system is off the air outlets to open or close off appears in the display when will turn the system on. The air the airflow. automatic operation is active. delivery mode will remain under automatic control. Operation Tips + or − (Increase/Decrease Temperature): Press the + or − + or − (Temperature Control): . Clear away any ice, snow, buttons to increase or decrease the Press these buttons to adjust the or leaves from air inlets at the cabin temperature. The rear control temperature of the air flowing into base of the windshield that could temperature display will show the the passenger area. Press the + block the flow of air into the temperature setting increasing or button for warmer air and press the vehicle. decreasing. − button for cooler air. . Keep the path under the front The display only indicates climate N (Air Delivery Mode Control): seats clear of objects to help control functions when the system is Press the mode button to change circulate the air inside of the in rear independent mode. the direction of the airflow in the vehicle more effectively. vehicle. Repeatedly press the . Use of non‐GM approved hood button until the desired mode deflectors can adversely affect appears on the display. Multiple the performance of the system. presses will cycle through the Check with your dealer before delivery selections. adding equipment to the outside of the vehicle. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (1,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-1

Ignition Positions ...... 9-20 Parking Brake ...... 9-34 Driving and Starting the Engine ...... 9-22 Brake Assist ...... 9-34 Operating Engine Heater ...... 9-23 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 9-35 Retained Accessory Power (RAP) ...... 9-24 Ride Control Systems StabiliTrak® System ...... 9-35 Driving Information Shifting Into Park ...... 9-24 Shifting out of Park ...... 9-25 Locking Rear Axle ...... 9-38 Distracted Driving ...... 9-2 Continuous Damping Defensive Driving ...... 9-3 Parking over Things That Burn ...... 9-26 Control (CDC) ...... 9-38 Drunk Driving ...... 9-3 ® Automatic Level Control . . . . . 9-39 Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 Active Fuel Management . . . 9-26 Braking ...... 9-3 Engine Exhaust Cruise Control Steering ...... 9-4 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-27 Cruise Control ...... 9-39 Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-4 Running the Vehicle While Object Detection Systems Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Parked ...... 9-27 Off-Road Driving ...... 9-5 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 9-42 Driving on Wet Roads ...... 9-10 Automatic Transmission Side Blind Zone Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-11 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-28 Alert (SBZA) ...... 9-43 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 9-11 Manual Mode ...... 9-30 Rear Vision Winter Driving ...... 9-12 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 9-31 Camera (RVC) ...... 9-46 If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 9-14 Fuel Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-15 Drive Systems All-Wheel Drive ...... 9-32 Fuel ...... 9-50 Starting and Operating Recommended Fuel ...... 9-50 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-19 Brakes Gasoline Specifications (U.S. Adjustable Throttle and Brake Antilock Brake and Canada Only) ...... 9-50 Pedal ...... 9-20 System (ABS) ...... 9-33 California Fuel Requirements ...... 9-51 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (2,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-2 Driving and Operating

Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-51 Driving Information . Designate a front seat Fuel Additives ...... 9-51 passenger to handle potential distractions. Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 9-52 Distracted Driving Filling the Tank ...... 9-53 . Become familiar with vehicle Filling a Portable Fuel Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as Container ...... 9-55 and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio Towing task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate judgment and do not let other General Towing control and seat settings. Information ...... 9-55 activities divert your attention away Program all trip information into Driving Characteristics and from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to Towing Tips ...... 9-56 governments have enacted laws driving. regarding driver distraction. Become Trailer Towing ...... 9-59 . Wait until the vehicle is parked familiar with the local laws in Towing Equipment ...... 9-63 to retrieve items that have fallen your area. Trailer Sway to the floor. Control (TSC) ...... 9-72 To avoid distracted driving, always . Stop or park the vehicle to tend keep your eyes on the road, hands to children. Conversions and Add-Ons on the wheel, and mind on the drive. Add-On Electrical . Keep pets in an appropriate . Do not use a phone in Equipment ...... 9-72 carrier or restraint. demanding driving situations. Use a hands-free method to . Avoid stressful conversations place or receive necessary while driving, whether with a phone calls. passenger or on a cell phone. . Watch the road. Do not read, take notes, or look up information on phones or other electronic devices. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (3,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-3

careless and make mistakes. { WARNING Anticipate what they might do WARNING (Continued) and be ready. Taking your eyes off the road too Do not drink and drive or ride with long or too often could cause a . Allow enough following distance a driver who has been drinking. crash resulting in injury or death. between you and the driver in Ride home in a cab; or if you are Focus your attention on driving. front of you. with a group, designate a driver . Focus on the task of driving. who will not drink. Refer to the infotainment section for more information on using that Drunk Driving Control of a Vehicle system, including pairing and using Death and injury associated with a cell phone. drinking and driving is a global Braking, steering, and accelerating are important factors in helping to tragedy. If equipped, refer to the navigation control a vehicle while driving. manual for information on that system, including pairing and using { WARNING a cell phone. Braking Drinking and then driving is very Braking action involves perception Defensive Driving dangerous. Your reflexes, time and reaction time. Deciding to perceptions, attentiveness, and push the brake pedal is perception Defensive driving means “always judgment can be affected by even time. Actually doing it is expect the unexpected. The first ” a small amount of alcohol. You reaction time. step in driving defensively is to wear can have a serious or even the safety belt. See Safety Belts on — Average driver reaction time is fatal collision if you drive after page 3‑16. — about three-quarters of a second. In drinking. that time, a vehicle moving at . Assume that other road users (Continued) 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m (pedestrians, bicyclists, and (66 ft), which could be a lot of other drivers) are going to be distance in an emergency. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (4,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-4 Driving and Operating

Helpful braking tips to keep in mind If power steering assist is lost . Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) include: because the engine stops or the allows steering while braking. power steering system is not . Keep enough distance between Off-Road Recovery you and the vehicle in front functioning, the vehicle can be of you. steered but may required increased effort. See your dealer if there is a . Avoid needless heavy braking. problem. . Keep pace with traffic. Curve Tips If the engine ever stops while the . Take curves at a reasonable vehicle is being driven, brake speed. normally but do not pump the brakes. Doing so could make the . Reduce speed before entering a pedal harder to push down. If the curve. engine stops, there will be some . Maintain a reasonable steady power brake assist but it will be speed through the curve used when the brake is applied. Once the power assist is used up, it . Wait until the vehicle is out of can take longer to stop and the the curve before accelerating The vehicle's right wheels can drop brake pedal will be harder to push. gently into the straightaway. off the edge of a road onto the Steering in Emergencies shoulder while driving. Follow Steering these tips: . There are some situations when 1. Ease off the accelerator and Hydraulic Power Steering steering around a problem may be more effective than braking. then, if there is nothing in the Your vehicle has hydraulic power way, steer the vehicle so that it steering. It may require . Holding both sides of the straddles the edge of the maintenance. See Power Steering steering wheel allows you to turn pavement. Fluid Power Steering Fluid on 180 degrees without removing page 10‑22. a hand. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (5,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-5

2. Turn the steering wheel about Defensive drivers avoid most skids . Try to avoid sudden steering, one-eighth of a turn, until the by taking reasonable care suited to acceleration, or braking, right front tire contacts the existing conditions, and by not including reducing vehicle speed pavement edge. overdriving those conditions. But by shifting to a lower gear. Any skids are always possible. sudden changes could cause 3. Then turn the steering wheel to the tires to slide. go straight down the roadway. If the vehicle starts to slide, follow these suggestions: Remember: Antilock brakes help avoid only the braking skid. Loss of Control . Ease your foot off the Skidding accelerator pedal and quickly Off-Road Driving steer the way you want the There are three types of skids that vehicle to go. The vehicle may Four-wheel-drive and all-wheel-drive correspond to the vehicle's three straighten out. Be ready for a vehicles can be used for off-road control systems: second skid if it occurs. driving. Vehicles without four-wheel drive, all-wheel-drive and vehicles . Braking Skid — wheels are not . Slow down and adjust your rolling. driving according to weather not equipped with All Terrain (AT) or conditions. Stopping distance On-Off Road (OOR) tires must not . Steering or Cornering be driven off-road except on a level, Skid — too much speed or can be longer and vehicle control can be affected when solid surface. To contact the tire steering in a curve causes tires manufacturer for more information to slip and lose cornering force. traction is reduced by water, snow, ice, gravel, or other about the original equipment tires, . Acceleration Skid — too much material on the road. Learn to see the Limited Warranty and Owner Assistance Information throttle causes the driving recognize warning clues — such wheels to spin. as enough water, ice, or packed manual. snow on the road to make a Controlling the vehicle is the key to mirrored surface — and slow successful off-road driving. One of down when you have any doubt. the best ways to control the vehicle is to control the speed. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (6,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-6 Driving and Operating

. Know the local laws that apply to { WARNING off-road driving. WARNING (Continued)

When driving off-road, bouncing To gain more ground clearance if . Keep cargo in the cargo area needed, it may be necessary to and quick changes in direction as far forward and as low as remove the front fascia lower can easily throw you out of possible. The heaviest things air dam. position. This could cause you to should be on the floor, lose control and crash. You and Notice: Operating the vehicle for forward of the rear axle. your passengers should always extended periods without the . Heavy loads on the roof raise wear safety belts. front fascia lower air dam the vehicle's center of gravity, installed can cause improper air making it more likely to roll flow to the engine. Re‐attach the Before Driving Off-Road over. You can be seriously or front fascia air dam after off-road fatally injured if the vehicle . Have all necessary maintenance driving. rolls over. Put heavy loads and service work completed. Loading the Vehicle for inside the cargo area, not on . Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, Off-Road Driving the roof. and check inflation pressure in all tires, including the spare, { WARNING For more information about loading if equipped. the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits . . Read all the information about Unsecured cargo on the load and Tires. floor can be tossed about four-wheel-drive and Environmental Concerns all-wheel-drive vehicles in this when driving over rough manual. terrain. You or your . Always use established trails, passengers can be struck by roads, and areas that have been . Make sure all underbody flying objects. Secure the set aside for public off-road shields, if equipped, are properly cargo properly. recreational driving and obey all attached. (Continued) posted regulations. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (7,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-7

. Do not damage shrubs, flowers, cannot be seen, get out of the . Never go downhill forward or trees, or grasses or disturb vehicle and walk the hill before backward with either the wildlife. driving further. transmission or transfer case in N (Neutral). The brakes could . Do not park over things that When driving on hills: burn. See Parking Over Things overheat and you could lose that Burn. . Use a low gear and keep a firm control. grip on the steering wheel. Driving on Hills . Maintain a slow speed. { WARNING Driving safely on hills requires good . When possible, drive straight up If the vehicle has the two‐speed judgment and an understanding of or down the hill. what the vehicle can and cannot do. automatic transfer case, shifting . Slow down when approaching the transfer case to N (Neutral) can cause your vehicle to roll { WARNING the top of the hill. even if the transmission is in . Use headlamps even during the Many hills are simply too steep day to make the vehicle more P (Park). This is because the for any vehicle. Driving up hills visible. N (Neutral) position on the can cause the vehicle to stall. transfer case overrides the transmission. You or someone Driving down hills can cause loss { WARNING of control. Driving across hills can else could be injured. If leaving cause a rollover. You could be Driving to the top of a hill at high the vehicle, set the parking brake injured or killed. Do not drive on speed can cause an accident. and shift the transmission to steep hills. There could be a drop-off, P (Park). Shift the transfer case to embankment, cliff, or even any position but N (Neutral). Before driving on a hill, assess the another vehicle. You could be steepness, traction, and seriously injured or killed. As you obstructions. If the terrain ahead near the top of a hill, slow down and stay alert. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (8,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-8 Driving and Operating

. When driving down a hill, keep 2. Shift into P (Park) and then 3. If the vehicle cannot be restarted the vehicle headed straight restart the engine. after stalling, set the parking down. Use a low gear because brake, shift an automatic the engine will work with the . If driving uphill when the vehicle stalls, shift to transmission into P (Park), and brakes to slow the vehicle and turn the vehicle off. help keep the vehicle under R (Reverse), release the control. parking brake, and back 3.1. Leave the vehicle and straight down. seek help. { WARNING . Never try to turn the vehicle 3.2. Stay clear of the path the around. If the hill is steep vehicle would take if it Heavy braking when going down enough to stall the vehicle, rolled downhill. it is steep enough to cause a hill can cause your brakes to . Avoid turns that take the vehicle overheat and fade. This could it to roll over. across the incline of the hill. cause loss of control and you or . If you cannot make it up the A hill that can be driven straight others could be injured or killed. hill, back straight down up or down might be too steep to Apply the brakes lightly when the hill. drive across. Driving across an descending a hill and use a low incline puts more weight on the . Never back down a hill in gear to keep vehicle speed under N (Neutral) using only the downhill wheels which could control. brake. cause a downhill slide or a rollover. . The vehicle can roll . If the vehicle stalls on a hill: backward quickly and you Surface conditions can be a problem. Loose gravel, muddy 1. Apply the brakes to stop the could lose control. spots, or even wet grass can vehicle, and then apply the . If driving downhill when the cause the tires to slip sideways, parking brake. vehicle stalls, shift to a downhill. If the vehicle slips lower gear, release the sideways, it can hit something parking brake, and drive that will trip it – a rock, a rut, straight down the hill. etc. – and roll over. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (9,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-9

. Hidden obstacles can make the Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, steepness of the incline more or Ice { WARNING severe. If a rock is driven across with the uphill wheels, or if the Use a low gear when driving in Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, downhill wheels drop into a rut mud – the deeper the mud, the or rivers can be dangerous. Ice or depression, the vehicle can tilt lower the gear. Keep the vehicle conditions vary greatly and the even more. moving to avoid getting stuck. vehicle could fall through the ice; . If an incline must be driven Traction changes when driving on you and your passengers could across, and the vehicle starts to sand. On loose sand, such as on drown. Drive your vehicle on safe slide, turn downhill. This should beaches or sand dunes, the tires surfaces only. help straighten out the vehicle tend to sink into the sand. This and prevent the side slipping. affects steering, accelerating, and Driving in Water braking. Drive at a reduced speed { WARNING and avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers. { WARNING Getting out of the vehicle on the Traction is reduced on hard packed Driving through rushing water can downhill side when stopped snow and ice and it is easy to lose be dangerous. Deep water can across an incline is dangerous. control. Reduce vehicle speed when sweep your vehicle downstream If the vehicle rolls over, you could driving on hard packed snow and you and your passengers be crushed or killed. Always get and ice. could drown. If it is only shallow out on the uphill side of the water, it can still wash away the vehicle and stay well clear of the ground from under your tires. rollover path. Traction could be lost, and the vehicle could roll over. Do not drive through rushing water. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (10,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-10 Driving and Operating

Notice: Do not drive through After operation in mud or sand, standing water if it is deep have the brake linings cleaned and { WARNING enough to cover the wheel hubs, checked. These substances can axles or exhaust pipe. Deep water cause glazing and uneven braking. Wet brakes can cause crashes. can damage the axle and other Check the body structure, steering, They might not work as well in a vehicle parts. suspension, wheels, tires, and quick stop and could cause exhaust system for damage and pulling to one side. You could If the standing water is not too deep, lose control of the vehicle. drive slowly through it. At faster check the fuel lines and cooling speeds, water splashes on the system for any leakage. After driving through a large ignition system and the vehicle can More frequent maintenance service puddle of water or a car/vehicle stall. Stalling can also occur if you is required. Refer to the wash, lightly apply the brake get the tailpipe under water. While Maintenance Schedule for more pedal until the brakes work the tailpipe is under water, you will information. normally. not be able to start the engine. Flowing or rushing water creates When going through water, the Driving on Wet Roads brakes get wet, and it might take strong forces. Driving through longer to stop. See Driving on Wet Rain and wet roads can reduce flowing water could cause the Roads. vehicle traction and affect your vehicle to be carried away. If this ability to stop and accelerate. happens, you and other vehicle After Off-Road Driving Always drive slower in these types occupants could drown. Do not of driving conditions and avoid Remove any brush or debris that ignore police warnings and be driving through large puddles and has collected on the underbody, very cautious about trying to drive deep standing or flowing water. or chassis, or under the hood. ‐ through flowing water. These accumulations can be a fire hazard. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (11,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-11

Hydroplaning . Keep the windshield washer fluid Hill and Mountain Roads reservoir filled. Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water Driving on steep hills or through . Have good tires with proper can build up under the vehicle's mountains is different than driving tread depth. See Tires on tires so they actually ride on the on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for page 10 44. water. This can happen if the road is ‑ driving in these conditions include: wet enough and you are going fast . Turn off cruise control. enough. When the vehicle is . Keep the vehicle serviced and in hydroplaning, it has little or no Highway Hypnosis good shape. contact with the road. . Check all fluid levels and brakes, Always be alert and pay attention to There is no hard and fast rule about tires, cooling system, and your surroundings while driving. transmission. hydroplaning. The best advice is to If you become tired or sleepy, find a slow down when the road is wet. safe place to park the vehicle . Shift to a lower gear when going down steep or long hills. Other Rainy Weather Tips and rest. Other driving tips include: Besides slowing down, other wet { WARNING weather driving tips include: . Keep the vehicle well ventilated. If you do not shift down, the . Allow extra following distance. . Keep the interior temperature cool. brakes could get so hot that they . Pass with caution. would not work well. You would . . Keep windshield wiping Keep your eyes moving — scan then have poor braking or even equipment in good shape. the road ahead and to the sides. none going down a hill. You could . Check the rearview mirror and crash. Shift down to let the engine vehicle instruments often. assist the brakes on a steep downhill slope. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (12,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-12 Driving and Operating

. Pay attention to special road Try not to break the fragile traction. { WARNING signs (falling rocks area, winding If you accelerate too fast, the drive roads, long grades, passing or wheels will spin and polish the Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) no-passing zones) and take surface under the tires even more. or with the ignition off is appropriate action. dangerous. The brakes will have The Antilock Brake System (ABS) to do all the work of slowing down Winter Driving on page 9‑33 improves vehicle and they could get so hot that stability during hard stops on they would not work well. You Driving on Snow or Ice slippery roads, but apply the brakes sooner than when on dry pavement. would then have poor braking or Drive carefully when there is snow even none going down a hill. You or ice between the tires and the Allow greater following distance on could crash. Always have the road, creating less traction or grip. any slippery road and watch for engine running and the vehicle in Wet ice can occur at about 0°C slippery spots. Icy patches can gear when going downhill. (32°F) when freezing rain begins to occur on otherwise clear roads in fall, resulting in even less traction. shaded areas. The surface of a Avoid driving on wet ice or in curve or an overpass can remain icy . Stay in your own lane. Do not freezing rain until roads can be when the surrounding roads are swing wide or cut across the treated with salt or sand. clear. Avoid sudden steering center of the road. Drive at maneuvers and braking while speeds that let you stay in your Drive with caution, whatever the on ice. own lane. condition. Accelerate gently so traction is not lost. Accelerating too Turn off cruise control on slippery . Be alert on top of hills; quickly causes the wheels to spin surfaces. something could be in your lane and makes the surface under the (stalled car, accident). tires slick, so there is even less traction. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (13,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-13

Blizzard Conditions WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) Being stuck in snow can be a serious situation. Stay with the If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: For more information about vehicle unless there is help nearby. . Clear away snow from around carbon monoxide, see Engine If possible, use the Roadside the base of your vehicle, Exhaust on page 9‑27. Assistance Program (U.S. and especially any that is blocking Canada) on page 13 7 or Roadside ‑ the exhaust pipe. Assistance Program (Mexico) on Run the engine for short periods page 13‑9. To get help and keep . Check again from time to only as needed to keep warm, but everyone in the vehicle safe: time to be sure snow does be careful. not collect there. . Turn on the hazard warning To save fuel, run the engine for only flashers. . Open a window about 5 cm short periods as needed to warm (2 in) on the side of the the vehicle and then shut the engine . Tie a red cloth to an outside vehicle that is away from the off and close the window most of mirror. wind to bring in fresh air. the way to save heat. Repeat this until help arrives but only when you { WARNING . Fully open the air outlets on feel really uncomfortable from the or under the instrument cold. Moving about to keep warm Snow can trap engine exhaust panel. also helps. under the vehicle. This may . Adjust the climate control If it takes some time for help to cause exhaust gases to get system to a setting that arrive, now and then when you run inside. Engine exhaust contains circulates the air inside the the engine, push the accelerator carbon monoxide (CO) which vehicle and set the fan speed pedal slightly so the engine runs cannot be seen or smelled. It can to the highest setting. See faster than the idle speed. This cause unconsciousness and even “Climate Control Systems” in keeps the battery charged to restart death. the Index. the vehicle and to signal for help (Continued) (Continued) with the headlamps. Do this as little as possible to save fuel. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (14,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-14 Driving and Operating

If the Vehicle Is Stuck For information about using tire vehicle out after a few tries, it might chains on the vehicle, see Tire need to be towed out. Recovery Slowly and cautiously spin the Chains on page 10‑64. hooks can be used, if the vehicle wheels to free the vehicle when has them. If the vehicle does need stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. Rocking Your Vehicle to Get to be towed out, see Towing the See “Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It It Out Vehicle on page 10‑85. Out” later in this section. Turn the steering wheel left and Recovery Hooks If the vehicle has a traction system, right to clear the area around the it can often help to free a stuck front wheels. Turn off any traction or vehicle. Refer to the vehicle's stability system. Shift back and forth { WARNING traction system in the Index. If stuck between R (Reverse) and a forward too severely for the traction system gear, spinning the wheels as little as Never pull on recovery hooks to free the vehicle, turn the traction possible. To prevent transmission from the side. The hooks could system off and use the rocking wear, wait until the wheels stop break and you and others could method. spinning before shifting gears. be injured. When using recovery Release the accelerator pedal while hooks, always pull the vehicle { WARNING shifting, and press lightly on the straight out. accelerator pedal when the If the vehicle's tires spin at high transmission is in gear. Slowly speed, they can explode, and you spinning the wheels in the forward or others could be injured. The and reverse directions causes a vehicle can overheat, causing an rocking motion that could free the engine compartment fire or other vehicle. If that does not get the damage. Spin the wheels as little as possible and avoid going above 56 km/h (35 mph). GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (15,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-15

vehicle capacity weight and Tire and Loading Information includes the weight of all Label occupants, cargo and all nonfactory-installed options. Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it was designed to carry, the Tire and Loading Information label and the Certification/Tire label.

{ WARNING Notice: Never use recovery hooks to tow the vehicle. Your Do not load the vehicle any heavier than the Gross vehicle could be damaged and it Label Example would not be covered by Vehicle Weight Rating warranty. (GVWR), or either the A vehicle specific Tire and For vehicles with recovery hooks at maximum front or rear Gross Loading Information label is the front of the vehicle, you can use Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). attached to the center pillar them if you are stuck off-road and This can cause systems to (B-pillar). With the driver door need to be pulled to some place break and change the way the open, you will find the label where you can continue driving. vehicle handles. This could attached below the door lock cause loss of control and a post (striker). Vehicle Load Limits crash. Overloading can also It is very important to know how shorten the life of the vehicle. much weight your vehicle can carry. This weight is called the GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (16,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-16 Driving and Operating

The tire and loading information Steps for Determining Correct the amount of available cargo label shows the number of Load Limit and luggage load capacity is occupant seating positions (A), 1. Locate the statement “The 650 lbs (1400−750 (5 x 150) and the maximum vehicle combined weight of = 650 lbs). capacity weight (B) in kilograms occupants and cargo should 5. Determine the combined and pounds. never exceed XXX kg or weight of luggage and cargo The Tire and Loading XXX pounds” on your being loaded on the vehicle. Information label also shows the vehicle's placard. That weight may not safely size of the original equipment 2. Determine the combined exceed the available cargo tires (C) and the recommended weight of the driver and and luggage load capacity cold tire inflation pressures (D). passengers that will be riding calculated in Step 4. For more information on tires in your vehicle. 6. If your vehicle will be towing and inflation see Tires on 3. Subtract the combined a trailer, the load from your page 10‑44 and Tire Pressure trailer will be transferred to on page 10‑51. weight of the driver and passengers from your vehicle. Consult this There is also important loading XXX kilograms or manual to determine how this information on the vehicle XXX pounds. reduces the available cargo Certification/Tire label. It tells and luggage load capacity of you the Gross Vehicle Weight 4. The resulting figure equals your vehicle. See Trailer the available amount of cargo Rating (GVWR) and the Gross Towing on page 9‑59 for Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for and luggage load capacity. important information on the front and rear axles. See For example, if the “XXX” towing a trailer, towing safety “Certification/Tire Label” later in amount equals 1400 lbs and rules and trailering tips. this section. there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (17,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-17

Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) Example 2 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 136 kg 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg (300 lbs) (750 lbs) (1,000 lbs) C. Available Occupant and Cargo C. Available Cargo Weight = C. Available Cargo Weight = Weight = 317 kg (700 lbs) 113 kg (250 lbs) 0 kg (0 lbs) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (18,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-18 Driving and Operating

Refer to your vehicle's tire and vehicle's original tires and the And, if you do have a heavy loading information label for inflation pressures needed to load, you should spread it out. specific information about your obtain the gross weight capacity vehicle's capacity weight and of your vehicle. This is called { WARNING seating positions. The combined Gross Vehicle Weight weight of the driver, passengers Rating (GVWR). The GVWR Do not load the vehicle any and cargo should never exceed includes the weight of the heavier than the Gross your vehicle's capacity weight. vehicle, all occupants, fuel and Vehicle Weight Rating cargo. (GVWR), or either the Certification/Tire Label maximum front or rear Gross The Certification/Tire label also Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). tells you the maximum weights This can cause systems to for the front and rear axles, break and change the way the called Gross Axle Weight vehicle handles. This could Rating (GAWR). To find out the cause loss of control and a actual loads on your front and crash. Overloading can also rear axles, you need to go to a shorten the life of the vehicle. weigh station and weigh your vehicle. Your dealer can help you with this. Be sure to spread Your warranty does not cover out your load equally on both parts or components that fail sides of the centerline. because of overloading. A vehicle specific Certification/ Never exceed the GVWR for The label will help you decide Tire label is found on the rear your vehicle, or the GAWR for how much cargo and installed edge of the driver door. The either the front or rear axle. equipment your truck can carry. label shows the size of your GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (19,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-19

Using heavier suspension WARNING (Continued) Starting and components to get added Operating durability might not change your . Never stack heavier weight ratings. Ask your dealer things, like suitcases, New Vehicle Break-In to help you load your vehicle the inside the vehicle so that right way. some of them are above Notice: The vehicle does not If you put things inside your the tops of the seats. need an elaborate break-in. But it vehicle like suitcases, tools, will perform better in the long run – . Do not leave an if you follow these guidelines: packages, or anything else – unsecured child restraint . Keep the vehicle speed at they go as fast as the vehicle in the vehicle. goes. If you have to stop or turn 88 km/h (55 mph) or less for quickly, or if there is a crash, . When you carry something the first 805 km (500 miles). they'll keep going. inside the vehicle, secure . Do not drive at any one it whenever you can. constant speed, fast or slow, for the first 805 km { WARNING . Do not leave a seat folded (500 miles). Do not make down unless you need to. Things you put inside the full-throttle starts. Avoid vehicle can strike and injure downshifting to brake or people in a sudden stop or There's also important loading slow the vehicle. turn, or in a crash. information for off-road driving in . Avoid making hard stops for this manual. See “Loading Your the first 322 km (200 miles) or . Put things in the cargo Vehicle for Off-Road Driving” so. During this time the new area of the vehicle. Try to under Off-Road Driving on brake linings are not yet spread the weight evenly. page 9‑5. broken in. Hard stops with (Continued) new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (20,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-20 Driving and Operating

Follow this breaking-in Ignition Positions guideline every time you get new brake linings. . Do not tow a trailer during break-in. See Trailer Towing on page 9‑59 for the trailer towing capabilities of the The control used to adjust the vehicle and more pedals is located on the instrument information. panel below the climate control system. Following break‐in, engine speed and load can be gradually Press the bottom of the control to increased. move the pedals closer. Press the top of the control to move the Adjustable Throttle and pedals away. Brake Pedal Before you start driving, fully press The ignition switch has four different the brake pedal to confirm the positions. On vehicles with this feature, you adjustment is right for you. While To shift out of P (Park), the ignition can change the position of the driving, make only small must be in ON/RUN or ACC/ throttle and brake pedals. adjustments. ACCESSORY and the regular brake No adjustment to the pedals can be The vehicle may have a memory pedal must be applied. made when the vehicle is in function which lets pedal settings be A (STOPPING THE ENGINE/ R (Reverse) or while using cruise saved and recalled. See Memory LOCK/OFF): When the vehicle is control. Seats on page 3‑5. stopped, turn the ignition switch to LOCK/OFF to turn the engine off. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (21,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-21

will remain active. See Retained 3. Come to a complete stop, shift key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this Accessory Power (RAP) on to P (Park), and turn the ignition doesn't work, then the vehicle needs page 9‑24. to LOCK/OFF. On vehicles with service. This position locks the ignition. an automatic transmission, the Notice: Using a tool to force the It may also lock the steering wheel shift lever must be in P (Park) to key to turn in the ignition could and automatic transmission. The turn the ignition switch to the cause damage to the switch or key can be removed in LOCK/OFF. LOCK/OFF position. break the key. Use the correct Do not turn the engine off when the 4. Set the parking brake. See key, make sure it is all the way in, vehicle is moving. This will cause a Parking Brake on page 9‑34. and turn it only with your hand. loss of power assist in the brake If the key cannot be turned by and steering systems and disable { WARNING hand, see your dealer. the airbags. B (ACC/ACCESSORY): This Turning off the vehicle while position lets things like the radio If the vehicle must be shut off In an moving may cause loss of power emergency: and the windshield wipers operate assist in the brake and steering while the engine is off. Use this 1. Brake using a firm and steady systems and disable the airbags. position if the vehicle must be pressure. Do not pump the While driving, only shut the pushed or towed. brakes repeatedly. This may vehicle off in an emergency. deplete power assist, requiring C (ON/RUN): This position can be increased brake pedal force. used to operate the electrical If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, accessories and to display some 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). and must be shut off while driving, instrument panel cluster warning This can be done while the turn the ignition to ACC/ and indicator lights. This position vehicle is moving. After shifting ACCESSORY. can also be used for service and to N (Neutral), firmly apply the The steering may bind with the diagnostics, and to verify the proper brakes and steer the vehicle to a operation of the malfunction safe location. wheels turned off center. If this happens, move the steering wheel indicator lamp as may be required from right to left while turning the for emission inspection purposes. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (22,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-22 Driving and Operating

The switch stays in this position Starting the Engine The vehicle has a when the engine is running. The Computer-Controlled Cranking transmission is also unlocked in this If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the System. This feature assists in position on automatic transmission hybrid supplement for more starting the engine and protects vehicles. information. components. If the ignition key is If you leave the key in the ACC/ Move the shift lever to P (Park) or turned to the START position, ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position N (Neutral). The engine will not start and then released when the with the engine off, the battery could in any other position. To restart the engine begins cranking, the be drained. You may not be able to engine when the vehicle is already engine will continue cranking for start the vehicle if the battery is moving, use N (Neutral) only. a few seconds or until the vehicle starts. If the engine does allowed to drain for an extended Notice: Do not try to shift to period of time. not start and the key is held in P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. START, cranking will be stopped D (START): This is the position that If you do, you could damage the after 15 seconds to prevent starts the engine. When the engine transmission. Shift to P (Park) cranking motor damage. To starts, release the key. The ignition only when the vehicle is stopped. prevent gear damage, this switch returns to ON/RUN for Starting Procedure system also prevents cranking if driving. the engine is already running. 1. With your foot off the accelerator A warning tone will sound when the Engine cranking can be stopped pedal, turn the ignition to START. by turning the ignition switch to driver door is opened, the ignition is When the engine starts, let go of in ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF the ACC/ACCESSORY or the key. The idle speed will go LOCK/OFF position. and the key is in the ignition. down as the engine warms. Do not race the engine immediately When the Low Fuel warning after starting it. Operate the lamp is on and the FUEL LEVEL engine and transmission gently LOW message is displayed in to allow the oil to warm up and the Driver Information Center lubricate all moving parts. (DIC), the Computer-Controlled Cranking System is disabled to GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (23,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-23

prevent possible vehicle When the engine starts, let go of Vehicles with an engine heater component damage. When this the key and accelerator. If the should be plugged in at least happens, hold the ignition switch vehicle starts briefly but then four hours before starting. An in the START position to stops again, repeat these steps. internal thermostat in the plug-end continue engine cranking. This clears the extra gasoline of the cord may exist which will Notice: Cranking the engine for from the engine. Do not race the prevent engine coolant heater long periods of time, by returning engine immediately after starting operation at temperatures the key to the START position it. Operate the engine and above −18°C (0°F). immediately after cranking has transmission gently until the oil warms up and lubricates all To Use the Engine Coolant ended, can overheat and damage Heater the cranking motor, and drain the moving parts. battery. Wait at least 15 seconds Notice: If you add electrical parts 1. Turn off the engine. between each try, to let the or accessories, you could change 2. Open the hood and unwrap the cranking motor cool down. the way the engine operates. Any electrical cord. The cord is 2. If the engine does not start after resulting damage would not be secured to the engine 5-10 seconds, especially in very covered by the vehicle warranty. compartment fuse block with a cold weather (below −18°C or See Add-On Electrical Equipment clip. Carefully remove the wire 0°F), it could be flooded with too on page 9‑72. tie which secures the electrical much gasoline. Try pushing the cord. Do not cut the accelerator pedal all the way to Engine Heater electrical cord. the floor and holding it there as The engine coolant heater can 3. Plug the cord into a normal, you hold the key in START for provide easier starting and better grounded 110-volt AC outlet. up to a maximum of 15 seconds. fuel economy during engine Wait at least 15 seconds warm-up in cold weather conditions between each try, to allow the at or below −18°C (0°F). cranking motor to cool down. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (24,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-24 Driving and Operating

Retained Accessory Shifting Into Park { WARNING Power (RAP) { WARNING Plugging the cord into an The following vehicle accessories ungrounded outlet could cause an can be used for up to 10 minutes It can be dangerous to get out of electrical shock. Also, the wrong after the engine is turned off: kind of extension cord could the vehicle if the shift lever is not overheat and cause a fire. You . Audio System fully in P (Park) with the parking could be seriously injured. Plug . Power Windows brake firmly set. The vehicle can the cord into a properly grounded roll. If you have left the engine . OnStar System (if equipped) three-prong 110-volt AC outlet. running, the vehicle can move If the cord will not reach, use a . Sunroof (if equipped) suddenly. You or others could be heavy-duty three-prong extension These features work when the key injured. To be sure the vehicle will cord rated for at least 15 amps. is in ON/RUN or ACC/ not move, even when you are on ACCESSORY. Once the key is fairly level ground, use the steps turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF, that follow. If you are pulling a 4. Before starting the engine, be trailer, see Driving Characteristics sure to unplug and store the the windows and sunroof continue and Towing Tips on page 9‑56. cord as it was before to keep it to work up to 10 minutes until any away from moving engine parts. door is opened. The radio continues If you do not, it could be to work for up to 10 minutes or until 1. Hold the brake pedal down, then damaged. the driver door is opened. set the parking brake. The length of time the heater should 2. Move the shift lever into the remain plugged in depends on P (Park) position by pulling the several factors. Ask a dealer in the shift lever toward you and area where you will be parking the moving it up as far as it will go. vehicle for the best advice on this. 3. Turn the ignition key to LOCK/OFF. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (25,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-25

4. Remove the key and take it with Then, see if you can move the shift in the transmission. Then you you. If you can leave the vehicle lever away from P (Park) without should be able to pull the shift lever with the ignition key in your first pulling it toward you. If you can, out of P (Park). hand, the vehicle is in P (Park). it means that the shift lever was not fully locked into P (Park). Leaving the Vehicle with the Shifting out of Park Engine Running Torque Lock This vehicle is equipped with an electronic shift lock release system. If you are parking on a hill and you { WARNING do not shift the transmission into The shift lock release is designed to: P (Park) properly, the weight of the It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle can put too much force . Prevent ignition key removal vehicle with the engine running. on the parking pawl in the unless the shift lever is in The vehicle could move suddenly transmission. It might be difficult to P (Park) with the shift lever if the shift lever is not fully in pull the shift lever out of P (Park). button fully released. P (Park) with the parking brake This is called torque lock. To . Prevent movement of the shift firmly set. And, if you leave the prevent torque lock, set the parking lever out of P (Park), unless the vehicle with the engine running, it brake and then shift into P (Park) ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ could overheat and even catch properly before you leave the driver ACCESSORY and the regular fire. You or others could be seat. To find out how, see Shifting brake pedal is applied. injured. Do not leave the vehicle Into Park on page 9‑24. with the engine running. The shift lock release is always When you are ready to drive, move functional except in the case of an the shift lever out of P (Park) before uncharged or low voltage (less than If you have to leave the vehicle with releasing the parking brake. 9 volt) battery. the engine running, be sure the If torque lock does occur, you might vehicle is in P (Park) and the need to have another vehicle push parking brake is firmly set. After the yours a little uphill to take some of shift lever is moved into P (Park), the pressure from the parking pawl hold the regular brake pedal down. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (26,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-26 Driving and Operating

If the vehicle has an uncharged Parking over Things Active Fuel Management® battery or a battery with low voltage, try charging or jump starting the That Burn Vehicles with V8 engines may have battery. See Jump Starting on Active Fuel Management™. This page 10‑80 for more information. { WARNING system allows the engine to operate on either all or half of its cylinders, To shift out of P (Park) use the Things that can burn could touch depending on the driving conditions. following: hot exhaust parts under the When less power is required, such 1. Apply the brake pedal. vehicle and ignite. Do not park as cruising at a constant vehicle 2. Move the shift lever to the over papers, leaves, dry grass, speed, the system will operate in desired position. or other things that can burn. the half cylinder mode, allowing the vehicle to achieve better fuel If you still are unable to shift out of economy. When greater power P (Park): demands are required, such as 1. Ease the pressure on the shift accelerating from a stop, passing, lever. or merging onto a freeway, the 2. While holding down the brake system will maintain full-cylinder pedal, press the shift lever all operation. the way into P (Park). If the vehicle has an Active Fuel 3. Move the shift lever to the Management™ indicator, see Driver desired position. Information Center (DIC) on page 5‑26 for more information on If you are still having a problem using this display. shifting, then have the vehicle serviced soon. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (27,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-27

Running the Vehicle Engine Exhaust WARNING (Continued) While Parked . There are holes or openings { WARNING It is better not to park with the in the vehicle body from engine running. But if you ever have damage or aftermarket Engine exhaust contains carbon to, here are some things to know. monoxide (CO) which cannot be modifications that are not seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. { WARNING can cause unconsciousness and If unusual fumes are detected or even death. if it is suspected that exhaust is Idling a vehicle in an enclosed Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle: area with poor ventilation is dangerous. Engine exhaust may . The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the windows with poor ventilation (parking completely down. enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO) garages, tunnels, deep snow . Have the vehicle repaired which cannot be seen or smelled. that may block underbody immediately. airflow or tail pipes). It can cause unconsciousness Never park the vehicle with the and even death. Never run the . The exhaust smells or engine running in an enclosed engine in an enclosed area that sounds strange or different. area such as a garage or a has no fresh air ventilation. For . The exhaust system leaks building that has no fresh air more information, see Engine due to corrosion or damage. ventilation. Exhaust on page 9‑27. . The vehicle exhaust system has been modified, damaged or improperly repaired. (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (28,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-28 Driving and Operating

Automatic P (Park): This position locks the { WARNING rear wheels. It is the best position to Transmission use when you start the engine It can be dangerous to get out of because the vehicle cannot move If the vehicle is a Hybrid, see the the vehicle if the automatic easily. transmission shift lever is not fully Hybrid supplement for more in P (Park) with the parking brake information. When parked on a hill, especially when the vehicle has a heavy load, firmly set. The vehicle can roll. Do The vehicle has a you may notice an increase in the not leave the vehicle when the Hydra-Matic® 6L80 automatic effort to shift out of P (Park). See engine is running unless you transmission, and has an Torque Lock under Shifting Into have to. If you have left the electronic shift position indicator “ ” Park on page 9 24 for more within the instrument panel cluster. ‑ engine running, the vehicle can information. move suddenly. You or others The electronic shift position could be injured. To be sure the indicator displays when the shift { vehicle will not move, even when lever is moved out of P (Park). WARNING you are on fairly level ground, There are several different positions It is dangerous to get out of the always set the parking brake and for the shift lever. vehicle if the shift lever is not fully move the shift lever to P (Park). in P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. The vehicle can roll. Follow the proper steps to be sure Do not leave the vehicle when the the vehicle will not move. See engine is running unless you Shifting Into Park on page 9 24. ‑ have to. If you have left the If parking on a hill and pulling a engine running, the vehicle can trailer, see Driving Characteristics move suddenly. You or others and Towing Tips on page 9‑56. See “Range Selection Mode” under could be injured. To be sure the Manual Mode on page 9‑30. (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (29,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-29

N (Neutral): In this position, the D (Drive): This position is for WARNING (Continued) engine does not connect with the normal driving. It provides the best wheels. To restart the engine when fuel economy for the vehicle. If you vehicle will not move, even when the vehicle is already moving, use need more power for passing, and you are on fairly level ground, N (Neutral) only. Also, use you are: always set the parking brake and N (Neutral) when the vehicle is . Going less than about 55 km/h move the shift lever to P (Park). being towed. See Shifting Into Park on (35 mph), push the accelerator pedal about halfway down. page 9‑24. If you are pulling a { WARNING trailer, see Driving Characteristics . Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or and Towing Tips on page 9‑56. Shifting into a drive gear while the more, push the accelerator all engine is running at high speed is the way down. R (Reverse): Use this gear to dangerous. Unless your foot is D (Drive) can be used when towing back up. firmly on the brake pedal, the a trailer, carrying a heavy load, vehicle could move very rapidly. driving on steep hills, or for off-road Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) You could lose control and hit driving. You may want to shift the while the vehicle is moving people or objects. Do not shift transmission to a lower gear forward could damage the into a drive gear while the engine selection if the transmission shifts transmission. The repairs would too often. not be covered by the vehicle is running at high speed. warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only Downshifting the transmission in after the vehicle is stopped. Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) or slippery road conditions could result in skidding, see “Skidding” under To rock the vehicle back and forth to N (Neutral) with the engine Loss of Control on page 9‑5. get out of snow, ice, or sand without running at high speed may damaging the transmission, see If damage the transmission. The the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑14. repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Be sure the engine is not running at high speed when shifting the vehicle. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (30,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-30 Driving and Operating

When temperatures are very cold, conditions in order to reduce rapid controls process, some shifts may the Hydra-Matic® automatic upshifts and downshifts. This shift feel different as the transmission transmission's gear shifting may be stabilization feature is designed to determines the best settings for a delayed providing more stable shifts determine, before making an particular shift. until the engine warms up. Shifts upshift, if the engine will be able to may be more noticeable with a cold maintain vehicle speed by analyzing Manual Mode transmission. This difference in things such as throttle position, shifting is normal. vehicle load, and hill grade. If the Range Selection Mode M (Manual Mode): This position shift stabilization feature determines lets drivers select the range of gears that a current vehicle speed cannot appropriate for current driving be maintained, the transmission does not upshift and instead holds conditions. See “Range Selection the current gear. In some cases, this Mode” under Manual Mode on may appear to be a delayed shift, page 9‑30. however the transmission is Notice: Spinning the tires or operating normally. holding the vehicle in one place On vehicles with a Range Selection on a hill using only the The vehicle's transmission uses Mode, this feature may be used to accelerator pedal may damage adaptive shift controls. Adaptive control the vehicle's transmission. shift controls continually compares the transmission. The repair will To use this feature, do the following: not be covered by the vehicle key shift parameters to pre‐ 1. Move the shift lever to warranty. If you are stuck, do not programmed ideal shift conditions M (Manual Mode). spin the tires. When stopping on stored in the transmissions a hill, use the brakes to hold the computer. The transmission 2. Press the plus/minus buttons to vehicle in place. constantly makes adjustments to upshift or downshift, selecting improve vehicle performance the desired range of gears for The vehicle has a shift stabilization according to the way the vehicle is current driving conditions. feature that adjusts the transmission being used, such as with a heavy shifting to the current driving load. During this adaptive shift GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (31,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-31

When in M (Manual Mode) a number Grade Braking is not available when Press the button located on the end displays next to the M, indicating the the Range Selection Mode is active. of the shift lever to turn the tow/haul current gear that has been selected. See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9‑31 on or off. When the tow/haul is on, a The number displayed in the gear for more information. light on the instrument panel cluster indicator is the highest gear that can While using the Range Selection will come on. be used. However, the vehicle can Mode, Cruise Control and the Tow/ See Tow/Haul Mode Light on automatically shift to lower gears as Haul Mode can be used. page 5‑22 and Hill and Mountain it adjusts to driving conditions. This Roads on page 9‑11 for more means that all gears below that information. number are available. When 5 (Fifth) Tow/Haul Mode is selected, 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) Also see “Tow/Haul Mode” under gears are automatically shifted by Towing Equipment on page 9‑63 for the vehicle, but 6 (Sixth) cannot be more information. used until the plus/minus button The Tow/Haul Mode works with the located on the steering column lever Autoride® feature, if the vehicle has is used to change to the gear. this, to enhance the ride when Range Selection Mode controls the trailering or with a loaded vehicle. vehicle and engine speed while The vehicle has a Tow/Haul Mode. See Continuous Damping Control driving down a hill or towing a trailer, The Tow/Haul Mode adjusts the (CDC) on page 9‑38. by allowing you to select a desired transmission shift pattern to reduce range of gears. shift cycling, providing increased performance, vehicle control, and transmission cooling when driving down steep hills and mountain grades, towing, or hauling heavy loads. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (32,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-32 Driving and Operating

Grade Braking Grade Braking assists in Drive Systems maintaining desired vehicle speeds The Grade Braking shift modes can when driving on downhill grades by be activated by pressing the button automatically implementing a shift All-Wheel Drive on the end of the shift control lever. schedule that utilizes the engine While in Range Selection Mode, With this feature, engine power is and transmission to slow the Grade Braking is deactivated sent to all four wheels all the time. vehicle. This reduces wear on the allowing the driver to select a braking system and increases This is like four-wheel drive, but desired range of gears. control of the vehicle. Grade there is no separate lever or switch Grade Braking is only active while Braking monitors vehicle speed, to engage or disengage the front the Tow/Haul Mode is selected and acceleration, engine torque and axle. It is fully automatic, and you are not in the Range Selection brake pedal usage. Using this adjusts itself as needed for road conditions. Mode. See “Tow/Haul Mode” listed information, it detects when the previously and Manual Mode on vehicle is on a downhill grade and page 9‑30 for more information on the driver desires to slow the vehicle the Range Selection Mode. by pressing the brake. Also see Towing Equipment on page 9‑63 for more information. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (33,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-33

Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it suddenly slows or stops. Always becomes necessary to slam on the leave enough room up ahead to brakes and continue braking to stop, even with ABS. Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a System (ABS) computer senses that the wheels Using ABS are slowing down. If one of the This vehicle has the Antilock Brake Do not pump the brakes. Just hold wheels is about to stop rolling, the System (ABS), an advanced the brake pedal down firmly and let computer will separately work the electronic braking system that helps ABS work. You might hear the ABS brakes at each wheel. prevent a braking skid. pump or motor operating and feel ABS can change the brake pressure the brake pedal pulsate, but this is When the engine is started and the to each wheel, as required, faster normal. vehicle begins to drive away, ABS than any driver could. This can help checks itself. A momentary motor or Braking in Emergencies the driver steer around the obstacle clicking noise might be heard while while braking hard. ABS allows the driver to steer and this test is going on, and it might brake at the same time. In many even be noticed that the brake As the brakes are applied, the emergencies, steering can help pedal moves a little. This is normal. computer keeps receiving updates more than even the very best on wheel speed and controls braking. braking pressure accordingly. Remember: ABS does not change the time needed to get a foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance. If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you, If there is a problem with ABS, this there will not be enough time to warning light stays on. See Antilock apply the brakes if that vehicle Brake System (ABS) Warning Light on page 5‑22. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (34,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-34 Driving and Operating

Parking Brake Notice: Driving with the parking Brake Assist brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature This vehicle has a brake assist wear or damage to brake system feature designed to assist the driver parts. Make sure that the parking in stopping or decreasing vehicle brake is fully released and the speed in emergency driving brake warning light is off before conditions. This feature uses the driving. stability system hydraulic brake control module to supplement the To release the parking brake, hold power brake system under the regular brake pedal down, then conditions where the driver has push down momentarily on the quickly and forcefully applied the parking brake pedal until you feel brake pedal in an attempt to quickly the pedal release. Slowly pull your stop or slow down the vehicle. The foot up off the parking brake pedal. stability system hydraulic brake If the parking brake is not released Set the parking brake by holding the control module increases brake when you begin to drive, the brake regular brake pedal down, then pressure at each corner of the system warning light will flash and a pushing down the parking brake vehicle until the ABS activates. chime will sound warning you that pedal. Minor brake pedal pulsation or the parking brake is still on. pedal movement during this time is If the ignition is on, the brake If you are towing a trailer and are normal and the driver should system warning light will come on. parking on a hill, see Driving continue to apply the brake pedal as See Brake System Warning Light on Characteristics and Towing Tips on the driving situation dictates. The page 5‑21. page 9‑56. brake assist feature will automatically disengage when the brake pedal is released or brake pedal pressure is quickly decreased. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (35,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-35

Hill Start Assist (HSA) The brakes will automatically Ride Control Systems release when the accelerator pedal Non‐hybrid vehicles with StabiliTrak is applied within the two‐second ® have a Hill Start Assist (HSA) window. If the vehicle is equipped StabiliTrak System feature, which may be useful when with the Integrated Trailer Brake The vehicle has a vehicle stability the vehicle is stopped on a grade. Control (ITBC) system, HSA may enhancement system called This feature is designed to prevent also apply the trailer brakes. It will StabiliTrak. It is an advanced the vehicle from rolling, either not activate if the vehicle is in a computer-controlled system that forward or rearward, during vehicle drive gear and facing downhill or if assists the driver with directional drive off. After the driver completely the vehicle is facing uphill and in control of the vehicle in difficult stops and holds the vehicle in a R (Reverse). There may be driving conditions. complete standstill on a grade, HSA situations on minor hills (less than will be automatically activated. 5% grade) with a loaded vehicle or StabiliTrak activates when the During the transition period between while pulling a trailer where HSA will computer senses a discrepancy when the driver releases the brake not activate. between the intended path and the pedal and starts to accelerate to direction the vehicle is actually drive off on a grade, HSA holds the traveling. StabiliTrak selectively braking pressure for a maximum of applies braking pressure at any one two seconds to ensure that there is of the vehicle's brakes to assist the no rolling. driver with keeping the vehicle on the intended path. StabiliTrak is on automatically whenever the vehicle is started. To assist with directional control of the vehicle, the system should always be left on. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (36,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-36 Driving and Operating

Trailer Sway Control (TSC) is also If the system fails to turn on or The system may be heard or felt on automatically when the vehicle is activate, the StabiliTrak light along while it is working; this is normal. started. See Trailer Sway Control with a message will be displayed on (TSC) on page 9‑72 for more the Driver Information Center (DIC). information. If a DIC message appears, make When the vehicle is started and sure the StabiliTrak system has not begins to move, the system been turned off using the Traction performs several diagnostic checks Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak to insure there are no problems. button. Then turn the vehicle off, The system may be heard or felt wait 15 seconds, and then turn it The TCS/StabiliTrak button is while it is working. This is normal back on again to reset the system. located on the instrument panel. and does not mean there is a If any of the messages still appear on the DIC, the vehicle should be The traction control part of problem with the vehicle. The StabiliTrak can be turned off by system should initialize before the taken in for service. For more information on the DIC messages, pressing and releasing the TCS/ vehicle reaches 32 km/h (20 mph). StabiliTrak button if both systems In some cases, it may take see Ride Control System Messages on page 5‑41. (traction control and StabiliTrak) approximately 3.2 km (2 mi) of were previously on. driving before the system initializes. If cruise control is being used when StabiliTrak activates, the cruise control automatically disengages. The cruise control can be re-engaged when road conditions allow. See Cruise Control on The StabiliTrak light will flash on the page 9 39. ‑ instrument panel cluster when the To disable both TCS and system or the TSC feature is both StabiliTrak, press and hold the TCS/ on and activated. StabiliTrak button until the GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (37,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-37

StabiliTrak OFF light illuminates and When TCS has been turned off, TCS is enabled automatically when the appropriate DIC message system noises may still be heard as the vehicle is started. It will activate displays. This will also disable the a result of the brake-traction control and the StabiliTrak light will flash if it TSC feature. coming on. senses that any of the wheels are Traction control and StabiliTrak can It is recommended to leave the spinning or beginning to lose be turned on by pressing and system on for normal driving traction while driving. If traction releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak button conditions, but it may be necessary control is turned off, only the if they are not automatically shut off to turn the system off if the vehicle brake-traction control portion of for any other reason. This will also is stuck in sand, mud, ice or snow, traction control will work. The engine speed management will be enable the TSC feature. and you want to “rock” the vehicle to attempt to free it. It may also be disabled. In this mode, engine When the TCS or StabiliTrak system power is not reduced automatically is turned off, the StabiliTrak light necessary to turn off the system when driving in extreme off-road and the driven wheels can spin and the appropriate TCS off or more freely. This can cause the StabiliTrak off message will be conditions where high wheel spin is required. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck brake-traction control to activate displayed on the DIC to warn the constantly. driver. The vehicle will still have on page 9‑14. brake-traction control when traction Notice: If the wheel(s) of one axle Traction Control Operation is allowed to spin excessively control is off, but will not be able to ® use the engine speed management TCS is part of the StabiliTrak while the StabiliTrak , ABS, brake warning lights, and any relevant system. See “Traction Control system. Traction control limits wheel DIC messages are displayed, the Operation” next for more spin by reducing engine power to information. the wheels (engine speed transfer case could be damaged. management) and by applying The repairs would not be covered brakes to each individual wheel by the vehicle warranty. Reduce (brake-traction control) as engine power and do not spin the necessary. wheel(s) excessively while these lights and messages are displayed. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (38,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-38 Driving and Operating

TCS may activate on dry or rough Non-hybrid vehicles with StabiliTrak Continuous Damping roads or under conditions such as have a Trailer Sway Control (TSC) heavy acceleration while turning or feature. See Trailer Sway Control Control (CDC) abrupt upshifts/downshifts of the (TSC) on page 9‑72. This vehicle may have a continuous transmission. When this happens, a damping control system called Non-hybrid vehicles with StabiliTrak ® reduction in acceleration may be have a Hill Start Assist (HSA) Autoride or MagneRide™. With noticed, or a noise or vibration may feature. See Hill Start Assist (HSA) this feature, improved vehicle ride be heard. This is normal. and handling is provided under a on page 9‑35. If cruise control is being used when variety of passenger and loading Adding non‐dealer accessories can conditions. the system activates, the StabiliTrak affect the vehicle's performance. light will flash and cruise control will See Accessories and Modifications Autoride and MagneRide are fully automatically disengage. Cruise automatic and use a computer on page 10‑3. control may be reengaged when controller to continuously monitor road conditions allow. See Cruise Locking Rear Axle vehicle speed, wheel to body Control on page 9‑39. position, lift/dive and steering StabiliTrak may also turn off Vehicles with a locking rear axle can position of the vehicle. The automatically if it determines that a give more traction on snow, mud, controller then sends signals to problem exists with the system. ice, sand, or gravel. It works like a each shock absorber to If the problem does not clear itself standard axle most of the time, but independently adjust the damping after restarting the vehicle, see your when traction is low, this feature will level to provide the optimum dealer for service. allow the rear wheel with the most vehicle ride. traction to move the vehicle. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (39,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-39

Autoride and MagneRide also This type of level control is fully Cruise Control interact with the tow/haul mode that, automatic and will provide a better when activated, will provide leveled riding position as well as additional control of the shock better handling under a variety of { WARNING absorbers. This additional control passenger and loading conditions. results in better ride and handling An air compressor connected to the Cruise control can be dangerous characteristics when the vehicle is rear shocks will raise or lower the where you cannot drive safely at loaded or towing a trailer. See “Tow/ rear of the vehicle to maintain a steady speed. So, do not use Haul Mode” under Trailer Towing on proper vehicle height. The system is the cruise control on winding page 9‑59 for more information. activated when the ignition key is roads or in heavy traffic. turned to ON/RUN and will Cruise control can be dangerous Automatic Level Control automatically adjust vehicle height on slippery roads. On such roads, thereafter. The system may exhaust The automatic level control rear fast changes in tire traction can (lower vehicle height) for up to cause excessive wheel slip, and suspension is available on light‐duty ten minutes after the ignition key you could lose control. Do not use vehicles and comes as a part of the has been turned off. You may hear cruise control on slippery roads. Continuous Damping Control (CDC) the air compressor operating when suspension, if equipped. the height is being adjusted. With cruise control, a speed of If a weight‐distributing hitch is being used, it is recommended to allow about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can the shocks to inflate, thereby be maintained without keeping your leveling the vehicle prior to adjusting foot on the accelerator. Cruise the hitch. control does not work at speeds below about 40 km/h (25 mph). GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (40,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-40 Driving and Operating

When the brakes are applied, the SET − (Set/Coast): Press to set cruise control turns off. the speed and activate cruise control or make the vehicle This vehicle has a Hydra‐Matic decelerate. 6‐speed automatic transmission, see “Grade Braking” under [ (Cancel): Press to disengage Tow/Haul Mode on page 9‑31 for an cruise control without erasing the explanation of how cruise control set speed from memory. interacts with the Range Selection Mode, tow/haul and grade braking Setting Cruise Control systems. If the cruise button is on when not in This vehicle has StabiliTrak and use, it could get bumped and go into when the system begins to limit cruise when not desired. Keep the wheel spin, the cruise control will cruise control switch off when cruise (On/Off): Turns the system on automatically disengage. See I is not being used. and off. The indicator light on the StabiliTrak® The cruise control light on the System on page 9‑35. button turns on when cruise control instrument panel cluster comes on When road conditions allow the is on and turns off when cruise cruise control to be safely used after the cruise control has been set control is off. again, it can be turned back on. to the desired speed. + RES (Resume/Accelerate): Press briefly to make the vehicle 1. Press I. resume to a previously set speed, 2. Get up to the desired speed. or press and hold to accelerate. 3. Press the SET− button located on the steering wheel and release it. 4. Take your foot off the accelerator. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (41,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-41

Resuming a Set Speed Reducing Speed While Using Using Cruise Control on Hills If the cruise control is set at a Cruise Control How well the cruise control works desired speed and then the brakes If the cruise control system is on hills depends on the vehicle are applied, the cruise control is already activated, speed, the load, and the steepness disengaged without erasing the set of the hills. When going up steep . Press and hold the SET– button speed from memory. on the steering wheel until the hills, pressing the accelerator pedal Once the vehicle speed reaches desired lower speed is reached, may be necessary to maintain about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, then release it. vehicle speed. press the +RES button on the While going downhill, the Cruise . To slow down in small amounts, steering wheel. The vehicle returns Grade Braking feature may press the SET– button on the to the previous set speed and stays steering wheel briefly. Each time automatically shift to a lower gear to there. this is done, the vehicle goes keep the vehicle's speed down. about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower. It may be necessary to apply the Increasing Speed While Using brake or manually shift the Cruise Control Passing Another Vehicle While transmission to a lower gear. The If the cruise control system is Using Cruise Control vehicle may shift to a higher gear already activated, Use the accelerator pedal to when grade braking assistance is . Press and hold the +RES button increase your speed. When you no longer required. Cruise Grade on the steering wheel until the take your foot off the pedal, the Braking is not available while in desired speed is reached, then vehicle will slow down to the Range Selection Mode. See "Range release it. previous set cruise speed. Selection Mode" under Manual Mode on page 9‑30. . To increase vehicle speed in small amounts, press the +RES When the brakes are manually button. Each time this is done, applied the cruise control is the vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h disengaged. (1 mph) faster. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (42,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-42 Driving and Operating

Ending Cruise Control Object Detection How the System Works There are three ways to end cruise Systems URPA comes on automatically when control: the shift lever is moved into . To disengage cruise control, Ultrasonic Parking Assist R (Reverse). A single tone sounds step lightly on the brake pedal. to indicate the system is working. If available, the Ultrasonic Rear URPA operates only at speeds less . Press the [ button on the Parking Assist (URPA) system uses than 8 km/h (5 mph). steering wheel. sensors on the rear bumper to An obstacle is indicated by audible . To turn off the cruise control, assist with parking and avoiding objects while in R (Reverse). beeps. The time between the beeps press I on the steering wheel. gets shorter as the vehicle approaches the obstacle. Erasing Speed Memory { WARNING A continuous tone is heard when The cruise control set speed is The URPA system does not the distance is less than erased from memory by pressing 30 cm (12 in). detect pedestrians, bicyclists, the I button or if the ignition is animals, or objects below the To be detected, objects must be at turned off. bumper or that are too close or least 25 cm (10 in) off the ground too far from the vehicle. To and below liftgate level. Objects prevent injury, death, or vehicle must also be within 2.5 m (8 ft) from damage, even with URPA, always the rear bumper. This distance may check the area around the vehicle be less during warmer or humid and check all mirrors before weather. backing. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (43,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-43

Turning the System On and Off PARK ASSIST OFF: This message Other conditions may affect system occurs if the driver disables the performance, such as vibrations system or if the vehicle is driven from a jackhammer or the above 8 km/h (5 mph) in compression of air brakes on a very R (Reverse). large truck. PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE OWNERS MANUAL: This Side Blind Zone message can occur under the Alert (SBZA) Press this button, located next to following conditions: If available, the Side Blind Zone the radio, to disable URPA. . The ultrasonic sensors are not Alert system is a lane changing aid The indicator light comes on and clean. Keep the rear bumper that assists drivers with avoiding PARK ASSIST OFF displays on the free of mud, dirt, snow, ice, crashes that occur with vehicles in Driver Information Center (DIC). slush, and frost. The message the side blind zones. See Object Detection System may not clear until frost or ice Messages on page 5‑40. has melted all around and inside { WARNING the sensor. When the System Does Not . SBZA does not detect vehicles Seem to Work Properly A trailer is attached to the vehicle, or a bicycle or an object rapidly approaching outside of the The following messages may be hanging out of the liftgate during side blind zones, pedestrians, displayed on the DIC: the current or last drive cycle. bicyclists, or animals. Failure to SERVICE PARK ASSIST: this URPA will return to normal use proper care when changing message occurs, take the vehicle to operation after it is determined lanes may result in injury, death, your dealer for repair. the object is removed. This or vehicle damage. Always check could take a few drive cycles. for other vehicles and use the . A tow bar is attached to the turn signals when changing lanes. vehicle. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (44,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-44 Driving and Operating

How the System Works the same side, the display will flash The SBZA symbol lights up in the to give you extra warning not to side mirrors when the system change lanes. detects a vehicle in the side blind At speeds greater then 32 km/h zone, indicating it may be unsafe to (20 mph), SBZA displays may come change lanes. Before making a lane on when approaching or passing change, check the SBZA display, other vehicles. SBZA displays may check all mirrors, glance over your come on when a passed vehicle shoulder, and use the turn signals. remains in or drops back into the detection zone. SBZA can be disabled through the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Driver SBZA Detection Zones Information Center (DIC) on The SBZA sensor covers a zone of page 5‑26. If SBZA is disabled by approximately one lane over from the driver, the SBZA mirror displays both sides of the vehicle, 3.5 m Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror will not light up. Display Display (11 ft). This zone starts at each side When the System Does Not Seem mirror and goes back approximately When the vehicle is started, both To Work Properly 5.0 m (16 ft). The height of the zone outside mirror SBZA displays will Missed alerts can occur under is approximately between briefly come on to indicate the normal circumstances and will 0.5 m (1.5 ft) and 2.0 m (6 ft) off the system is operating. When the increase in wet conditions. The ground. vehicle is moving forward, the left or system does not need to be Use caution while changing lanes right side mirror display will light up serviced. SBZA is designed to when towing a trailer, as the SBZA if a vehicle is detected in that blind ignore stationary objects; however, detection zones do not change zone. If the turn signal is activated the system may occasionally light when a trailer is towed. and a vehicle is also detected on up due to guard rails, signs, trees, GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (45,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-45

shrubs, and other stationary objects. The SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT ON SERVICE SIDE BLIND ZONE This is normal system operation, the option will not be selectable if the ALERT SYSTEM: If this message vehicle does not need service. conditions for normal system appears, both SBZA displays will If the SBZA displays do not light up operation are not met. remain on indicating there is a problem with the SBZA system. when the system is on and vehicles SBZA Error Messages are in the blind zone, the system If these displays remain on after may need service. Take the vehicle The following messages may continued driving, the system needs to your dealer. appear in the DIC: service. Take the vehicle to your dealer. SBZA does not operate when the SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT SBZA sensors in the left or right SYSTEM OFF: This message FCC Information corners of the rear bumper are indicates that the driver has turned the system off. See Radio Frequency Statement on covered with mud, dirt, snow, ice, page 13‑20 for information slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For SIDE BLIND ZONE SYSTEM regarding Part 15 of the Federal cleaning instructions, see “Washing UNAVAILABLE: This message Communications Commission (FCC) the Vehicle” under Exterior Care on indicates that the SBZA system is rules and Industry Canada page 10‑88. If the DIC still displays disabled either because the sensor Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. the SIDE BLIND ZONE SYSTEM is blocked and cannot detect UNAVAILABLE message after vehicles in your blind zone, or the Frequency of operation: cleaning the bumper, see your vehicle is passing through an open 24.05GHz – 24.25GHz dealer. field of view area, such as the Field Strength: Not greater than The SBZA displays may remain on desert, where there is insufficient 2.5V/m peak (0.25V/m average) at a if a trailer is attached to the vehicle, data for operation. This message distance of 3m may also activate during heavy rain or a bicycle or object is extending The manufacturer is not responsible or due to road spray. The vehicle out to either side of the vehicle. for any radio or TV interference does not need service. For cleaning, caused by unauthorized When SBZA is disabled for any see Washing the Vehicle under “ ” modifications to this equipment. reason other than the driver turning Exterior Care on page 10‑88. it off, it cannot be turned back on. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (46,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-46 Driving and Operating

Such modifications could void the To turn the RVC system on, press WARNING (Continued) user's authority to operate the and hold z until the left indicator equipment. backing may result in injury, light comes on. The RVC system display will appear in the mirror. Rear Vision death, or vehicle damage. Always check behind and around the Camera (RVC) Vehicles with Navigation vehicle before backing. System If available, the Rear Vision Camera The RVC system is designed to (RVC) system displays part of the Vehicles without Navigation help the driver when backing up by scene behind the vehicle. System displaying a view of the area behind the vehicle. When the vehicle is { WARNING The RVC system displays a view of the area behind the vehicle. When shifted into R (Reverse), the video image appears on the navigation The RVC system does not display the vehicle is on and shifted into R (Reverse) the video image screen. After a delay, the navigation pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, screen displays the last screen after or any other object located appears on the inside rearview mirror. The video image disappears the vehicle is shifted out of outside the camera's field of view, R (Reverse). below the bumper, or under the after the vehicle is shifted out of vehicle. Do not back the vehicle R (Reverse). Turning the RVC System On or Off using only the RVC screen, such Turning the RVC System On or Off To turn the RVC system on or off: as during longer, higher speed To turn off the RVC system, press 1. Shift into P (Park). backing maneuvers, or where there could be cross-traffic. and hold z , located on the inside 2. Press MENU to enter the Perceived distances may be rearview mirror, until the left configure menu options. Turn different from actual distances. indicator light turns off. The RVC the Multifunction knob until the display is now disabled. Failure to use proper care before Display feature is highlighted (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (47,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-47

and press the Multifunction . Shifting into P (Park). disabled to use the caution symbols. knob. Or press the Display . Reach a vehicle speed of If URPA has been disabled and the screen button 8 km/h (5 mph). symbols have been turned on, the 3. Select the Rear Camera Options Rear Parking Assist Symbols Adjusting the Brightness and Unavailable error message may screen button. The Rear Camera Contrast of the Screen Options screen displays. display. See Ultrasonic Parking To adjust the brightness and Assist on page 9‑42. contrast of the screen, press the The symbols appear near objects MENU button while the RVC image detected by the URPA system. The is on the display. Any adjustments symbol may cover the object when made will only affect the RVC viewing the navigation screen. screen. To turn the symbols on or off: ] (Brightness): Touch the + (plus) or – (minus) screen buttons to 1. Make sure that URPA has not increase or decrease the brightness been disabled. of the screen. 2. Shift into P (Park). 4. Select the Video screen button. _ (Contrast): Touch the + (plus) or 3. Press MENU to enter the When the Video screen button is – (minus) screen buttons to increase configure menu options. Turn highlighted the RVC or decrease the contrast of the the Multifunction knob until the system is on. screen. Display feature is highlighted The delay that is received after Symbols and press the Multifunction shifting out of R (Reverse) is knob. Or press the Display approximately 10 seconds. The The navigation system may have a screen button delay can be canceled by feature that allows for viewing 4. Select the Rear Camera Options performing one of the following: parking assist symbols on the screen button. The Rear Camera navigation screen while using the . Pressing a hard key on the RVC. The Ultrasonic Rear Park Options screen displays. navigation system. Assist (URPA) system must not be GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (48,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-48 Driving and Operating

5. Touch the Symbols screen RVC Location button. The screen button will be highlighted when on. Guidelines The RVC system has a guideline overlay that can help the driver align the vehicle when backing into a parking spot. To turn the guidelines on or off: 1. Make sure that URPA has not been disabled. A. View displayed by the camera 2. Shift into P (Park). 3. Press MENU to enter the The camera is located above the configure menu options. Turn license plate. the Multifunction knob until the This shows the field of view that the Display feature is highlighted camera provides. and press the Multifunction knob. Or press the Display screen button 4. Select the Rear Camera Options screen button. The Rear Camera A. View displayed by the camera Options screen displays. B. Corners of the rear bumper 5. Touch the Guidelines screen button. The screen button will be highlighted when on. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (49,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-49

Displayed images may be further or . The back of the vehicle is in an The fast flash conditions are closer than they appear. The area accident, the position and used to protect the video device displayed is limited and objects mounting angle of the camera from high temperature which are close to either corner of can change or the camera can conditions. Once conditions the bumper or under the bumper do be affected. Be sure to have the return to normal the device will not display. camera and its position and reset and the green indicator will mounting angle checked at your stop flashing. When the System Does Not dealer. Seem To Work Properly During any of these fault conditions, The RVC system display in the the display will be blank and the The RVC system might not work rearview mirror may turn off or not indicator will flash while the vehicle properly or display a clear image if: appear as expected due to one of is in R (Reverse) or until the the following conditions. If this . The RVC is turned off. See conditions return to normal. Turning the RVC System On or occurs the left indicator light on the “ Press and hold when the left Off earlier in this section. mirror will flash. z ” indicator light is flashing to turn off . A slow flash may indicate a loss . It is dark. the video display along with the left of video signal, or no video indicator light. . The sun or the beam of signal present during the reverse headlamps is shining directly cycle. into the camera lens. . A fast flash may indicate that the . Ice, snow, mud, or anything else display has been on for the builds up on the camera lens. maximum allowable time during Clean the lens, rinse it with a reverse cycle, or the display water, and wipe it with a soft has reached an Over cloth. Temperature limit. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (50,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-50 Driving and Operating

Fuel 87 octane or higher, but the vehicle's acceleration could be Use of the recommended fuel is an slightly reduced, and a slight audible important part of the proper knocking noise, commonly referred maintenance of this vehicle. To help to as spark knock, might be heard. keep the engine clean and maintain If the octane is less than 87, you optimum vehicle performance, we might notice a heavy knocking noise recommend the use of gasoline when you drive. If this occurs, use a advertised as TOP TIER Detergent gasoline rated at 87 octane or Gasoline. higher as soon as possible. Look for the TOP TIER label on the Otherwise, you could damage the fuel pump to ensure gasoline meets engine. If heavy knocking is heard when using gasoline rated at enhanced detergency standards Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge developed by auto companies. A list 91 octane or higher, the engine and a yellow fuel cap can use either needs service. of marketers providing TOP TIER unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel Detergent Gasoline can be found at containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). www.toptiergas.com. See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on Gasoline Specifications page 9‑52. For all other vehicles, (U.S. and Canada Only) use only the unleaded gasoline At a minimum, gasoline described under Recommended should meet ASTM specification D Fuel on page 9‑50. 4814 in the United States or CAN/ CGSB‐3.5 or 3.511 in Canada. Recommended Fuel Some gasolines contain an Use premium unleaded gasoline octane-enhancing additive called with a posted octane rating of 91 or methylcyclopentadienyl manganese higher. You can also use regular tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend unleaded gasoline rated at against the use of gasolines GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (51,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-51

containing MMT. See Fuel Additives Fuels in Foreign regulations. To help keep fuel on page 9‑51 for additional injectors and intake valves clean information. Countries and avoid problems due to dirty Never use leaded gasoline or any injectors or valves, look for gasoline California Fuel other fuel not recommended in the that is advertised as TOP TIER Requirements previous text on fuel. Costly repairs Detergent Gasoline. Look for the caused by use of improper fuel TOP TIER label on the fuel pump to If the vehicle is certified to meet would not be covered by the vehicle ensure gasoline meets enhanced California Emissions Standards, it is warranty. detergency standards developed by designed to operate on fuels that the auto companies. A list of To check the fuel availability, ask an meet California specifications. See marketers providing TOP TIER auto club, or contact a major oil the underhood emission control Detergent Gasoline can be found at company that does business in the label. If this fuel is not available in www.toptiergas.com. country where you will be driving. states adopting California Emissions For customers who do not use TOP Standards, the vehicle will operate TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly, satisfactorily on fuels meeting Fuel Additives one bottle of GM Fuel System federal specifications, but emission To provide cleaner air, all gasolines Treatment PLUS, added to the fuel control system performance might in the United States are now tank at every engine oil change, can be affected. The malfunction required to contain additives that help clean deposits from fuel indicator lamp could turn on and the help prevent engine and fuel system injectors and intake valves. GM Fuel vehicle might fail a smog check test. ‐ deposits from forming, allowing the System Treatment PLUS is the only See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on emission control system to work gasoline additive recommended by page 5 19. If this occurs, return to ‑ properly. In most cases, nothing General Motors. It is available at your authorized dealer for diagnosis. should have to be added to the fuel. your dealer. If it is determined that the condition However, some gasolines contain is caused by the type of fuel used, only the minimum amount of Gasolines containing oxygenates, repairs might not be covered by the additive required to meet U.S. such as ethers and ethanol, and vehicle warranty. Environmental Protection Agency reformulated gasolines might be available in your area. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (52,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-52 Driving and Operating

We recommend that you use these control system performance. The indicating ethanol content. Do not gasolines, if they comply with the malfunction indicator lamp might use the fuel if the ethanol content is specifications described earlier. turn on. If this occurs, return to your greater than 85%. However, E85 (85% ethanol) and dealer for service. At a minimum, E85 should meet other fuels containing more than ASTM Specification D 5798 or 15% ethanol must not be used in Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) CGSB Specification 3.512. Filling vehicles that were not designed for the tank with fuel mixtures that do those fuels. Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge and a yellow fuel cap can use either not meet ASTM or CGSB Notice: This vehicle was not unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel specifications can affect driveability designed for fuel that contains containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). and could cause the malfunction methanol. Do not use fuel For all other vehicles, use only the indicator lamp to come on. As the containing methanol. It can unleaded gasoline described under outside temperature approaches corrode metal parts in the fuel Recommended Fuel on page 9‑50. freezing, ethanol fuel distributors system and also damage plastic should supply winter grade ethanol, and rubber parts. That damage We encourage the use of E85 in the same as with unleaded would not be covered under the vehicles that are designed to use it. gasoline. vehicle warranty. The ethanol in E85 is a “renewable” fuel, meaning it is made from It is best not to alternate repeatedly Some gasolines that are renewable sources such as corn between gasoline and E85. If you not reformulated for low and other crops. do switch fuels, it is recommended emissions can contain an that you add as much fuel as Many service stations will not have octane-enhancing additive called possible — do not add less than methylcyclopentadienyl manganese an 85% ethanol fuel (E85) pump 11 L (3 gal) when refueling. You tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant available. The U.S. Department of should drive the vehicle immediately where you buy gasoline whether the Energy has an alternative fuels after refueling for at least 11 km fuel contains MMT. We recommend website (www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/ (7 mi) to allow the vehicle to adapt against the use of such gasolines. locator/stations/) that can help you to the change in ethanol Fuels containing MMT can reduce find E85 fuel. Those stations that do concentration. spark plug life and affect emission have E85 should have a label GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (53,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-53

E85 has less energy per liter Filling the Tank The tethered fuel cap is located (gallon) than gasoline, so you will behind a hinged fuel door on the need to refill the fuel tank more driver side of the vehicle. If the often when using E85 than when { WARNING vehicle has E85 fuel capability, the you are using gasoline. See Filling Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel cap will be yellow and state that the Tank on page 9 53. E85 or gasoline can be used. See ‑ fuel fire can cause bad injuries. Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on Notice: Some additives are not To help avoid injuries to you and page 9‑52. compatible with E85 fuel and can others, read and follow all the harm the vehicle's fuel system. instructions on the fuel pump Do not add anything to E85. island. Turn off the engine when Damage caused by additives refueling. Do not smoke near fuel would not be covered by the or when refueling the vehicle. Do vehicle warranty. not use cellular phones. Keep Notice: This vehicle was not sparks, flames, and smoking designed for fuel that contains materials away from fuel. Do not methanol. Do not use fuel leave the fuel pump unattended containing methanol. It can when refueling the vehicle. This is corrode metal parts in the fuel against the law in some places. system and also damage plastic Do not re-enter the vehicle while and rubber parts. That damage pumping fuel. Keep children away would not be covered under the from the fuel pump; never let vehicle warranty. To open the fuel door, push the children pump fuel. rearward center edge in and release and it will open. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (54,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-54 Driving and Operating

To remove the fuel cap, turn it Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not slowly counterclockwise. The fuel top off or overfill the tank and wait a { WARNING cap has a spring in it; if the cap is few seconds after you have finished released too soon, it will spring back pumping before removing the If a fire starts while you are to the right. nozzle. Clean fuel from painted refueling, do not remove the nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by While refueling, hang the tethered surfaces as soon as possible. See Exterior Care on page 10‑88. shutting off the pump or by fuel cap from the hook on the notifying the station attendant. fuel door. When replacing the fuel cap, insert Leave the area immediately. the tether in its hole before { WARNING tightening the cap. Turn the fuel cap clockwise until it clicks. It will require Notice: If a new fuel cap is Fuel can spray out on you if you more effort to turn the fuel cap on needed, be sure to get the right open the fuel cap too quickly. the last turn as you tighten it. Make type of cap from your dealer. The If you spill fuel and then sure the cap is fully installed. The wrong type of fuel cap might not something ignites it, you could be diagnostic system can determine if fit properly, might cause the badly burned. This spray can the fuel cap has been left off or malfunction indicator lamp to happen if the tank is nearly full, improperly installed. This would light, and could damage the fuel tank and emissions system. See and is more likely in hot weather. allow fuel to evaporate into the Malfunction Indicator Lamp on Open the fuel cap slowly and wait atmosphere. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 5 19. page 5 19. for any hiss noise to stop. Then ‑ ‑ unscrew the cap all the way. If the vehicle has a Driver Information Center (DIC), the TIGHTEN GAS CAP message displays if the fuel cap is not properly installed. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (55,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-55

Filling a Portable Fuel WARNING (Continued) Towing Container General Towing . Bring the fill nozzle in contact { WARNING with the inside of the fill Information Never fill a portable fuel container opening before operating the Only use towing equipment that has while it is in the vehicle. Static nozzle. Contact should be been designed for the vehicle. electricity discharge from the maintained until the filling is Contact your dealer or trailering container can ignite the fuel complete. dealer for assistance with preparing the vehicle for towing a trailer. vapor. You can be badly burned . Do not smoke while and the vehicle damaged if this pumping fuel. See the following trailer towing occurs. To help avoid injury to you information in this section: . Do not use a cellular phone and others: while pumping fuel. . For information on driving while . Dispense fuel only into towing a trailer, see “Driving approved containers. Characteristics and Towing Tips.” . Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle, in a . For maximum vehicle and trailer vehicle's trunk, pickup bed, weights, see “Trailer Towing.” or on any surface other than . For information on equipment to the ground. tow a trailer, see “Towing (Continued) Equipment.” GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (56,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-56 Driving and Operating

For information on towing a disabled . Do not tow a trailer at all during Important considerations that have vehicle, see Towing the Vehicle on the first 800 km (500 mi) the new to do with weight: page 10 85. For information on vehicle is driven. The engine, ‑ . The weight of the trailer. towing the vehicle behind another axle, or other parts could be vehicle such as a motor home, see damaged. . The weight of the trailer tongue. Recreational Vehicle Towing on . Then, during the first 800 km . The weight on the vehicle's tires. page 10‑85. (500 mi) that a trailer is towed, . The weight of the trailering do not drive over 80 km/h combination. Driving Characteristics (50 mph) and do not make starts and Towing Tips at full throttle. This helps the Driving with a Trailer engine and other parts of the Pulling a Trailer vehicle wear in at the heavier { WARNING Here are some important points: loads. . Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). When towing a trailer, exhaust . There are many different laws, gases may collect at the rear of including speed limit restrictions, Shift the transmission to a lower the vehicle and enter if the having to do with trailering. gear if the transmission shifts Make sure the rig will be legal, too often under heavy loads and/ liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most not only where you live but also or hilly conditions. window is open. where you will be driving. . If the vehicle has the Side Blind Engine exhaust contains Carbon A good source for this Zone Alert (SBZA) system and it Monoxide (CO) which cannot be information can be state or doesn't seem to be working seen or smelled. It can cause provincial police. properly while pulling a trailer, unconsciousness and even death. turn the system off. See Side . Consider using a sway control. Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) on (Continued) See “Hitches” in Towing page 9 43 for more information. Equipment on page 9‑63. ‑ GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (57,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-57

Towing a trailer requires a certain Passing WARNING (Continued) amount of experience. The More passing distance is needed combination you are driving is when towing a trailer. The To maximize safety when towing longer and not as responsive as the combination will not accelerate as a trailer: vehicle itself. Get acquainted with quickly and is longer so it is . the handling and braking of the rig Have the exhaust system necessary to go much farther before setting out for the open road. inspected for leaks and make beyond the passed vehicle before necessary repairs before Before starting, check all trailer hitch returning to the lane. starting a trip. parts and attachments, safety . Never drive with the liftgate, chains, electrical connectors, lamps, Backing Up trunk/hatch, or rear-most tires, and mirrors. If the trailer Hold the bottom of the steering window open. has electric brakes, start the wheel with one hand. Then, to move combination moving and then apply . Fully open the air outlets on the trailer to the left, move that hand the trailer brake controller by hand or under the instrument to the left. To move the trailer to the to be sure the brakes work. panel. right, move your hand to the right. During the trip, check occasionally Always back up slowly and, . Adjust the Climate Control to be sure that the load is secure if possible, have someone system to a setting that and the lamps and any trailer guide you. brings in only outside air and brakes still work. set the fan speed to the Making Turns highest setting. See Climate Following Distance Notice: Making very sharp turns Control System in the Index. Stay at least twice as far behind the while trailering could cause the For more information about vehicle ahead as you would when trailer to come in contact with the Carbon Monoxide, see Engine driving the vehicle without a trailer. vehicle. The vehicle could be Exhaust on page 9‑27. This can help to avoid heavy damaged. Avoid making very braking and sudden turns. sharp turns while trailering. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (58,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-58 Driving and Operating

When turning with a trailer, make The tow/haul mode may be used if Parking on Hills wider turns than normal. Do this so the transmission shifts too often. the trailer will not strike soft See Tow/Haul Mode Light on { WARNING shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees page 5‑22. or other objects. Avoid jerky or When towing at high altitude on Parking the vehicle on a hill with sudden maneuvers. Signal well in steep uphill grades, consider the the trailer attached can be advance. following: Engine coolant will boil at dangerous. If something goes If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn a lower temperature than at normal wrong, the rig could start to move. out, the arrows on the instrument altitudes. If the engine is turned off People can be injured, and both panel will still flash for turns. It is immediately after towing at high the vehicle and the trailer can be important to check occasionally to altitude on steep uphill grades, the damaged. When possible, always be sure the trailer bulbs are still vehicle may show signs similar to park the rig on a flat surface. working. engine overheating. To avoid this, let the engine run while parked, Driving on Grades preferably on level ground, with the If parking the rig on a hill: Reduce speed and shift to a lower automatic transmission in P (Park) 1. Press the brake pedal, but do gear before starting down a for a few minutes before turning the not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn long or steep downgrade. If the engine off. If the overheat warning the wheels into the curb if facing transmission is not shifted down, the comes on, see Engine Overheating downhill or into traffic if facing brakes might get hot and no longer on page 10‑20. uphill. work well. 2. Have someone place chocks Vehicles can tow in D(Drive). Shift under the trailer wheels. the transmission to a lower gear if 3. When the wheel chocks are in the transmission shifts too often place, release the regular brakes under heavy loads and/or hilly until the chocks absorb the load. conditions. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (59,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-59

4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then 4. Release the parking brake. Trailer Towing apply the parking brake and shift 5. Let up on the brake pedal. into P (Park). Do not tow a trailer during break‐in. 6. Drive slowly until the trailer is See New Vehicle Break-In on 5. Release the brake pedal. clear of the chocks. page 9‑19 for more information. { WARNING 7. Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks. { WARNING It can be dangerous to get out of Maintenance When Trailer The driver can lose control when the vehicle if the shift lever is not Towing pulling a trailer if the correct fully in P (Park) with the parking equipment is not used or the The vehicle needs service more brake firmly set. The vehicle vehicle is not driven properly. For can roll. often when pulling a trailer. See Maintenance Schedule on example, if the trailer is too heavy, the brakes may not work If the engine has been left page 11‑3. Things that are running, the vehicle can move especially important in trailer well — or even at all. The driver suddenly. You or others could be operation are automatic and passengers could be injured. To be sure the vehicle will transmission fluid, engine oil, axle seriously injured. The vehicle may not move, even when on fairly lubricant, belts, cooling system and also be damaged; the resulting level ground, always put the shift brake system. It is a good idea to repairs would not be covered by lever fully in P (Park) with the inspect these before and during the vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer parking brake firmly set. the trip. only if all the steps in this section Check periodically to see that all have been followed. Ask your hitch nuts and bolts are tight. dealer for advice and information Leaving After Parking on a Hill about towing a trailer with the 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. vehicle. 2. Start the engine. 3. Shift into a gear. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (60,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-60 Driving and Operating

Notice: Pulling a trailer The following information has many Trailer weight rating (TWR) is improperly can damage the time-tested, important trailering tips calculated assuming the tow vehicle vehicle and result in costly and safety rules. Many of these are has only the driver but all required repairs not covered by the vehicle important for your safety and that of trailering equipment. Weight of warranty. To pull a trailer your passengers. So please read additional optional equipment, correctly, follow the advice in this this section carefully before pulling a passengers and cargo in the tow section and see your dealer for trailer. vehicle must be subtracted from the important information about trailer weight rating. Weight of the Trailer towing a trailer with the vehicle. Use the following chart to determine To identify the trailering capacity of How heavy can a trailer safely be? how much the vehicle can weigh, the vehicle, read the information in It depends on how the rig is used. based upon the vehicle model and “Weight of the Trailer” that appears Speed, altitude, road grades, options. later in this section. outside temperature and how much Trailering is different than just the vehicle is used to pull a trailer driving the vehicle by itself. are all important. It can depend on Trailering means changes in any special equipment on the handling, acceleration, braking, vehicle, and the amount of tongue durability and fuel economy. weight the vehicle can carry. See Successful, safe trailering takes “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” later correct equipment, and it has to be in this section for more information. used properly. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (61,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-61

Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR* Yukon Denali 2WD 3.42 3 765 kg (8,300 lbs) 6 350 kg (14,000 lbs) Yukon Denali AWD 3.42 3 674 kg (8,100 lbs) 6 350 kg (14,000 lbs) Yukon XL Denali 2WD 3.42 3 583 kg (7,900 lbs) 6 350 kg (14,000 lbs) Yukon XL Denali AWD 3.42 3 538 kg (7,800 lbs) 6 350 kg (14,000 lbs) *The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) in the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded.

Ask your dealer for trailering includes the curb weight of the information or advice, or write us at vehicle, any cargo carried in it, and our Customer Assistance Offices. the people who will be riding in the See Customer Assistance Offices vehicle as well as trailer tongue (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑4 or weight. Vehicle options, equipment, Customer Assistance Offices passengers and cargo in the vehicle (Mexico) on page 13‑5 for more reduce the amount of tongue weight information. the vehicle can carry, which will also reduce the trailer weight the vehicle Weight of the Trailer Tongue can tow. See Vehicle Load Limits on The tongue load (A) of any trailer is page 9‑15 for more information very important because it is also about the vehicle's maximum load part of the vehicle weight. The capacity. Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (62,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-62 Driving and Operating

Trailer tongue weight (A) should be 10 percent to 15 percent and fifth wheel information. Make sure not to or gooseneck kingpin weight should be 15 to 25 percent of the loaded trailer exceed the GVWR limit for the weight (B) up to the maximums for vehicle series and hitch type shown vehicle, or the RGAWR, with the tow below: vehicle and trailer fully loaded for the trip including the weight of the Hitch Type Maximum Tongue trailer tongue. If using a weight Vehicle Series Weight distributing hitch, make sure not to 1500 Weight Carrying 272 kg (600 lbs) exceed the RGAWR before applying the weight distribution spring bars. 1500 Weight Distributing 499 kg (1,100 lbs) Weight of the Trailering Combination Do not exceed the maximum After loading the trailer, weigh the It is important that the combination allowable tongue weight for the trailer and then the tongue, of the tow vehicle and trailer vehicle. Choose the shortest hitch separately, to see if the weights are does not exceed any of its weight extension that will position the hitch proper. If they are not, adjustments ratings — GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, ball closest to the vehicle. This will might be made by moving some Trailer Weight Rating or Tongue help reduce the effect of trailer items around in the trailer. Weight. The only way to be sure it is tongue weight on the rear axle. Total Weight on the Vehicle's not exceeding any of these ratings Trailering may be limited by the Tires is to weigh the tow vehicle and vehicle's ability to carry tongue trailer combination, fully loaded for weight. Tongue or kingpin weight Be sure the vehicle's tires are the trip, getting individual weights cannot cause the vehicle to exceed inflated to the inflation pressures for each of these items. the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight found on the Certification label on Rating) or the RGAWR (Rear Gross the driver door or see Vehicle Load Axle Weight Rating). See “Total Limits on page 9‑15 for more Weight on the Vehicle's Tires” later in this section for more information. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (63,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-63

Towing Equipment Weight‐Distributing Hitch Safety Chains Adjustment Hitches Always attach chains between the vehicle and the trailer. Cross the The correct hitch equipment helps safety chains under the tongue of maintain combination control. Many the trailer to help prevent the tongue trailers can be towed with a weight from contacting the road if it carrying hitch which simply features becomes separated from the hitch. a coupler latched to the hitch ball, Instructions about safety chains or a tow eye latched to a pintle may be provided by the hitch hook. Other trailers may require a manufacturer or by the trailer weight distributing hitch that uses manufacturer. If the trailer being spring bars to distribute the trailer towed weighs up to 2 271 kg tongue weight among the two (5,000 lbs) with a factory-installed vehicle and trailer axles. See step bumper, safety chains may be “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” in attached to the attaching points on Trailer Towing on page 9‑59 for A. Body to Ground Distance the bumper, otherwise, safety rating limits with various hitch types. B. Front of Vehicle chains should be attached to holes Consider using sway controls with on the trailer hitch platform. Always any trailer. Ask a trailering When using a weight-distributing leave just enough slack so the professional about sway controls or hitch, the spring bars should be combination can turn. Never allow refer to the trailer manufacturer's adjusted so the distance (A) is the safety chains to drag on the ground. recommendations and instructions. same after coupling the trailer to the tow vehicle and adjusting the hitch. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (64,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-64 Driving and Operating

Trailer Brakes Trailer Wiring Harness The seven-wire harness contains the following trailer circuits: A loaded trailer that weighs more Heavy-Duty Trailer Wiring Harness than 900 kg (2,000 lbs) needs to Package . Yellow: Left Stop/Turn Signal have its own brake system that is . Dark Green: Right Stop/Turn adequate for the weight of the Signal trailer. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes . Brown: Taillamps so they are installed, adjusted and . White: Ground maintained properly. . Light Green: Back-up Lamps Since the vehicle is equipped with . StabiliTrak®, the trailer brakes Red: Battery Feed cannot tap into the vehicle's . Dark Blue: Trailer Brake hydraulic system. If charging a remote (non-vehicle) battery, press the tow/haul mode button located at the end of the shift lever. This will boost the vehicle The vehicle is equipped with the system voltage and properly charge seven-wire trailer towing harness. the battery. If the trailer is too light This harness with a seven-pin for tow/haul mode, turn on the universal trailer connector is headlamps as a second way to attached to a bracket on the hitch boost the vehicle system and platform. charge the battery. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (65,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-65

Electric Brake Control Wiring Do not power both ITBC and Tow/Haul is a feature that assists Provisions aftermarket controllers to control the when pulling a heavy trailer or a trailer brakes at the same time. large or heavy load. See Tow/Haul These wiring provisions are Mode on page 9‑31 for more included with the vehicle as part of Tow/Haul Mode information. the trailer wiring package. These provisions are for an electric brake Tow/Haul is designed to be most controller. The instrument panel effective when the vehicle and contains blunt cut wires near the trailer combined weight is at least data link connector for the trailer 75 percent of the vehicle's Gross brake controller. The harness Combined Weight Rating (GCWR). contains the following wires: See “Weight of the Trailer” in Trailer Towing on page 9‑59. Tow/Haul is . Dark Blue: Brake Signal to Pressing this button at the end of most useful under the following Trailer Connector the shift lever turns on and off the driving conditions: . tow/haul mode. Red/Black: Battery . When pulling a heavy trailer or a . Light Blue/White: Brake Switch large or heavy load through rolling terrain. . White: Ground . When pulling a heavy trailer or a It should be installed by your dealer large or heavy load in stop and or a qualified service center. go traffic. If the vehicle is equipped with an . When pulling a heavy trailer or a ITBC, the blunt cuts exist, but are This indicator light on the instrument large or heavy load in busy not connected further in the panel cluster comes on when the parking lots where improved low harness. If an aftermarket trailer tow/haul mode is on. speed control of the vehicle is brake controller is installed, the desired. ITBC must be disconnected. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (66,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-66 Driving and Operating

Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul This symbol is located on the Trailer Non-hybrid vehicles with StabiliTrak when lightly loaded or with no trailer Brake Control Panel on vehicles have a Hill Start Assist (HSA) at all will not cause damage. with an Integrated Trailer Brake feature. See Hill Start Assist (HSA) However, there is no benefit to the Control System. The power output on page 9‑35. selection of Tow/Haul when the to the trailer brakes is based on the If the vehicle’s brake, anti‐lock vehicle is unloaded. Such a amount of brake pressure being brake or StabiliTrak systems are not selection when unloaded may result applied by the vehicle’s brake functioning properly, the ITBC in unpleasant engine and system. This available power output system may not be fully functional transmission driving characteristics to the trailer brakes can be adjusted or may not function at all. Make sure and reduced fuel economy. Tow/ to a wide range of trailering all of these systems are fully Haul is recommended only when situations. operational to ensure full pulling a heavy trailer or a large or The ITBC system is integrated with functionality of the ITBC system. heavy load. the vehicle’s brake, anti‐lock brake The ITBC system is powered Integrated Trailer Brake and StabiliTrak systems. In trailering through the vehicle's electrical Control System conditions that cause the vehicle’s system. Turning the ignition off will anti‐lock brake or StabiliTrak also turn off the ITBC system. The systems to activate, power sent to ITBC system is fully functional only the trailer's brakes will be when the ignition is in ON or automatically adjusted to minimize in RUN. trailer wheel lock-up. This does not imply that the trailer has the The ITBC system can only be used StabiliTrak system. with trailers with electric brakes. The vehicle may have an Integrated Non-hybrid vehicles with StabiliTrak Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system have a Trailer Sway Control (TSC) for electric trailer brakes. feature. See Trailer Sway Control (TSC) on page 9‑72. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (67,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-67

When trailering, make sure of the Trailer Brake Control Panel { WARNING following: Connecting a trailer that is not . The ITBC system is used only compatible with the ITBC system with trailers that are equipped may result in reduced or complete with electric brakes. loss of trailer braking. There may . All applicable local and federal be an increase in stopping laws and regulations are distance or trailer instability which followed. could result in personal injury or . All electrical and mechanical damage to the vehicle, trailer, connections to the trailer are or other property. An aftermarket made correctly. controller may be available for . use with trailers with surge, air, The trailer’s brakes are in proper working condition. or electric‐over‐hydraulic trailer A. Manual Trailer Brake Apply brake systems. To determine the . The trailer and vehicle are Lever type of brakes on the trailer and properly loaded for the towing B. Trailer Gain Adjustment Buttons the availability of controllers, condition. check with your trailer The ITBC system is a factory The ITBC system has a control panel located on the instrument manufacturer or dealer. installed item. Out‐of‐factory installation of this system should not panel to the left of the steering be attempted. GM is not responsible column. The control panel allows for warranty or performance of the adjustment to the amount of output, referred to as trailer gain, available system resulting from out‐of‐factory installation. to the electric trailer brakes and allows manual application the trailer brakes. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (68,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-68 Driving and Operating

The Trailer Brake Control Panel is displayed, pressing a Trailer Gain, press one of the Trailer Gain used along with the Trailer Brake Gain button will first recall the adjustment buttons located on the Display Page on the DIC to adjust current Trailer Gain setting. After Trailer Brake Control Panel. Press and display power output to the the Trailer Brake Display Page is and hold a gain button to cause the trailer brakes. displayed, each press and Trailer Gain to continuously adjust. release of the gain buttons will To turn the output to the trailer off, Trailer Brake DIC Display Page then cause the Trailer Gain adjust the Trailer Gain setting to The ITBC system displays setting to change. 0.0 (zero). messages into the vehicle s Driver ’ . Activating the Manual Trailer 0.0 (zero) gain is the factory default Information Center (DIC). See Brake Apply lever setting. To properly adjust trailer Driver Information Center (DIC) on gain, see the Trailer Gain page 5‑26 for more information. . Connecting a trailer equipped with electric trailer brakes Adjustment Procedure later in this The display page indicates Trailer section. Gain setting, power output to the All DIC warning and service TRAILER OUTPUT – This is electric trailer brakes, trailer messages must first be acknowledged by the driver by displayed any time a trailer with connection and system operational electric brakes is connected. Output status. pressing the odometer trip stem or the DIC Vehicle Information button to the electric brakes is based on The Trailer Brake Display Page can (if equipped) before the Trailer the amount of vehicle braking be displayed by performing any of Brake Display Page can be present and relative to the Trailer the following actions: displayed and Trailer Gain can be Gain setting. Output is displayed from 0 to 10 bars for each gain . Scrolling through the DIC menu adjusted. pages using the odometer trip setting. TRAILER GAIN – This setting is stem or the DIC Vehicle displayed anytime the Trailer Brake Non-hybrid vehicles with Trailer Information button (if equipped). Display Page is active. This setting Sway Control (TSC) or Hill Start Assist (HSA), output to the electric . Pressing a Trailer Gain can be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 trailer brakes may be displayed button – If the Trailer Brake with either a trailer connected or Display Page is not currently disconnected. To adjust the Trailer when the systems are active. See GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (69,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-69

Trailer Sway Control (TSC) on Manual Trailer Brake Apply Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure page 9‑35 and Hill Start Assist The Manual Trailer Brake Apply Trailer Gain should be set for a (HSA) on page 9‑35. Lever is located on the Trailer Brake specific trailering condition and must The Trailer Output will Control Panel and is used to apply be adjusted any time vehicle indicate “------“on the Trailer the trailer’s electric brakes loading, trailer loading or road Brake Display Page whenever the independent of the vehicle’s brakes. surface conditions change. following occur: This lever is used in the Trailer Gain Setting the Trailer Gain properly is Adjustment Procedure to properly . No trailer is connected. needed for the best trailer stopping adjust the power output to the trailer performance. A trailer that is . A trailer without electric brakes brakes. Sliding the lever to the left over-gained may result in locked is connected (no DIC message will apply only the trailer brakes. is displayed). trailer brakes. A trailer that is The power output to the trailer is under-gained may result in not . A trailer with electric brakes has indicated in the Trailer Brake enough trailer braking. Both of these become disconnected (a Display Page in the DIC. If the conditions may result in poorer CHECK TRAILER WIRING vehicle’s service brakes are applied stopping and stability of the vehicle message will also be displayed while using the Manual Trailer Brake and trailer. on the DIC). Apply Lever, the trailer output power will be the greater of the two. Use the following procedure to . There is a fault present in the correctly adjust Trailer Gain for each wiring to the electric trailer The trailer and the vehicle's brake towing condition: brakes (a CHECK TRAILER lamps will come on when either WIRING message will also be vehicle braking or manual trailer 1. Make sure the trailer brakes are displayed on the DIC). brakes are applied. in proper working condition. . There is a fault in the ITBC system (a SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM message will also be displayed in the DIC). GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (70,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-70 Driving and Operating

2. Connect a properly loaded trailer 4. Adjust the Trailer Gain by using 7. Re-adjust Trailer Gain any time to the vehicle and make all the gain adjustment (+ / -) vehicle loading, trailer loading or necessary mechanical and buttons on the Trailer Brake road surface conditions change electrical connections. See Control Panel. or if trailer wheel lock-up is Vehicle Load Limits on 5. Drive the vehicle with the trailer noticed at any time while towing. page 9‑15 for more information. attached on a level road surface Other ITBC Related DIC Messages 3. After the electrical connection is representative of the towing made to a trailer equipped with condition and free of traffic at In addition to displaying TRAILER electric brakes: about 32 to 40 km/h (20 to GAIN and TRAILER OUTPUT 25 mph) and fully apply the through the DIC, trailer connection . A TRAILER CONNECTED Manual Trailer Brake Apply and ITBC system status is displayed message will be briefly in the DIC. displayed on the DIC lever. display. Adjusting trailer gain at speeds TRAILER CONNECTED – This lower than 32 to 40 km/h (20 to message will be briefly displayed . The Trailer Brake Display when a trailer with electric brakes is Page will appear on the 25 mph) may result in an incorrect gain setting. first connected to the vehicle. This DIC showing TRAILER message will automatically turn off GAIN and TRAILER 6. Adjust the Trailer Gain to just in about ten seconds. The driver OUTPUT. below the point of trailer wheel can also acknowledge this message lock-up, indicated by trailer . In the Trailer Output display before it automatically turns off. wheel squeal or tire smoke when on the DIC, “------“will a trailer wheel locks. CHECK TRAILER WIRING – This disappear if there is no message will be displayed if: error present. Connecting a Trailer wheel lock-up may not trailer without electric occur if towing a heavily loaded 1. The ITBC system first brakes will not clear the six trailer. In this case, adjust the determines connection to a dashed lines. Trailer Gain to the highest trailer with electric brakes and allowable setting for the towing then the trailer harness becomes condition. disconnected from the vehicle. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (71,1) Edition - 11/10/11

Driving and Operating 9-71

If the disconnect occurs while To determine if the electrical fault is to an authorized GM dealer to have the vehicle is stationary, this on the vehicle side or trailer side of the ITBC system diagnosed and message will automatically turn the trailer wiring harness repaired. off in about thirty seconds. This connection, do the following: If either the CHECK TRAILER message will also turn off if the 1. Disconnect the trailer wiring WIRING or SERVICE TRAILER driver acknowledges this harness from the vehicle. BRAKE SYSTEM message is message off or if the trailer 2. Turn the ignition OFF. displayed while driving the vehicle, harness is re-connected. power is no longer available to the If the disconnect occurs while 3. Wait ten seconds, then turn the trailer brakes. When traffic the vehicle is moving, this ignition back to RUN. conditions allow, carefully pull the message will continue until the 4. If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING vehicle over to the side of the road ignition is turned off. This message re-appears, the and turn the ignition off. Check the message will also turn off if the electrical fault is on the wiring connection to the trailer and driver acknowledges this vehicle side. turn the ignition back on. If either of message off or if the trailer these messages continues, either harness is re-connected. If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING the vehicle or trailer needs service. message only re-appears when 2. There is an electrical fault in the connecting the trailer wiring An authorized GM dealer may be wiring to the electric trailer harness to the vehicle, the able to diagnose and repair brakes. This message will electrical fault is on the problems with the trailer. However, continue as long as there is trailer side. any diagnosis and repair of the an electrical fault in the trailer trailer is not covered under the wiring. This message will SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE vehicle warranty. Please contact also turn off if the driver SYSTEM – This message will be your trailer dealer for assistance acknowledges this message off. displayed when there is a problem with trailer repairs and trailer with the ITBC system. If this warranty information. message persists over multiple ignition cycles there is problem with the ITBC system. Take the vehicle GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (72,1) Edition - 11/10/11

9-72 Driving and Operating

Trailer Sway Conversions and Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle's 12‐volt battery, even if the Control (TSC) Add-Ons vehicle is not operating. Non-hybrid vehicles with StabiliTrak The vehicle has an airbag system. have a Trailer Sway Control (TSC) Add-On Electrical Before attempting to add anything feature. If the vehicle is towing a Equipment electrical to the vehicle, see trailer and the system detects that Servicing the Airbag-Equipped the trailer is swaying, the vehicle Notice: Do not add anything Vehicle on page 3‑39 and Adding brakes are applied without the driver electrical to the vehicle unless Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped pressing the brake pedal. If the you check with your dealer first. Vehicle on page 3‑39. vehicle is equipped with the Some electrical equipment can Integrated Trailer Brake Control damage the vehicle and the (ITBC) system, StabiliTrak may also damage would not be covered by apply the trailer brakes. The TCS/ the vehicle's warranty. Some StabiliTrak warning light will flash on add-on electrical equipment can the instrument panel cluster to notify keep other components from the driver to reduce speed. If the working as they should. trailer continues to sway, StabiliTrak will reduce engine torque to help slow the vehicle. See StabiliTrak® System on page 9‑35 for more information. Adding non‐dealer accessories can affect the vehicle performance. See Accessories and Modifications on page 10‑3 for more information. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (1,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-1

Engine Coolant ...... 10-16 Headlamp Aiming Vehicle Care Engine Overheating ...... 10-20 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-32 Overheated Engine Protection Bulb Replacement General Information Operating Mode ...... 10-22 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-34 General Information ...... 10-2 Engine Fan ...... 10-22 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-34 California Proposition Power Steering Fluid ...... 10-22 Taillamps, Turn Signal, 65 Warning ...... 10-3 Washer Fluid ...... 10-23 Stoplamps, and Back-Up California Perchlorate Brakes ...... 10-24 Lamps ...... 10-34 Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 Brake Fluid ...... 10-25 License Plate Lamp ...... 10-35 Accessories and Battery ...... 10-26 Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-36 Modifications ...... 10-3 All-Wheel Drive ...... 10-27 Electrical System Front Axle ...... 10-28 Vehicle Checks Electrical System Rear Axle ...... 10-28 Doing Your Own Overload ...... 10-36 Starter Switch Check ...... 10-29 Service Work ...... 10-4 Fuses and Circuit Automatic Transmission Shift Hood ...... 10-5 Breakers ...... 10-37 Lock Control Function Engine Compartment Engine Compartment Fuse Check ...... 10-30 Overview ...... 10-6 Block ...... 10-37 Ignition Transmission Lock Engine Oil ...... 10-8 Instrument Panel Fuse Check ...... 10-30 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-10 Block ...... 10-41 Automatic Transmission Park Brake and P (Park) Fluid ...... 10-11 Mechanism Check ...... 10-30 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-14 Wiper Blade Cooling System ...... 10-16 Replacement ...... 10-31 Glass Replacement ...... 10-32 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (2,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-2 Vehicle Care

Wheels and Tires Uniform Tire Quality General Information Tires ...... 10-44 Grading ...... 10-61 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-46 Wheel Alignment and Tire For service and parts needs, visit Tire Designations ...... 10-47 Balance ...... 10-62 your dealer. You will receive Tire Terminology and Wheel Replacement ...... 10-63 genuine GM parts and GM-trained Definitions ...... 10-48 Tire Chains ...... 10-64 and supported service people. Tire Pressure ...... 10-51 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-64 Genuine GM parts have one of Tire Pressure for High-Speed Tire Changing ...... 10-66 these marks: Operation ...... 10-52 Secondary Latch System . . . 10-77 Tire Pressure Monitor Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 10-80 System ...... 10-52 Tire Pressure Monitor Jump Starting Operation ...... 10-54 Jump Starting ...... 10-80 Tire Inspection ...... 10-56 Towing Tire Rotation ...... 10-57 Towing the Vehicle ...... 10-85 When It Is Time for New Recreational Vehicle Tires ...... 10-58 Towing ...... 10-85 Buying New Tires ...... 10-59 Different Size Tires and Appearance Care Wheels ...... 10-60 Exterior Care ...... 10-88 Interior Care ...... 10-91 Floor Mats ...... 10-94 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (3,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-3

California Proposition California Perchlorate Accessories and 65 Warning Materials Requirements Modifications Most motor vehicles, including this Certain types of automotive Adding non‐dealer accessories or one, contain and/or emit chemicals applications, such as airbag making modifications to the vehicle known to the State of California to initiators, safety belt pretensioners, can affect vehicle performance and cause cancer and birth defects or and lithium batteries contained in safety, including such things as other reproductive harm. Engine Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, airbags, braking, stability, ride and exhaust, many parts and systems, may contain perchlorate materials. handling, emissions systems, many fluids, and some component Special handling may be necessary. aerodynamics, durability, and wear by-products contain and/or For additional information, see electronic systems like antilock emit these chemicals. www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ brakes, traction control, and stability perchlorate. control. These accessories or modifications could even cause malfunction or damage not covered by the vehicle warranty. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (4,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-4 Vehicle Care

Damage to vehicle components Vehicle Checks If doing some of your own service resulting from modifications or the work, use the proper service installation or use of non‐GM manual. It tells you much more certified parts, including control Doing Your Own about how to service the vehicle module or software modifications, is Service Work than this manual can. To order the not covered under the terms of the proper service manual, see Service If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the vehicle warranty and may affect Publications Ordering Information hybrid supplement for more remaining warranty coverage for on page 13 16. information. ‑ affected parts. This vehicle has an airbag system. GM Accessories are designed to { WARNING Before attempting to do your own complement and function with other service work, see Airbag System systems on the vehicle. See your It can be dangerous to work on Check on page 3‑41. dealer to accessorize the vehicle your vehicle if you do not have Keep a record with all parts receipts using genuine GM Accessories the proper knowledge, service and list the mileage and the date of installed by a dealer technician. manual, tools, or parts. Always any service work performed. See Also, see Adding Equipment to the follow owner manual procedures Maintenance Records on Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on and consult the service manual page 11‑15. page 3‑39. for your vehicle before doing any service work. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (5,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-5

Hood 3. Push the secondary hood release to the right. To open the hood: 4. Lift the hood. Before closing the hood, be sure all the filler caps are on properly. Then bring the hood from full open to within 152 mm (6 in) from the closed position, pause, then push the front center of the 1. Pull the handle with this symbol hood with a swift, firm motion to on it. It is located inside the fully close the hood. vehicle to the lower left of the steering wheel. 2. Then go to the front of the vehicle and locate the secondary hood release, near the center of the grille. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (6,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-6 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview 6.2L V8 Engine GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (7,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-7

A. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on F. Automatic Transmission J. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir page 10‑14. Dipstick (Out of View). See (Out of View). See Power B. Coolant Surge Tank and “Checking the Fluid Level” Steering Fluid on page 10‑22. Pressure Cap. See Cooling under Automatic Transmission K. Brake Master Cylinder Fluid on page 10 11. System on page 10‑16. ‑ Reservoir. See “Brake Fluid” C. Remote Positive (+) Terminal. G. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When under Brake Fluid on See Jump Starting on to Add Engine Oil” under page 10‑25. Engine Oil on page 10 8. page 10‑80. ‑ L. Engine Compartment Fuse H. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of Block on page 10 37. D. Battery on page 10‑26. ‑ View). See “Checking Engine M. Windshield Washer Fluid E. Remote Negative (−) Terminal Oil” under Engine Oil on (GND) (Out of View). See Jump Reservoir. See “Adding Washer page 10‑8. Fluid under Washer Fluid on Starting on page 10‑80. ” I. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of page 10‑23. View). See Cooling System on page 10‑16. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (8,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-8 Vehicle Care

Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil When to Add Engine Oil To ensure proper engine It is a good idea to check the engine performance and long life, careful oil level at each fuel fill. In order to attention must be paid to engine oil. get an accurate reading, the vehicle Following these simple, but must be on level ground. The important steps will help protect engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow your investment: loop. See Engine Compartment Overview on page 10‑6 for the . Always use engine oil approved location of the engine oil dipstick. to the proper specification and of If the oil is below the cross-hatched the proper viscosity grade. See Obtaining an accurate oil level area at the tip of the dipstick, add 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” reading is essential: and then recheck the level. See in this section. 1. If the engine has been running “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in . Check the engine oil level recently, turn off the engine and this section for an explanation of regularly and maintain the allow several minutes for the oil what kind of oil to use. For engine proper oil level. See “Checking to drain back into the oil pan. oil crankcase capacity, see Engine Oil” and “When to Add Checking the oil level too soon Capacities and Specifications on after engine shutoff will not Engine Oil” in this section. page 12‑2. provide an accurate oil level . Change the engine oil at the reading. appropriate time. See Engine Oil Life System on page 10‑10. 2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or cloth, then . Always dispose of engine oil push it back in all the way. properly. See “What to Do with Remove it again, keeping the tip Used Oil” in this section. down, and check the level. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (9,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-9

Notice: Do not add too much oil. Selecting the Right Engine Oil Notice: Failure to use the Oil levels above or below the recommended engine oil or Selecting the right engine oil acceptable operating range equivalent can result in engine depends on both the proper oil shown on the dipstick are harmful damage not covered by the specification and viscosity grade. to the engine. If you find that you vehicle warranty. Check with your See Recommended Fluids and have an oil level above the dealer or service provider on Lubricants on page 11 12. operating range, i.e., the engine ‑ whether the oil is approved to the has so much oil that the oil level Specification dexos1 specification. gets above the cross-hatched Use and ask for licensed engine oils area that shows the proper Viscosity Grade with the dexos1 approved operating range, the engine could ™ SAE 5W 30 is the best viscosity certification mark. Engine oils ‐ be damaged. You should drain grade for the vehicle. Do not use meeting the requirements for the out the excess oil or limit driving other viscosity grade oils such as vehicle should have the dexos1 of the vehicle and seek a service SAE 10W 30, 10W 40, or 20W 50. approved certification mark. This ‐ ‐ ‐ professional to remove the certification mark indicates that the If in an area of extreme cold, where excess amount of oil. oil has been approved to the dexos1 the temperature falls below −20°F See Engine Compartment Overview specification. (−29°C), an SAE 0W‐30 oil should on page 10‑6 for the location of the be used. An oil of this viscosity engine oil fill cap. grade will provide easier cold Add enough oil to put the level starting for the engine at extremely somewhere in the proper operating low temperatures. When selecting range. Push the dipstick all the way an oil of the appropriate viscosity back in when through. grade, always select an oil that meets the dexos1 specification or equivalent. See “Specification” for more information. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (10,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-10 Vehicle Care

Engine Oil Additives/Engine Used oil can be a threat to the On some vehicles, when the system Oil Flushes environment. If you change your has calculated that oil life has been own oil, be sure to drain all the oil diminished, a CHANGE ENGINE Do not add anything to the oil. The from the filter before disposal. Never OIL SOON message comes on to recommended oils with the dexos dispose of oil by putting it in the indicate that an oil change is specification and displaying the trash or pouring it on the ground, necessary. See Engine Oil dexos certification mark are all that into sewers, or into streams or Messages on page 5‑38. Change is needed for good performance and bodies of water. Recycle it by taking the oil as soon as possible within engine protection. it to a place that collects used oil. the next 1 000 km (600 mi). It is Engine oil system flushes are not possible that, if driving under the recommended and could cause Engine Oil Life System best conditions, the oil life system engine damage not covered by the might indicate that an oil change is vehicle warranty. When to Change Engine Oil not necessary for up to a year. The engine oil and filter must be What to Do with Used Oil This vehicle has a computer system that indicates when to change the changed at least once a year and, Used engine oil contains certain engine oil and filter. This is based at this time, the system must be elements that can be unhealthy for on a combination of factors which reset. For vehicles without the your skin and could even cause include engine revolutions, engine CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON cancer. Do not let used oil stay on temperature, and miles driven. message, an oil change is your skin for very long. Clean your Based on driving conditions, the needed when the OIL LIFE skin and nails with soap and water, mileage at which an oil change is REMAINING percentage is near or a good hand cleaner. Wash or indicated can vary considerably. For 0%. Your dealer has trained service properly dispose of clothing or rags the oil life system to work properly, people who will perform this work containing used engine oil. See the the system must be reset every time and reset the system. It is also manufacturer's warnings about the the oil is changed. important to check the oil regularly use and disposal of oil products. over the course of an oil drain interval and keep it at the proper level. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (11,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-11

If the system is ever reset 2. Press and hold the SET/RESET Automatic Transmission accidentally, the oil must be button on the DIC, or the trip changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) odometer reset stem if the Fluid since the last oil change. vehicle does not have DIC When to Check and Change Remember to reset the oil life buttons, for more than Automatic Transmission Fluid system whenever the oil is changed. five seconds. The oil life will change to 100%. It is usually not necessary to check How to Reset the Engine Oil the transmission fluid level. The Life System On all vehicles, the Engine Oil Life only reason for fluid loss is a System can be reset as follows: Reset the system whenever the transmission leak or overheating the engine oil is changed so that the 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with transmission. If a small leak is system can calculate the next the engine off. suspected, then use the following checking procedures to check the engine oil change. Always reset the 2. Fully press the accelerator pedal fluid level. However, if there is a engine oil life to 100% after every oil slowly three times within large leak, then it may be necessary change. It will not reset itself. To five seconds. reset the system on most vehicles: to have the vehicle towed to a 3. Display the OIL LIFE dealer and have it repaired before 1. Display the OIL LIFE REMAINING on the DIC. If the driving the vehicle further. REMAINING on the DIC. If the display shows 100%, the system Notice: Use of the incorrect vehicle does not have DIC is reset. See Driver Information automatic transmission fluid may buttons, the vehicle must be in Center (DIC) on page 5‑26. P (Park) to access this display. damage the vehicle, and the If the vehicle has a CHANGE See Driver Information Center damages may not be covered by ENGINE OIL SOON message and it the vehicle warranty. Always use (DIC) on page 5‑26. comes back on when the vehicle is the automatic transmission fluid started and/or the OIL LIFE listed in Recommended Fluids REMAINING is near 0%, the engine and Lubricants on page 11‑12. oil life system has not been reset. Repeat the procedure. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (12,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-12 Vehicle Care

Change the fluid and filter at the Before checking the fluid level, 6. Using the TRANS TEMP scheduled maintenance intervals prepare the vehicle as follows: reading, determine and perform listed in Maintenance Schedule on 1. Start the engine and park the the appropriate check page 11‑3. Be sure to use the vehicle on a level surface. Keep procedure. If the TRANS TEMP transmission fluid listed in the engine running. reading is not within the required Recommended Fluids and temperature ranges, allow the Lubricants on page 11‑12. 2. Apply the parking brake and vehicle to cool, or operate the place the shift lever in P (Park). vehicle until the appropriate How to Check Automatic transmission fluid temperature is Transmission Fluid 3. With your foot on the brake pedal, move the shift lever reached. Notice: Too much or too little through each gear range, Cold Check Procedure fluid can damage the pausing for about three seconds transmission. Too much can in each range. Then, move the Use this procedure only as a mean that some of the fluid could shift lever back to P (Park). reference to determine if the come out and fall on hot engine transmission has enough fluid to be 4. Allow the engine to idle parts or exhaust system parts, operated safely until a hot check (500 800 rpm) for at least starting a fire. Too little fluid – procedure can be made. The hot one minute. Slowly release the could cause the transmission to check procedure is the most brake pedal. overheat. Be sure to get an accurate method to check the fluid accurate reading if checking the 5. Keep the engine running and level. Perform the hot check transmission fluid. press the Trip/Fuel button or trip procedure at the first opportunity. odometer reset stem until Use this cold check procedure to TRANS TEMP (Transmission check fluid level when the Temperature) displays on the transmission temperature is Driver Information Center (DIC). between 27°C and 32°C (80°F and 90°F). GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (13,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-13

Hot Check Procedure Use this procedure to check the transmission fluid level when the transmission fluid temperature is between 71°C and 93°C (160°F and 200°F). 1. Locate the transmission dipstick at the rear of the engine 5. If the fluid level is below the The hot check is the most accurate compartment, on the passenger COLD check band, add only method to check the fluid level. The side of the vehicle. enough fluid as necessary to hot check should be performed at bring the level into the COLD the first opportunity in order to verify See Engine Compartment band. It does not take much the cold check. The fluid level rises Overview on page 10‑6 for more fluid, generally less than 0.5 L as fluid temperature increases, information. (1 pint). Do not overfill. so it is important to ensure the 2. Flip the handle up and then pull 6. Perform a hot check at the first transmission temperature is within out the dipstick and wipe it with opportunity after the range. a clean rag or paper towel. transmission reaches a normal 3. Install the dipstick by pushing operating temperature between it back in all the way, wait 71°C to 93°C (160°F to 200°F). three seconds, and then pull it 7. If the fluid level is in the back out again. acceptable range, push the 4. Check both sides of the dipstick dipstick back in all the way, then flip the handle down to lock the and read the lower level. Repeat 1. Locate the transmission dipstick dipstick in place. the check procedure to verify the at the rear of the engine reading. compartment, on the passenger side of the vehicle. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (14,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-14 Vehicle Care

See Engine Compartment between 71°C and 93°C be sure it is clean and not clogged. Overview on page 10‑6 for more (160°F and 200°F), add or drain If readings are still inconsistent, information. fluid as necessary to bring the contact your dealer. 2. Flip the handle up and then pull level into the HOT band. If the out the dipstick and wipe it with fluid level is low, add only Engine Air Cleaner/Filter a clean rag or paper towel. enough fluid to bring the level into the HOT band. It does not See Engine Compartment Overview 3. Install the dipstick by pushing it take much fluid, generally less on page 10‑6 for the location of the back in all the way, wait than 0.5 L (1 pint). Do not engine air cleaner/filter. three seconds, and then pull it overfill. Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the back out again. 6. If the fluid level is in the scheduled maintenance intervals 4. Check both sides of the dipstick acceptable range, push the and replace it at the first oil change and read the lower level. Repeat dipstick back in all the way, then after each 80 000 km (50,000 mi) the check procedure to verify the flip the handle down to lock the interval. See Maintenance Schedule reading. dipstick in place. on page 11‑3 for more information. If driving on dusty/dirty conditions, Consistency of Readings inspect the filter at each engine oil change. Always check the fluid level at least twice using the procedures How to Inspect the Engine Air described. Consistency (repeatable Cleaner/Filter readings) is important to maintaining proper fluid level. If fluid is added, it To inspect the air cleaner/filter, remove the engine air cleaner/filter 5. Safe operating level is within the may take 15 minutes or longer to obtain an accurate reading from the vehicle by following HOT cross hatch band on the Steps 1 through 6. When the engine dipstick. If the fluid level is not because of residual fluid draining down the dipstick tube. air cleaner/filter is removed, lightly within the HOT band, and the shake it to release loose dust transmission temperature is If inconsistent readings persist, check the transmission breather to and dirt. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (15,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-15

If the engine air cleaner/filter remains covered with dirt, a new { WARNING filter is required. Never use compressed air to clean the filter. Operating the engine with the air cleaner/filter off can cause you or Replacing the Engine Air Cleaner/ others to be burned. The air Filter cleaner not only cleans the air; it 1. Locate the air cleaner/filter helps to stop flames if the engine assembly. See Engine backfires. Use caution when Compartment Overview on 3. Remove the engine air cleaner/ working on the engine and do not page 10‑6. filter from the housing. Care drive with the air cleaner/filter off. should be taken to dislodge as little dirt as possible. 4. Clean the engine air cleaner/ filter sealing surfaces and the housing. 5. Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/filter. 6. Reinstall the cover and tighten the screws.

2. Loosen the four screws on the cover of the housing and lift up the cover. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (16,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-16 Vehicle Care

Cooling System Notice: Using coolant other than { WARNING DEX-COOL® can cause premature The cooling system allows the engine, heater core, or radiator engine to maintain the correct An electric engine cooling fan corrosion. In addition, the engine working temperature. under the hood can start up even coolant could require changing when the engine is not running sooner, at 50 000 km (30,000 mi) and can cause injury. Keep or 24 months, whichever occurs hands, clothing, and tools away first. Any repairs would not be from any underhood electric fan. covered by the vehicle warranty. Always use DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant in the vehicle. { WARNING

Heater and radiator hoses, and Engine Coolant A. Coolant Surge Tank other engine parts, can be very The cooling system in the vehicle is hot. Do not touch them. If you do, B. Coolant Surge Tank filled with DEX-COOL engine you can be burned. Pressure Cap coolant. This coolant is designed to Do not run the engine if there is a remain in the vehicle for 5 years or C. Engine Cooling Fan(s) (Out 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever leak. If you run the engine, it of View) occurs first. could lose all coolant. That could cause an engine fire, and you The following explains the cooling could be burned. Get any leak system and how to check and add fixed before you drive the vehicle. coolant when it is low. If there is a problem with engine overheating, see Engine Overheating on page 10‑20. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (17,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-17

What to Use Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, Notice: If extra inhibitors and/or drinkable water and DEX-COOL additives are used in the vehicle { WARNING coolant. If using this mixture, cooling system, the vehicle could nothing else needs to be added. be damaged. Use only the proper Adding only plain water or some This mixture: mixture of the engine coolant listed in this manual for the other liquid to the cooling system . Gives freezing protection down can be dangerous. Plain water to −37°C (−34°F), outside cooling system. See and other liquids, can boil before temperature. Recommended Fluids and the proper coolant mixture will. Lubricants on page 11‑12 for . Gives boiling protection up to more information. The coolant warning system is set 129°C (265°F), engine for the proper coolant mixture. temperature. Never dispose of engine coolant by With plain water or the wrong putting it in the trash, pouring it on mixture, the engine could get too . Protects against rust and the ground, or into sewers, streams, hot but you would not get the corrosion. or bodies of water. Have the coolant overheat warning. The engine . Will not damage aluminum parts. changed by an authorized service could catch fire and you or center, familiar with legal . Helps keep the proper engine requirements regarding used others could be burned. Use a temperature. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable coolant disposal. This will help protect the environment and your water and DEX-COOL coolant. Notice: If an improper coolant mixture is used, the engine could health. overheat and be badly damaged. Checking Coolant The repair cost would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. The vehicle must be on a level Too much water in the mixture surface when checking the coolant can freeze and crack the engine, level. radiator, heater core, and other parts. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (18,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-18 Vehicle Care

Check to see if coolant is visible in Engine Compartment Overview on the coolant surge tank. If the coolant page 10‑6 for more information on { WARNING inside the coolant surge tank is location. boiling, do not do anything else until An electric engine cooling fan The coolant level should be at or under the hood can start up even it cools down. If coolant is visible above the FULL COLD mark. If it is but the coolant level is not at or when the engine is not running not, the vehicle may have a leak in and can cause injury. Keep above the FULL COLD mark, add a the cooling system. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable hands, clothing, and tools away water and DEX-COOL coolant at the How to Add Coolant to the from any underhood electric fan. coolant surge tank, but be sure the Surge Tank cooling system is cool before this is done. { WARNING { WARNING

You can be burned if you spill Steam and scalding liquids from a coolant on hot engine parts. hot cooling system can blow out Coolant contains ethylene glycol and burn you badly. They are and it will burn if the engine parts under pressure, and if you turn are hot enough. Do not spill the surge tank pressure coolant on a hot engine. cap — even a little — they can come out at high speed. Never Notice: This vehicle has a turn the cap when the cooling specific coolant fill procedure. system, including the surge tank Failure to follow this procedure pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the could cause the engine to cooling system and surge tank overheat and be severely pressure cap to cool if you ever The coolant surge tank is located in damaged. have to turn the pressure cap. the engine compartment on the passenger side of the vehicle. See GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (19,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-19

If no coolant is visible in the surge 2. Keep turning the pressure cap tank, add coolant as follows: slowly and remove it.

1. Remove the coolant surge tank pressure cap when the cooling system, including the coolant surge tank pressure cap and 4. With the coolant surge tank upper radiator hose, is no pressure cap off, start the longer hot. engine and let it run until the Turn the pressure cap slowly 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with upper radiator hose can be felt counterclockwise about one full the proper mixture to the FULL getting hot. Watch out for the turn. If a hiss is heard, wait for COLD mark. engine cooling fan. that to stop. A hiss means there is still some pressure left. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (20,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-20 Vehicle Care

By this time, the coolant level Engine Overheating If the decision is made to lift the inside the coolant surge tank hood, make sure the vehicle is may be lower. If the level is The vehicle has several indicators parked on a level surface. to warn of engine overheating. lower, add more of the proper Then check to see if the engine mixture to the coolant surge tank There is a coolant temperature cooling fans are running. If the until the level reaches the FULL gauge on your vehicle's instrument engine is overheating, both fans COLD mark. panel. See Engine Coolant should be running. If they are not, 5. Replace the pressure cap. Be Temperature Gauge on page 5‑14. do not continue to run the engine sure the pressure cap is In addition, ENGINE OVERHEATED and have the vehicle serviced. hand-tight and fully seated. STOP ENGINE, ENGINE Notice: Engine damage from 6. Verify coolant level after engine OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE, and running the engine without is shut off and the coolant is an ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED coolant is not covered by the cold. If necessary, repeat coolant message comes on in the Driver vehicle warranty. See Overheated fill procedure Steps 1 through 6. Information Center (DIC) on the Engine Protection Operating instrument panel. See Engine Mode on page 10‑22 for Notice: If the pressure cap is not Cooling System Messages on tightly installed, coolant loss and information on driving to a safe page 5‑37 and Engine Power place in an emergency. possible engine damage may Messages on page 5‑39. occur. Be sure the cap is properly Notice: If the engine catches fire and tightly secured. If the decision is made not to lift the while driving with no coolant, the hood when this warning appears, vehicle can be badly damaged. but instead get service help right The costly repairs would not be away. See Roadside Assistance covered by the vehicle warranty. Program (U.S. and Canada) on See Overheated Engine page 13‑7 or Roadside Assistance Protection Operating Mode on Program (Mexico) on page 13‑9. page 10‑22 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (21,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-21

If Steam Is Coming from the . Idles for long periods in traffic. Engine Compartment WARNING (Continued) . Tows a trailer. See Trailer See Overheated Engine Towing on page 9‑59. { WARNING Protection Operating Mode on If the overheat warning is displayed page 10‑22 for information on with no sign of steam: Steam from an overheated engine driving to a safe place in an can burn you badly, even if you 1. Turn the air conditioning off. emergency. just open the hood. Stay away 2. Turn the heater on to the highest from the engine if you see or hear temperature and to the highest steam coming from it. Turn it off If No Steam Is Coming from fan speed. Open the windows as and get everyone away from the the Engine Compartment necessary. vehicle until it cools down. Wait The ENGINE OVERHEATED 3. In heavy traffic, let the engine until there is no sign of steam or STOP ENGINE or the ENGINE idle in N (Neutral) while stopped. coolant before you open OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE If it is safe to do so, pull off the the hood. message, along with a low coolant road, shift to P (Park) or If you keep driving when the condition, can indicate a serious N (Neutral) and let the vehicles engine is overheated, problem. engine idle. the liquids in it can catch fire. You If an engine overheat warning is If the temperature overheat gauge or others could be badly burned. displayed but no steam can be seen is no longer in the overheat zone or Stop the engine if it overheats, or heard, the problem may not be an overheat warning no longer and get out of the vehicle until the too serious. Sometimes the engine displays, the vehicle can be driven. engine is cool. can get a little too hot when the Continue to drive the vehicle slowly vehicle: for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe (Continued) vehicle distance from the vehicle in . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. front. If the warning does not come . Stops after high-speed driving. back on, continue to drive normally. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (22,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-22 Vehicle Care

If the warning continues, pull over, distances and/or towing a trailer in functioning properly. The fans stop, and park the vehicle the overheat protection mode change to low speed when right away. should be avoided. additional cooling is no longer If there is no sign of steam, idle the Notice: After driving in the required. engine for three minutes while overheated engine protection parked. If the warning is still operating mode, to avoid engine Power Steering Fluid displayed, turn off the engine until it damage, allow the engine to cool cools down. Also, see “Overheated before attempting any repair. The Engine Protection Operating Mode” engine oil will be severely later in this section. degraded. Repair the cause of coolant loss, change the oil and Overheated Engine reset the oil life system. See Protection Engine Oil on page 10‑8. See Engine Compartment Overview Operating Mode Engine Fan on page 10‑6 for reservoir location. If an overheated engine condition The vehicle has electric cooling When to Check Power Steering exists and the ENGINE POWER IS fans. The fans spinning at low Fluid REDUCED message is displayed, speed during most everyday driving an overheat protection mode which might be heard. The fans can turn It is not necessary to regularly alternates firing groups of cylinders off if no cooling is required. Under check power steering fluid unless helps prevent engine damage. In heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing, there is a leak suspected in the this mode, a loss in power and and/or high outside temperatures, system or an unusual noise is engine performance will be noticed. or if operating the air conditioning heard. A fluid loss in this system This operating mode allows the system, the fans can change to high could indicate a problem. Have the vehicle to be driven to a safe place speed and an increase in fan noise system inspected and repaired. in an emergency. Driving extended might be heard. This is normal and indicates that the cooling system is GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (23,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-23

How to Check Power Steering What to Use Adding Washer Fluid Fluid To determine what kind of fluid to The vehicle has a low washer fluid Notice: Extremely small amounts use, see Recommended Fluids and message on the DIC that comes on of contamination can cause Lubricants on page 11‑12. Always when the washer fluid is low. The steering system damage and use the proper fluid. message is displayed for cause it to not work properly. Do Notice: Use of the incorrect fluid 15 seconds at the start of each not allow contaminants to contact may damage the vehicle and the ignition cycle. When the WASHER the fluid side of the reservoir cap/ damages may not be covered by FLUID LOW ADD FLUID message dipstick or to enter the reservoir. the vehicle's warranty. Always displays, washer fluid will need to be added to the windshield washer To check the power steering fluid: use the correct fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and fluid reservoir. 1. Turn the key off and let the Lubricants on page 11 12. engine compartment cool down. ‑ 2. Wipe the cap and the top of the Washer Fluid reservoir clean. What to Use 3. Unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick with a clean rag. When windshield washer fluid needs to be added, be sure to read the 4. Replace the cap and completely manufacturer's instructions before Open the cap with the washer tighten it. use. Use a fluid that has sufficient symbol on it. Add washer fluid until 5. Remove the cap again and look protection against freezing in an the tank is full. See Engine at the fluid level on the dipstick. area where the temperature may fall Compartment Overview on page 10‑6 for reservoir location. The level should be at the FULL below freezing. COLD mark. If necessary, add only enough fluid to bring the level up to the mark. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (24,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-24 Vehicle Care

Notice Brakes Some driving conditions or climates can cause a brake squeal when the . When using concentrated This vehicle has disc brakes. Disc brakes are first applied or lightly washer fluid, follow the brake pads have built-in wear manufacturer's instructions applied. This does not mean indicators that make a high-pitched something is wrong with the brakes. for adding water. warning sound when the brake pads Properly torqued wheel nuts are . Do not mix water with are worn and new pads are needed. ready-to-use washer fluid. The sound can come and go or be necessary to help prevent brake Water can cause the solution heard all the time the vehicle is pulsation. When tires are rotated, to freeze and damage the moving, except when applying the inspect brake pads for wear and washer fluid tank and other brake pedal firmly. evenly tighten wheel nuts in the parts of the washer system. proper sequence to torque specifications in Capacities and { WARNING . Fill the washer fluid tank only Specifications on page 12‑2. three-quarters full when it is very cold. This allows for The brake wear warning sound Brake linings should always be fluid expansion if freezing means that soon the brakes will replaced as complete axle sets. not work well. That could lead to occurs, which could Brake Pedal Travel damage the tank if it is a crash. When the brake wear completely full. warning sound is heard, have the See your dealer if the brake pedal vehicle serviced. does not return to normal height, . Do not use engine coolant or if there is a rapid increase in (antifreeze) in the windshield pedal travel. This could be a sign washer. It can damage the Notice: Continuing to drive with that brake service might be windshield washer system worn-out brake pads could result required. and paint. in costly brake repair. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (25,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-25

Brake Adjustment Brake Fluid Do not top off the brake fluid. Adding fluid does not correct a leak. Every time the brakes are applied, If fluid is added when the linings are with or without the vehicle moving, worn, there will be too much fluid the brakes adjust for wear. when new brake linings are Replacing Brake System Parts installed. Add or remove brake fluid, as necessary, only when work is The braking system on a vehicle is done on the brake hydraulic system. complex. Its many parts have to be of top quality and work well together The brake master cylinder reservoir if the vehicle is to have really good is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid. See { WARNING braking. The vehicle was designed Engine Compartment Overview on If too much brake fluid is added, it and tested with top-quality brake page 10 6 for the location of the ‑ can spill on the engine and burn, parts. When parts of the braking reservoir. system are replaced, be sure to get if the engine is hot enough. You There are only two reasons why the new, approved replacement parts. or others could be burned, and brake fluid level in the reservoir If this is not done, the brakes might the vehicle could be damaged. might go down: not work properly. For example, Add brake fluid only when work is installing disc brake pads that are . The brake fluid level goes down done on the brake hydraulic wrong for the vehicle, can change because of normal brake lining system. See “Checking Brake the balance between the front and wear. When new linings are Fluid” in this section. rear brakes — for the worse. The installed, the fluid level goes back up. braking performance expected can When the brake fluid falls to a low change in many other ways if the . A fluid leak in the brake level, the brake warning light comes wrong replacement brake parts are hydraulic system can also cause on. See Brake System Warning installed. a low fluid level. Have the brake Light on page 5‑21. hydraulic system fixed, since a leak means that sooner or later the brakes will not work well. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (26,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-26 Vehicle Care

Refer to the Maintenance Schedule After work is done on the brake Notice to determine when to check the hydraulic system, make sure the . Using the wrong fluid can brake fluid. See Maintenance level is above the MIN but not over badly damage brake Schedule on page 11‑3. the MAX mark. hydraulic system parts. For Checking Brake Fluid What to Add example, just a few drops of mineral-based oil, such as Check brake fluid by looking at the Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid engine oil, in the brake brake fluid reservoir. See Engine from a sealed container. See hydraulic system can Compartment Overview on Recommended Fluids and damage brake hydraulic page 10‑6. Lubricants on page 11‑12. system parts so badly that Always clean the brake fluid they will have to be replaced. reservoir cap and the area around Do not let someone put in the cap before removing it. This the wrong kind of fluid. helps keep dirt from entering the . If brake fluid is spilled on the reservoir. vehicle's painted surfaces, the paint finish can be { WARNING damaged. Be careful not to spill brake fluid on the With the wrong kind of fluid in the vehicle. If you do, wash it off brake hydraulic system, the immediately. brakes might not work well. This could cause a crash. Always use Battery the proper brake fluid. The fluid level should be above If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the MIN. If it is not, have the brake hybrid supplement for more hydraulic system checked to see if information. there is a leak. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (27,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-27

Refer to the replacement number on Infrequent Usage: Remove the the original battery label when a black, negative (−) cable from the new battery is needed. See Engine battery to keep the battery from Compartment Overview on running down. page 10‑6 for battery location. Extended Storage: Remove the black, negative (−) cable from the { WARNING battery or use a battery trickle charger. Battery posts, terminals, and related accessories contain lead All-Wheel Drive and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to Transfer Case cause cancer and reproductive If the vehicle is equipped with A. Drain Plug harm. Wash hands after handling. All-Wheel Drive, be sure to perform B. Fill Plug the lubricant checks described in Vehicle Storage this section. If the level is below the bottom of the fill plug hole, located on the When to Check Lubricant transfer case, some lubricant will { WARNING Refer to Maintenance Schedule on need to be added. Add enough lubricant to raise the level to the Batteries have acid that can burn page 11‑3 to determine how often to check the lubricant. bottom of the fill plug hole. Use care you and gas that can explode. not to overtighten the plug. You can be badly hurt if you are How to Check Lubricant not careful. See Jump Starting on What to Use To get an accurate reading, the page 10 80 for tips on working ‑ vehicle should be on a level Refer to Recommended Fluids and around a battery without surface. Lubricants on page 11‑12 to getting hurt. determine what kind of lubricant to use. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (28,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-28 Vehicle Care

Front Axle What to Use When to Check and Change Refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricant Lubricants on page 11‑12 to determine what kind of lubricant It is not necessary to regularly to use. check front axle fluid unless there is a leak suspected or an unusual Rear Axle noise is heard. A fluid loss could indicate a problem. Have it When to Check Lubricant inspected and repaired. It is not necessary to regularly How to Check Lubricant check rear axle fluid unless there is a leak suspected or an unusual To get an accurate reading, the A. Fill Plug noise is heard. A fluid loss could vehicle should be on a level B. Drain Plug indicate a problem. Have it surface. inspected and repaired. . When the differential is cold, add enough lubricant to raise the All axle assemblies are filled by level from 0 mm (0 in) to 3.2 mm volume of fluid during production. (1/8 in) below the fill plug hole. They are not filled to reach a certain level. When checking the fluid level . When the differential is at operating temperature (warm), on any axle, variations in the add enough lubricant to raise the readings can be caused by factory level to the bottom of the fill fill differences between the minimum plug hole. and the maximum fluid volume. Also, if a vehicle has just been driven before checking the fluid level, it may appear lower than normal because fluid has traveled GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (29,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-29

out along the axle tubes and has . For Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles, Starter Switch Check not drained back to the sump area. the proper level is from 15 mm to Therefore, a reading taken 40 mm (0.6 in to 1.6 in) below the five minutes after the vehicle has bottom of the filler plug hole, { WARNING located on the rear axle. Add been driven will appear to have a When you are doing this lower fluid level than a vehicle that only enough fluid to reach the inspection, the vehicle could has been stationary for an hour or proper level. move suddenly. If the vehicle two. Remember that the rear axle . For All-Wheel-Drive vehicles, the assembly must be supported to get moves, you or others could be proper level is from 1.0 mm to injured. a true reading. 19.0 mm (0.04 in to 0.75 in) How to Check Lubricant below the bottom of the filler plug hole, located on the rear 1. Before starting this check, be axle. Add only enough fluid to sure there is enough room reach the proper level. around the vehicle. What to Use 2. Firmly apply both the parking brake and the regular brake. Refer to Recommended Fluids and See Parking Brake on Lubricants on page 11‑12 to page 9‑34. determine what kind of lubricant to use. Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts. 3. Try to start the engine in each gear. The vehicle should start To get an accurate reading, the only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). vehicle should be on a level surface. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (30,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-30 Vehicle Care

If the vehicle starts in any other 3. With the engine off, turn the Park Brake and P (Park) position, contact your dealer for ignition on, but do not start the service. engine. Without applying the Mechanism Check regular brake, try to move the Automatic Transmission shift lever out of P (Park) with { WARNING Shift Lock Control normal effort. If the shift lever moves out of P (Park), contact When you are doing this check, Function Check your dealer for service. the vehicle could begin to move. You or others could be injured { WARNING Ignition Transmission and property could be damaged. Lock Check Make sure there is room in front When you are doing this of the vehicle in case it begins to inspection, the vehicle could While parked, and with the parking roll. Be ready to apply the regular move suddenly. If the vehicle brake set, try to turn the ignition to brake at once should the vehicle moves, you or others could be LOCK/OFF in each shift lever begin to move. injured. position. . The ignition should turn to Park on a fairly steep hill, with the 1. Before starting this check, be LOCK/OFF only when the shift vehicle facing downhill. Keeping sure there is enough room lever is in P (Park). your foot on the regular brake, set around the vehicle. It should be . The ignition key should come the parking brake. parked on a level surface. out only in LOCK/OFF. . To check the parking brake's 2. Firmly apply the parking brake. Contact your dealer if service is holding ability: With the engine See Parking Brake on required. running and the transmission in page 9‑34. N (Neutral), slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake Be ready to apply the regular pedal. Do this until the vehicle is brake immediately if the vehicle held by the parking brake only. begins to move. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (31,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-31

. To check the P (Park) Rear Wiper Blade Replacement mechanism's holding ability: With the engine running, shift to 1. Lift the wiper blade assembly up P (Park). Then release the and out of the park rest position. parking brake followed by the regular brake.

Contact your dealer if service is 2. Squeeze the grooved areas on required. each side of the blade, and turn the blade assembly away from Wiper Blade Replacement the arm connector. Windshield wiper blades should be 2. Pull the wiper blade assembly inspected for wear or cracking. See away from the backglass. The Maintenance Schedule on backglass wiper blade will not page 11‑3. lock in a vertical position, so Replacement blades come in care should be used when different types and are removed in pulling it away from the vehicle. different ways. 3. Install the new blade onto the Front Wiper Blade arm connector and make sure Replacement the grooved areas are fully set in 1. Pull the windshield wiper arm the locked position. connector away from the For the proper type and size, see windshield. Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 11‑14. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (32,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-32 Vehicle Care

3. Turn the wiper blade assembly, Headlamp Aiming . Have all four tires on a level and pull it off of the wiper arm. surface which is level all the way Hold the wiper arm in position The vehicle has a visual optical to the wall. and push the blade away from headlamp aiming system. The aim . Be placed so it is perpendicular the wiper arm. of the headlamps has been preset to the wall. at the factory and should need no further adjustment. . Not have any snow, ice, or mud on it. However, if the vehicle is damaged in a crash, the aim of the headlamps . Be fully assembled and all other may be affected and adjustment work stopped while headlamp may be necessary. aiming is being performed. If oncoming vehicles flash their high . Be loaded with a full tank of fuel 4. Replace the wiper blade. beams at you, this may mean the and one person or 75 kg vertical aim of the headlamps needs (160 lbs) sitting on the 5. Return the wiper blade assembly driver seat. to the park rest position. to be adjusted. It is recommended that the vehicle . Have the tires properly inflated. Glass Replacement be taken to the dealer for service if . Have the spare tire in its proper the headlamps need to be adjusted. If the windshield or front side glass location in the vehicle. It is possible, however, to re-aim the must be replaced, see your dealer Headlamp aiming is done with the headlamps as described. to determine the correct vehicle's low-beam headlamps. The replacement glass. The vehicle should: high-beam headlamps will be . Be placed so the headlamps correctly aimed if the low-beam are 7.6 m (25 ft) from a headlamps are aimed properly. light‐colored wall. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (33,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-33

To adjust the vertical aim: 6. Turn on the low-beam 1. Open the hood. See Hood on headlamps and place a piece of cardboard or equivalent in front page 10‑5 of the headlamp not being adjusted. This allows only the beam of light from the headlamp being adjusted to be seen on the flat surface.

4. At a wall, measure from the ground upward (A) to the recorded distance from Step 3 and mark it. 5. Draw or tape a horizontal line (B) on the wall the width of the vehicle at the height of the mark 2. Locate the aim dot on the lens of in Step 4. the low‐beam headlamp. Notice: Do not cover a headlamp 3. Record the distance from the to improve beam cut-off when ground to the aim dot on the aiming. Covering a headlamp may cause excessive heat build-up low‐beam headlamp. which may cause damage to the 7. Locate the vertical headlamp headlamp. aiming screws, which are under the hood near each headlamp assembly. The adjustment screw can be turned with an E8 Torx® socket. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (34,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-34 Vehicle Care

8. Turn the vertical aiming screw Bulb Replacement Taillamps, Turn Signal, until the headlamp beam is aimed to the horizontal tape line. For the proper type of replacement Stoplamps, and Back-Up Turn it clockwise or bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on Lamps counterclockwise to raise or page 10‑36. lower the angle of the beam. For any bulb‐changing procedure not listed in this section, contact your dealer. Halogen Bulbs

{ WARNING

Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you 9. Make sure that the light from the drop or scratch the bulb. You or headlamp is positioned at the others could be injured. Be sure A. Stoplamp/Taillamp bottom edge of the horizontal to read and follow the instructions B. Turn Signal/Taillamp tape line. The lamp on the on the bulb package. left (A) shows the correct C. Back-up Lamp headlamp aim. The lamp on the right (B) shows the incorrect headlamp aim. 10. Repeat Steps 7 through 9 for the opposite headlamp. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (35,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-35

To replace one of these bulbs: 4. Pull the old bulb straight out 2. Twist and pull the license plate from the socket. lamp assembly forward through 5. Press a new bulb into the the molding opening. socket, insert the socket into the 3. Remove the bulb socket from taillamp assembly and turn the the lamp assembly by turning it socket clockwise into the counterclockwise. taillamp assembly until it clicks. 4. Pull the bulb straight out of the 6. Reinstall the taillamp assembly. socket and install the new bulb. 5. Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to License Plate Lamp reinstall the license plate lamp.

1. Remove the two screws from the taillamp assembly. 2. Remove the taillamp assembly by pulling rearward until the two outboard pins of the taillamp disengage from the vehicle. 3. Press the release tab, if equipped, and turn the socket counterclockwise to remove it from the taillamp assembly. 1. Remove the two screws holding each of the license plate lamps to the molding that is part of the liftgate. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (36,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-36 Vehicle Care

Replacement Bulbs Electrical System Replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating. If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the hybrid supplement for more Electrical System If there is a problem on the road and information. a fuse needs to be replaced, the Overload same amperage fuse can be Bulb Exterior Lamp The vehicle has fuses and circuit borrowed. Choose some feature of Number breakers to protect against an the vehicle that is not needed to use Back-up Lamp 7441 electrical system overload. and replace it as soon as possible. License When the current electrical load is W5WLL Headlamp Wiring Plate Lamp too heavy, the circuit breaker opens and closes, protecting the circuit An electrical overload may cause Rear Turn Signal until the current load returns to the lamps to go on and off, or in Lamp, Taillamp, 7443 normal or the problem is fixed. This some cases to remain off. Have the and Stoplamp greatly reduces the chance of circuit headlamp wiring checked right away if the lamps go on and off or Side Marker Lamp 194 overload and fire caused by electrical problems. remain off. For replacement bulbs not listed Fuses and circuit breakers protect here, contact your dealer. power devices in the vehicle. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (37,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-37

Windshield Wipers Fuses and Circuit Engine Compartment If the wiper motor overheats due to Breakers Fuse Block heavy snow or ice, the windshield The wiring circuits in the vehicle are If the vehicle is a Hybrid, see the wipers will stop until the motor cools protected from short circuits by a Hybrid supplement for more and will then restart. combination of fuses, circuit information. Although the circuit is protected breakers, and fusible thermal links. from electrical overload, overload This greatly reduces the chance of due to heavy snow or ice may fires caused by electrical problems. cause wiper linkage damage. Look at the silver-colored band Always clear ice and heavy snow inside the fuse. If the band is broken from the windshield before using the or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure windshield wipers. you replace a bad fuse with a new If the overload is caused by an one of the identical size and rating. The Engine Compartment Fuse electrical problem and not snow or Fuses of the same amperage can Block is located in the engine ice, be sure to get it fixed. be temporarily borrowed from compartment, on the driver side of another fuse location, if a fuse goes the vehicle. Lift the cover for access out. Replace the fuse as soon as to the fuse/relay block. you can. Notice: Spilling liquid on any electrical component on the vehicle may damage it. Always keep the covers on any electrical component. To remove fuses, hold the end of the fuse between your thumb and index finger and pull straight out. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (38,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-38 Vehicle Care GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (39,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-39

The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage Fuses Usage with all of the fuses, relays, and Trailer Back-up Transmission features shown. 10 19 Fuses Usage Lamps Controls (Ignition) Right Trailer Stop/ Driver Side 20 Fuel Pump 1 11 Low-Beam Turn Lamp Fuel System Headlamp 21 Electronic Stability Control Module Engine Control Suspension 12 22 Headlamp Washer 2 Control, Automatic Module (Battery) Rear Windshield Level Control Fuel Injectors, 23 Washer Exhaust 13 Ignition Coils Fuel Injectors, Left Trailer Stop/ (Right Side) 3 24 Ignition Coils Turn Lamp Transmission (Left Side) 4 Engine Controls 14 Control Module (Battery) 25 Trailer Park Lamps Engine Control Vehicle Back-up Driver Side Park 5 Module, Throttle 15 26 Lamps Control Lamps Passenger Side Passenger Side Trailer Brake 27 6 Park Lamps Controller 16 Low-Beam Headlamp 28 Fog Lamps 7 Front Washer Air Conditioning 17 29 Horn 8 Oxygen Sensors Compressor Passenger Side Antilock Brakes 9 18 Oxygen Sensors 30 High-Beam System 2 Headlamp GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (40,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-40 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Daytime Running 41 Amplifier Accessory Power 53 31 Lamps (DRL) (If Outlet 42 Audio System Equipped) Automatic Level Miscellaneous Driver Side 54 Control 43 (Ignition), Cruise 32 High-Beam Compressor Relay Control Headlamp Climate Controls 44 Liftgate Release 55 Daytime Running (Ignition) 33 Lamps 2 (If Airbag System 45 Engine Control Equipped) (Battery) Module, Secondary 56 34 Sunroof Instrument Panel Fuel Pump 46 Cluster (Ignition) Key Ignition 35 System, Theft 47 Not Used Deterrent System J-Case Usage Auxiliary Climate 48 Fuses 36 Windshield Wiper Control (Ignition) 57 Cooling Fan 1 SEO B2 Upfitter Center 37 Usage (Battery) 49 High-Mounted Automatic Level Stoplamp (CHMSL) 58 Control Electric Adjustable 38 Compressor Pedals 50 Rear Defogger Heavy Duty Climate Controls 51 Heated Mirrors 39 59 Antilock Brake (Battery) SEO B1 Upfitter System 52 Airbag System Usage (Battery) 40 60 Cooling Fan 2 (Ignition) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (41,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-41

J-Case Usage J-Case Usage Relays Usage Fuses Fuses REAR Rear Defogger Antilock Brake Left Bussed DEFOG 61 72 System 1 Electrical Center 2 RUN/CRNK Switched Power 62 Starter Relays Usage Stud 2 (Trailer Instrument Panel Fuse 63 Cooling Fan High Brakes) FAN HI Block Speed Left Bussed 64 Cooling Fan Low Electrical Center 1 FAN LO Speed Electric Running 65 Cooling Fan Boards FAN CNTRL Control 66 Not Used HDLP Low-Beam 67 Transfer Case LO/HID Headlamp Stud 1 (Trailer FOG LAMP Front Fog Lamps 68 Connector Battery Power) A/C Air Conditioning CMPRSR Compressor Mid-Bussed 69 Electrical Center 1 STRTR Starter The instrument panel fuse block Climate Control PWR/TRN Powertrain 70 access door is located on the driver Blower FUEL PMP Fuel Pump side edge of the instrument panel. Power Liftgate 71 PRK LAMP Parking Lamps Pull off the cover to access the fuse Module block. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (42,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-42 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Driver Side Turn 6 Signal, Stoplamp Instrument Panel 7 Back Lighting Passenger Side Turn 8 Signal, Stoplamp Passenger Door 9 Module, Driver Unlock Power Door Lock 2 10 (Unlock Feature) Power Door Lock 2 11 (Lock Feature) Stoplamps, Center 12 High‐Mounted The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage Stoplamp with all of the fuses, relays, and Steering Wheel 13 Rear Climate Controls features shown. 3 Controls Backlight Fuses Usage 14 Power Mirror 4 Driver Door Module Body Control 1 Rear Seats 15 Dome Lamps, Driver Module (BCM) Rear Accessory 5 2 Side Turn Signal Accessory Power Power Outlet 16 Outlets GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (43,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-43

Fuses Usage Circuit Center Instrument Panel Fuse Usage Breaker Block 17 Interior Lamps Driver Side Power The center instrument panel fuse Power Door Lock 1 18 LT DR Window Circuit block is located underneath the (Unlock Feature) Breaker instrument panel, to the left of the Rear Seat steering column. 19 Entertainment Harness Top View Ultrasonic Rear Connector Usage 20 Parking Assist, Power Driver Door Liftgate LT DR Harness Power Door Lock 1 Connection 21 (Lock Feature) BODY Harness Connector Driver Information 22 BODY Harness Connector Center (DIC) 23 Rear Wiper 24 Cooled Seats Driver Seat Module, 25 Remote Keyless Entry System Driver Power Door 26 Lock (Unlock Feature) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (44,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-44 Vehicle Care

Harness Circuit Wheels and Tires Connector Usage Breaker Usage Body Harness Passenger Side Tires BODY 2 Connector 2 CB1 Power Window Circuit Every new GM vehicle has Breaker Body Harness high-quality tires made by a BODY 1 Connector 1 Passenger Seat CB2 leading tire manufacturer. See Circuit Breaker Body Harness the warranty manual for BODY 3 Connector 3 Driver Seat Circuit information regarding the tire CB3 Breaker warranty and where to get HEADLINER Headliner Harness service. For additional 3 Connector 3 CB4 Rear Sliding Window information refer to the tire HEADLINER Headliner Harness manufacturer. 2 Connector 2 HEADLINER Headliner Harness 1 Connector 1 Special Equipment SEO/ Option Upfitter UPFITTER Harness Connector GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (45,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-45

See Tire Pressure for { WARNING WARNING (Continued) High-Speed Operation on . Poorly maintained and impact— such as when page 10‑52 for inflation pressure improperly used tires are hitting a pothole. Keep tires at adjustment for high speed dangerous. the recommended pressure. driving. . Overloading the tires can . Worn or old tires can cause a 20‐Inch Tires cause overheating as a result crash. If the tread is badly of too much flexing. There worn, replace them. If the vehicle has 20‐inch could be a blowout and a P275/55R20 size tires, they are . Replace any tires that have classified as touring tires and serious crash. See Vehicle been damaged by impacts Load Limits on page 9‑15. with potholes, curbs, etc. are designed for on road use. . Underinflated tires pose the The low‐profile, wide tread . Improperly repaired tires can design is not recommended for same danger as overloaded cause a crash. Only the tires. The resulting crash “off‐road” driving. See Off-Road dealer or an authorized tire Driving on page 9 5 for could cause serious injury. service center should repair, ‑ Check all tires frequently to replace, dismount, and mount additional information. maintain the recommended the tires. pressure. Tire pressure should be checked when the . Do not spin the tires in tires are cold. excess of 56 km/h (35 mph) on slippery surfaces such as . Overinflated tires are more snow, mud, ice, etc. likely to be cut, punctured, Excessive spinning may or broken by a sudden cause the tires to explode. (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (46,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-46 Vehicle Care

Notice: Low‐profile tires are criteria have a TPC specification more susceptible to damage code molded onto the sidewall. from road hazards or curb GM's TPC specifications meet or impact than standard profile exceed all federal safety tires. Tire and/or wheel guidelines. assembly damage can occur (C) DOT (Department of when coming into contact Transportation): The with road hazards like, Department of Transportation potholes, or sharp edged (DOT) code indicates that the objects, or when sliding into a tire is in compliance with the curb. The warranty does not U.S. Department of cover this type of damage. Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire Transportation Motor Vehicle Keep tires set to the correct Safety Standards. inflation pressure and, when (A) Tire Size: The tire size possible, avoid contact with code is a combination of letters (D) Tire Identification Number curbs, potholes, and other and numbers used to define a (TIN): The letters and numbers road hazards. particular tire's width, height, following the DOT code are the aspect ratio, construction type, Tire Identification Number (TIN). Tire Sidewall Labeling and service description. See the The TIN shows the “Tire Size” illustration later in this manufacturer and plant code, Useful information about a tire is section for more detail. tire size, and date the tire was molded into the sidewall. The (B) TPC Spec (Tire manufactured. The TIN is example shows a typical Performance Criteria molded onto both sides of the passenger vehicle tire sidewall. Specification): Original tire, although only one side may equipment tires designed to have the date of manufacture. GM's specific tire performance GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (47,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-47

(E) Tire Ply Material: The type Tire Designations (C) Aspect Ratio: A two-digit of cord and number of plies in number that indicates the tire the sidewall and under the tread. Tire Size height-to-width measurements. (F) Uniform Tire Quality The example shows a typical For example, if the tire size Grading (UTQG): Tire passenger vehicle tire size. aspect ratio is 75, as shown in manufacturers are required to item C of the tire illustration, it grade tires based on three would mean that the tire's performance factors: treadwear, sidewall is 75 percent as high as traction, and temperature it is wide. resistance. For more (D) Construction Code: A information, see Uniform Tire letter code is used to indicate Quality Grading on page 10‑61. Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire the type of ply construction in (G) Maximum Cold Inflation (A) Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire: the tire. The letter R means Load Limit: Maximum load that The United States version of a radial ply construction; the can be carried and the metric tire sizing system. The letter D means diagonal or bias maximum pressure needed to letter P as the first character in ply construction; and the letter B support that load. For the tire size means a passenger means belted‐bias ply information on recommended vehicle tire engineered to construction. tire pressure see Tire Pressure standards set by the U.S. Tire (E) Rim Diameter: Diameter of on page 10‑51 and Vehicle Load and Rim Association. the wheel in inches. Limits on page 9‑15. (B) Tire Width: The three‐digit number indicates the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (48,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-48 Vehicle Care

(F) Service Description: These Aspect Ratio: The relationship Curb Weight: The weight of a characters represent the load of a tire's height to its width. motor vehicle with standard and index and speed rating of the Belt: A rubber coated layer of optional equipment including the tire. The load index represents cords that is located between maximum capacity of fuel, oil, the load carrying capacity a tire the plies and the tread. Cords and coolant, but without is certified to carry. The speed may be made from steel or other passengers and cargo. rating is the maximum speed a reinforcing materials. DOT Markings: A code molded tire is certified to carry a load. Bead: The tire bead contains into the sidewall of a tire steel wires wrapped by steel signifying that the tire is in Tire Terminology and compliance with the U.S. Definitions cords that hold the tire onto the rim. Department of Transportation Air Pressure: The amount of (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety air inside the tire pressing Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire Standards. The DOT code outward on each square in which the plies are laid at includes the Tire Identification inch of the tire. Air pressure is alternate angles less than Number (TIN), an alphanumeric expressed in kPa (kilopascal) 90 degrees to the centerline of designator which can also or psi (pounds per square inch). the tread. identify the tire manufacturer, Cold Tire Pressure: The production plant, brand, and Accessory Weight: The date of production. combined weight of optional amount of air pressure in a tire, accessories. Some examples measured in kPa (kilopascal) GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight of optional accessories are or psi (pounds per square inch) Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits automatic transmission, power before a tire has built up heat on page 9‑15. steering, power brakes, power from driving. See Tire Pressure windows, power seats, and air on page 10‑51. conditioning. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (49,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-49

GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight Maximum Inflation Pressure: Outward Facing Sidewall: The Rating for the front axle. See The maximum air pressure to side of an asymmetrical tire that Vehicle Load Limits on which a cold tire can be inflated. has a particular side that faces page 9‑15. The maximum air pressure is outward when mounted on a GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight molded onto the sidewall. vehicle. The side of the tire that Rating for the rear axle. See Maximum Load Rating: The contains a whitewall, bears Vehicle Load Limits on load rating for a tire at the white lettering, or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or page 9‑15. maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire. model name molding that is Intended Outboard Sidewall: higher or deeper than the same The side of an asymmetrical tire, Maximum Loaded Vehicle moldings on the other sidewall that must always face outward Weight: The sum of curb of the tire. when mounted on a vehicle. weight, accessory weight, Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A Kilopascal (kPa): The metric vehicle capacity weight, and production options weight. tire used on passenger cars and unit for air pressure. some light duty trucks and Normal Occupant Weight: The Light Truck (LT‐Metric) Tire: A multipurpose vehicles. number of occupants a vehicle tire used on light duty trucks and Recommended Inflation some multipurpose passenger is designed to seat multiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs). See Vehicle Pressure: Vehicle vehicles. manufacturer's recommended Load Limits on page 9‑15. Load Index: An assigned tire inflation pressure as shown number ranging from 1 to 279 Occupant Distribution: on the tire placard. See Tire that corresponds to the load Designated seating positions. Pressure on page 10‑51 and carrying capacity of a tire. Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑15. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (50,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-50 Vehicle Care

Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic Treadwear Indicators: Narrow Vehicle Capacity Weight: The tire in which the ply cords that bands, sometimes called wear number of designated seating extend to the beads are laid at bars, that show across the tread positions multiplied by 90 degrees to the centerline of of a tire when only 1.6 mm 68 kg (150 lbs) plus the rated the tread. (1/16 in) of tread remains. See cargo load. See Vehicle Load Rim: A metal support for a tire When It Is Time for New Tires Limits on page 9‑15. and upon which the tire beads on page 10‑58. Vehicle Maximum Load on the are seated. UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Tire: Load on an individual tire Sidewall: The portion of a tire Grading Standards): A tire due to curb weight, accessory between the tread and the bead. information system that weight, occupant weight, and provides consumers with cargo weight. Speed Rating: An ratings for a tire's traction, Vehicle Placard: A label alphanumeric code assigned to temperature, and treadwear. a tire indicating the maximum permanently attached to a Ratings are determined by vehicle showing the vehicle speed at which a tire can tire manufacturers using operate. capacity weight and the original government testing procedures. equipment tire size and Traction: The friction between The ratings are molded into the recommended inflation pressure. sidewall of the tire. See Uniform the tire and the road surface. See “Tire and Loading Tire Quality Grading on The amount of grip provided. Information Label” under Vehicle page 10‑61. Tread: The portion of a tire that Load Limits on page 9‑15. comes into contact with the road. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (51,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-51

Tire Pressure Overinflated tires, or tires that How the vehicle is loaded have too much air, can affects vehicle handling and ride If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the result in: comfort. Never load the vehicle hybrid supplement for more with more weight than it was . Unusual wear. information. designed to carry. Tires need the correct amount of . Poor handling. When to Check air pressure to operate . Rough ride. effectively. Check the tires once a month . Needless damage from or more. Notice: Neither tire road hazards. underinflation nor Do not forget the spare tire. See overinflation is good. The Tire and Loading Full-Size Spare Tire on Underinflated tires, or tires Information label on the vehicle page 10‑80 for additional that do not have enough air, indicates the original equipment information. can result in: tires and the correct cold tire inflation pressures. The How to Check . Tire overloading and recommended pressure is the Use a good quality pocket-type overheating which could minimum air pressure needed to gauge to check tire pressure. lead to a blowout. support the vehicle's maximum Proper tire inflation cannot be . Premature or load carrying capacity. determined by looking at the tire. irregular wear. For additional information Check the tire inflation pressure . Poor handling. regarding how much weight the when the tires are cold meaning vehicle can carry, and an the vehicle has not been driven . Reduced fuel economy. example of the Tire and Loading for at least three hours or no Information label, see Vehicle more than 1.6 km (1 mi). Load Limits on page 9‑15. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (52,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-52 Vehicle Care

Remove the valve cap from the Tire Pressure for Vehicles with P265/65R18 or tire valve stem. Press the tire High-Speed Operation P275/55R20 size tires require gauge firmly onto the valve to inflation pressure adjustment when get a pressure measurement. driving the vehicle at speeds of { WARNING If the cold tire inflation pressure 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher. Set the cold inflation pressure to 20 kPa matches the recommended Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h (3 psi) above the recommended tire pressure on the Tire and (100 mph) or higher, puts an pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label, no additional strain on tires. Loading Information label. Return further adjustment is necessary. Sustained high-speed driving the tires to the recommended cold If the inflation pressure is low, causes excessive heat buildup tire inflation pressure when add air until the recommended and can cause sudden tire failure. high-speed driving has ended. See pressure is reached. If the You could have a crash and you Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑15 inflation pressure is high, press or others could be killed. Some and Tire Pressure on page 10‑51. on the metal stem in the center high-speed rated tires require of the tire valve to release air. inflation pressure adjustment for Tire Pressure Monitor high-speed operation. When System Recheck the tire pressure with speed limits and road conditions the tire gauge are such that a vehicle can be The Tire Pressure Monitor System driven at high speeds, make sure (TPMS) uses radio and sensor Return the valve caps on the technology to check tire pressure the tires are rated for high-speed valve stems to prevent leaks levels. The TPMS sensors monitor operation, in excellent condition, and keep out dirt and moisture. the air pressure in your tires and and set to the correct cold tire transmit tire pressure readings to a inflation pressure for the receiver located in the vehicle. vehicle load. Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (53,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-53

the inflation pressure recommended vehicle's handling and stopping pressure as intended. TPMS by the vehicle manufacturer on the ability. malfunctions may occur for a variety vehicle placard or tire inflation Please note that the TPMS is of reasons, including the installation pressure label. (If your vehicle has not a substitute for proper tire of replacement or alternate tires or tires of a different size than the size maintenance, and it is the driver's wheels on the vehicle that prevent indicated on the vehicle placard or responsibility to maintain correct tire the TPMS from functioning properly. tire inflation pressure label, you Always check the TPMS malfunction pressure, even if under‐inflation has should determine the proper tire not reached the level to trigger telltale after replacing one or more inflation pressure for those tires.) illumination of the TPMS low tire tires or wheels on your vehicle to As an added safety feature, your pressure telltale. ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the vehicle has been equipped with a Your vehicle has also been tire pressure monitoring system TPMS to continue to function equipped with a TPMS malfunction properly. (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire indicator to indicate when the pressure telltale when one or system is not operating properly. See Tire Pressure Monitor more of your tires is significantly The TPMS malfunction indicator is Operation on page 10‑54 for under‐inflated. combined with the low tire pressure additional information. Accordingly, when the low tire telltale. When the system detects a Federal Communications pressure telltale illuminates, you malfunction, the telltale will flash for Commission (FCC) Rules and should stop and check your tires as approximately one minute and then with Industry Canada soon as possible, and inflate them remain continuously illuminated. Standards to the proper pressure. Driving on a This sequence will continue upon significantly under‐inflated tire subsequent vehicle start‐ups as See Radio Frequency Statement on causes the tire to overheat and can long as the malfunction exists. page 13‑20 for information regarding Part 15 of the Federal lead to tire failure. Under‐inflation When the malfunction indicator is Communications Commission (FCC) also reduces fuel efficiency and tire illuminated, the system may not be Rules and with Industry Canada tread life, and may affect the able to detect or signal low tire Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (54,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-54 Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure Monitor located on the instrument cluster. air pressure is getting low and If the warning light comes on, stop needs to be inflated to the proper Operation as soon as possible and inflate pressure. If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the the tires to the recommended A Tire and Loading Information label hybrid supplement for more pressure shown on the tire loading shows the size of the original information. information label. See Vehicle Load equipment tires and the correct Limits on page 9 15. This vehicle may have a Tire ‑ inflation pressure for the tires when Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). A message to check the pressure in they are cold. See Vehicle Load The TPMS is designed to warn the a specific tire displays in the Driver Limits on page 9‑15, for an example driver when a low tire pressure Information Center (DIC). The low of the Tire and Loading Information condition exists. TPMS sensors are tire pressure warning light and the label and its location. Also see Tire mounted onto each tire and wheel DIC warning message come on at Pressure on page 10‑51. assembly, excluding the spare tire each ignition cycle until the tires are The TPMS can warn about a and wheel assembly. The TPMS inflated to the correct inflation low tire pressure condition but it sensors monitor the air pressure in pressure. Using the DIC, tire does not replace normal tire the tires and transmit the tire pressure levels can be viewed. For maintenance. See Tire Inspection pressure readings to a receiver additional information and details on page 10‑56, Tire Rotation on located in the vehicle. about the DIC operation and page 10‑57 and Tires on displays see Driver Information page 10‑44. Center (DIC) on page 5‑26 and Tire Messages on page 5‑42. Notice: Tire sealant materials are not all the same. A non-approved The low tire pressure warning light tire sealant could damage the may come on in cool weather when TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor the vehicle is first started, and then damage caused by using an turn off as the vehicle is driven. This incorrect tire sealant is not When a low tire pressure condition could be an early indicator that the covered by the vehicle warranty. is detected, the TPMS illuminates the low tire pressure warning light GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (55,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-55

Always use only the matching process is performed could prevent the TPMS from GM-approved tire sealant successfully. See "TPMS Sensor functioning properly. See Buying available through your dealer or Matching Process" later in this New Tires on page 10‑59. included in the vehicle. section. . Operating electronic devices or TPMS Malfunction Light and . The TPMS sensor matching being near facilities using radio Message process was not done or not wave frequencies similar to the completed successfully after TPMS could cause the TPMS The TPMS will not function properly rotating the tires. The sensors to malfunction. if one or more of the TPMS sensors malfunction light and the DIC If the TPMS is not functioning are missing or inoperable. When the message should go off after system detects a malfunction, the properly, it cannot detect or signal a successfully completing the low tire condition. See your dealer low tire warning light flashes for sensor matching process. See about one minute and then stays on for service if the TPMS malfunction "TPMS Sensor Matching light and DIC message comes on for the remainder of the ignition Process" later in this section. cycle. A DIC warning message also and stays on. displays. The malfunction light and . One or more TPMS sensors are missing or damaged. The TPMS Sensor Matching DIC warning message come on at Process each ignition cycle until the problem malfunction light and the DIC is corrected. Some of the conditions message should go off when the Each TPMS sensor has a unique that can cause these to come TPMS sensors are installed and identification code. The identification on are: the sensor matching process is code needs to be matched to a new performed successfully. See tire/wheel position after rotating the . One of the road tires has been your dealer for service. vehicle’s tires or replacing one or replaced with the spare tire. The more of the TPMS sensors. The spare tire does not have a . Replacement tires or wheels do not match the original equipment TPMS sensor matching process TPMS sensor. The malfunction should also be performed after light and DIC message should tires or wheels. Tires and wheels other than those recommended replacing a spare tire with a road go off after the road tire is tire containing the TPMS sensor. replaced and the sensor GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (56,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-56 Vehicle Care

The malfunction light and the DIC receiver is in relearn mode and tire, and the TPMS sensor message should go off at the next TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE matching process is no longer ignition cycle. The sensors are message displays on the DIC active. The TIRE LEARNING matched to the tire/wheel positions, screen. ACTIVE message on the DIC using a TPMS relearn tool, in the 4. Start with the driver side display screen goes off. following order: driver side front tire, front tire. 9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. passenger side front tire, passenger side rear tire, and driver side rear. 5. Place the relearn tool against 10. Set all four tires to the See your dealer for service or to the tire sidewall, near the valve recommended air pressure purchase a relearn tool. stem. Then press the button to level as indicated on the Tire activate the TPMS sensor. and Loading Information label. There are two minutes to match the A horn chirp confirms that the first tire/wheel position, and sensor identification code has Tire Inspection five minutes overall to match all four been matched to this tire and tire/wheel positions. If it takes wheel position. We recommend that the tires, longer, the matching process stops including the spare tire, if the and must be restarted. 6. Proceed to the passenger side vehicle has one, be inspected front tire, and repeat the The TPMS sensor matching process procedure in Step 5. for signs of wear or damage at is outlined below: least once a month. 7. Proceed to the passenger side 1. Set the parking brake. rear tire, and repeat the Replace the tire if: 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with procedure in Step 5. . The indicators at three or the engine off. 8. Proceed to the driver side rear more places around the tire 3. Press Q and K on the tire, and repeat the procedure in can be seen. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Step 5. The horn sounds two times to indicate the sensor . There is cord or fabric transmitter at the same time for showing through the tire's approximately five seconds. The identification code has been horn sounds twice to signal the matched to the driver side rear rubber. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (57,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-57

. The tread or sidewall is Any time unusual wear is Do not include the spare tire in cracked, cut, or snagged noticed, rotate the tires as soon the tire rotation. deep enough to show cord or as possible and check the wheel fabric. Adjust the front and rear tires to alignment. Also check for the recommended inflation . The tire has a bump, bulge, damaged tires or wheels. See pressure on the Tire and or split. When It Is Time for New Tires Loading Information label after on page 10‑58 and Wheel . The tire has a puncture, cut, the tires have been rotated. See Replacement on page 10‑63. or other damage that cannot Tire Pressure on page 10‑51 be repaired well because of and Vehicle Load Limits on the size or location of the page 9‑15. damage. Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System. See Tire Pressure Tire Rotation Monitor Operation on Tires should be rotated every page 10‑54. 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See Check that all wheel nuts are Maintenance Schedule on properly tightened. See “Wheel page 11‑3. Nut Torque” under Capacities Tires are rotated to achieve a and Specifications on uniform wear for all tires. The page 12‑2. first rotation is the most Use this rotation pattern when important. rotating the tires. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (58,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-58 Vehicle Care

When It Is Time for New See Tire Inspection on page 10‑56 { WARNING and Tire Rotation on page 10‑57 for Tires additional information. Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the Factors, such as maintenance, The rubber in tires ages over time. parts to which it is fastened, can temperatures, driving speeds, make wheel nuts become loose This also applies to the spare tire, vehicle loading, and road conditions if the vehicle has one, even if it is after time. The wheel could come affect the wear rate of the tires. off and cause an accident. When never used. Multiple conditions changing a wheel, remove any including temperatures, loading conditions, and inflation pressure rust or dirt from places where the maintenance affect how fast aging wheel attaches to the vehicle. In takes place. Tires will typically need an emergency, a cloth or a paper to be replaced due to wear before towel can be used; however, use they may need to be replaced a scraper or wire brush later to due to age. Consult the tire remove all rust or dirt. manufacturer for more information on when tires should be replaced. Lightly coat the center of the Vehicle Storage wheel hub with wheel bearing grease after a wheel change or Tires age when stored normally tire rotation to prevent corrosion mounted on a parked vehicle. Park a vehicle that will be stored for at or rust build-up. Do not get Treadwear indicators are one way to tell when it is time for new tires. least a month in a cool, dry, clean grease on the flat wheel Treadwear indicators appear when area away from direct sunlight to mounting surface or on the the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) slow aging. This area should be free wheel nuts or bolts. or less of tread remaining. Some of grease, gasoline or other commercial truck tires may not have substances that can deteriorate treadwear indicators. rubber. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (59,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-59

Parking for an extended period can including brake system cause flat spots on the tires that performance, ride and handling, { WARNING may result in vibrations while traction control, and tire pressure driving. When storing a vehicle for monitoring performance. GM's TPC Tires could explode during at least a month, remove the tires or Spec number is molded onto the improper service. Attempting raise the vehicle to reduce the tire's sidewall near the tire size. to mount or dismount a tire weight from the tires. If the tires have an all‐season tread could cause injury or death. design, the TPC Spec number will Only your dealer or authorized Buying New Tires be followed by MS for mud and tire service center should snow. See Tire Sidewall Labeling on GM has developed and matched mount or dismount the tires. page 10‑46 for additional specific tires for the vehicle. The information. original equipment tires installed were designed to meet General GM recommends replacing all the Motors Tire Performance Criteria tires at the same time. Uniform tread Specification (TPC Spec) system depth on all tires will help to rating. When replacement tires are maintain the performance of the needed, GM strongly recommends vehicle. Braking and handling buying tires with the same TPC performance may be adversely Spec rating. affected if all the tires are not replaced at the same time. See Tire GM's exclusive TPC Spec system Inspection on page 10‑56 and Tire considers over a dozen critical Rotation on page 10‑57 for specifications that impact the overall information on proper tire rotation. performance of the vehicle, GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (60,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-60 Vehicle Care

The Tire and Loading Information { WARNING { WARNING label indicates the original equipment tires on the vehicle. See Mixing tires of different sizes, Using bias-ply tires on the Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑15 brands, or types may cause loss vehicle may cause the wheel for the label location and more of control of the vehicle, resulting rim flanges to develop cracks information about the Tire and in a crash or other vehicle after many miles of driving. Loading Information label. damage. Use the correct size, A tire and/or wheel could fail brand, and type of tires on all suddenly and cause a crash. Different Size Tires and wheels. Use only radial-ply tires with Wheels This vehicle may have a different the wheels on the vehicle. If wheels or tires are installed that size spare than the road tires are a different size than the original originally installed on the vehicle. If the vehicle tires must be replaced equipment wheels and tires, vehicle When new, the vehicle included a with a tire that does not have a TPC performance, including its braking, spare tire and wheel assembly Spec number, make sure they are ride and handling characteristics, with a similar overall diameter as the same size, load range, speed stability, and resistance to rollover the road tires and wheels, so it is rating, and construction (radial) as may be affected. If the vehicle has all right to drive on it. The spare the original tires. electronic systems such as antilock tire was developed for use on this Vehicles that have a tire pressure brakes, rollover airbags, traction vehicle and will not affect vehicle monitoring system could give an control, and electronic stability handling. inaccurate low‐pressure warning if control, the performance of these non‐TPC Spec rated tires are systems can also be affected. installed. See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 10‑52. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (61,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-61

Uniform Tire Quality nominal rim diameters of { WARNING Grading 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), or to some limited-production If different sized wheels are used, Quality grades can be found there may not be an acceptable tires. where applicable on the tire level of performance and safety if sidewall between tread shoulder While the tires available on tires not recommended for those General Motors passenger cars wheels are selected. This and maximum section width. For example: and light trucks may vary with increases the chance of a crash respect to these grades, they and serious injury. Only use GM Treadwear 200 Traction AA must also conform to federal specific wheel and tire systems Temperature A safety requirements and developed for the vehicle, and additional General Motors Tire have them properly installed by a The following information relates Performance Criteria (TPC) GM certified technician. to the system developed by the United States National Highway standards. Traffic Safety Administration See Buying New Tires on All Passenger Car Tires Must (NHTSA), which grades tires by page 10‑59 and Accessories and Conform to Federal Safety Modifications on page 10‑3. treadwear, traction, and Requirements In Addition To temperature performance. This These Grades. applies only to vehicles sold in the United States. The grades Treadwear are molded on the sidewalls of The treadwear grade is a most passenger car tires. The comparative rating based on the Uniform Tire Quality Grading wear rate of the tire when tested (UTQG) system does not apply under controlled conditions on a to deep tread, winter tires, specified government test compact spare tires, tires with course. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (62,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-62 Vehicle Care

For example, a tire graded assigned to this tire is based on A represent higher levels of 150 would wear one and a half straight-ahead braking traction performance on the laboratory (1½) times as well on the tests, and does not include test wheel than the minimum government course as a tire acceleration, cornering, required by law. Warning: The graded 100. The relative hydroplaning, or peak traction temperature grade for this tire is performance of tires depends characteristics. established for a tire that is upon the actual conditions of properly inflated and not Temperature A, B, C their use, however, and may – overloaded. Excessive speed, depart significantly from the The temperature grades are A underinflation, or excessive norm due to variations in driving (the highest), B, and C, loading, either separately or in habits, service practices and representing the tire's resistance combination, can cause heat differences in road to the generation of heat and its buildup and possible tire failure. characteristics and climate. ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled Wheel Alignment and Tire Traction AA, A, B, C – conditions on a specified indoor Balance The traction grades, from laboratory test wheel. Sustained highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, high temperature can cause the The tires and wheels were aligned and C. Those grades represent material of the tire to degenerate and balanced at the factory to provide the longest tire life and best the tire's ability to stop on wet and reduce tire life, and overall performance. Adjustments to pavement as measured under excessive temperature can lead wheel alignment and tire balancing controlled conditions on to sudden tire failure. The grade will not be necessary on a regular specified government test C corresponds to a level of basis. However, check the surfaces of asphalt and performance which all alignment if there is unusual tire concrete. A tire marked C may passenger car tires must meet wear or if the vehicle is pulling to have poor traction performance. under the Federal Motor Safety one side or the other. Warning: The traction grade Standard No. 109. Grades B and GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (63,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-63

If the vehicle vibrates when driving Each new wheel should have the Notice: The wrong wheel can on a smooth road, the tires and same load-carrying capacity, also cause problems with bearing wheels might need to be diameter, width, offset, and be life, brake cooling, speedometer rebalanced. See your dealer for mounted the same way as the one it or odometer calibration, proper diagnosis. replaces. headlamp aim, bumper height, Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel vehicle ground clearance, and tire Wheel Replacement nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis. Replace any wheel that is bent, System (TPMS) sensors with new cracked, or badly rusted or GM original equipment parts. Used Replacement Wheels corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and { WARNING { WARNING wheel nuts should be replaced. If the wheel leaks air, replace it. Using the wrong replacement Replacing a wheel with a used Some aluminum wheels can be wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel one is dangerous. How it has repaired. See your dealer if any of nuts can be dangerous. It could been used or how far it has been these conditions exist. affect the braking and handling of driven may be unknown. It could Your dealer will know the kind of the vehicle. Tires can lose air, fail suddenly and cause a crash. wheel that is needed. and cause loss of control, causing When replacing wheels, use a a crash. Always use the correct new GM original equipment wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel wheel. nuts for replacement. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (64,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-64 Vehicle Care

Tire Chains If a Tire Goes Flat { WARNING It is unusual for a tire to blowout { WARNING while driving, especially if the tires Driving on a flat tire will cause are maintained properly. If air goes permanent damage to the tire. Do not use tire chains. There is out of a tire, it is much more likely to Re-inflating a tire after it has been not enough clearance. Tire chains leak out slowly. But if there ever is a driven on while severely used on a vehicle without the blowout, here are a few tips about underinflated or flat may cause a proper amount of clearance can what to expect and what to do: blowout and a serious crash. cause damage to the brakes, If a front tire fails, the flat tire Never attempt to re-inflate a tire suspension, or other vehicle creates a drag that pulls the vehicle that has been driven on while parts. The area damaged by the toward that side. Take your foot off severely underinflated or flat. tire chains could cause loss of the accelerator pedal and grip the Have your dealer or an authorized control and a crash. Use another steering wheel firmly. Steer to tire service center repair or type of traction device only if its maintain lane position, and then replace the flat tire as soon as manufacturer recommends it for gently brake to a stop, well off the possible. the vehicle's tire size combination road, if possible. and road conditions. Follow that A rear blowout, particularly on a manufacturer's instructions. To curve, acts much like a skid and avoid vehicle damage, drive may require the same correction as slowly and readjust or remove the used in a skid. Stop pressing the traction device if it contacts the accelerator pedal and steer to vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. straighten the vehicle. It may be If traction devices are used, install very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake them on the rear tires. to a stop, well off the road, if possible. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (65,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-65

When the vehicle has a flat tire (B), { WARNING { WARNING use the following example as a guide to assist in the placement of Lifting a vehicle and getting under Changing a tire can be the wheel blocks (A). it to do maintenance or repairs dangerous. The vehicle can slip is dangerous without the off the jack and roll over or fall appropriate safety equipment and causing injury or death. Find a training. If a jack is provided with level place to change the tire. To the vehicle, it is designed only for help prevent the vehicle from changing a flat tire. If it is used for moving: anything else, you or others could 1. Set the parking brake firmly. be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 2. Put an automatic is provided with the vehicle, only transmission in P (Park) or a use it for changing a flat tire. manual transmission in A. Wheel Block 1 (First) or R (Reverse). B. Flat Tire 3. Turn off the engine and do If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the not restart while the vehicle The following information explains hybrid supplement for more is raised. how to use the jack and change information. a tire. 4. Do not allow passengers to If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire remain in the vehicle. and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place, well off the road, 5. Place wheel blocks on both if possible. Turn on the hazard sides of the tire at the warning flashers. See Hazard opposite corner of the tire Warning Flashers on page 6‑5. being changed. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (66,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-66 Vehicle Care

Tire Changing Removing the Spare Tire and Tools The equipment you will need to change a flat tire is stored under the storage tray, which is located on the driver side trim panel (over the rear wheelhouse). 2. Remove the wing nut (B) used to retain the tool bag by turning it counterclockwise. 3. Turn the knob (A) on the jack A. Jack counterclockwise to release the B. Wheel Blocks jack and wheel blocks from the bracket. C. Jack Handle 4. Remove the wheel blocks and D. Jack Handle Extensions the wheel block retainer by E. Wheel Wrench turning the wing nut (C) counterclockwise.

Regular Wheelbase Shown, Extended Wheelbase Similar. 1. Remove the tray to access the tools by pulling up on the finger depression under the jack symbol. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (67,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-67

To access the spare tire: G. Tire/Wheel Retainer H. Spare Tire (Valve Stem Pointed Down) I. Hoist Shaft Access Hole J. Hoist End of Extension Tool K. Spare Tire Lock 1. To reach the hoist shaft access cover (C), you will first need to remove the hitch cover. Remove it by turning the two fasteners located at the bottom of the 3. To remove the spare tire lock, cover counterclockwise and then insert the ignition key, turn it A. Hoist Assembly pull the cover down and rotate clockwise and then pull towards you. straight back. B. Hoist Shaft 2. Remove the hoist shaft access C. Hoist Shaft Access Cover/Hole cover (C) on the bumper to D. Jack Handle Extensions access the spare tire lock (K). E. Wheel Wrench F. Hoist Cable GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (68,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-68 Vehicle Care

6. Turn the wheel wrench (E) counterclockwise to lower the spare tire (H) to the ground. Continue to turn the wheel wrench until the spare tire can be pulled out from under the vehicle. If the spare tire does not lower to the ground, the secondary latch 5. Insert the open end of the is engaged causing the tire not extension (J) through the hole in to lower. See Secondary Latch the rear bumper (I) (hoist shaft System on page 10‑77 for more 4. Assemble the two jack handle access hole). information. extensions (D) and wheel Be sure the hoist end (J) of the wrench (E) as shown. extension (D) connects to the hoist shaft (B). The ribbed square end of the extension is used to lower the spare tire. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (69,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-69

8. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle Once the retainer is separated with some slack in the cable to from the guide pin, tilt the access the tire/wheel retainer. retainer and pull it through the 7. Use the wheel wrench hook that Separate the retainer from the center of the wheel along with allows you to pull the hoist cable guide pin by sliding the retainer the cable and latch. towards you, to assist in up the pin while pressing down 9. Put the spare tire near the reaching the spare tire. on the latch. flat tire. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (70,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-70 Vehicle Care

Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire 1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See If a Tire Goes Flat on page 10‑64.

Jacking Locations (Overall View) A. Front Position B. Rear Position 3. Use the wheel wrench to loosen all the wheel nuts. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise 2. If the wheel has a center cap to loosen the wheel nuts. Do not that covers the wheel nuts, place remove the wheel nuts yet. the chiseled end of the wheel wrench in the slot on the wheel and gently pry the cap out. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (71,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-71

4. Position the jack under the Raise the vehicle far enough off { WARNING vehicle as shown. the ground so there is enough room for the spare tire to clear Getting under a vehicle when it is the ground. lifted on a jack is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack, you could be badly injured or killed. Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack.

{ WARNING

Raising the vehicle with the jack Front Position improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even Front Tire Flat: If the flat tire is on a front tire of the vehicle, you Rear Position make the vehicle fall. To help will need to use the jack handle avoid personal injury and vehicle and only one jack handle damage, be sure to fit the jack lift extension. Attach the wheel head into the proper location wrench to the jack handle before raising the vehicle. extension. Attach the jack handle to the jack (A). Position the jack on the frame behind the flat tire where the frame sections overlap. Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to raise the vehicle. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (72,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-72 Vehicle Care

Rear Tire Flat: If the flat tire is on a rear tire of the vehicle, you { WARNING will need to use the jack handle (B) and both jack handle Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the extensions (C). Attach the wheel parts to which it is fastened, can wrench (D) to the jack handle make wheel nuts become loose extensions (C). Attach the jack after time. The wheel could come handle (B) to the jack (A). Use off and cause an accident. When the jacking pad (E) provided on changing a wheel, remove any the rear axle. Turn the wheel rust or dirt from places where the wrench (D) clockwise to raise the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In vehicle. Raise the vehicle far an emergency, a cloth or a paper enough off the ground so there towel can be used; however, use 5. Remove all of the wheel nuts. is enough room for the spare tire a scraper or wire brush later to to clear the ground. 6. Take off the flat tire. remove all rust or dirt. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (73,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-73

{ WARNING { WARNING

Never use oil or grease on bolts Wheel nuts that are improperly or or nuts because the nuts might incorrectly tightened can cause come loose. The vehicle's wheel the wheels to become loose or could fall off, causing a crash. come off. The wheel nuts should be tightened with a torque wrench 8. Put the wheel nuts back on with to the proper torque specification the rounded end of the nuts after replacing. Follow the torque toward the wheel after mounting specification supplied by the the spare tire. aftermarket manufacturer when using accessory locking wheel 7. Remove any rust or dirt from the 9. Tighten each wheel nut by hand. nuts. See Capacities and wheel bolts, mounting surfaces Then use the wheel wrench to Specifications on page 12 2 for and spare wheel. tighten the nuts until the wheel is ‑ original equipment wheel nut held against the hub. torque specifications. 10. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the vehicle. Lower the jack Notice: Improperly tightened completely. wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage. To avoid expensive brake repairs, evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification. See Capacities and Specifications on page 12‑2 for the wheel nut torque specification. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (74,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-74 Vehicle Care

Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools

{ WARNING

Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden stop or collision, loose equipment could strike someone. Store all these in the proper place. 11. Tighten the nuts firmly in a A. Hoist Assembly crisscross sequence as shown Notice: Storing an aluminum B. Hoist Shaft by turning the wheel wrench wheel with a flat tire under your clockwise. C. Hoist Shaft Access Cover/Hole vehicle for an extended period of D. Jack Handle Extensions When you reinstall the regular time or with the valve stem wheel and tire, you must also pointing up can damage the E. Wheel Wrench reinstall the center cap, if your wheel. Always stow the wheel F. Hoist Cable vehicle has one. Line up the tabs on with the valve stem pointing the back of the center cap with the down and have the wheel/tire G. Tire/Wheel Retainer slot on the wheel. The cap only repaired as soon as possible. H. Spare Tire/Flat Tire (Valve Stem goes in one way. Place the cap on Store the tire under the rear of the Pointed Down) the wheel and gently press until it vehicle in the spare tire carrier. snaps into place. I. Hoist Shaft Access Hole J. Hoist End of Extension Tool K. Spare Tire Lock GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (75,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-75

1. Put the tire (H) on the ground at the rear of the vehicle with the valve stem pointed down and to the rear.

Tilt the retainer down and 4. Insert the open end of the through the center wheel extension (J) through the hoist opening. shaft access hole (I) in the bumper. 5. Raise the tire part way upward. 2. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle. Make sure the retainer is fully Separate the tire/wheel seated across the underside of retainer (G) from the guide pin. the wheel and centered in the Pull the pin through the center of wheel opening. the wheel. 6. Raise the tire fully against the underside of the vehicle by turning the wheel wrench clockwise until you hear two clicks or feel it skip twice. You cannot overtighten the cable. 3. Assemble the two jack handle extensions (D) and wheel wrench (E) as shown. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (76,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-76 Vehicle Care

To store the tools: 1. Return the wheel wrench, jack handle, and jack handle extensions to the tool bag (B). 2. Assemble wheel blocks (A) and jack (E) together with the wing nut (F). 3. Position the jack (E) and wheel blocks (A) in the driver side trim panel over the wheelhouse. 4. Turn the jack knob (G) clockwise until the jack is secured tight in 7. Make sure the tire is stored the mounting bracket. Be sure to securely. Push, pull (A), and then position the holes in the base of try to turn (B) the tire. If the tire A. Wheel Blocks the jack onto the pin in the mounting bracket. moves, use the wheel wrench to B. Tool Bag with Jack Tools tighten the cable. 5. Use the retaining bracket (C) to C. Retaining Bracket 8. Reinstall the spare tire lock. fasten the tool bag (B) on the D. Wing Nut Retaining Tool Bag stud and turn the wing nut (D) 9. Reinstall the hoist shaft access clockwise to secure. cover. E. Jack 10. Reinstall the hitch cover. F. Wing Nut Retaining Wheel Blocks G. Jack Knob GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (77,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-77

Secondary Latch System To release the spare tire from the secondary latch: This vehicle has an underbody-mounted tire hoist assembly equipped with a secondary latch system. It is designed to stop the spare tire from suddenly falling off your vehicle. For the secondary latch to work, the spare must be installed with the valve stem pointing down. See “Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools” under Tire Changing on Regular Wheelbase Shown, page 10‑66. Extended Wheelbase Similar. 6. Return the storage tray to its { WARNING original stored position. 1. Check under the vehicle to see if Before beginning this procedure the cable end is visible. If the read all the instructions. Failure to cable is not visible proceed to read and follow the instructions Step 6. could damage the hoist assembly and you and others could get hurt. Read and follow the instructions listed next. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (78,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-78 Vehicle Care

2. If it is visible, first try to tighten the cable by turning the wheel wrench clockwise until you hear two clicks or feel it skip twice. You cannot overtighten the cable. 3. Loosen the cable by turning the wrench counterclockwise three or four turns. 8. Attach the jack handle, 4. Repeat this procedure at least extension, and wheel wrench to two times. If the spare tire the jack and place it (with the lowers to the ground, continue A. Jack wheel blocks) under the vehicle with Step 5 under “Removing the toward the front of the rear Spare Tire and Tools” under Tire B. Wheel Blocks bumper. Changing on page 10‑66. 7. Place the bottom edge of the 5. If the spare does not lower, turn jack (A) on the wheel blocks (B), the wrench counterclockwise separating them so that the jack until approximately 15 cm (6 in) is balanced securely. of cable is exposed. 6. Stand the wheel blocks on their shortest ends, with the backs facing each other. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (79,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-79

12. Lower the jack by turning the If the spare tire is hanging from wheel wrench the cable, insert the hoist end counterclockwise. Keep of extension, and wheel lowering the jack until the wrench into the hoist shaft hole spare tire slides off the jack or in the bumper and turn the is hanging by the cable. wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the spare the rest of { WARNING the way. 14. Turn the wheel wrench in the 9. Position the center lift point of Someone standing too close hoist shaft hole in the bumper the jack under the center of the during the procedure could be clockwise to raise the cable spare tire. injured by the jack. If the spare back up if the cable is hanging 10. Turn the wrench clockwise to tire does not slide off the jack under the vehicle. completely, make sure no one is raise the jack until it lifts the Have the hoist assembly inspected behind you or on either side of end fitting. as soon as you can. You will not be you as you pull the jack out from able to store a spare or flat tire 11. Continue raising the jack until under the spare. the spare tire stops moving using the hoist assembly until it has upward and is held firmly in been inspected and/or replaced. place. The secondary latch has 13. Disconnect the jack handle To continue changing the flat tire, released and the spare tire is from the jack and carefully see “Removing the Flat Tire and balancing on the jack. remove the jack. Use one hand Installing the Spare Tire” under Tire to push against the spare while Changing on page 10‑66. firmly pulling the jack out from under the spare tire with the other hand. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (80,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-80 Vehicle Care

Full-Size Spare Tire After installing the spare tire on the Jump Starting vehicle, stop as soon as possible The full-size spare tire that came and check that the spare is correctly For more information about the with the vehicle was fully inflated inflated. The spare tire is made to vehicle battery, see Battery on when new, however, it can lose air perform well at speeds up to page 10‑26. over time. Check the inflation 112 km/h (70 mph) at the pressure regularly. See Tire If the vehicle is a Hybrid, see the recommended inflation pressure, so Hybrid supplement for more Pressure on page 10‑51 and you can finish your trip. information. Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑15 for information regarding proper tire Have the damaged or flat road tire If the vehicle's battery (or batteries) inflation and loading the vehicle. For repaired or replaced and installed has run down, you may want to use instructions on how to remove, back onto the vehicle as soon as another vehicle and some jumper install, or store a spare tire, see Tire possible so the spare tire will be cables to start your vehicle. Be sure Changing on page 10‑66. available in case it is needed again. to use the following steps to do it Do not mix tires and wheels of safely. different sizes, because they will not fit. Keep the spare tire and its wheel together. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (81,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-81

Trying to start the vehicle by To avoid the possibility of the { WARNING pushing or pulling it will not vehicles rolling, set the parking work, and it could damage the brake firmly on both vehicles Batteries can hurt you. They can vehicle. involved in the jump start be dangerous because: 1. Check the other vehicle. It must procedure. Put the automatic . They contain acid that can have a 12-volt battery with a transmission in P (Park) or a burn you. negative ground system. manual transmission in Neutral before setting the parking brake. . They contain gas that can Notice: Only use a vehicle that explode or ignite. has a 12-volt system with a Notice: If any accessories are left on or plugged in during the jump . They contain enough negative ground for jump starting procedure, they could be electricity to burn you. starting. If the other vehicle does not have a 12-volt system with a damaged. The repairs would not If you do not follow these steps negative ground, both vehicles be covered by the vehicle exactly, some or all of these can be damaged. warranty. Whenever possible, things can hurt you. turn off or unplug all accessories 2. Get the vehicles close enough on either vehicle when jump so the jumper cables can reach, starting the vehicle. Notice: Ignoring these steps but be sure the vehicles are not could result in costly damage to touching each other. If they are, 3. Turn off the ignition on both the vehicle that would not be it could cause a ground vehicles. Unplug unnecessary covered by the warranty. connection you do not want. You accessories plugged into the would not be able to start your accessory power outlets. Turn vehicle, and the bad grounding off the radio and all the lamps could damage the electrical that are not needed. This avoids systems. sparks and helps save both batteries. And it could save the radio! GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (82,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-82 Vehicle Care

4. Open the hood on the other vehicle and locate the { WARNING positive (+) and negative (−) terminal locations on that An electric fan can start up even vehicle. when the engine is not running and can injure you. Keep hands, Your vehicle has a remote clothing and tools away from any positive (+) jump starting underhood electric fan. terminal and a remote negative (−) jump starting terminal. You should always use these remote terminals instead { WARNING of the terminals on the battery. Using an open flame near a If the vehicle has a remote The remote negative (-) terminal positive (+) terminal, it is located is a stud located on the right battery can cause battery gas to under a red plastic cover at the front of the engine, where the explode. People have been hurt positive battery post. To uncover negative battery cable attaches. doing this, and some have been the remote positive (+) terminal, See Engine Compartment blinded. Use a flashlight if you need more light. open the red plastic cover. Overview on page 10‑6 for more information on the location of the Be sure the battery has enough remote positive (+) and remote water. You do not need to add negative (−) terminals. water to the battery installed in your new vehicle. But if a battery has filler caps, be sure the right amount of fluid is there. If it is low, (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (83,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-83

5. Check that the jumper cables do WARNING (Continued) not have loose or missing insulation. If they do, you could add water to take care of that get a shock. The vehicles could first. If you do not, explosive gas be damaged too. could be present. Before you connect the cables, Battery fluid contains acid that here are some basic things you can burn you. Do not get it on should know. Positive (+) will go you. If you accidentally get it in to positive (+) or to a remote your eyes or on your skin, flush positive (+) terminal if the vehicle the place with water and get has one. Negative (−) will go to a medical help immediately. heavy, unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative (−) 6. Connect the red positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has one. cable to the positive (+) terminal of the vehicle with the dead { WARNING Do not connect positive (+) to negative (−) or you will get a battery. Use a remote Fans or other moving engine short that would damage the positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has one. parts can injure you badly. Keep battery and maybe other parts your hands away from moving too. And do not connect the 7. Do not let the other end parts once the engine is running. negative (−) cable to the touch metal. Connect it to the negative (−) terminal on the dead positive (+) terminal of the battery because this can cause good battery. Use a remote sparks. positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has one. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (84,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-84 Vehicle Care

8. Now connect the black 10. Now start the vehicle with the negative (−) cable to the good battery and run the negative (−) terminal of the engine for a while. good battery. Use a remote 11. Try to start the vehicle that had negative (−) terminal if the the dead battery. If it will not vehicle has one. start after a few tries, it Do not let the other end touch probably needs service. anything until the next step. The Notice: If the jumper cables are other end of the negative (−) connected or removed in the cable does not go to the dead wrong order, electrical shorting battery. It goes to a heavy, may occur and damage the unpainted metal engine part or vehicle. The repairs would not be Jumper Cable Removal to the remote negative (−) covered by the vehicle warranty. terminal on the vehicle with the Always connect and remove the A. Heavy, Unpainted Metal Engine dead battery. jumper cables in the correct Part or Remote Negative (−) 9. Connect the other end of the order, making sure that the Terminal negative (−) cable to the remote cables do not touch each other or B. Good Battery or Remote negative (−) terminal, on the other metal. Positive (+) and Remote vehicle with the dead battery. Negative (−) Terminals C. Dead Battery or Remote Positive (+) Terminal GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (85,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-85

To disconnect the jumper cables Towing Recreational Vehicle from both vehicles do the following: Towing 1. Disconnect the black Towing the Vehicle negative (−) cable from the If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the vehicle that had the bad battery. Notice: To avoid damage, the hybrid supplement for more disabled vehicle should be towed information. 2. Disconnect the black with all four wheels off the Recreational vehicle towing means negative (−) cable from the ground. Care must be taken with vehicle with the good battery. towing the vehicle behind another vehicles that have low ground vehicle – such as behind a 3. Disconnect the red positive (+) clearance and/or special motorhome. The two most common cable from the vehicle with the equipment. Always flatbed on a types of recreational vehicle towing good battery. car carrier. are known as “dinghy towing” 4. Disconnect the red positive (+) Consult your dealer or a (towing the vehicle with all four cable from the other vehicle. professional towing service if the wheels on the ground) and “dolly disabled vehicle must be towed. towing” (towing the vehicle with two 5. Return the remote positive (+) See Roadside Assistance Program wheels on the ground and two terminal cover, if the vehicle has (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑7 or wheels up on a device known as a one, to its original position. Roadside Assistance Program “dolly”). (Mexico) on page 13‑9. To tow the vehicle behind another vehicle for recreational purposes, such as behind a motor home, see “Recreational Vehicle Towing” in this section. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (86,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-86 Vehicle Care

Here are some important things to All-Wheel-Drive Vehicles consider before recreational vehicle towing: Dinghy and Dolly Towing . What is the towing capacity of the towing vehicle? Be sure to read the tow vehicle manufacturer's recommendations. . What is the distance that will be travelled? Some vehicles have restrictions on how far and how long they can tow. Notice: Towing an all-wheel-drive . Is the proper towing equipment vehicle with all four wheels on the going to be used? See your ground, or even with only two of dealer or trailering professional its wheels on the ground, will for additional advice and damage drivetrain components. equipment recommendations. Do not tow an all-wheel-drive . Is the vehicle ready to be vehicle with any of its wheels on towed? Just as preparing the the ground. vehicle for a long trip, make sure All-wheel-drive vehicles are not the vehicle is prepared to be designed to be towed with any towed. wheels on the ground. If the vehicle must be towed, see Towing Your Vehicle previously. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (87,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-87

Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not Dolly Towing (Front Wheels Off be towed with all four wheels on the the Ground) Dinghy Towing ground. Two-wheel-drive transmissions have no provisions for internal lubrication while being towed. To dolly tow a two‐wheel‐drive vehicle, the vehicle must be towed with the rear wheels on the dolly. See “Dolly Towing (Rear Wheels Off the Ground)” following.

Notice: If a two-wheel drive Notice: If a two-wheel-drive vehicle is towed with the rear vehicle is towed with all four wheels on the ground, the wheels on the ground, the transmission could be damaged. transmission could be damaged. The repairs would not be covered The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Never by the vehicle warranty. Do not tow the vehicle with the rear tow a two-wheel-drive vehicle wheels on the ground. with all four wheels on the ground. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (88,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-88 Vehicle Care

Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not 2. Drive the rear wheels onto the Appearance Care be towed with the rear wheels on dolly. the ground. Two-wheel-drive 3. Firmly set the parking brake. Exterior Care transmissions have no provisions See Parking Brake on for internal lubrication while being page 9‑34. Washing the Vehicle towed. 4. Put the transmission in P (Park). To preserve the vehicle's finish, Dolly Towing (Rear Wheels Off the wash it often and out of direct 5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly Ground) sunlight. following the manufacturer's instructions. Notice: Do not use petroleum based, acidic, or abrasive 6. Use an adequate clamping cleaning agents as they can device designed for towing to damage the vehicle's paint, metal, ensure that the front wheels are or plastic parts. If damage locked into the straight position. occurs, it would not be covered 7. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. by the vehicle's warranty. Approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer. Follow all manufacturer directions regarding correct product usage, necessary safety precautions, and appropriate Use the following procedure to disposal of any vehicle care dinghy tow a two-wheel-drive product. vehicle from the rear: 1. Attach the dolly to the tow vehicle following the dolly manufacturer's instructions. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (89,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-89

Notice: Avoid using high Finish Care Notice: Machine compounding or pressure washes closer than aggressive polishing on a Application of aftermarket clearcoat 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the basecoat/clearcoat paint finish sealant/wax materials is not vehicle. Use of power washers may damage it. Use only recommended. If painted surfaces exceeding 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) non-abrasive waxes and polishes are damaged, see your dealer to can result in damage or removal that are made for a basecoat/ have the damage assessed and of paint and decals. clearcoat paint finish on the repaired. Foreign materials such as vehicle. Rinse the vehicle well, before calcium chloride and other salts, ice washing and after, to remove all melting agents, road oil and tar, tree To keep the paint finish looking new, cleaning agents completely. If they sap, bird droppings, chemicals from keep the vehicle garaged or are allowed to dry on the surface, industrial chimneys, etc., can covered whenever possible. they could stain. damage the vehicle's finish if they Protecting Exterior Bright Metal remain on painted surfaces. Wash Dry the finish with a soft, clean Parts chamois or an all-cotton towel to the vehicle as soon as possible. avoid surface scratches and water If necessary, use non-abrasive Regularly clean bright metal parts with water or chrome polish on spotting. cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign chrome or stainless steel trim, matter. if necessary. Occasional hand waxing or mild For aluminum, never use auto or polishing should be done to remove chrome polish, steam, or caustic residue from the paint finish. See soap to clean. A coating of wax, your dealer for approved cleaning rubbed to high polish, is products. recommended for all bright metal parts. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (90,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-90 Vehicle Care

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ Weatherstrips Keep the wheels clean using a soft, clean cloth with mild soap and Lenses and Emblems Apply silicone grease on water. Rinse with clean water. After weatherstrips to make them last Use only lukewarm or cold water, a rinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft, longer, seal better, and not stick or soft cloth, and a car washing soap clean towel. A wax may then be squeak. See Recommended Fluids to clean exterior lamps and lenses. applied. Follow instructions under "Washing and Lubricants on page 11‑12. the Vehicle" later in this section. Notice: Chrome wheels and other Tires chrome trim may be damaged if Windshield and Wiper Blades Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to the vehicle is not washed after Clean the outside of the windshield clean the tires. driving on roads that have been with glass cleaner. sprayed with magnesium, Notice: Using petroleum-based calcium, or sodium chloride. Clean rubber blades using lint-free tire dressing products on the These chlorides are used on cloth or paper towel soaked with vehicle may damage the paint roads for conditions such as ice windshield washer fluid or a mild finish and/or tires. When applying and dust. Always wash the detergent. Wash the windshield a tire dressing, always wipe off chrome with soap and water after thoroughly when cleaning the any overspray from all painted exposure. blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and surfaces on the vehicle. a buildup of vehicle wash/wax Notice: To avoid surface damage, treatments may cause wiper Wheels and Trim — Aluminum do not use strong soaps, streaking. or Chrome chemicals, abrasive polishes, Use a soft, clean cloth with mild cleaners, brushes, or cleaners Replace the wiper blades if they are that contain acid on aluminum or worn or damaged. Damage can be soap and water to clean the wheels. After rinsing thoroughly with clean chrome-plated wheels. Use only caused by extreme dusty approved cleaners. Also, never conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, water, dry with a soft, clean towel. A wax may then be applied. drive a vehicle with aluminum or snow and ice. chrome-plated wheels through an GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (91,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-91

automatic car wash that uses Underbody Maintenance Finish Damage silicone carbide tire cleaning Use plain water to flush dirt and Quickly repair minor chips and brushes. Damage could occur debris from the vehicle's underbody. scratches with touch-up materials and the repairs would not be Your dealer or an underbody car available from your dealer to avoid covered by the vehicle warranty. washing system can do this. If not corrosion. Larger areas of finish Steering, Suspension, and removed, rust and corrosion can damage can be corrected in your Chassis Components develop. dealer's body and paint shop. Visually inspect front and rear Sheet Metal Damage Chemical Paint Spotting suspension and steering system for If the vehicle is damaged and Airborne pollutants can fall upon damaged, loose, or missing parts or requires sheet metal repair or and attack painted vehicle surfaces signs of wear. Inspect the power replacement, make sure the body causing blotchy, ring-shaped steering for proper hook-up, binding, repair shop applies anti-corrosion discolorations, and small, irregular leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Visually material to parts repaired or dark spots etched into the paint check constant velocity joints, replaced to restore corrosion surface. rubber boots, and axle seals for protection. leaks. Original manufacturer replacement Interior Care Body Component Lubrication parts will provide the corrosion To prevent dirt particle abrasions, Lubricate all key lock cylinders, protection while maintaining the regularly clean the vehicle's interior. hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and vehicle warranty. Immediately remove any soils. Note steel fuel door hinge unless the that newspapers or dark garments components are plastic. Applying that can transfer color to home silicone grease on weatherstrips furnishings can also permanently with a clean cloth will make them transfer color to the vehicle's last longer, seal better, and not stick interior. or squeak. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (92,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-92 Vehicle Care

Use a soft bristle brush to remove To prevent damage, do not clean Interior Glass dust from knobs and crevices on the the interior using the following To clean, use a terry cloth fabric instrument cluster. Using a mild cleaners or techniques: dampened with water. Wipe droplets soap solution, immediately remove . Never use a razor or any other left behind with a clean dry cloth. hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect sharp object to remove a soil Commercial glass cleaners may be repellant from all interior surfaces or from any interior surface. used, if necessary, after cleaning permanent damage may result. . Never use a brush with stiff the interior glass with plain water. Your dealer may have products for bristles. Notice: To prevent scratching, cleaning the interior. Use cleaners never use abrasive cleaners on specifically designed for the . Never rub any surface automotive glass. Abrasive surfaces being cleaned to prevent aggressively or with excessive cleaners or aggressive cleaning permanent damage. To prevent pressure. may damage the rear window overspray, apply all cleaners directly . Do not use laundry detergents or defogger. to the cleaning cloth. Cleaners dishwashing soaps with should be removed quickly. Never degreasers. For liquid cleaners, Fabric/Carpet allow cleaners to remain on the use approximately 20 drops per Start by vacuuming the surface surface being cleaned for extended 3.78L (1 gal) of water. periods of time. using a soft brush attachment. If a A concentrated soap solution will rotating brush attachment is being Cleaners may contain solvents that leave a residue that creates used during vacuuming, only use it can become concentrated in the streaks and attracts dirt. Do not on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, interior. Before using cleaners, read use solutions that contain strong gently remove as much of the soil and adhere to all safety instructions or caustic soap. as possible using one of the on the label. While cleaning the . Do not heavily saturate the following techniques: interior, maintain adequate upholstery when cleaning. ventilation by opening the doors and . Gently blot liquids with a paper windows. . Do not use solvents or cleaners towel. Continue blotting until no containing solvents. more soil can be removed. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (93,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Vehicle Care 10-93

. For solid soils, remove as much If the soil is not completely from these surfaces after as possible prior to vacuuming. removed, it may be necessary to cleaning and allow them to dry To clean: use a commercial upholstery naturally. Never use heat, steam, cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small spot lifters or spot removers. Do 1. Saturate a clean lint-free hidden area for colorfastness before not use cleaners that contain colorfast cloth with water or club using a commercial upholstery silicone or wax-based products. soda. Microfiber cloth is cleaner or spot lifter. If ring Cleaners containing these recommended to prevent lint formation occurs, clean the entire solvents can permanently change transfer to the fabric or carpet. fabric or carpet. the appearance and feel of leather 2. Remove excess moisture by Following the cleaning process, a or soft trim and are not gently wringing until water does paper towel can be used to blot recommended. not drip from the cleaning cloth. excess moisture. Do not use cleaners that increase 3. Start on the outside edge of the gloss, especially on the instrument soil and gently rub toward the Instrument Panel, Leather, panel. Reflected glare can decrease center. Rotate the cleaning cloth Vinyl, & Other Plastic Surfaces visibility through the windshield to a clean area frequently to Use a soft microfiber cloth under certain conditions. prevent forcing the soil in to the dampened with water to remove Notice: Use of air fresheners may fabric. dust and loose dirt. For a more cause permanent damage to 4. Continue gently rubbing the thorough cleaning, use a soft plastics and painted surfaces. soiled area until there is no microfiber cloth dampened with a If an air freshener comes in longer any color transfer from mild soap solution. contact with any plastic or the soil to the cleaning cloth. Notice: Soaking or saturating painted surface in the vehicle, blot immediately and clean with a 5. If the soil is not completely leather, especially perforated soft cloth dampened with a mild removed, use a mild soap leather, as well as other interior soap solution. Damage caused by solution followed only by club surfaces, may cause permanent air fresheners would not be soda or plain water. damage. Wipe excess moisture covered by the vehicle warranty. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (94,1) Edition - 11/9/11

10-94 Vehicle Care

Wood Panels Floor Mats Use the following guidelines for proper floor mat usage. Use a clean cloth moistened in warm, soapy water (use mild dish { WARNING . The original equipment floor washing soap). Dry the wood mats were designed for the immediately with a clean cloth. If a floor mat is the wrong size or vehicle. If the floor mats need is not properly installed, it can replacing, it is recommended Speaker Covers interfere with the pedals. that GM certified floor mats be Vacuum around a speaker cover Interference with the pedals can purchased. Non-GM floor mats gently, so that the speaker will not cause unintended acceleration may not fit properly and may be damaged. Clean spots with just and/or increased stopping interfere with the pedals. Always water and mild soap. distance which can cause a crash check that the floor mats do not interfere with the pedals. Care of Safety Belts and injury. Make sure the floor mat does not interfere with the . Use the floor mat with the Keep belts clean and dry. pedals. correct side up. Do not turn it over. { WARNING . Do not place anything on top of the driver side floor mat. Do not bleach or dye safety belts. It may severely weaken them. In . Use only a single floor mat on a crash, they might not be able to the driver side. provide adequate protection. . Do not place one floor mat on Clean safety belts only with mild top of another. soap and lukewarm water. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (1,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Service and Maintenance 11-1

General Information Your dealer recognizes the Service and importance of providing Maintenance Your vehicle is an important competitively priced maintenance investment. This section describes and repair services. With trained the required maintenance for the technicians, the dealer is the place General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to for routine maintenance such as oil General Information ...... 11-1 help protect against major repair changes and tire rotations and expenses resulting from neglect or additional maintenance items like Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper Maintenance Schedule ...... 11-3 also help to maintain the value of blades. the vehicle if it is sold. It is the Notice: Damage caused by Special Application Services responsibility of the owner to have improper maintenance can lead to Special Application all required maintenance performed. Services ...... 11-8 costly repairs and may not be Your dealer has trained technicians covered by the vehicle warranty. Additional Maintenance who can perform required Maintenance intervals, checks, and Care maintenance using genuine inspections, recommended fluids, Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have and lubricants are important to and Care ...... 11-8 up‐to‐date tools and equipment for keep the vehicle in good working fast and accurate diagnostics. Many condition. Recommended Fluids, dealers have extended evening and Lubricants, and Parts Saturday hours, courtesy Recommended Fluids and transportation, and online Lubricants ...... 11-12 scheduling to assist with service Maintenance Replacement needs. Parts ...... 11-14 Maintenance Records Maintenance Records ...... 11-15 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (2,1) Edition - 11/9/11

11-2 Service and Maintenance

The Tire Rotation and Required . Use the recommended fuel. See Services are the responsibility of the Recommended Fuel on { WARNING vehicle owner. It is recommended to page 9‑50. Performing maintenance work can have your dealer perform these Refer to the information in the be dangerous and can cause services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. Maintenance Schedule Additional serious injury. Perform Proper vehicle maintenance helps to Required Services ‐ Normal chart. keep the vehicle in good working maintenance work only if the condition, improves fuel economy, The Additional Required required information, proper tools, and reduces vehicle emissions. Services ‐ Severe are for vehicles and equipment are available. that are: If they are not, see your dealer to Because of the way people use . have a trained technician do the vehicles, maintenance needs vary. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic There may need to be more in hot weather. work. See Doing Your Own Service Work on page 10 4. frequent checks and services. . Mainly driven in hilly or ‑ The Additional Required mountainous terrain. Services Normal are for ‐ . Frequently towing a trailer. vehicles that: . Used for high speed or . Carry passengers and cargo competitive driving. within recommended limits on the Tire and Loading Information . Used for taxi, police, or delivery label. See Vehicle Load Limits service. on page 9‑15. Refer to the information in the . Are driven on reasonable road Maintenance Schedule Additional surfaces within legal driving Required Services ‐ Severe chart. limits. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (3,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Service and Maintenance 11-3

Maintenance Engine Oil Change Tire Rotation and Required Schedule When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL Services Every 12 000 km/ SOON message displays, have the 7,500 mi Owner Checks and Services engine oil and filter changed within Rotate the tires, if recommended for the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven the vehicle, and perform the At Each Fuel Stop under the best conditions, the following services. See Tire . Check the engine oil level. See engine oil life system might not Rotation on page 10‑57. Engine Oil on page 10‑8. indicate the need for vehicle service for more than a year. The engine oil . Check engine oil level and oil Once a Month and filter must be changed at least life percentage. If needed, change engine oil and filter, and . Check the tire inflation once a year and the oil life system reset oil life system. See Engine pressures. See Tire Pressure on must be reset. Your trained dealer Oil on page 10‑8 and Engine Oil page 10‑51. technician can perform this work. If the engine oil life system is reset Life System on page 10‑10. . Inspect the tires for wear. See accidentally, service the vehicle . Check engine coolant level. See Tire Inspection on page 10‑56. within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the Engine Coolant on page 10‑16. . Check the windshield washer last service. Reset the oil life . Check windshield washer fluid fluid level. See Washer Fluid on system when the oil is changed. level. See Washer Fluid on page 10‑23. See Engine Oil Life System on page 10‑23. page 10‑10. . Visually inspect windshield wiper blades for wear, cracking, or contamination. See Exterior Care on page 10‑88. Replace worn or damaged wiper blades. See Wiper Blade Replacement on page 10‑31. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (4,1) Edition - 11/9/11

11-4 Service and Maintenance

. Check tire inflation pressures. . Visually inspect fuel system for . Check parking brake and See Tire Pressure on damage or leaks. automatic transmission park page 10 51. mechanism. See Park Brake and ‑ . Visually inspect exhaust system P (Park) Mechanism Check on . Inspect tire wear. See Tire and nearby heat shields for page 10 30. Inspection on page 10‑56. loose or damaged parts. ‑ . Check accelerator pedal for . Visually check for fluid leaks. . Lubricate body components. See damage, high effort, or binding. Exterior Care on page 10‑88. . Inspect engine air cleaner filter. Replace if needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on . Check starter switch. See Starter . Visually inspect gas strut for page 10‑14. Switch Check on page 10‑29. signs of wear, cracks, or other . Inspect brake system. . Check automatic transmission damage. Check the hold open shift lock control function. See . Visually inspect steering, ability of the strut. See your suspension, and chassis Automatic Transmission Shift dealer if service is required. Lock Control Function Check on components for damaged, loose, . Inspect sunroof track and seal, page 10‑30. or missing parts or signs of if equipped. See Sunroof on wear. See Exterior Care on . Check ignition transmission lock. page 2‑21. page 10‑88. See Ignition Transmission Lock . Check hybrid low pressure Check on page 10‑30. . Check restraint system coolant level, if equipped. components. See Safety System Check on page 3‑25. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (5,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Service and Maintenance 11-5 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (6,1) Edition - 11/9/11

11-6 Service and Maintenance

Footnotes — Maintenance b) Or every four years, whichever d) Or every five years, whichever Schedule Additional Required comes first. comes first. See Cooling System on Services — Normal c) Do not directly power wash the page 10‑16. a) Check all fuel and vapor lines transfer case output seals. High e) Or every 10 years, whichever and hoses for proper hook‐up, pressure water can overcome the comes first. Inspect for fraying, routing, and condition. Check that seals and contaminate the transfer excessive cracking, or damage; the purge valve, if the vehicle has case fluid. Contaminated fluid will replace, if needed. one, works properly. Replace as decrease the life of the transfer needed. case and should be replaced. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (7,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Service and Maintenance 11-7 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (8,1) Edition - 11/9/11

11-8 Service and Maintenance

Footnotes — Maintenance Special Application Additional Schedule Additional Required Services — Severe Services Maintenance and Care a) Check all fuel and vapor lines . Severe Commercial Use Your vehicle is an important and hoses for proper hook‐up, Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis investment and caring for it properly routing, and condition. Check that components every 5 000 km/ may help to avoid future costly the purge valve, if the vehicle has 3,000 mi. repairs. To maintain vehicle one, works properly. Replace as performance, additional . Have underbody flushing service needed. performed once a year. maintenance services may b) Or every four years, whichever be required. It is recommended comes first. that your dealer perform these services — their trained dealer c) Do not directly power wash the technicians know your vehicle best. transfer case output seals. High Your dealer can also perform a pressure water can overcome the thorough assessment with a multi‐ seals and contaminate the transfer point inspection to recommend case fluid. Contaminated fluid will when your vehicle may need decrease the life of the transfer attention. The following list is case and should be replaced. intended to explain the services and d) Or every five years, whichever conditions to look for that may comes first. See Cooling System on indicate services are required. page 10‑16. e) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, or damage; replace, if needed. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (9,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Service and Maintenance 11-9

Battery Brakes Hoses The battery supplies power to start Brakes stop the vehicle and are Hoses transport fluids and should the engine and operate any crucial to safe driving. be regularly inspected to ensure additional electrical accessories. that there are no cracks or leaks. . Signs of brake wear may include With a multi point inspection, your . To avoid break‐down or failure to chirping, grinding, or squealing ‐ start the vehicle, maintain a noises, or difficulty stopping. dealer can inspect the hoses and battery with full cranking power. advise if replacement is needed. . Trained dealer technicians have . Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment Lamps the diagnostic equipment to test to inspect the brakes and Properly working headlamps, the battery and ensure that the recommend quality parts taillamps, and brake lamps are connections and cables are engineered for the vehicle. important to see and be seen on corrosion‐free. Fluids the road. . Belts Proper fluid levels and approved Signs that the headlamps need attention include dimming, failure . Belts may need replacing if they fluids protect the vehicle’s systems squeak or show signs of and components. See to light, cracking, or damage. cracking or splitting. Recommended Fluids and The brake lamps need to be checked periodically to ensure Lubricants on page 11‑12 for GM . Trained dealer technicians can that they light when braking. inspect the belts and approved fluids. . With a multi point inspection, recommend replacement when . Engine oil and windshield ‐ necessary. washer fluid levels should be your dealer can check the lamps checked at every fuel fill. and note any concerns. . Instrument cluster lights may come on to indicate that fluids may be low and need to be filled. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (10,1) Edition - 11/9/11

11-10 Service and Maintenance

Shocks and Struts Tires Vehicle Care Shocks and struts help aid in control Tires need to be properly inflated, To help keep the vehicle looking like for a smoother ride. rotated, and balanced. Maintaining new, vehicle care products are the tires can save money, fuel, and available from your dealer. For . Signs of wear may include steering wheel vibration, can reduce the risk of tire failure. information on how to clean and protect the vehicle s interior and bounce/sway while braking, . Signs that the tires need to be ’ longer stopping distance, replaced include three or more exterior, see Interior Care on or uneven tire wear. visible treadwear indicators; cord page 10‑91 and Exterior Care on or fabric showing through the page 10‑88. . As part of the multi‐point inspection, trained dealer rubber; cracks or cuts in the Wheel Alignment technicians can visually inspect tread or sidewall; or a bulge or split in the tire. Wheel alignment is critical for the shocks and struts for signs ensuring that the tires deliver of leaking, blown seals, . Trained dealer technicians can optimal wear and performance. or damage, and can advise inspect and recommend the right . when service is needed. tires. Your dealer can also Signs that the alignment may provide tire/wheel balancing need to be adjusted include services to ensure smooth pulling, improper vehicle vehicle operation at all speeds. handling, or unusual tire wear. Your dealer sells and services . Your dealer has the required name brand tires. equipment to ensure proper wheel alignment. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (11,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Service and Maintenance 11-11

Windshield Wiper Blades For safety, appearance, and the Wiper blades need to be cleaned best viewing, keep the windshield and kept in good condition to clean and clear. provide a clear view. . Signs of damage include . Signs of wear include streaking, scratches, cracks, and chips. skipping across the windshield, and worn or split rubber. . Trained dealer technicians can inspect the windshield and . Trained dealer technicians can recommend proper replacement check the wiper blades and if needed. replace them when needed. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (12,1) Edition - 11/9/11

11-12 Service and Maintenance

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Usage Fluid/Lubricant Use only engine oil licensed to the dexos1 specfication, or equivalent, of Engine Oil the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine Oil on page 10‑8. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. Engine Coolant See Engine Coolant on page 10‑16. DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 12377967, in Hydraulic Brake System Canada 89021320). Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection Windshield Washer requirements. Power Steering System GM Power Steering Fluid (GM Part No. 89021184, in Canada 89021186). Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Key Lock Cylinders Canada 10953474). Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or Chassis Lubrication lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (13,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Service and Maintenance 11-13

Usage Fluid/Lubricant SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021677, in Front and Rear Axle Canada 89021678). Transfer Case DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Spline Lubricant, Special Lubricant (GM Part No. 12345879, in Front Axle Propshaft Spline Canada 10953511). Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Hood Hinges Canada 10953474). Body Door Hinge Pins, Tailgate Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Hinge and Linkage, and Fuel Door Canada 10953474). Hinge Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Outer Tailgate Handle Pivot Points Canada 10953474). Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or Weatherstrip Conditioning Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 992887). Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, in Weatherstrip Squeaks Canada 10953437). GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (14,1) Edition - 11/9/11

11-14 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Maintenance Replacement Parts Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter Standard Filter 15908916* A3086C* High Capacity Filter 15908915 A3085C Oil Filter 89017524 PF48 Spark Plugs 12621258 41-110 Wiper Blades Front – 55.0 cm (21.6 in) 25877402 — Rear – 30.0 cm (11.8 in) 25820122 — *15908915 (A3085C) high-capacity air cleaner filter may be substituted. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (15,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Service and Maintenance 11-15

Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (16,1) Edition - 11/9/11

11-16 Service and Maintenance

Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (17,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Service and Maintenance 11-17

Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (18,1) Edition - 11/9/11

11-18 Service and Maintenance

Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (1,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Technical Data 12-1

Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is Vehicle Identification the engine code. This code Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine, Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications” Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications Label ...... 12-1 on page 12‑2 for the vehicle's engine code. Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications ...... 12-2 Service Parts Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-4 Identification Label This label, on the inside of the glove box, has the following information: . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). . Model designation. This legal identifier is in the front . Paint information. corner of the instrument panel, on . the left side of the vehicle. It can be Production options and special seen through the windshield from equipment. outside. The VIN also appears on Do not remove this label from the the Vehicle Certification and Service vehicle. Parts labels and certificates of title and registration. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (2,1) Edition - 11/9/11

12-2 Technical Data

Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11‑12 for more information. Capacities Application Metric English For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge Air Conditioning Refrigerant amount, see the refrigerant label located under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Cooling System 17.1 L 18.1 qt Engine Oil with Filter 5.7 L† 6.0 qt† Fuel Tank Regular 98.4 L 26.0 gal Extended 119.2 L 31.5 gal Transmission Fluid (Pan Removal and Filter Replacement) 5.7 L 6.0 qt Transfer Case Fluid 1.4 L 1.5 qt Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Re-check fluid level after filling. †Oil filter should be changed at every oil change. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (3,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Technical Data 12-3

Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap 6.2LV8 F Automatic 1.02 mm (0.040 in) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (4,1) Edition - 11/9/11

12-4 Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing

If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the hybrid supplement for more information. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (1,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Customer Information 13-1

Courtesy Transportation Customer Information Customer Program (U.S. and Information Canada) ...... 13-13 Collision Damage Repair Customer Satisfaction (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-14 Procedure (U.S. and Customer Information Service Publications Canada) Customer Satisfaction Ordering Information ...... 13-16 Your satisfaction and goodwill are Procedure (U.S. and Reporting Safety Defects important to your dealer and to Canada) ...... 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects to GMC. Normally, any concerns with Customer Satisfaction the United States Procedure (Mexico) ...... 13-3 the sales transaction or the Government ...... 13-17 operation of the vehicle will be Customer Assistance Offices Reporting Safety Defects to (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-4 resolved by your dealer's sales or the Canadian service departments. Sometimes, Customer Assistance Offices Government ...... 13-18 (Mexico) ...... 13-5 however, despite the best intentions Reporting Safety Defects to of all concerned, misunderstandings Customer Assistance for Text General Motors ...... 13-18 Telephone (TTY) Users (U.S. can occur. If your concern has not and Canada) ...... 13-6 Vehicle Data Recording and been resolved to your satisfaction, Online Owner Center ...... 13-6 Privacy the following steps should be taken: GM Mobility Reimbursement Vehicle Data Recording and STEP ONE: Discuss your concern Program (U.S. and Privacy ...... 13-19 with a member of dealership Canada) ...... 13-7 Event Data Recorders ...... 13-19 management. Normally, concerns Roadside Assistance Program OnStar® ...... 13-20 can be quickly resolved at that level. (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-7 Navigation System ...... 13-20 If the matter has already been Roadside Assistance Program Radio Frequency reviewed with the sales, service, (Mexico) ...... 13-9 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-20 or parts manager, contact the owner Scheduling Service Radio Frequency of your dealership or the general Appointments (U.S. and Statement ...... 13-20 manager. Canada) ...... 13-12 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (2,1) Edition - 11/9/11

13-2 Customer Information

STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting GMC, remember 40 days. If you do not agree with the member of dealership management, that your concern will likely be decision given in your case, you it appears your concern cannot be resolved at a dealer's facility. That is may reject it and proceed with any resolved by your dealership without why we suggest following Step One other venue for relief available further help, in the U.S., call first. to you. 1-800-462-8782. In Canada, call STEP THREE — U.S. Owners: You may contact the BBB Auto Line General Motors of Canada Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free Customer Care Centre at dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at 1-800-263-3777 (English) or sure you are completely satisfied the following address: 1-800-263-7854 (French). with the new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program We encourage you to call the if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business toll-free number in order to give your after following the procedure Bureaus, Inc. inquiry prompt attention. Have the outlined in Steps One and Two, you 4200 Wilson Boulevard following information available to can file with the Better Business ® Suite 800 give the Customer Assistance Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program Arlington, VA 22203-1838 representative: to enforce your rights. Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 . Vehicle Identification The BBB Auto Line Program is an www.dr.bbb.org/goauto Number (VIN). This is available out-of-court program administered from the vehicle registration or by the Council of Better Business This program is available in all title, or the plate at the top left of Bureaus to settle automotive 50 states and the District of the instrument panel and visible disputes regarding vehicle repairs or Columbia. Eligibility is limited by through the windshield. the interpretation of the New Vehicle vehicle age, mileage, and other Limited Warranty. Although you may factors. General Motors reserves . Dealership name and location. be required to resort to this informal the right to change eligibility . Vehicle delivery date and dispute resolution program prior to limitations and/or discontinue its present mileage. filling out a court action, use of the participation in this program. program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (3,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Customer Information 13-3

STEP THREE — Canadian our impartial program offers Customer Satisfaction Owners: In the event that you do advantages over courts in most not feel your concerns have been jurisdictions because it is informal, Procedure (Mexico) addressed after following the quick, and free of charge. procedure outlined in Steps One For further information concerning and Two, General Motors of Canada eligibility in the Canadian Motor Limited wants you to be aware of its Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), participation in a no-charge call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call Mediation/Arbitration Program. the General Motors Customer Care General Motors of Canada Limited Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), has committed to binding arbitration 1-800-263-7854 (French), Did you get the Warranty Extension of owner disputes involving or write to: Plan? This plan is recommended by factory-related vehicle service General Motors to supplement the claims. The program provides for Mediation/Arbitration Program warranty included with the new the review of the facts involved by c/o Customer Care Centre vehicle purchase. an impartial third party arbiter, and General Motors of Canada Limited may include an informal hearing Mail Code: CA1-163-005 See your dealer for details. before the arbiter. The program is 1908 Colonel Sam Drive designed so that the entire dispute Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 settlement process, from the time The inquiry should be accompanied you file your complaint to the final by the Vehicle Identification decision, should be completed in Number (VIN). approximately 70 days. We believe GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (4,1) Edition - 11/9/11

13-4 Customer Information

Customer Assistance STEP TWO . Description of the problem Procedure If you are not satisfied, please . Dealership name Owner satisfaction and goodwill are contact the general manager or your . Dealership address dealership owner to ask for their very important to your dealer and See Customer Assistance Offices General Motors. help. If they are not able to resolve your case, ask them to contact the (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑4 or Normally, any problem with the right people at General Motors for Customer Assistance Offices transaction, sale, or usage of the support, if needed. (Mexico) on page 13‑5. vehicle must be handled by your dealer sales or service departments. STEP THREE Customer Assistance However, we recognize that despite If your case is not resolved in a Offices (U.S. and Canada) the good intentions of all parties reasonable amount of time by your involved, sometimes a dealer, please call the General GMC encourages customers to call misunderstanding may occur. Motors Customer Assistance the toll-free number for assistance. However, if a customer wishes to If you have a problem that has not Center (CAC) and provide the write or e-mail GMC, the letter been satisfactorily handled through following information: should be addressed to: the normal means, we suggest the . Name following steps: United States . Address STEP ONE GMC Customer Assistance Center . Phone number Explain your case to your dealer P.O. Box 33172 service agent, service manager, . Model year Detroit, MI 48232-5172 dealer sales agent, or sales . Brand www.GMC.com manager, depending on your case. . Vehicle Identification 1-800-GMC-8782 (1-800-462-8782) Make sure that they have all Number (VIN) 1-800-462-8583 (For Text necessary information. They are Telephone Devices (TTYs)) . Mileage interested in your continual Roadside Assistance: satisfaction. . Delivery date 1-888-881-3302 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (5,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Customer Information 13-5

From Puerto Rico: Mexico, Central America and Mexico Caribbean Islands/Countries 1-800-496-9992 (English) From Mexico City 1-800-496-9993 (Spanish) (Except Puerto Rico and U.S. Virgin Islands) 5329-0812 From U.S. Virgin Islands: General Motors de Mexico, S. de From Other Mexico Locations 1-800-496-9994 R.L. de C.V. 01-800-466-0812 Canada Customer Assistance Center Av. Ejercito Nacional #843 United States and Canada General Motors of Canada Limited Col. Granada 1-866-466-8191 Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: C.P. 11520, Mexico, D.F. CA1-163-005 Costa Rica 1908 Colonel Sam Drive 01-800-466-0801 Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Long Distance: 011-52-53 29 0801 00-800-052-1005 www.gmc.ca Guatemala 1-800-263-3777 (English) Customer Assistance 1-800-263-7854 (French) Offices (Mexico) 1-800-999-5252 1-800-263-3830 (For Text To contact the Customer Assistance Panama Telephone Devices (TTYs)) Center (CAC), use the phone 00-800-052-0001 Roadside Assistance: numbers listed in this section. 1-800-268-6800 Customer assistance is available Dominican Republic All Overseas Locations Monday through Friday, 08:00 to 1-888-751-5301 20:00 hours, and Saturdays from Please contact the local General 08:00 to 15:00 hours. El Salvador Motors Business Unit. All e-mail inquiries to the Customer 800-6273 Assistance Center (CAC) should be sent to: [email protected]. Honduras 800-0122-6101 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (6,1) Edition - 11/9/11

13-6 Customer Information

Customer Assistance for . Storage for online service and GMC Owner Centre (Canada) maintenance records. Text Telephone (TTY) gmcowner.ca . Users (U.S. and Canada) GMC dealer locator for service Take a trip to the GMC Owner nationwide. Centre: To assist customers who are deaf, . Exclusive privileges and offers. hard of hearing, or speech impaired . Chat live with online help and who use Text Telephones . Recall notices for your specific representatives. vehicle. (TTYs), GMC has TTY equipment . Use the Vehicle Tools section. available at its Customer Assistance . OnStar and GM Cardmember . Access third party enthusiast Center. Any TTY user can Services Earnings summaries. sites and social media networks. communicate with GMC by dialing: 1-800-462-8583. TTY users in Other Helpful Links . Locate owner resources such as Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. GMC — www.gmc.com lease-end, financing, and warranty information. GMC Merchandise — Online Owner Center www.gmccollection.com . Retrieve your favorite articles, Manage your vehicle (U.S.) at quizzes, tips and multimedia Help Center — www.gmc.com/ galleries organized into the gmc.com. Click on “Owners,” helpcenter Features and Auto Care then “Manage My GMC/Owners . FAQ (Frequently Asked Sections. Login.” Questions) . Download the owner manual for Information and services . Contact Us your vehicle, quickly and easily. customized for your specific . Find the GMC-recommended vehicle — all in one convenient place. maintenance services for your vehicle. . Digital owner manual, warranty information, and more. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (7,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Customer Information 13-7

GM Mobility General Motors of Canada also . Location of the vehicle Reimbursement Program has a Mobility Program. Call . Model, year, color, and license 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) for plate number of the vehicle (U.S. and Canada) details. TTY users call . 1-800-263-3830. Odometer reading, Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), and Roadside Assistance delivery date of the vehicle Program (U.S. and . Description of the problem Canada) Coverage For U.S.‐purchased vehicles, call Services are provided up to 5 years/ 160 000 km (100,000 mi), whichever This program is available to 1‐888‐881‐3302; (Text Telephone comes first. qualified applicants for cost (TTY): 1‐888‐889‐2438). reimbursement of eligible For Canadian‐purchased vehicles, In the U.S., anyone driving the aftermarket adaptive equipment call 1-800-268-6800. vehicle is covered. In Canada, a required for the vehicle, such as person driving the vehicle without Service is available 24 hours a day, hand controls or a wheelchair/ permission from the owner is not 365 days a year. scooter lift for the vehicle. covered. For more information on the limited Calling for Assistance Roadside Assistance is not a part of offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or When calling Roadside Assistance, the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. call the GM Mobility Assistance have the following information GMC and General Motors of Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text ready: Canada Limited reserve the right to Telephone (TTY) users, call make any changes or discontinue 1-800-833-9935. . Your name, home address, and the Roadside Assistance program at home telephone number any time without notification. . Telephone number of your location GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (8,1) Edition - 11/9/11

13-8 Customer Information

GMC and General Motors of Assistance is also given when Powertrain warranty period. Canada Limited reserve the right to the vehicle is stuck in the sand, Items considered are hotel, limit services or payment to an mud, or snow. meals, and rental car. owner or driver if they decide the . Flat Tire Change: Service to claims are made too often, or the Services Not Included in change a flat tire with the spare Roadside Assistance same type of claim is made many tire. The spare tire, if equipped, times. must be in good condition and . Impound towing caused by Services Provided properly inflated. It is the owner's violation of any laws. responsibility for the repair or . Legal fines. . Emergency Fuel Delivery: replacement of the tire if it is not . Delivery of enough fuel for the covered by the warranty. Mounting, dismounting, vehicle to get to the nearest or changing of snow tires, service station. . Battery Jump Start: Service to chains, or other traction devices. jump start a dead battery. . Lock‐Out Service: Service to . Towing or services for vehicles unlock the vehicle if you are . Trip Routing Service: Detailed driven on a non-public road or locked out. A remote unlock may maps of North America when highway. be available if you have requested either with the most OnStar®. For security reasons, direct route or the most scenic Services Specific to Canadian‐ the driver must present route. Additional travel Purchased Vehicles identification before this service information is also available. . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement is given. Allow three weeks for delivery. is approximately $5 Canadian. . Emergency Tow From a Public . Trip Interruption Benefits and Diesel fuel delivery may be Road or Highway: Tow to the Assistance: If your trip is restricted. Propane and other nearest GMC dealer for warranty interrupted due to a warranty fuels are not provided through service, or if the vehicle was in a failure, incidental expenses may this service. crash and cannot be driven. be reimbursed during the . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle 5 years/(160 000 km) 100,000 mi registration is required. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (9,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Customer Information 13-9

. Trip Routing Service: Limit of parts and labor for repairs not Roadside Assistance is available six requests per year. covered by the warranty are the 24 hours a day, 365 days of . Trip Interruption Benefits owner responsibility. the year. and Assistance: Must be This program expires two years over 250 kilometres from Roadside Assistance from the date of the invoice for the where your trip was started to Program (Mexico) vehicle, regardless of vehicle qualify. General Motors of mileage and changes in vehicle As a new owner, your vehicle is Canada Limited requires ownership. pre-authorization, original automatically enrolled in the detailed receipts, and a Roadside Assistance program. The For more information about the copy of the repair orders. Once services are available at no cost renewal of this program at the end authorization has been received, under the terms and conditions of of its term, contact the GMC the Roadside Assistance advisor the program. The Roadside Customer Assistance Center at will help to make arrangements Assistance program is not part of, 01-800-466-0801. or included, in the coverage and explain how to receive Services Provided payment. provided by the new vehicle limited warranty. . Flat Tire Change: If unable to . Alternative Service: If change a flat tire, Roadside assistance cannot be provided Roadside Assistance provides Assistance will provide towing right away, the Roadside assistance to the driver and service to the nearest authorized Assistance advisor may give passengers while driving the vehicle GMC dealership. It is the permission to get local within your city of residence or on owner's responsibility for the emergency road service. You will any passable road in Mexico, the repair or replacement of the tire. receive payment, up to $100, United States, and Canada. This service is limited to the after sending the original receipt Services are subject to the transfer of the vehicle to the to Roadside Assistance. limitations described in the following repair facility. Mechanical failures may be pages. Program coverage varies by covered, however any cost for country. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (10,1) Edition - 11/9/11

13-10 Customer Information

. Emergency Fuel Delivery: violation, or breach of traffic service. Contact Roadside Delivery of enough fuel for the regulations, Roadside Assistance for more information vehicle to get to the nearest Assistance will not provide on authorized amounts. service station. service. When the vehicle is not . *Trip Interruption: This service . Lock-Out Service: Service to accessible to be towed, all is provided if you are prevented unlock the vehicle if you are maneuvers required to access it from further usage of your locked out. will be at the owner's expense. vehicle while traveling and it is . Battery Jump Start: Service to If the vehicle is in another city not possible for the nearest jump start a dead battery. outside of your residence, GMC dealership to repair the Roadside Assistance is limited vehicle the same day, requiring . *Emergency Messages: to moving the vehicle to the the vehicle to stay at the Transmission of urgent phone nearest dealer. If you would like dealership for a night or more. messages. the vehicle moved to a different If this happens, in addition to the . *Emergency Calls: Call for dealer, you will be asked to previously listed services and emergency services. cover the difference in cost at prior to confirmation by the the time of the move. dealership, you are entitled to . *Dealership Location choose one of the following Assistance: Information If the vehicle cannot be received alternatives, within the limits of regarding addresses and by the nearest GMC dealer due existing Roadside Assistance telephone numbers for GMC to scheduling conflicts, the program guidelines. If the costs dealers. vehicle will be taken to a safe place where it will remain for up exceed the amount authorized . Emergency Towing: Tow to the to 48 hours until it can be taken for these services, you must pay nearest dealer for warranty to the dealer. If the storage costs the difference at the time of service if the vehicle cannot be exceed the amount authorized, service. driven. the owner is responsible to pay Roadside Assistance If the vehicle is involved in an the difference at the time of will coordinate hotel accident during the commission accommodations for all vehicle of a crime, administrative travelers for up to two nights. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (11,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Customer Information 13-11

A rental car will be provided for . *Complimentary Services Not Included in Roadside up to two days and the vehicle Transportation for Vehicle Pick Assistance Up: Transportation to pick up must be returned to its original Roadside Assistance does not destination, excluding vehicles your vehicle after repairs are complete. Once the dealer has cover or reimburse services for the with a carrying capacity greater following: than 3.5 tons. reported that the vehicle has been repaired, Roadside . Events caused by fraud or bad Complimentary Transportation: If Assistance will provide bus or faith by the driver. you prefer to continue your trip commercial airline one-way . Vehicle immobilization situations to the intended destination or service (subject to availability) due to a major force or return to your place of for the person designated by you unforeseen circumstances, such residence, and the trip requires to collect your vehicle at the as natural phenomena of an more than eight hours driving on dealership's location if you or the extraordinary nature, the road, transportation for the designated person are not in the earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, driver and passengers by first same town or city as the and other cyclonic storms. class bus or coach commercial dealership. airline will be provided to a . Vehicle immobilization situations *These services are not provided for location chosen by Roadside arising from car accidents U.S. or Canada residents. All Assistance, depending on caused by the driver of the services provided in the U.S. and availability at the chosen vehicle or third parties. This Canada are at the owner's expense destination. Restrictions apply means any occurrence that and will be reimbursed by Roadside based on vehicle specifications. causes physical injury to the Assistance. If you are on the road, taxi occupants and/or the vehicle service to the nearest bus caused by external forces. station or airport will be . Acts of terrorism, riot or uproar, provided. armed forces or police actions which prevent timely delivery of assistance services. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (12,1) Edition - 11/9/11

13-12 Customer Information

. Food service, beverages, Contacting Roadside Assistance Scheduling Service telephone calls, or other extra costs. Accommodation costs Roadside Assistance services are of Appointments (U.S. and apply only to Mexico per the no cost to you and available Canada) terms and conditions of the 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. Roadside Assistance program. Costs are only incurred in situations When the vehicle requires warranty that exceed the limits of the service, contact your dealer and . Any damage to the vehicle program, some of which are listed request an appointment. By without intent, derived from the previously in this section. scheduling a service appointment services provided. and advising the service consultant To contact Roadside Assistance by of your transportation needs, your . Cost of towing a trailer when phone, use the following numbers: choosing a GMC dealer that is dealer can help minimize your nearest to the temporary storage Mexico inconvenience. facility for the disabled vehicle. 01-800-466-0801 If the vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service department . Cost of all maneuvers required United States to access the vehicle when it is immediately, keep driving it until it not available to be towed. 1-866-466-8902 can be scheduled for service, unless, of course, the problem is . Cost of fuel provided. Canada safety related. If it is, please call Routine vehicle repair costs are not 1-800-268-6800 your dealership, let them know this, covered by the Roadside and ask for instructions. E-mail Assistance program. For more If your dealer requests you to bring information, see your new vehicle [email protected] the vehicle for service, you are warranty. GMC reserves the right to make any urged to do so as early in the work changes or discontinue the day as possible to allow for Roadside Assistance program at same-day repair. any time without notification. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (13,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Customer Information 13-13

Courtesy Transportation Transportation Options original receipts and can only be up to the maximum amount allowed by Warranty service can generally be Program (U.S. and GM for shuttle service. In addition, completed while you wait. However, Canada) for U.S. customers, should you if you are unable to wait, GM helps arrange transportation through a To enhance your ownership to minimize inconvenience by friend or relative, limited experience, we and our participating providing several transportation reimbursement for reasonable fuel dealers are proud to offer Courtesy options. Depending on the expenses may be available. Claim Transportation, a customer support circumstances, your dealer can offer amounts should reflect actual costs program for vehicles with the one of the following: Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty and be supported by original Coverage period in Canada), Shuttle Service receipts. See your dealer for information regarding the allowance extended powertrain, and/or Shuttle service is the preferred amounts for reimbursement of fuel hybrid-specific warranties in both means of offering Courtesy or other transportation costs. the U.S. and Canada. Transportation. Dealers may provide Several Courtesy Transportation shuttle service to get you to your Courtesy Rental Vehicle destination with minimal interruption options are available to assist in Your dealer may arrange to provide of your daily schedule. This includes reducing inconvenience when you with a courtesy rental vehicle or one-way or round-trip shuttle service warranty repairs are required. reimburse you for a rental vehicle within reasonable time and distance that you obtain if the vehicle is kept Courtesy Transportation is not a parameters of your dealer's area. part of the New Vehicle Limited for an overnight warranty repair. Warranty. A separate booklet Public Transportation or Fuel Rental reimbursement will be limited entitled “Limited Warranty and Reimbursement and must be supported by original receipts. This requires that you sign Owner Assistance Information” If the vehicle requires overnight and complete a rental agreement furnished with each new vehicle warranty repairs, and public and meet state/provincial, local, and provides detailed warranty coverage transportation is used instead of rental vehicle provider requirements. information. your dealer's shuttle service, the expense must be supported by GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (14,1) Edition - 11/9/11

13-14 Customer Information

Requirements vary and may include eligibility pursuant to the terms and are preserved. The use of Genuine minimum age requirements, conditions described herein at its GM parts can help maintain the GM insurance coverage, credit card, etc. sole discretion. New Vehicle Limited Warranty. You are responsible for fuel Recycled original equipment parts usage charges and may also be Collision Damage Repair may also be used for repair. These responsible for taxes, levies, usage (U.S. and Canada) parts are typically removed from fees, excessive mileage, or rental vehicles that were total losses in If the vehicle is involved in a usage beyond the completion of the prior crashes. In most cases, the collision and it is damaged, have the repair. parts being recycled are from damage repaired by a qualified It may not be possible to provide a undamaged sections of the vehicle. technician using the proper like vehicle as a courtesy rental. A recycled original equipment GM equipment and quality replacement part may be an acceptable choice to parts. Poorly performed collision Additional Program maintain the vehicle's originally repairs diminish the vehicle resale Information designed appearance and safety value, and safety performance can performance; however, the history of All program options, such as shuttle be compromised in subsequent these parts is not known. Such parts service, may not be available at collisions. every dealer. Please contact your are not covered by the GM New dealer for specific information Collision Parts Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any about availability. All Courtesy related failures are not covered by Genuine GM Collision parts are new that warranty. Transportation arrangements will be parts made with the same materials administered by appropriate dealer and construction methods as the Aftermarket collision parts are also personnel. parts with which the vehicle was available. These are made by General Motors reserves the right to originally built. Genuine GM companies other than GM and may unilaterally modify, change, Collision parts are the best choice to not have been tested for the vehicle. or discontinue Courtesy ensure that the vehicle's designed As a result, these parts may fit Transportation at any time and to appearance, durability, and safety poorly, exhibit premature durability/ resolve all questions of claim corrosion problems, and may not perform properly in subsequent GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (15,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Customer Information 13-15

collisions. Aftermarket parts are not vehicle by limiting compensation for Move the vehicle only if its position covered by the GM New Vehicle damage repairs through the use of puts you in danger, or you are Limited Warranty, and any vehicle aftermarket collision parts. Some instructed to move it by a police failure related to such parts is not insurance companies will not officer. covered by that warranty. specify aftermarket collision parts. Give only the necessary information When purchasing insurance, we Repair Facility to police and other parties involved recommend that you ensure that the in the crash. GM also recommends that you vehicle will be repaired with GM choose a collision repair facility that original equipment collision parts. For emergency towing see meets your needs before you ever If such insurance coverage is not Roadside Assistance Program (U.S. need collision repairs. Your dealer available from your current and Canada) on page 13‑7 or may have a collision repair center insurance carrier, consider switching Roadside Assistance Program with GM-trained technicians and to another insurance carrier. (Mexico) on page 13‑9. state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be If the vehicle is leased, the leasing Gather the following information: able to recommend a collision repair company may require you to have . center that has GM-trained Driver name, address, and insurance that ensures repairs with telephone number. technicians and comparable Genuine GM Original Equipment equipment. Manufacturer (OEM) parts or . Driver license number. Insuring the Vehicle Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Owner name, address, and parts. Read the lease carefully, as telephone number. Protect your investment in the GM you may be charged at the end of . vehicle with comprehensive and the lease for poor quality repairs. Vehicle license plate number. collision insurance coverage. There . Vehicle make, model, and are significant differences in the If a Crash Occurs model year. quality of coverage afforded by If there has been an injury, call various insurance policy terms. . Vehicle Identification emergency services for help. Do not Number (VIN). Many insurance policies provide leave the scene of a crash until all reduced protection to the GM matters have been taken care of. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (16,1) Edition - 11/9/11

13-16 Customer Information

. Insurance company and policy Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Publications number. but you must live with the repair. Ordering Information . General description of the Depending on your policy limits, damage to the other vehicle. your insurance company may Service Manuals initially value the repair using Choose a reputable repair facility aftermarket parts. Discuss this with Service Manuals have the diagnosis that uses quality replacement parts. the repair professional, and insist on and repair information on the See “Collision Parts” earlier in this Genuine GM parts. Remember, engines, transmission, axle, section. if the vehicle is leased, you may be suspension, brakes, electrical, If the airbag has inflated, see What obligated to have the vehicle steering, body, etc. Will You See after an Airbag repaired with Genuine GM parts, Service Bulletins Inflates? on page 3‑33. even if your insurance coverage does not pay the full cost. Service Bulletins give additional Managing the Vehicle Damage technical service information Repair Process If another party's insurance needed to knowledgeably service company is paying for the repairs, In the event that the vehicle requires General Motors cars and trucks. you are not obligated to accept a Each bulletin contains instructions damage repairs, GM recommends repair valuation based on that that you take an active role in its to assist in the diagnosis and insurance company's collision policy service of the vehicle. repair. If you have a pre-determined repair limits, as you have no repair facility of choice, take the contractual limits with that company. vehicle there, or have it towed there. In such cases, you can have control Specify to the facility that any of the repair and parts choices as required replacement collision parts long as the cost stays within be original equipment parts, either reasonable limits. new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts. Remember, recycled parts will not be covered by the GM vehicle warranty. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (17,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Customer Information 13-17

Owner Information Current and Past Models Reporting Safety Owner publications are written Technical Service Bulletins and Defects specifically for owners and intended Manuals are available for current to provide basic operational and past model GM vehicles. information about the vehicle. The Reporting Safety Defects Owner Manual includes the ORDER TOLL FREE: to the United States 1-800-551-4123 Monday Friday Maintenance Schedule for all – 8:00 AM 6:00 PM Eastern Time Government models. – For Credit Card Orders Only If you believe that your vehicle In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visit Owner Manual, and Warranty has a defect which could cause Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. Booklet. a crash or could cause injury or Or write to: death, you should immediately RETAIL SELL PRICE: inform the National Highway Helm, Incorporated $35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and Traffic Safety Administration shipping fees. Attention: Customer Service 47911 Halyard Drive (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Without Portfolio: Owner Plymouth, MI 48170 General Motors. Manual only. Prices are subject to change If NHTSA receives similar RETAIL SELL PRICE: without notice and without complaints, it may open an $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and incurring obligation. Allow ample shipping fees. investigation, and if it finds that time for delivery. a safety defect exists in a group All listed prices are quoted in U.S. of vehicles, it may order a recall funds. Make checks payable in U.S. and remedy campaign. funds. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (18,1) Edition - 11/9/11

13-18 Customer Information

To contact NHTSA, you may call Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects the Vehicle Safety Hotline to the Canadian to General Motors toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to Government In addition to notifying NHTSA (or http://www.safercar.gov; or If you live in Canada, and you Transport Canada) in a situation like write to: believe that the vehicle has a safety this, please notify General Motors. defect, notify Transport Canada Administrator, NHTSA Call 1-800-GMC-8782 immediately, and notify General (1-800-462-8782), or write: 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Motors of Canada Limited. Call GMC Customer Assistance Center Washington, D.C. 20590 Transport Canada at P.O. Box 33172 1-800-333-0510 or write to: You can also obtain other Detroit, MI 48232-5172 information about motor Transport Canada In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 Road Safety Branch vehicle safety from (English) or 1-800-263-7854 80 rue Noel http://www.safercar.gov. (French), or write: Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (19,1) Edition - 11/9/11

Customer Information 13-19

Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances Recording and This vehicle has an Event Data in which crashes and injuries occur. Recorder (EDR). The main purpose Privacy of an EDR is to record, in certain Important: EDR data is recorded crash or near crash-like situations, by the vehicle only if a non-trivial This GM vehicle has a number of crash situation occurs; no data is sophisticated computers that record such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will recorded by the EDR under normal information about the vehicle’s driving conditions and no personal performance and how it is driven. assist in understanding how a vehicle's systems performed. The data (e.g., name, gender, age, and For example, the vehicle uses crash location) is recorded. computer modules to monitor and EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and However, other parties, such as law control engine and transmission enforcement, could combine the performance, to monitor the safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. EDR data with the type of conditions for airbag deployment personally identifying data routinely and deploy airbags in a crash, and, The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: acquired during a crash if so equipped, to provide antilock investigation. braking to help the driver control the . How various systems in the vehicle. These modules may store vehicle were operating. To read data recorded by an EDR, data to help your dealer technician special equipment is required, and . service the vehicle. Some modules Whether or not the driver and access to the vehicle or the EDR is may also store data about how you passenger safety belts were needed. In addition to the vehicle operate the vehicle, such as rate of buckled/fastened. manufacturer, other parties, such as fuel consumption or average speed. . How far, if at all, the driver was law enforcement, that have the These modules may also retain the pressing the accelerator and/or special equipment, can read the owner’s personal preferences, such brake pedal. information if they have access to as radio presets, seat positions, and the vehicle or the EDR. . How fast the vehicle was temperature settings. traveling. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (20,1) Edition - 11/9/11

13-20 Customer Information

GM will not access this data or pressing the Q button and personal information or link with any share it with others except: with the speaking to an advisor. See OnStar other GM system containing consent of the vehicle owner or, Overview on page 14‑1. personal information. if the vehicle is leased, with the consent of the lessee; in response Navigation System Radio Frequency to an official request by police or Statement similar government office; as part of If the vehicle has a navigation GM's defense of litigation through system, use of the system may This vehicle has systems that the discovery process; or, as result in the storage of destinations, operate on a radio frequency that required by law. Data that GM addresses, telephone numbers, and comply with Part 15 of the Federal collects or receives may also be other trip information. Refer to the Communications Commission (FCC) used for GM research needs or may navigation manual for information on rules and with Industry Canada be made available to others for stored data and for deletion Standards RSS‐GEN/210/220/310. research purposes, where a need is instructions. Operation is subject to the following shown and the data is not tied to a two conditions: specific vehicle or vehicle owner. Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) 1. The device may not cause OnStar® harmful interference. RFID technology is used in some 2. The device must accept any If the vehicle is equipped with an vehicles for functions such as tire active OnStar system, that system interference received, including pressure monitoring and ignition interference that may cause may also record data in crash or system security, as well as in near crash-like situations. The undesired operation of the connection with conveniences such device. OnStar Terms and Conditions as key fobs for remote door provides information on data locking/unlocking and starting, and Changes or modifications to any of collection and use and is available in-vehicle transmitters for garage these systems by other than an at www.onstar.com (U.S.) or door openers. RFID technology in authorized service facility could void www.onstar.ca (Canada), or by GM vehicles does not use or record authorization to use this equipment. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (1,1) Edition - 11/9/11

OnStar 14-1

OnStar OnStar Overview Push X to: . Make a call, end a call, or answer an incoming call. OnStar Overview OnStar Overview ...... 14-1 . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling voice commands. OnStar Services . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Emergency ...... 14-2 Navigation voice commands. Security ...... 14-2 Requires the available Directions Navigation ...... 14-2 If equipped, this vehicle has a and Connections service plan. Connections ...... 14-4 comprehensive, in-vehicle system Diagnostics ...... 14-5 that can connect to a live Advisor Push Q to connect to a live for Emergency, Security, Navigation, Advisor to: OnStar Additional Information Connection, and Diagnostic . OnStar Additional Services. Verify account information or Information ...... 14-5 update contact information. The OnStar system status light is . next to the OnStar buttons. If the Get driving directions. Requires status light is: the available Directions and Connections service plan. . Solid Green: System is ready. . Receive On-Demand . Flashing Green: On a call. Diagnostics for a check on the . Red: Indicates a problem. vehicle’s key operating systems. . Receive Roadside Assistance. Push Q or call 1‐888‐4‐ONSTAR (1‐888‐466‐7827) to speak to an Advisor. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (2,1) Edition - 11/9/11

14-2 OnStar

Push ] to get a priority connection OnStar Services Navigation to an Emergency Advisor available OnStar navigation requires the 24/7 to: Emergency Directions and Connections . Get help for an emergency. With Automatic Crash Response, service plan. . Be a Good Samaritan or the built-in system can automatically Push Q to receive directions or respond to an AMBER Alert. connect to help in a crash even if have them sent to the vehicle you cannot ask for it. . Get crisis assistance and navigation screen. Destinations can evacuation routes. Push ] to connect to an also be forwarded to the vehicle Emergency Advisor. GPS from Google Maps™ or technology is used to identify the MapQuest.com. The OnStar vehicle location and can provide mapping database is continuously critical information to emergency updated. Visit www.onstar.com for personnel. The Advisor is also coverage maps. trained to offer critical assistance in Turn-by-Turn Navigation emergency situations. 1. Push Q to connect to a live Security Advisor. OnStar provides services like Stolen 2. Request directions. Vehicle Assistance, Remote Ignition 3. Directions are downloaded to the Block, and Roadside Assistance, vehicle. if the vehicle is equipped with these services. OnStar can unlock the 4. Follow the voice-guided vehicle doors remotely, if it is commands. equipped with automatic door locks, and can help police locate the vehicle if it is stolen. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (3,1) Edition - 11/9/11

OnStar 14-3

Using Voice Commands Repeat Other Navigation Services During a Planned Route Available from OnStar 1. Push X. System responds: Cancel Route “OnStar ready,” then a tone. OnStar eNav: Allows subscribers to send destinations from Google 2. Say Repeat. System responds 1. Push X. System responds: “ ” Maps and MapQuest.com to their with the last direction given, then “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Say Turn-by-Turn Navigation or responds with OnStar ready, “Cancel route.” System “ ” screen-based navigation system. then a tone. responds: “Would you like to When ready, the directions will be cancel route directions to your 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice downloaded to the vehicle. destination?” commands. Destination Download: Push Q, 2. Say “Yes.” System responds: Get My Destination then request the Advisor to “OK, route canceled.” 1. Push X. System responds: download directions to the 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice navigation system in the vehicle. “OnStar ready,” then a tone. commands. After the call ends, push the “Go” 2. Say “Get my destination.” button on the navigation screen to Route Preview System responds with miles to begin driving directions. the destination, then responds 1. Push X. System responds: Destinations can also be with OnStar ready, then a tone. “OnStar ready,” then a tone. “ ” downloaded on the go. For 2. Say “Route Preview.” System 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice information about eNav, Destination responds with the next three commands. Download, and coverage maps visit maneuvers. www.onstar.com. 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice commands. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (4,1) Edition - 11/9/11

14-4 OnStar

Connections End a Call Place a Call Using a Stored Number OnStar Hands-Free Calling allows Push X. System responds: “Call calls to be made and received from ended.” 1. Push X. System responds: the vehicle. The vehicle can also be “OnStar ready.” controlled from a cell phone through Store a Name Tag for Speed the OnStar RemoteLink mobile app. Dialing 2. Say “Call .” System See www.onstar.com for responds: “OK, calling 1. Push X. System responds: coverage maps. .” “OnStar ready.” Hands-Free Calling Verify Minutes and Expiration 2. Say “Store.” System responds: X 1. Push X. System responds: “Please say the number you Push and say “minutes” then would like to store. verify to check how many minutes “OnStar ready.” ” “ ” 3. Say the entire number without remain and their expiration date. 2. Say “Dial.” System responds: pausing. System responds: “Please say the name or number OnStar Mobile App “Please say the name tag.” to call.” With an iPhone® or 3. Say the entire number without 4. Pick a name tag. “System Android™-based mobile device, an responds: About to store pausing, including a “1” and the ” OnStar RemoteLink mobile app can area code. System responds: . Does that be downloaded. The vehicle can be sound OK? “OK calling.” ” remote started, if equipped, or the 5. Say Yes or No to try again. doors can be unlocked from Retrieve My Number “ ” “ ” System responds: “OK, storing anywhere there is cell phone service. It can also check the fuel 1. Push X. System responds: .” level, tire pressure, and oil life. OnStar ready. “ ” It can connect to an OnStar Advisor 2. Say “My Number.” System anytime. For OnStar mobile app responds: “Your OnStar compatibility or further information, Hands-Free Calling number is.” see www.onstar.com. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (5,1) Edition - 11/9/11

OnStar 14-5

Diagnostics OnStar Additional How OnStar Service Works OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics will Information Automatic Crash Response, perform a vehicle check every Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, month. It will check the engine, Transferring Service Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle transmission, antilock brakes, and Q Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock, major vehicle systems. It also Push to request account transfer Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn checks the tire pressures, if the eligibility information. The Advisor Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling vehicle is equipped with the Tire can assist in canceling or removing are available on most vehicles. Not Pressure Monitoring System. If a account information. If OnStar all OnStar services are available diagnostics check is needed receives information that vehicle everywhere or on all vehicles. For ownership has changed, OnStar between e-mails, push Q, and an more information, a full description may send a voice message to the of OnStar services, system Advisor can run a check. vehicle, requesting updated account limitations, and OnStar terms and information. conditions, see www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada); Reactivation for Subsequent contact OnStar at 1-888-4-ONSTAR Owners (1‐888‐466‐7827) or Push Q and follow the prompts to TTY 1‐877‐248‐2080; or speak to an Advisor as soon as push Q to speak with an Advisor. possible after acquiring the vehicle. OnStar services require a vehicle The Advisor will update vehicle electrical system, wireless service, records and will explain the OnStar and GPS satellite technologies to be service offers and options available. available and operating for features to function properly. These systems may not operate if the battery is discharged or disconnected. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (6,1) Edition - 11/9/11

14-6 OnStar

OnStar service cannot work unless See Radio Frequency Statement on available dealer‐installed TTY your vehicle is in a place where page 13‑20 for information system can provide in-vehicle OnStar has an agreement with a regarding Part 15 of the Federal access to all of the OnStar services, wireless service provider for service Communications Commission (FCC) except Virtual Advisor and OnStar in that area, and the wireless rules and Industry Canada Turn‐by‐Turn Navigation. service provider has coverage, Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. network capacity, reception, and Onstar.com technology compatible with OnStar’s Services for People with The website provides access to service. Service involving location Disabilities account information, manages the information about the vehicle cannot Advisors provide services to help OnStar subscription, and allows work unless GPS signals are subscribers with physical disabilities viewing of videos of each service. available, unobstructed, and and medical conditions. Get subscription plan pricing and compatible with the OnStar Q sign up for OnStar Vehicle hardware. OnStar service may not Push for help with: Diagnostics. Click on the “My work if the OnStar equipment is not . Locating a gas station with an Account” tab on the home page. properly installed or it has not been attendant to pump gas. properly maintained. If equipment or OnStar Personal Identification software is added, connected, . Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc., Number (PIN) that meets accessibility needs. or modified, OnStar service may not A PIN is needed to access some of work. Other problems beyond . Providing directions to the the OnStar services, like Remote OnStar’s control may prevent closest hospital or pharmacy in Door Unlock and Stolen Vehicle service such as hills, tall buildings, urgent situations. Assistance. You will be prompted to tunnels, weather, electrical system change the PIN the first time when design and architecture of the TTY Users speaking with an Advisor. To vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a OnStar has the ability to change the OnStar PIN, call OnStar crash, or wireless phone network communicate to the deaf, and provide the Advisor with the congestion or jamming. hard‐of‐hearing, or speech‐impaired current number. customers while in the vehicle. The GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (7,1) Edition - 11/9/11

OnStar 14-7

Warranty Global Positioning Cellular and GPS Antennas OnStar equipment may be System (GPS) Avoid placing items over or near the warranted as part of the new-vehicle . Obstruction of the GPS can antenna to prevent blocking cellular limited warranty. The manufacturer occur in a large city with tall and GPS signal reception. Cellular of the vehicle furnishes detailed buildings; in parking garages; reception is required for OnStar to warranty information. around airports; in tunnels, send remote signals to the vehicle. underpasses, or parking Languages garages; or in an area with very Unable to Connect to OnStar The vehicle can be programmed to dense trees. If GPS signals are Message respond in French or Spanish. Push not available, the OnStar system If there is limited cellular coverage Q and ask an Advisor. Advisors should still operate to call or the cellular network has reached can speak French or Spanish. OnStar. However, OnStar could maximum capacity, this message have difficulty identifying the Potential Issues may come on. Push Q to try the exact location. call again or try again after driving a Some OnStar services are disabled . In emergency situations, OnStar few miles into another cellular area. after five days. OnStar cannot can use the last stored GPS perform Remote Door Unlock or location to send to emergency Vehicle and Power Issues Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the responders. OnStar services require a vehicle vehicle has been off continuously . A temporary loss of GPS can electrical system, wireless service, for five days. After five days, OnStar and GPS satellite technologies to be can contact Roadside Assistance cause loss of the ability to send a Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. available and operating for features and a locksmith to help gain access to function properly. These systems to the vehicle. The Advisor may give a verbal route or may ask for a call back may not operate if the battery is after the vehicle is driven into an discharged or disconnected. open area. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (8,1) Edition - 11/9/11

14-8 OnStar

Add-on Electrical Equipment Privacy The OnStar system is integrated The complete OnStar Privacy into the electrical architecture of the Statement may be found at vehicle. Do not add any electrical www.onstar.com. Privacy-sensitive equipment. See Add-On Electrical users of wireless communications Equipment on page 9‑72. Added are cautioned that the privacy of any electrical equipment may interfere information sent via wireless cellular with the operation of the OnStar communications cannot be assured. system and cause it to not operate. Third parties may unlawfully intercept or access transmissions and private communications without consent. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (1,1) Edition - 11/9/11

INDEX i-1

A Airbag System (cont'd) Appearance Care What Will You See after an Exterior ...... 10-88 Accessories and Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-33 Interior ...... 10-91 Modifications ...... 10-3 When Should an Airbag Assistance Program, Accessory Power ...... 9-24 ® Inflate? ...... 3-31 Roadside ...... 13-7, 13-9 Active Fuel Management . . . . . 9-26 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 3-29 Audio Players Add-On Electrical Airbags CD/DVD ...... 7-13 Equipment ...... 9-72 Adding Equipment to the Audio System Additional Information, Vehicle ...... 3-39 Radio Reception ...... 7-11 OnStar® ...... 14-5 Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-17 Rear Seat (RSA) ...... 7-37 Adjustable Throttle and Readiness Light ...... 5-16 Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 Brake Pedal ...... 9-20 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Automatic Adjustments Vehicles ...... 3-39 Door Locks ...... 2-8 Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 3-3 System Check ...... 3-26 Headlamp System ...... 6-3 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-14 Alarm System Level Control ...... 9-39 Air Vents ...... 8-8 Anti-theft ...... 2-13 Transmission ...... 9-28 Airbag System All-Wheel Drive ...... 10-27, 9-32 Transmission Fluid ...... 10-11 Check ...... 3-41 AM-FM Radio ...... 7-6 Automatic Transmission How Does an Airbag Antenna Manual Mode ...... 9-30 Restrain? ...... 3-32 Rear Side Window ...... 7-12 Shift Lock Control Passenger Sensing Satellite Radio ...... 7-12 Function Check ...... 10-30 System ...... 3-34 Anti-theft Auxiliary What Makes an Airbag Alarm System ...... 2-13 Devices ...... 7-23 Inflate? ...... 3-32 Alarm System Messages . . . . .5-42 Axle, Front ...... 10-28 Antilock Brake Axle, Rear ...... 10-28 System (ABS) ...... 9-33 Warning Light ...... 5-22 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (2,1) Edition - 11/9/11

i-2 INDEX

B Bulb Replacement ...... 10-36 Carbon Monoxide Fog Lamps ...... 6-6 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-27 Battery ...... 10-26 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-34 Liftgate ...... 2-9 Jump Starting ...... 10-80 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-32 Winter Driving ...... 9-12 Load Management ...... 6-8 Headlamps ...... 10-34 Cargo Power Protection ...... 6-9 License Plate Lamps ...... 10-35 Cover ...... 4-2 Voltage and Charging Taillamps, Turn Signal, Tie-Downs ...... 4-3 Messages ...... 5-35 Stoplamps, and Cautions, Danger, and Blade Replacement, Back-up Lamps ...... 10-34 Warnings ...... iv Wiper ...... 10-31 Buying New Tires ...... 10-59 CD/DVD Player ...... 7-13 Bluetooth ...... 7-39 Center Console Storage ...... 4-2 Brake Chains, Tire ...... 10-64 Pedal and Adjustable C Charging System Light ...... 5-18 Throttle ...... 9-20 Calibration ...... 5-6 Check System Warning Light ...... 5-21 California Engine Light ...... 5-19 Brakes ...... 10-24 Fuel Requirements ...... 9-51 Ignition Antilock ...... 9-33 Perchlorate Materials Transmission Lock ...... 10-30 Assist ...... 9-34 Requirements ...... 10-3 Child Restraints Fluid ...... 10-25 Warning ...... 10-3 Infants and Young Parking ...... 9-34 Camera, Rear Vision ...... 9-46 Children ...... 3-44 System Messages ...... 5-36 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... iii Lower Anchors and Braking ...... 9-3 Capacities and Tethers for Children ...... 3-50 Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 9-19 Specifications ...... 12-2 Older Children ...... 3-42 Securing ...... 3-57, 3-60 Systems ...... 3-46 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (3,1) Edition - 11/9/11

INDEX i-3

Circuit Breakers ...... 10-37 Cover Diagnostics, OnStar® ...... 14-5 Cleaning Cargo ...... 4-2 Distracted Driving ...... 9-2 Exterior Care ...... 10-88 Cruise Control ...... 9-39 Dome Lamps ...... 6-7 Interior Care ...... 10-91 Light ...... 5-26 Door Climate Control Systems Cupholders ...... 4-1 Ajar Messages ...... 5-36 Dual Automatic ...... 8-1 Customer Assistance ...... 13-6 Delayed Locking ...... 2-8 Rear ...... 8-7 Offices ...... 13-4, 13-5 Locks ...... 2-7 Clock ...... 5-8 Text Telephone (TTY) Power Locks ...... 2-8 Cluster, Instrument ...... 5-11 Users ...... 13-6 Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-4 Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 13-14 Customer Information Drive Systems Compass ...... 5-6 Service Publications All-Wheel Drive ...... 10-27, 9-32 Connections, OnStar® ...... 14-4 Ordering Information ...... 13-16 Driver Information Continuous Damping Customer Satisfaction Center (DIC) ...... 5-26 Control (CDC) ...... 9-38 Procedure ...... 13-1, 13-3 Driving Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 Characteristics and Convenience Net ...... 4-3 D Towing Tips ...... 9-56 Convex Mirrors ...... 2-16 Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . 13-14 Defensive ...... 9-3 Coolant Danger, Warnings, and Drunk ...... 9-3 Engine ...... 10-16 Cautions ...... iv For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-24 Engine Temperature Data Recorders, Event ...... 13-19 Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-11 Gauge ...... 5-14 Daytime Running Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-11 Cooling System ...... 10-16 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-3 If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 9-14 Engine Messages ...... 5-37 Defensive Driving ...... 9-3 Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Courtesy Transportation Delayed Locking ...... 2-8 Off-Road ...... 9-5 Program ...... 13-13 Devices, Auxiliary ...... 7-23 Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-4 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (4,1) Edition - 11/9/11

i-4 INDEX

Driving (cont'd) Engine Equipment, Towing ...... 9-63 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-15 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 10-14 Event Data Recorders ...... 13-19 Wet Roads ...... 9-10 Check and Service Engine Exit Lighting ...... 6-8 Winter ...... 9-12 Soon Light ...... 5-19 Extender, Safety Belt ...... 3-25 Dual Automatic Climate Compartment Overview ...... 10-6 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 Control System ...... 8-1 Coolant ...... 10-16 Exterior Lamps Off DVD Coolant Temperature Reminder ...... 6-2 Rear Seat Entertainment Gauge ...... 5-14 System ...... 7-27 Cooling System ...... 10-16 F DVD/CD Player ...... 7-13 Cooling System Messages . . .5-37 Fan Drive Belt Routing ...... 12-4 Engine ...... 10-22 E Exhaust ...... 9-27 Features E85 Fuel ...... 9-52 Fan ...... 10-22 Memory ...... 1-8 Electrical Equipment, Heater ...... 9-23 Filter, Add-On ...... 9-72 Oil Life System ...... 10-10 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 10-14 Electrical System Oil Messages ...... 5-38 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-3 Engine Compartment Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 5-13 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 6-5 Fuse Block ...... 10-37 Overheated Protection Flat Tire ...... 10-64 Fuses and Circuit Operating Mode ...... 10-22 Changing ...... 10-66 Breakers ...... 10-37 Overheating ...... 10-20 Floor Mats ...... 10-94 Instrument Panel Fuse Power Messages ...... 5-39 Fluid Block ...... 10-41 Pressure Light ...... 5-24 Automatic Transmission . . . . .10-11 Overload ...... 10-36 Running While Parked ...... 9-27 Brakes ...... 10-25 Emergency, OnStar® ...... 14-2 Starting ...... 9-22 Power Steering ...... 10-22 Entry Lighting ...... 6-8 Washer ...... 10-23 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (5,1) Edition - 11/9/11

INDEX i-5

Fog Lamps Fuses Gauges (cont'd) Bulb Replacement ...... 6-6 Engine Compartment Voltmeter ...... 5-15 Front Axle ...... 10-28 Fuse Block ...... 10-37 Warning Lights and Front Fog Lamp Fuses and Circuit Indicators ...... 5-10 Light ...... 5-25 Breakers ...... 10-37 General Information Front Seats Instrument Panel Fuse Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1 Heated and Ventilated ...... 3-6 Block ...... 10-41 Towing ...... 9-55 Fuel ...... 9-50 Vehicle Care ...... 10-2 Additives ...... 9-51 G Glass Replacement ...... 10-32 E85 (85% Ethanol) ...... 9-52 Garage Door Opener ...... 5-53 Glove Box ...... 4-1 Economy Driving ...... 1-24 Programming ...... 5-53 GM Mobility Reimbursement Filling a Portable Fuel Gasoline Program ...... 13-7 Container ...... 9-55 Specifications ...... 9-50 Filling the Tank ...... 9-53 Gauges H Foreign Countries ...... 9-51 Engine Coolant Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-34 Gasoline Specifications ...... 9-50 Temperature ...... 5-14 Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 6-5 Gauge ...... 5-12 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 5-13 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-24 Fuel ...... 5-12 Headlamps Management, Active ...... 9-26 Odometer ...... 5-12 Aiming ...... 10-32 Recommended ...... 9-50 Speedometer ...... 5-12 Automatic ...... 6-3 Requirements, California . . . . .9-51 Tachometer ...... 5-12 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-34 System Messages ...... 5-39 Trip Odometer ...... 5-12 Daytime Running Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 10-80 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-3 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-3 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-25 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (6,1) Edition - 11/9/11

i-6 INDEX

Heated Infotainment ...... 7-1 Lamps (cont'd) Rear Seats ...... 3-8 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-11 Malfunction Indicator ...... 5-19 Steering Wheel ...... 5-4 Instrument Panel Messages ...... 5-39 Heated and Ventilated Front Storage Area ...... 4-1 Reading ...... 6-8 Seats ...... 3-6 Introduction ...... iii Lap Belt ...... 3-24 Heated Mirrors ...... 2-17 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-18 Heater J LATCH System Engine ...... 9-23 Jump Starting ...... 10-80 Replacing Parts after a High-Beam On Light ...... 5-25 Crash ...... 3-57 High-Speed Operation ...... 10-52 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-11 K Tethers for Children ...... 3-50 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-11 Key and Lock Messages ...... 5-39 Level Control Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 9-35 Keyless Entry Automatic ...... 9-39 Hood ...... 10-5 Remote (RKE) System ...... 2-3 Liftgate Horn ...... 5-4 Keys ...... 2-2 Carbon Monoxide ...... 2-9 How to Wear Safety Belts Lighting Properly ...... 3-17 L Entry ...... 6-8 Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 10-46 Exit ...... 6-8 I Lamps Illumination Control ...... 6-7 Ignition Positions ...... 9-20 Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 6-3 Lights Ignition Transmission Lock Dome ...... 6-7 Airbag Readiness ...... 5-16 Check ...... 10-30 Exterior Controls ...... 6-1 Antilock Brake System Immobilizer ...... 2-14 Exterior Lamps Off (ABS) Warning ...... 5-22 Infants and Young Children, Reminder ...... 6-2 Brake System Warning ...... 5-21 Restraints ...... 3-44 License Plate ...... 10-35 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (7,1) Edition - 11/9/11

INDEX i-7

Lights (cont'd) Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Messages (cont'd) Charging System ...... 5-18 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-24 Brake System ...... 5-36 Cruise Control ...... 5-26 Lower Anchors and Tethers Door Ajar ...... 5-36 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 5-24 for Children (LATCH Engine Cooling System ...... 5-37 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-3 System) ...... 3-50 Engine Oil ...... 5-38 Front Fog Lamp ...... 5-25 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-3 Engine Power ...... 5-39 High-Beam On ...... 5-25 Front Seats ...... 3-3 Fuel System ...... 5-39 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 Key and Lock ...... 5-39 Low Fuel Warning ...... 5-24 M Lamp ...... 5-39 Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-16 Maintenance Object Detection System . . . . .5-40 Security ...... 5-25 Ride Control System ...... 5-41 ® Records ...... 11-15 StabiliTrak OFF ...... 5-23 Maintenance Schedule Tire ...... 5-42 Tire Pressure ...... 5-23 Recommended Fluids Transmission ...... 5-43 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 5-22 and Lubricants ...... 11-12 Vehicle ...... 5-35 Traction Control System Vehicle Reminder ...... 5-43 ® Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-19 (TCS)/StabiliTrak ...... 5-23 Manual Mode ...... 9-30 Washer Fluid ...... 5-44 Locking Rear Axle ...... 9-38 Memory Features ...... 1-8 Mirrors Locks Memory Seats ...... 3-5 Automatic Dimming Automatic Door ...... 2-8 Messages Rearview ...... 2-18 Delayed Locking ...... 2-8 Airbag System ...... 5-42 Convex ...... 2-16 Door ...... 2-7 Anti-theft Alarm System ...... 5-42 Heated ...... 2-17 Lockout Protection ...... 2-8 Battery Voltage and Park Tilt ...... 2-17 Power Door ...... 2-8 Charging ...... 5-35 Power ...... 2-16 Safety ...... 2-8 Monitor System, Tire Pressure ...... 10-52 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (8,1) Edition - 11/9/11

i-8 INDEX

N Oil (cont'd) P Messages ...... 5-38 Navigation Park Pressure Light ...... 5-24 OnStar® ...... 14-2 Shifting Into ...... 9-24 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-42 Vehicle Data Recording Shifting Out of ...... 9-25 Online Owner Center ...... 13-6 and Privacy ...... 13-20 Tilt Mirrors ...... 2-17 OnStar® Net, Convenience ...... 4-3 Parking Additional Information ...... 14-5 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-19 Assist, Ultrasonic ...... 9-42 Connections ...... 14-4 Brake ...... 9-34 Diagnostics ...... 14-5 Brake and P (Park) O Emergency ...... 14-2 Mechanism Check ...... 10-30 Object Detection System Navigation ...... 14-2 Over Things That Burn ...... 9-26 Messages ...... 5-40 Overview ...... 14-1 Passenger Airbag Status Object Detection, Side Blind Security ...... 14-2 Indicator ...... 5-17 Zone Alert (SBZA) ...... 9-43 System, In Brief ...... 1-25 Passenger Sensing Odometer ...... 5-12 Operation, Infotainment System ...... 3-34 Trip ...... 5-12 System ...... 7-3 Perchlorate Materials Off-Road ...... 9-5 Ordering Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3 Driving ...... 9-5 Service Publications ...... 13-16 Personalization Recovery ...... 9-4 Outlets Vehicle ...... 5-45 Oil Power ...... 5-8 Phone Engine ...... 10-8 Overheated Engine Bluetooth ...... 7-39 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-10 Protection Engine Oil Pressure Operating Mode ...... 10-22 Gauge ...... 5-13 Overheating, Engine ...... 10-20 Overview, OnStar® ...... 14-1 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (9,1) Edition - 11/9/11

INDEX i-9

Power R Rear Side Window Antenna . . . 7-12 Door Locks ...... 2-8 Rear Storage ...... 4-2 Radio Frequency Mirrors ...... 2-16 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-46 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-20 Outlets ...... 5-8 Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 5-5 Statement ...... 13-20 Protection, Battery ...... 6-9 Rearview Mirrors Radios Retained Accessory Automatic Dimming ...... 2-18 AM-FM Radio ...... 7-6 (RAP) ...... 9-24 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-4 CD/DVD Player ...... 7-13 Seat Adjustment ...... 3-3 Recommended Reception ...... 7-11 Steering Fluid ...... 10-22 Fuel ...... 9-50 Satellite ...... 7-8 Windows ...... 2-19 Recommended Fluids and Reading Lamps ...... 6-8 Power Assist Steps ...... 2-12 Lubricants ...... 11-12 Rear Axle ...... 10-28 Pregnancy, Using Safety Records Locking ...... 9-38 Belts ...... 3-24 Maintenance ...... 11-15 Rear Climate Control Privacy Recreational Vehicle System ...... 8-7 Radio Frequency Towing ...... 10-85 Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Identification (RFID) ...... 13-20 Reimbursement Program, System ...... 7-37 Program GM Mobility ...... 13-7 Rear Seat Entertainment Courtesy Transportation . . . . 13-13 Remote Keyless Entry System ...... 7-27 Proposition 65 Warning, (RKE) System ...... 2-2, 2-3 Rear Seat Audio (RSA) ...... 7-37 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-5 California ...... 10-3 Rear Seats Replacement Heated ...... 3-8 Glass ...... 10-32 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (10,1) Edition - 11/9/11

i-10 INDEX

Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-36 Roof Safety System Check ...... 3-25 Replacement Parts Sunroof ...... 2-21 Satellite Radio ...... 7-8 Airbags ...... 3-41 Roof Rack System ...... 4-3 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 13-12 Maintenance ...... 11-14 Rotation, Tires ...... 10-57 Seats Replacing Airbag System ...... 3-41 Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-4 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Replacing LATCH System Running the Vehicle While Heated and Ventilated Front . . . 3-6 Parts after a Crash ...... 3-57 Parked ...... 9-27 Heated, Rear ...... 3-8 Replacing Safety Belt Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-3 System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-26 S Memory ...... 3-5 Reporting Safety Defects Safety Belts ...... 3-16 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 3-3 Canadian Government ...... 13-18 Care ...... 3-25 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-4 General Motors ...... 13-18 Extender ...... 3-25 Second Row ...... 3-8 U.S. Government ...... 13-17 How to Wear Safety Belts Third Row Seat ...... 3-13 Restraints Properly ...... 3-17 Second Row Seats ...... 3-8 Where to Put ...... 3-48 Lap Belt ...... 3-24 Secondary Latch System . . . . . 10-77 Retained Accessory Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-18 Securing Child Power (RAP) ...... 9-24 Reminders ...... 5-16 Restraints ...... 3-57, 3-60 Ride Control Systems Replacing after a Crash ...... 3-26 Security Messages ...... 5-41 Light ...... 5-25 Use During Pregnancy ...... 3-24 ® Roads Safety Defects Reporting OnStar ...... 14-2 Driving, Wet ...... 9-10 Canadian Government ...... 13-18 Vehicle ...... 2-13 Roadside Assistance General Motors ...... 13-18 Service Program ...... 13-7, 13-9 U.S. Government ...... 13-17 Accessories and Safety Locks ...... 2-8 Modifications ...... 10-3 Doing Your Own Work ...... 10-4 Engine Soon Light ...... 5-19 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (11,1) Edition - 11/9/11

INDEX i-11

Service (cont'd) StabiliTrak Storage Areas (cont'd) Maintenance Records ...... 11-15 OFF Light ...... 5-23 Glove Box ...... 4-1 Maintenance, General System ...... 9-35 Instrument Panel ...... 4-1 Information ...... 11-1 Start Assist, Hills ...... 9-35 Roof Rack System ...... 4-3 Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1 Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 2-5 Stuck Vehicle ...... 9-14 Publications Ordering Starter Switch Check ...... 10-29 Sun Visors ...... 2-21 Information ...... 13-16 Starting the Engine ...... 9-22 Sunroof ...... 2-21 Scheduling Steering ...... 9-4 Symbols ...... iv Appointments ...... 13-12 Fluid, Power ...... 10-22 System Servicing the Airbag ...... 3-39 Heated Wheel ...... 5-4 Infotainment ...... 7-1 Shift Lock Control Function Wheel Adjustment ...... 5-2 Roof Rack ...... 4-3 Check, Automatic Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Transmission ...... 10-30 Steps T Shifting Power Assist ...... 2-12 Tachometer ...... 5-12 Into Park ...... 9-24 Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps Taillamps Out of Park ...... 9-25 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-34 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-34 Side Blind Zone Alert ...... 9-43 Storage Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-6 Signals, Turn and Rear ...... 4-2 Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 2-14 Lane-Change ...... 6-5 Storage Areas Immobilizer ...... 2-14 Specifications and Cargo Cover ...... 4-2 Third-Row Seats ...... 3-13 Capacities ...... 12-2 Center Console ...... 4-2 Throttle, Adjustable ...... 9-20 Speedometer ...... 5-12 Convenience Net ...... 4-3 Time ...... 5-8 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (12,1) Edition - 11/9/11

i-12 INDEX

Tires Tires (cont'd) Towing (cont'd) Buying New Tires ...... 10-59 Terminology and Vehicle ...... 10-85 Chains ...... 10-64 Definitions ...... 10-48 Traction Changing ...... 10-66 Uniform Tire Quality Control System (TCS)/ Designations ...... 10-47 Grading ...... 10-61 StabiliTrak® Light ...... 5-23 Different Size ...... 10-60 Wheel Alignment and Tire Trailer Full-Size Spare ...... 10-80 Balance ...... 10-62 Sway Control (TSC) ...... 9-72 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-64 Wheel Replacement ...... 10-63 Towing ...... 9-59 Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-54 When It Is Time for New Transmission Inspection ...... 10-56 Tires ...... 10-58 Automatic ...... 9-28 Messages ...... 5-42 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 9-31 Fluid, Automatic ...... 10-11 Pressure ...... 10-52 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 5-22 Messages ...... 5-43 Pressure Light ...... 5-23 Towing Transportation Program, Pressure Monitor Driving Characteristics ...... 9-56 Courtesy ...... 13-13 System ...... 10-52 Equipment ...... 9-63 Trip Odometer ...... 5-12 Rotation ...... 10-57 General Information ...... 9-55 Turn and Lane-Change Secondary Latch Recreational Vehicle ...... 10-85 Signals ...... 6-5 System ...... 10-77 Trailer ...... 9-59 Turn Signal Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-46 Trailer Sway Control Bulb Replacement ...... 10-34 (TSC) ...... 9-72 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (13,1) Edition - 11/9/11

INDEX i-13

U V Vehicle (cont'd) Security ...... 2-13 Ultrasonic Parking Assist ...... 9-42 Vehicle Towing ...... 10-85 Uniform Tire Quality Canadian Owners ...... iii Vehicle Care Grading ...... 10-61 Control ...... 9-3 Tire Pressure ...... 10-51 Universal Remote System . . . . . 5-53 Identification Ventilation, Air ...... 8-8 Operation ...... 5-58 Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 Visors ...... 2-21 Programming ...... 5-53 Load Limits ...... 9-15 Voltmeter Gauge ...... 5-15 Using This Manual ...... iv Messages ...... 5-35 Personalization ...... 5-45 Reminder Messages ...... 5-43 Remote Start ...... 2-5 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual - 2012 - CRC 2nd Black plate (14,1) Edition - 11/9/11

i-14 INDEX

W Wheels Windshield Alignment and Tire Wiper/Washer ...... 5-5 Warning Balance ...... 10-62 Winter Brake System Light ...... 5-21 Different Size ...... 10-60 Driving ...... 9-12 Warning Lights, Gauges, Replacement ...... 10-63 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-31 and Indicators ...... 5-10 When It Is Time for New Wipers Warnings ...... iv Tires ...... 10-58 Rear Washer ...... 5-5 Cautions and Danger ...... iv Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-48 Hazard Flashers ...... 6-5 Windows ...... 2-18 Washer Fluid ...... 10-23 Power ...... 2-19 Messages ...... 5-44